^^i^^'iMm

Vol. VI. No. 1

SATURDAY, JUNE 27, 1931

Annual Subscription, })2.00
Single Copies 25 Cts.

THE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY AT COLD
SPRING HARBOR

Dr. Reginald G. Harris
Director of the Laboratory

The Biological Laboratory at Cold Spring
Harbor of 1931, is in many ways, a dififerent in-
stitution from that of 1928 when I last bad the
opjKirtunity of writing about
it for The Collecting Net.
This is due, not to a change in
aims, l)ut to a realization of
some of them, and to a partial
fulfilment of certain of the
prophecies which were made
at that time.

One of the most significant
of these changes is the forma-
tion of a small permanent staff
of investigators who carry on
their work at the Laboratory
throughout the year.

The development of biology
in the last generation has
necessitated marked changes
in biological laboratories, and
seaside laboratories have been
found to move along in the
procession. There was a time
when nearly all the summer laboratory had to
su])ply was a building in which to work and a
place to sleep. The Marine Biological Laboratory
at Woods Hole and the (Continued on Pane 3)

M.

1.

i£.

(UalmJiar

TUESDAY,

JUNE 30, 8:00 P.

M.

Evening

Semi

nar.

Dr. G. S. Df

dds.

"Oseofl

asts

and

Cliondroc-lasts

'.

Dr. A.

W.

Poll

ister, "The Archi- |

tectuif

of

the

Liver Cells

of

Amphiuma"

Dr. G.

H.

Pa

ker, "Passage

of

Sperms

and P

gg^ through

the

Mammalian

Ovi

luc-t".

FRIDAY,

JULY 3, 8:00 P. M.

Evening

Lec<

ure.

Professor E

B.

W'ilson

Da

Costa professor emeri- |

tus, ('

)luni

Ilia

University, '

The

Centra

Bodies".

THE HEME PIGMENTS AS OXYGEN CAR-
RIERS AND AS OXIDATION CATALYSTS

Dr. Leonor Michaelis
Member, Rockefeller Institute
Hemoglobin consists of globin, a protein, and
heme, a compound of iron with a porjihyrin mole-
cule, which in its turn is a complicated ring made
up by the linkage of four
pyrrhol rings. Hemoglobin
can be oxidized in two dif-
ferent ways. Either it com-
bines reversiljly with molecu-
lar oxygen without the iron
atom being oxidized from the
ferro state to the ferri. This
is called oxygenation. Or the
ferro state is oxidized to the
ferri, a true oxidation, and the
oxidized hemoglobin is called
metheniogloliin. Many iron-
porphyrin compounds are
found in all cells and tissues.
They belong to the family of
the hemin compounds, namely
the various forms of cyto-
chrome as found by Keilin
and Warburg's resi)iration
ferment.

The oxidation of hemoglobin to methemoglobin
can be performed by various oxidants, but does
not take place with any appreciable rate when
molecular oxvgen is used as oxidant, oxygenation

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Biological Laboratory at Cold Spring Tlie Course in Embryology at the Marine Bio-

liarho]-, logical Laboi-ator.v,

T)r. RePinnbl n. Harris 1 Professor H. B. Goodrich 7

The Heme Pigments as Oxygen Carriers and Directory for 1431 S

as Uxi.lat.on Catalysts, Editorial Page .',,.! ^ ! ^ ^ !_! ^ .!..!! ^ ! ^ ^ . ^ ^ ' It

Dr. Leo'ior Miehaelis 1 ,

The Course in Physiology at the Marine ISio- "^™^ »* Interest l.j

logical Laboratory, Woods Hole Log ;ill

Professor W. R. Amlierson fi Currents in the Hole .W

THE COLLECTING NET

f Vol. VL No. 41

taking place instead. Hemoglobin is, therefore,
not autoxidizable. This, of course, is the condi-
tion necessary for its ability of acting as oxygen
carrier. Most of the other heme compounds, in
their ferro state, in contrast herewith, are
autoxidizable and can be oxidized directly by
molecular oxygen to the ferri state. This is the
condition necess.-iry for an iron compound to act
as an oxidation catalyst, i. e., a catalyst which
enables the otherwise inert oxygen to act as
oxidant for organic foodstuffs.

The problem of this lecture is to correlate the
chemical constitution of an iron compound with
its property either as oxygen carrier or as oxygen
catalyst. We have to consider as an introduction
to this problem the general properties of ordinary
complex iron compounds.

A complex compound arises wdien the e'ectron
pair which represents the chemical bond is fur-
nished by only one of the two atoms which are
to combine. The accepting atom (Fe) utilizes
the electron pair furnished by the donator ( say.
the cyanide-ion) to fill up its electron shells to
that complete state which is found in the noble
gas krypton. Taking into account the number of
electrons already present in the ferro ion, just
six cyanide ions turn out to be necessary to fill
up the electron shells to the krypton model. A
main valence, in contrast herewith, is a shared
electron pair of which one electron is furnished
by one, and the other electron by the other of
the twi) atoms which are to comliine.

In the heme compounds, the four nitrogen
atoms of the four pyrrhol groups are attached
to the iron. Two of them are present as NH,
and the H atom must be replaced by the Fe atom.
They may be said to be attached to Fe by main
valences. The other two are present as N without
H. They may be said to be attached to the iron
liy coordinative or residual valences. For spacial
reasons only one molecule of the porphyrin can
combine with iron, although it occupies only four
of the six available coordination places of the iron
atom. Thus, two places are free which can com-
l)ine on the one side with such molecules as globin
or pyridine or nicotine, etc., and on the other hand
with .such molecules as O-,. or CO. or the cyanide
ion, etc.

In order that a ferro compound be oxidized to
a ferri compound, the iron atom has to eject one
electron from its kernel and to deliver it to the
oxidant which thus is reduced. It is easier for
the iron atom to throw off this electron when the
iron atom is in an electro-neutral state than when
it is positively charged, on account of the electro-
static attraction. Therefore all iron compounds

in which the iron atom is present in the neutral
state should be expected to be autoxidizable and
all iron compounds in which the iron atom carries
its ionic positive charges should be difficult or
not at all auto.xidizable. This has been experi-
mentally proved liy C. V. Smythe in my labora-
tory. The maiority of the iron complexes are
easily autoxidizable, e. g., the complex with tar-
taric, oxalic, phyrophosphoric acid. Here the
positive charges of the ferro ion are abolished
by neutralization due to the negative charges of
the acidic ions which combine with the iron
through main valences. On the other hand, the
ferrous ion itself as it is ])resent in an acid solu-
toin of ferrous sulphate, or in the iron complex
compound of alpha-alpha'-dipyridyl, or of phe-
nanthrolin, is not autoxidizable. In these cases
the ferrous ion remains positively charged even
in the complex compound because it is held only
by resi<lual valences. The N-atoms of the two
just mentioned compounds contain no Il-atoms
attached which could be replaced by the iron and
thus could estalilish a main valence. All six val-
ences of the complex consisting of one ferro ion
and three molecules of dipyridyl are residual val-
ences, and the ferrous ion remains doubly |X3sitive-
!y charged. Therefore it is not autoxidizable.

As hemoglobin is not autoxidizalile the hy-
pothesis is offered that iliose two nitrogen atoms
which in ordinary porphyrin compounds are pre-
sent in the form of NH, are present in the por-
phyrin which is ])art of hemoglobin without a
hydrogen atom attached. As porphyrin contains
several unsaturated linkages and unsaturated side
chains, it is not diiificult to imagine tliat the two
hydrogen atoms are shifted to such unsaturated
places. This shift is sup])osed to be intrinsically
connected with the attachment of globin. Details
cannot be ofifered, however, as yet. Such an
hypothesis would explain why hemoglobin is not
autoxidizable, and it may .serve as a working
hypothesis and leading idea for the chemical re-
search of hemoglobin, the constitution of which
is not known in any detail at all.

Most of those other heme compounds which
are derivatives of the ordinary porphyrin cum-
piumds are exjiected and are proved lo be
autoxidizalile.

The ])roblem as to under what condition a
compound can act as reversible oxygen carrier
can be answered in this way. It is more than
likely that any f erro-comp ex which is auto-
xidizable can form an oxygenated ferro com-
pound as a verv transient intermediary state
between the ferro and the ferri state. One of

[IKK 17, 1931

TIIK COLLECTING NPZT

the various evidences for this assertion is the fact
that such ferro compounds can form molecular
compounds with carhon monoxide or with the
cyanide ion, which are always competitive with
molecuiai^ oxygen in complex formation. So
our problem is reduced to the question : When is
such an oxygenated ferro compound stable instead
of being a transient state between ferro and ferri?
The answer is this. First of all, the ferro com-
])ound must not be autoxidizable. Otherwise, the
oxygenated com])ound would not be stable. In
the second place, at least one of the six coordina-
tion places must be available for the oxygen mole-
cule to combine with. The first condition is ful-
lilled for a compound such as the tri-dipyridyl
comiilex of ferrous iron. But the second condi-

tion is not fulfilled because all si.\ coordinatj<in
places are exceedingly tightly occupied by the six
X-atonis of the three dipyridyl molecules. But
in hemoglobin, two coordination places are free
and available for other molecules. One of them
may be thought of as occupied by globin, and
the second is available for oxygen or carbon
monoxide or cyanide, which are competitive with
each other in their combining power to hemo-
globin.

.So it has been shown that the constitution of
the por])hyrin is in an ideal way adapted to the
|)hvsiological purpose to work in combination with
iron, either as oxygen catalyst, or by a slight
uKjdification of the structure, as an oxygen
carrier.

THE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY AT COLD SPRING HARBOR

(('(iiitiiiuecl from Page 1)

Biological Laboratorv at Cold Spring Harbor
were direct descendants of Agassiz's mental
child "Study Nature not Books," and in the
early days of both institutions field trips and
general biological and ecological observations
were the chief activities of the biologists and
students for whom the laboratories were formed.
A microscope and a little glassware were nearly
all that were needed even by the most exacting.
For some time the biologist could easily bring
with him all of the apparatus he would need
during the summer, and this could be set up
without loss of time.

While it is unquestionably still possible to make
important discoveries when one is armed only
with a microscope, a few' chemicals, a modest
supply of glassware, and some unsuspecting ma-
rn^e animals, or eggs, the group of biologists
which limits itself to such needs is relatively
small. The researches of many others seem tii
demand intricate and delicate apparatus, and
cquijjment that appears to be far from modest.

To deny such biologists the privilege of work-
ing at a seaside laboratory would lie unfortunate
bfith for the biologist and for the laboratorv, and
liiology would suffer b\' reducing the scope of its
most active, and probably its most valuable, clear-
ing houses.

The result is that seaside laU^iratories, dedi-
cated primarily to research and to the advance-
ment of biology in the most fundamental sense,
have found it necessary to equip themselves with
a])paratus and other facilities of considerable
value. In order to house properly such appara-
tus suitable buildings must be provided, and al-
most before we know it the plant of a modern
summer laljoratory for biological research comes
to represent an investment of several hundreds

of thousands of dollars rather than a few thou-
sand dollars, as it did formerly.

Un.questionably such an investment is eminent-
Iv worth while. The results, both visible and in-
visible, of the functioning of summer laboratories
in this country for the last forty years have been
so great as to warrant much larger expenditures.
But it is e(|ually true that to have such valuable
estalilishments for research used actively for only
a very few months each year, is unfortunate.

The more the plant can be put to productive
use throughout the year the greater becomes the
return upon the investment, and in general, para-
doxically en.ough, the longer the life of the
equipment. Anything desirable which may be
adopted to bring this about is an obvious good.

.Ml these are factors which entered very
strongly into the mental attitude which has led
to the formation of a small permanent staff at
the Laboratory at Cold Spring Harbor.

At the same time we believe that the active
promotioti' of research throughout the year
gives an atmosphere to the whole laboratory
which the summer investigator and the student
find agreealile and stimulating.

The permanent work has been arranged with
a view to its value to the summer work as well
as to its intrinsic value.

The biophysical lalxjratory should serve ad-
mirably to illustrate this point. The research in
biophysics is of a very broad and fundamental
nature. It is concerned with, (l) the chemical
action of X-rays, with a view to carrying these
studies to the point where cells and tissues may
profitably be employed as experiinental material ;
(2) .soft X-ray photography is being intensively
studied with the hope of developing its applica-
tions to biological research; (3) the electrical

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 41

capacity of hiolosical cells and systems, and tlieir
resistance to electric currents of higli frequenc\'
arc subjects of major research at the lalioratory
for biophysics because of the value which, in all
probability, will accrue to biology from additional
discoveries concerning them.

The equipment entailed b\ these studies, a
liigh voltage transformer, X-ray dosimeter, soft
X-ray uutlits, vacuum jiumps, high temperature
electric ovens, glassblower's shop, machine shop,
.sjjccial apparatus for gas analysis and for titra-
t'on, niddificd wheat.stone bridge, all this is l)eing
.supplemented by other physical equipment which
may be used to advantage in Ijiological problems.

Indeed for certain experimental work in biol-
ogy Agassiz's motto might well be extended now
to include apparatus. Thus the location of a bio-
physical unit at a summer laboratory becomes a
matte:- of considerable importance as a source of
new tools for biological research. It provides an
unusual opportunity for the many biologists, both
students and investigators, who are interested in
the possibilities of applying physical methods to
biological problems, to become acquain.ted with
such methods, and with machines, their construc-
tion, and uses.

In this connection it is significant that we have
appointed a physicist in charge of the biophysical
laboratory here. Biophysics is clearly an applied
science. It involves the application of physics to
biological research. It would seem axiomatic
then that a physicist should be in charge of the
laboratory which is to construct machines and
work (jut methods by which physics may be fur-
ther ap])lied to iiiologica! research. The value
of such a man, and of such a laboratory, to the
summer work of the biological Laboratory, is
obvious.

The all year statf is envisioned as having up--
tisual flexibility, in respect to the number oi its
members, and the nature of its works. The Bio-
logical Laboratory does not wish to l)e perma-
nently committed to any division of biological re-
search. Its summer visitors represent nearly
every branch of biology, and it is desired that anv
further development of the all year staff be inroad
ni its basis and fundamental in its conception. Xo
.'q)pointments are permanent. The continuance
ol any work depends upon its apparent value to
biology and upon the ability of the Laboratory to
.sponsor it. At the present time five different
types of work are being supported by the Lab-
oratory throughout the year. In addition to bio-
lihysics, researches are being conducted in phar-
niacokjgy. in |)hysiology of reproduction, and in
certain aspects of bacteriology, and the publica-
tion of a series of monographs on the Brvo-

phytes, is being accomplished. During the last
two years the Lalxn'atory has helped support,
throughout the year, the researches of Drs. W.
W. .Swingle and J. J. Fliffner on the adrenal cor-
tex, but aid from other sources makes this no
longer necessar\.

The research in ])liarmacology is concerned
with the action of drugs and factors modifying
such action, notably the relative amount of cal-
cium in the blood stream, the relative acidity of
the blood and, in the case of isolated organs, of
surrounding fluids, and the effect of diet.

The research concernin.g the phvsiologv of re-
production is based ujion factors regulating preg-
nancy, more especially the corpora lutea.

Two of the laboratory buildings are in use
tJnxughout the year, and several houses are kept
open for staff members, their associates and as-
sistants.

A secon.d significant change in the Laboratory
during the last three \ears may be seen in a fur-
ther increase in the number of those carrying 0:1
research there. During the summer of 1928 there
were, at the Laboratory, twenty-four people en-
gaged in sereach. This summer there are about
fifty. The number of students remains relatively
constant at about thi ty-five. All of the courses
now give marked attention to individual re-
search. Indeed the course in Vitkl Zoology,
which at one time wrs known as the course in
Migh School Biology, has advanced to the point
where each student engages in an individual
problem of research as half of his work in course.

The courses given include, in addition to Field
Zo(jlogy, Field Botany and Plant Ecology, Gen-
eral Physiology, and .Surgical Methods in Ex-
perimental Biology, while a series of lectures arc
iill'ered in Endocrinology.

.\ staggering of courses, somewhat similar to
that which was inaugurated at Woods Hole two
years ago, is now enterin.g its second summer at .
Cold Spring Harbor. This system has been applied
to the courses in Field Zoology and in Meld Bot-
any, Zoolog\ being given from about the middle
of June to the end of July, while botany is of-
fered durin.g August and the first part of Sep-
tember. This has appeared to bring forth sev-
eral benefits, of which the use of student labora-
tories and livin.g (piarters for twelve weeks, rath-
er than six, with its consequent saving of space is
one of the most important. At the present time
only about one-fifth of the total laboratory space
is given over to students during the summer.
The research carried on during the summer cov-
ers, as would be expected, a wide variety of sub-
jects. Investigators at seaside laboratories have

JuNF. 27. 1931 ]

THE COLLI'XTING NET

lonjj since ceased limiting themselves to marine
material. Yet Cold Spring Harbor is probably
nniqne in the high percentage of investigators
wiio make use of mammals for experimental pur-
oses. At the same time, good advantage is
taken of the abundant marine material at hand.
Three of the five laboratory buildings are
equipped with running sea-water, and a number
of students and workers make use of the facili-
ties thus available.

The management of the Laboratory continues
to rest ultimately with the Board of Directors,
which is composed of about equal numbers of
biologists and laymen. Among the memliers of
of the Corporation there is likewise a relatively
high percentage of laymen. Even the Executive
Committee contains members of each group, ai^.d
it is particularly interesting to note that the
President of the Long Island Biological Associa-
tion, which maintains and controls the Labora-
tory, is not a biologist.

In many ways this representation of laymen
among the oflicers and on the governing toard
has been highly beneficial. Much needless dis-
cussion and delay are obviated in board meetings,
since legal and financial, as well as biological,
questions can receive immediate expert evalua-
tion. The varied experience in legal and finan-
cial enterprises, in the workings of large indus-
tral research laboratories, in the management of
hospitals, universities, colleges and medical
schools, which these laymen bring to delibera-
tions of the Board are very valuable.

At the same time the points of view of those
who regularly work at the LalxiratorN- are ably
represented by the biologists who are members
of the Board, while every biologist of attainment
intimately associated with the Laboratory is a
member of the Scientific Advisory Committee,
whose recommendations play a very important
part in the development of policy and the conduct
of affairs.

Sub-committees of the Scientific Advisory
Committee take up special problems, wdnile an Ex-
ecutive Committee of seven members takes ac-
tion on pressing matters in intervals between
meetings of the Board of Directors. The Direc-
tor of the Laboratory is in residence throughout,
the year. There is an active Women's Auxiliary
and a membership of about two hundred and
fifty in the corporation.

Quite beyond the benefits in management
which the Laboratory enjoys as a result of having
lav members in its Corjwration and on its Board,
there can be no question but that the interest in
liiological research which is aroused by such an
organization as the Long Island Biological Asso-

ciation can be made of enormous value to biology
in this country. It is probably safe to say that
since the transfer of the Biological Latoratory
from the Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences
to the Long Island Biological Association in
1924, over a quarter of a million dollars, which
would probably never have found its. way into
funds for the advancement of biology, has been
contri!)uted to the Biological Laboratory alone.
It is also true that the Department of Genetics
of the Carnegie Institution of Washington, locat-
ed at Cold Spring Harbor, has also benefitted
financially from the interest in biological research
evoked among wealthy laymen of this region by
the Long Island Biological Association. It would
not be surprising if many other biological insti-
tutions should also benefit directly, in the course
of time. Indeed biologists and biological latora-
tories, for the sake of the maintenance and
growth of biological research of the future should
not only increase the basis of fact and observa-
tion upon which it may stand, but should insure
its financial well-being by interesting in its value
and possibilities those in a position to
give to its support. The more rapidly this can be
acconi])lished, the more rapid will lie the increase
in biological knowledge. Its accomplishment will
l)lace almost unlimited potential funds with-
in the reach of the science which l)iologists are
attempting to serve, and the understanding of
life and the philosophy of living which their
work advances. It will likewise give pleasure to
the laymen who liecome interested.

It is significant to note, by way of parenthesis
in this connection, that the recently reorganized
station at Bermuda has adopted this policy in re-
spect to tlie formation of its Board of Directors,
and, indeed, has c£.rried it a step further in elect-
ing laymen of more than one nationality.

The measurable advar.tages which have come
to the Laboratory at Cold Spring Harlxjr since
it has been under the management of the Long
Island Biological Association are many. Three
laboratory buildings have been erected, including
the (ieorge Lane Nichols Memorial, and the Doc-
tor Walter B. James Memorial Laboratory. A
fourth laboratory building has been made avail-
able by remodeling the old lecture hall. Three
dwelling houses have been procured and remod-
eled to ])rovide small suites for investigators and
their families. Over thirty acres of land have
lieen purchased to provide sites for buildings,
and opportunities for biologists to erect homes
near the Laboratory. The grounds and build-
ings have been greatly improved in appearance
and usefulness. Finally, the scientific and admin-
istrative equipment of the Latoratory has been

r,

THE COLLECTING NET

\'oL. VL No. 41

iiK-icascd many Iniiuli-ed fold. All of this repre-
sents a marked increase in the assets of the Lah-
oratory which are now evaluated at over $400,-
000. At the same time the annual budget for
olieratii'-i;' has increased from about $7,000 to
about $7S,ooo, and the Laixjratory seems to be
holdinj,' its own during the present period of seri-
ous linancial dcjiression.

Unfortunately the Laboratory is not yet pro-
vided with anything like an- adequate endowment
fund. Likewise the library is unimposing. But
a beginning has been made in the formation of
a library and headwa>- is being maintained. The
lil)rar\ of the adjoining Department of Genetics,
Carnegie Institution of Washington of 12,000 or
more volumes, largely serials, is available for the
use of investigators at the Laboratory.

b'.vening lectures are given during the summer,
and estates and gardens nearby are visited on .Sut-
urda\ and Sunday afternoons. The sr.cial life of
tlie Laboratory is (|uiet and informal.

Contrary to usual custom, I have held a short
historical sketch of the Laboratory until the end,
in the belief that those already accjuainted with
the history should have an. opportunity of becom-
ing informed of recent developments at Cold
Spring Harlior without the necessity of being
subjected to a recitation of their historical l)ack-
ground. For those not familiar with that back-
ground the following may be of interest. I wish,
however, to accept this opportunity of express-
ing to the officers, members and students of the
Marine Biological Laboratory, through Thk
CoLLi-XTiNC, \'i;t, my best wishes for an agree-
able and profitable summer.

\n its founding at Cold Spring Harbor
in 1800, as a branch of the Brooklyn In-
stitute of Arts and Sciences, the Biologi-
cal Laboratory was endowed with ideals and
policies which were to control, almost completely,
its development for nearly thirty-five years, and,
to some e.xtent at least, to the present time. One
of the founders. Professor Franklin W. Hoojier.
Director of the Brooklyn Institute, had, through
his personal ac(|uaintance with Prof. Agassiz's
station at Penikese, acquired the marine biologi-

■ ■ had

led to the establishment of the Marine Biological
Lalxjratory at Woods Hole. Another founder,
Mr. luigcne (i. Blackford, fish commissioner of
Xew \'ork, who brought in his interest in fish-
eries and the utilitarian point of view so pro-
nounced in certain European marine laboratories ; '
while a third founder, Mr. johp- D. Jones gave to
the newly estalilished laboratory the aid and at-
titude of a wealthy lavnian interested in biologi-
cal instruction and research.

The Lalwratory was early provided by Mr.
[ones and his brother with about three acres of
land and four Imildings, including a newly erect-
ed laboratory. This jiroperty was, to<'-ether with
certain mone\ s, placed in the hands of the Wawe-
l)ex Society. This Society continues generously
to place this 'iroperty at the disposal of the Lab-
oratory, and to contribute to its support Dr.
ISashford Dean, the first director of the Labora-
torv, was of considerable help in. interesting Mr.
bnies in this action, which took place during Dr,
Herbert W. Conn's directorship.

In 1S98 Dr. Charles B. Davenjxirt became di-
rector of the Laboratory and brouglit with him
a stimulating group of young biologists, thereby
n(.)tably increasing the extent of the scientific out-
]iut of the Laboratory. .\ valuable addition to
the pbxsical equipment was made in 1904 by the
erection of ])lackford Memorial Hall, the gift of
Mrs. Eugene Blackford. ( )ther than this, how-
ever, growth of physical equipment was not great,
for gradually the program of the P)rooklyn In-
stitute became so vast, and its immediate inter-
ests so localized, in Brooklyn, that finally, with
Professor Hooper's death in 1914, interest in the
Biological Laboratory fell oflf considerably. It
became apparent that the Lalxiratory should look
elsewhere for a fostering institution or grou]).
The realization of this need was indicated in the
raising, in 1917, from residents of the vicin-
ity, of an Endowment Fund of $25,000, the in-
come from which was expected to meet the an-
nual deficit. But this program, though accom-
plished, was found to be too modest, and in 1924
the Laboratorv was transferred from the Brook-
lyn Institute to the Long Island Biological Asso-
ciaion, with the results which have lieen noted.

cal enthusiasm whch two years previously

THE COURSE IN PHYSIOLOGY AT THE MARINE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY

Dr. W. R. Amberson

Professor of Physiology, Uiih'crsity of Tennessee

Direetor of the Course

Ur. Laurence Irving- of the University of
Toronto and Dr. Margaret Sumwalt of the
University of Pennsylvania come to the Physi-
ology Course as new members of the teaching
stall'. Dr. Irving is lecturing on the physics
and chemistry of sea-water, and its biological

.■i])))li'eations, and is supervising a group of stu-
dents in a physico-chemical study of sea-
water. He is also introducing laboratory
work on the salt and H-ion concentration of
the body Huids and tissues of fish and inver-
tebrates. Dr. Sumwalt will direct work on cell

June 27. 1931

THE COLLECTING NET

])ernieal)ility and ion balance larjyely on ma-
rine egg's, together with a special section of
work on electrical nietliods in permeability
studies.

'I'lie system of student election of laboratory
work has been continued this year. The lab-
oratory schedule includes eighteen projects, of
which each student attempts six or seven
only, according to his own selection. The
needs and desires of each student are thus
taken imto account in planning the work.

For tile first week, daily lectures are sched-

Central Nervous System in Posture, Move-
ment, and the Maintenance of Equilibrium,"
Dr. Philip Bard; July 2: "The Permeability
of the Living Cell to Water," Dr. Baldwin
Lucke; and July 3: "Cytological Problems of
Cell Cleavage," Dr. Henry Fry.

The requirements for admission are an in-
troductory course in biology or zoology and
the usual half year course or its equivalent in
the embryology of the frog and chick. As
the enrollment is limited, admission is of ne-
cessity competitive but the primary basis of

uled. In the following three weeks daily lec- selection is the ability of the student to profit

tures will be given, except on Saturday. A
series of special lectures is being arranged for
the last two weeks in July.

'I'he following lectures have already been
given: "The Acid-Base Equilibrium in Sea-
Water," Dr. Laurence Irving; "The Funda-
mentals of Potentiometry as Applied in Physi-
ological Work," Dr. Leonor Michaelis; "The
Acid-Base Equilibrium in Sea-Water," and
"The Composition of Sea-Water," Dr. Lau-
rence Irving; "Respiratory Pigments," Dr. Al-
fred Redfield.

Next week the following lectures will be
given: June 29: "Cieneral Organization of
Central Nervous Systems," Dr. Philip Bard;
June 30 and July 1 : "The Role Played by the

by the experience of the course and his pro-
spective ability as an investigator. Preference
is not necessarily given to those most ad-
vanced. It is felt that the most favorable pe-
riod for attendance often comes after the end
of the junior year of the undergraduate and
before the close of the second or third year of
graduate study, but obviously no arbitrary
rule is desirable.

A limited number of students who are well
qualified and who propose a satisfactory pro-
gram of research are allowed to continue after
the close of the course without payment of
further fees. It also may in some cases be
possible to arrange for positions for students
as research assistants to some older investiga-
tor during the remainder of the summer.

THE COURSE IN EMBRYOLOGY AT THE MARINE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY

Dr. H. B. GdODRRH

Professor of Biology, Wcslcyan University

l>ircctor of the Course in Eiiihrvology

The course in Embryology at the Marine
Biological Laboratory aims to jjrovide oppor-
tunities for the study of living materials
which for the most part are not attainable at
universities or colleges. The student is able
to see the actual living processes of develop-
ment usually known to him only from the
printed description or from fixed material. This
includes such events as the fertilization of the
egg, polar body formation, mitosis, cleavage,
gastrulation, and many later phases of em-
bryology. He may become familiar with the
technique of artificial parthenogenesis, isola-
tion of blastomeres, shifting the cytoplasm by
centrifuging, interspecific hybridization, sub-
jecting the egg to varied environments, etc. or
may try other experiments that he or the in-
structor may devise. Twenty to thirty diverse
species are available for these varied pur-
jioses. The student obtains from these obser-
^ ations a stimulating contact with vital pro-

cesses that is not otherwise possible and these
cxjjeriences provide him with a valuable
foundation for research and for teaching. This
training is most immediately useful in the field
of embryology or in those phases of general
physiology which utilize embryological mate-
rial or which deal with isolated living cells,
but the general background provided is likely
to be of value in almost any realm of biologi-
cal inquiry. The lectures, in addition to' pro-
viding the necessary introduction to the ob-
servations of the laboratory, are also intended
to outline various fields of embryological re-
search. In attaining this purpose great as-
sistance is rendered by those investigators
who present to the class the methods and re-
sults of their own studies. Many students
come from in.stitutions where there is little op-
portunity for contact with actual investiga-
tions or participation in the enthusiasms of
the research worker.

THE C' LLI'X'TING NET

[ Vol. VI. No. 41

DIRECTORY FOR 1931

KEY

Laboratories Residence

Botany Building Bot Aijartnient

Brick Building Br Uurniitory

Fisheries Laboratdj.v FL Drew House
Lecture Hall L f''isheries Residence

Main R(ioni in Fisheries Homestead \\<^

Laboratory M Hubbard

Old Main Building OM Kidder
Eockefeller Building, Rock Whitman

hi the case of tliose individuals not livin;i
laboratory property, the name of the l.'indl'ird a
the street are given. In the case of individuals livi
outside of Woods Hole, the place of residence is
parentheses.

THE MARINE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY

THE STAFF
Allen, C. E. prof. bot. Wisconsin.
Amberson, W. R. prof, ph.vs. Tennessee.
Bard, P. asst. prof. phys. I'l-inceton.
Bissonette, T. H. jirof. liiol. Trinity.
Bowling, Rachel ii:str. zool. Columbia.
Bradley, if. C. prof, ph.ys. chem. Wisconsin.
Brooks, S. C. prof. zool. Califoinia.
Calkins, G. N. prof, proto. Columbia.
Cohn, E. J. assoc. prof, physical chem. Harvaid.
Cole, E. C. assoc. prof. biol. Williams.
Conk!in, E. G. prof. zool. Princeton.
Coonfield, B. R. i)rt)f. biol. Southwestern.
Croasdale, Hannah T. "Biological Abst,acts''. Petiiis.vl-

vania.
Davis, H. asst. prof. phys. Harvard.
Dawson, J. A. asst. prof. biol. Col. City N. Y.
Duggar, B, M, prof. bot. Wisconsin.
Fry, H. J. prof. biol. New York.
Garrey, W. E. jjrof. phys. Vanderbilt.
Gerard, R. W. asst. prof. phys. Chicago.
Grave. B. H. prof. biol. DePauw.
Grave, C. prof. zool. Washington.
Goodrich, H. B. prof. biol. Wesleyan.
Hansen, \. B. grad. Chicago.
Harvey, E. N. prof. phys. Princeton.
Hecht, S. prof, biophysics. Columbia.
Hoadley, L. prof. zool. Harvard.
Irving, L. instr. phys. Toronto.
Jacobs, M. H. prof. gen. phys. Pennsylvania.
Jennings, H. S. prof. zool. Hopkins.
Lewis, I. F. prof. biol. Virginia.
Lillie, F. R. prof. zool. Chicago.
Lillie, R. S. prof. gen. phys. Chicago.
Lucke, B. assoc. prof, pathol. Pennsj'lvania.
iVIcClung, C. E. prof. zool. Pennsylvania.
Mast, S. O, prof. zool. Hopkins.
Mathews, A. P. prof, biochem. Cincinnati,
Michaelis, L. member Rockefeller Inst,
Morgan, T. H. dir. biol. lab, Cal. Inst. Tech.
Nelsen, O. E. instr. zool. Pennsylvania.
Packard, C. asst. prof. zool. Columbia Inst. Cancer.
Parker, G. H. prof. zooL Harvard.
Pollister, A. W. instr. zool. Columbia.
Poole, J, P. prof, evolution. Dartmouth.
Robbins, W. J. prof. bot. Missouri.
Sayles, L. P. instr. biol. Col. City N. Y.
Severinghaus, A. E. asst. prof. anat. Columbia Med.

Sumwalt, Margaret asst. prof. phys. Woman's Med. (Pa).

Taylor, W. R. prof. bot. Michigan.

Twitty. V. C. instr. Idol. Yale.

linger, W. B. asst. prof. zool. Dartmonlh.

Wilson, E. B. |irof. zool. Cidumbia.

Woodruflf, L. L. piof. ]iroto. Yale.

INVESTIGATORS
.\danis, E. M. grad. asst. biid. Cini-i:inati Med. Br 'AVI.

Dr 2.
.4ddison, W. H. F. prof, histol. and emb. Pennsylvania.
Alice, W. C. prof. zool. Chicago. Br 332. A lOB.
.\mberson, W. R. pi-of. phys, Tennessee. Bi- 30ib

Quissett.
-Anderson, Stelia slenograjiher. "ladustj-ial & Engineer-
Chemistry." Br 203. Young, West.
Apgar. Grace M. gi-ad. Penns.A'Ivania. Rock G. D 211.
A;m long, P. B. asst. picif. anat. Cornell Med. Br 318.

A 10,";.
Astrom. I. E'.izobeth asst. bot. TcJronto. Bot. H 4.
Austin, Mary L. instr. zo,d. Wel'esle.y. Br 217B.
Bailey, P. L. instr. phys. Col. City \. Y. I. 28.
Bailey, Sara W. res. asst. Iiiol. Radcliffe. Br 312.

Thunii)scn, Main.
Bakwin, H. asst. prof. pafh. New York. OM 4,
Ball, E, G. instr. phys. chem. Hopkins Med. Br llll.
Baitscll, G. A, prof.' biol. Y:i1b. Br 323. Brooks.
Ballard, W. W. instr. zord. l)ar»month. Br 217K. Dr. 1.
Bard, P. asst. prof, phys, I'rinceton. Br 109. A 301.
Barth, L. G. Nat. Res. fel. Br 111.
Barron, E. S. G. asst. prof, biochem. Chicago. Br 313.

I) 210.
Beams, H. W. asst. prof. zixd. Iowa State. Br 0. ])r 1.
Belkin, M. instr. biol. New York. Br 328. Dr ."..
Benkert, J. M. grad. zool. Pittsburgh. Rock 7. Ta.vlor,

Last.
Benkert, Lysbeth H. grad. zo(d. Pittsburgh. Rock 7.

Taylor, Ea.st.
Bissonette, T. H. prof. biol. Trinity. OM 21). D 108-109,
Bodansky, O. instr. pediatrics. Bellevue Med. OM 4.

Brodei'ick, North.
Bostian, C. H. instr. genetics. North Carolina .State.

Rock 2. D 102.
Bowling, Rachel instr. zool. Columbia. OM 21. A 307.
Boyd, M. J. grad. biochem. Cincinnati. Br 342.

Tashiro, Pai-k.
Boydcn, Louise E. edit. sec. "Biol. Bull." Harvard Med.

Br 305. Young, West,
Bradley, H. C. prof. phys. chem. Wisconsin. Br 122A.

Juniper Point.
Bradway, Winnefred E. asst. biol. New York. OM 1.

Cowe.v, I'epttt.
Bridges, C. res. asst. genetics. Carnegie Inst. (Wash.)

Br 324. McLeish, Millfield.
Brinley, F. J. asst. prof, zool. North Dakota State.

OM 39. Grinnell, West.
Bronfenbrenner, J. J. prof. baet. Washington Med. (St.

Louis) Br 2. Quissett.
Budington, R. A. prof. zool. Oberlin. Br 218. Orchard.
Butt, C. res. asst. Princeton. Br 116.

Calkins, G. N. prof, proto. Columbia. Br 331. Buz-
zards Bay.
Cannan, R. K. jiiof. chem. Bellevue Med. Br 310.

(-iardiner.
Castle, W. A. instr. biid. Brown. Br 233.
Cattell W. rc-s. worker. .New York. Br 328. (Cherry

Valley).

ji-xK n. 1031 1

THE COLLECTING NET

Chambers, R. piof. Iiiol. N'ew V<Hk. Br S28. Gosnold.
Checver, C. A. rotircil |iliysiiM!iii. But li. Lewis, Buz-

z.irds Bn\-.
Cheney, R. H. pidf. l)i»l. I.ciiig Island. OM 4.";. I) 208.
Chidester, F. E. jirof. zcxil. West Virginia. Bi- 306. D

.•!18.
Christie, J. R. assoe. iiciiiatol. T', K. Deiit. Agr. Rock ?,.

Cahooii, Woods Hole.
Clark, Eleanor L. res. asst. ;ijiat. IV'iiMs\-lvaiiia iled.

Br 117. Kast.
Clark, E. R. prof. aimt. Pennsylvania :Med. Br 117.

East.
Cline, Elsie grad. Hopkins. Br 127. W d.
Clowes, G. H. .4. dir. Lilly Res. Lalis. Br H28. Shore.
Cobb, N. .4. i)rinci]tal neniatol. T'. S. Dept. Agr. Roek

3. F 43,
Cohen, B. M. nsst. 7,(i(d. Hopkins. Br 12fi. Niekerson,

Millfii'ld.
Cole, K. S. as.st. jirof. plivs. Colunilda Med. OM .1.

n 210.
Cole, R. Olierlin. Br 31.j. U 2](i.
Cconfield, B. R. instr. zool. Brooklyn. OM. D 30(3.
Copeland, M. pi-of. liioI. Bowdoin. Br 3.34. Gardiner.
Corson, S. A. grad. jthys. Pennsylvania. Rook 6. Dr

attic-.
Costello, D. P. instr. zool. Pennsylvania. Br 217.1.

Elliot, Center,
Cowdry, E. V. prof, evtol, Washington (St. Louis)

Br 223, Millfield.
Croasdale, Hannah T. grad. Penns,ylvania. Bot. 22.

]lilt<in. Main.
Culemann. H. W. assoe. pi-of. hiol. Amherst, OM 33.
Curwen, .\liee O. instr. histol. Woman's Med. (Pa.)

Br 217H. K 12.
Dan, K. grail. Pennsylvania. Br 217. U 21.7.
Danks, W. B. C. res. ofticer Dept. Agr. govt. Kenya

Cidony. Br 224.
Darrah, W. C. paleoliot . (*arnegie Mu^. (Pittsliui-gh )

Rock 7. Hilton, Millfield.
Daugherty, Kathryn res. asst. phvs. Pennsylvania. Br

217F, I) 211.
Davis, J. E. asst. med. Chicago. Br 313. Hilton, Main.
Davis, J. F. instr. zool. Pennsylvania. OM Base. Dr 0.
Dawson, A. B, assoc. pi-of. zool. Hai-vard. Bi- 312. D

112. ,

Dcdds, G. S. prof. enih. West Virginia Med. Br 222.

D 300.
DoUey, W. L. prof. biol. Buffalo. Br 339. A 203.
Dcnaldson, H. H. nji'nilier Wistar Inst. Br 11.1. Buz-
zards Bay.
Dubois, Anne M. res. asst. emii. Carnegie Inst. (Balti-

m.-'re) Br 343. D 110.
Dubois, -E. F. prof. med. Cornell Meil. Br 340. Pen-
zance Point.
Dunbar, F. F. grad. asst. zool, Columhia, Br 333.
Eastlick, H. L. grad. asst. Washington (St. Louis)

OM Base. Dr 7.
Edwards, D. J. assoc. prof. phys. Cornell Med. Br 214.

Gosnold,
Erlanger, Margaret Harvard Med. Br 108. Young,

West.
Failla, G. physicist. Memorial Hosp. (N. Y.) Br 306.

Danchakoff, Minot.
Field, Madeline E. les. fel. phvs. Harvard. OM Base.

II S.
Fogg, L. C. instr. Idol. New York, OM Base. Mc-

Kenzie, Middle.
Fogg, Mildred C. instr. Idol, Hunter. OM Base. Me-

Kenzie, Middle.
Fowler, J. R. res. .asst. zool. Chicago. Br 332. Erskine,

Main.
Francis, Dorothy res. asst. Memorial Hosp. (N. Y.)

Br 329.

French, C. S. asst. phys. Harvard. Br HI. Eldridge,

Wooils Hole.
Furth, J. assoc. pathol. Pliipps last. L 24.
Fry, H. J. prof. Idol. Now York. ()M Base. Pnrdum

W Is Hole.

Garrey, W. E. jircjf, phys. Vanderhilt Moil. Br 215.

(iardiner.
Geiman, Q. M. grad. proto. Pennsylvania. Rock fi,

Cowey, Depot.
Gelfan, S. asst. prof. phys. AUierta. Br ,333. Sylvan,

Millfield.
Gerard, R. W. assoe. prof. phys. Chicago. Br 309. D 213,
Gilmore, Kathryn grad. zool. Pittsburgh. Rock7. Eld-
ridge, Kast.
Gilson, L. E. instr. Inm-hcni. Cincinnati. Br 341.

Tashiro, Park.
Godfrey, A. H. grad. Wi>st Virginia. Br 3116 WUde

West.
Goldforb, A. J. prof, zool, Ccd, City N. Y. Br 122C.

S(diramni, Cariliner.
Goodrich, H. B. jirof. Idol. Wesleyan. Br 210. D 316,
Gordon, Gladys secretary. "Industrial and Engineering

Chemistry". Br 203. Nickerson, Millfield.
Graham, C. H. Nat. Res. fel. Pennsylvania. Br 231.
Grave, B. H. pi of. zool. Dc Pauw. Br 234. Grave, High.
Grave, C. prof, zool. Washington (St. Louis) Br 327, High
Graubard. M. A. asst. zool. Columhia. OM Base. Mc-

Innis, Millfield.
Gray, Nina E. asst. zool. Wisconsin. L 22. Broderick,

North.
Green, Arda A. res. fel. ph,v,s. Harvard Med, Br 108.
Grundfest, H. Nat. Res. fel. phys. Pennsylvania. Br

232. D 301.
Hall, S. R. res. fel. Harvard Med. L 26.
Hahnert, W. F. Nat. Res. fel. zool. Hopkins. Br 111.
Ham, A. W. instr. cytol. W,ashingtoiL Med. (St. Louis)

Br 224. D 101a.
Hamburgh, M. Jr. Hopkins Med. Br 313. Glaser,

Gosnold.
Hamburger, R. J. asst. med. clinic. Groningen (Holland)

OM 4(1. ,I(dilin, Park.
Harnly, M. H. asst. prof. biol. New York. Br 1. 1) 101,
Harnly, Marie L. asst. biol. New Y^ork. Br 1. D 101.
Harryman, Uene res. asst. Lilly Res. Labs, Br 319.

1) 103.
Hartline, H. K. fel. med. physics. Penns.ylvania. Br 231.
Harvey, Ethel B. asst. biol. New York. Br 116. Gosnold.
Harvey, E. N. ]irof. phys. Princeton. Br 116. Gosnold.
Hayden, Margaret A. assoc. prof. zool. Wellesley. Br

217A. Nickerson, Quissett.
Haywood, Charlotte assoc. prof. phvs. Mt. Holyoke.

Br 31.1. A 207.
Heilbrunn, L. V. assoc. prof. zool. Pennsylvania. Br

221. D 31.-1,
Henshaw, P. S. biophysicist. ilemorial Hosp. (N. Y.)

Br 329. D 206.
Hill, E. S. grad. biochem. Cincinnati. Br 342. Dr attic.
Hill, S. E. asst. phvs. Rockefeller Inst. Br 209. Veeder,

West.
Hilsman, Helen M. grad, asst. zool. Pittsburgh. Rock

7. Hilton, Millfield.
Hoadley. L. prof. zool. Harvard. Br 312. A 302.
Holbrook, Lucile A. grad. zool. Wa.shingtou (St. Louis)

Br 313. Sylvan, Millfield.
Holt, Helen asst. biol. New York. Br 328. Chambers,

Gosnold.
Homes, M. N. asst. bot. Brussels. Br 122A. D 203.
Hook, Sabra J. instr. biol. Roehe.ster. Br 314. K 2.
Hoppe, Ella N. res. asst. biol. N. Y. State Dept. Health.

Br 122B. A 305.
Horning. E. S. Sidney. Br 223. D 203.
Howard, Evelyn grad. phys. Pennsylvania. Br 110.

Veeder, West.

10

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 41

Howe, H. E. editor "Industrial .■mil Kii,e:iiieeriiiR Clu'iii

istry." Br 203. West.
Howe, Mary '•Iiiilustrial & EiiKiiieerins Clieiiiistry." Br

203. West.
Huettner, A. F. prof. hiul. New York. Br 1. Ganset;.
Imai, T. asst. Ijiol. Imperial (Seiiilai, Japan) L 34.
Irving, L. instr. phys. Toronto. Br lOH. D 312.
Ishii, K. instr. bioelieni. .likei-kai Med. (Tokyo) I'.r

122. Tashiro, Park.
Jacobs. M. H. prof. gen. pliys. I'eiiii-iylvMiiia. Bi 102.

Miiiot.
Johlin, J. M. assoi'. ]iriif. I.imlu-ni. Vanderliilt Med.

B) 336. Park.
Johnson, D. S. prof. hot. Hopkijis. Br US. A lOle.
Johnson, H. H. Col. City N. Y. Br 31.'i.
Katz, J. grad. liiol. New York. OM Base. Avery, Main.
Keil, Elsa M. instr. zool. N. J. Pol. Women. Bi- 8. W e.
Keltch, Anna K. res. asst. Lilly Re<. Lal)S. P,i- 311).

Duffus, Millfield.
Kidder. G. W. grad. zool. Columliia. Br 314. I) 307.
Kille, F. R. assoe. prof. Idol. Birniingliam Snutliein.

OM 1. D 307.
Kindred, J. E. assoe. prof. emii. Virginia Med. Br 100.

1) 202.
Kinney, Elizabeth T. lect. zool. B.irnard. Br 21". K 3.
Knower, H. M. assoe. prof. anat. Ailiajiy. Br 334. Buz

zards Bay.
Knowlton, F. P. prof. phys. Syr,a[use Meil. Br 220.

(Jai-diner.
Lackey, J. B. prof, l.iol. Southwestern. Br 8. A lO.S.
Lambert, Elizabeth F. tech . Harvard Med. Br 107.

Young, West.
Larrabee, M. G. Harvard. Br 231. Beal. Bay View.
Lillie, F. R. prof. zool. Chic-afo. Br 101. Gardiner.
Lillie, R. S. prof. gen. phys. ChieagcJ. Br 326. Gardiner.
Liljcstrand, P. H. Ohio Wesleyan. Br 21fi. Dr 3.
Lucas, A. M. asst. \irof. eytol. Wasl)ington Med. (St.

Louis) Br 224. Mast. Minot.
Lucas. Miriam S. instr. eytol. Washington Merl. (St.

Louis) Br 224. Mast, Minot.
Lucke, B. assof. prof. ]iatli. Pennsylvania. Br 311.

Minot.
Lund, E. J. jirof. phys. Te.\as. Br 206. A 208.
Lynch, Ruth S. instr. (jeneties. Hopkins. Br 127. D 201.
McClung, C. E. prof. zool. Pennsylvania. Br 219. A 201.
McGoun, R. C. instr. liiol. Amherst. Br 204. Dr 6.
McGregor, J. H. prof. zool. Columliia. Br 301. Klliot,

Center.
Mann. D. R. grad. asst. Duke. OM Base. Hall, Hig'.c.
Marsland, D. A. asst. jirof. biol. New York. Br 31.">.

U 106.
Mathews, A. P. pi-of. bioehem. Cincinnati. Br 342.

Buzzards Bay.
Mavor, J. W. prof. Idol. Union. Br 304. Bar Neck.
Medaris, D. De Pauw. Br 2171. K 7.
Meltzer, A. Cornell Med. Br 217L Dr 1.
Metz, C. W. prof, cytcd. Carnegie Inst. Wash, and

Hopkins. Br 343. Hyatt.
Michaelis, L. member Rockefeller Inst. Br. 207.

Danchakoff. Gansett.
Miller, Helen M. Nat. Res. fel. Hopkins. Br 126. D 10.^.
Mitchell. P. H. prof. phys. Brown. Br 233. Orchard.
Morgan, F. H. prof, biol. Cal. Inst. Tech. Br 320,
Morgan, Lillian V. Cal. Inst. Tech. Br 320.
Morgulis, S. prof, biocliem. Nebraska Med. Br 313.

D 308.

Morrill, C. V. assoc. prof. anat. Cornell Med. L 27.

Country Club Inn, (West Falmouth).
Morris, S. instr. zool. Pennsylvania. Bock 6. D 310.
Nabrit, S. M. prof. biol. Morehouse. L 33. A 104.
Navez, A. E. lect. gen. phys. Harvard. Br 122A.
Newton, Helen ms. editor "Industrial & Engineering

Chemistry." Br 203. Young, West.

Nicholas, W. W. physicist. Bureau Standards.

Nicoll, P. A. grad. asst. biol. Washington (St. Louis)

OM Base. Dr 7.
Ncnidez, J. F. assoc. prof. anat. Cornell Med. Br 318.

Whitman.
Packard. C. asst. prof. zo(d. Columlda Inst. Cancer.

().\1 2. North.
Papcnfuss, G. F. grad. bot. Hopkins. P.ot 4. Frawlev.

Main.
Parker, G. H. prof. zool. Ilarvar.l. Br 213. Elliot,

Center.
Parkinson, Nellie A. asst. ed. "Industrial & Engineer-

iiig Chemistry." Br 203. Young, West.
Parks, M. E. asst. instr. biol. New York. OM Base.

Avei'y, Main.
Parmenter, C. L. assoi-. prof. zo(d. Pennsylvania. Br

220. D 204.
Parpait, A. K. instr. phvs. Pennsvlvania. Br 20."). II

302.
Parpart, Ethel R. asst. Idol. Long Island. Br 20."i. D

302.
Patch, Esther M. asst. a]iat. Long Island. OM 1.

Googiiis, Quissett.
Payne, F. i>ri>f. zool. Imliana. Br 122D. A 202.
Peebles, Florence prof, bi d. California Christian. L

30.
Pierce, Madelene E. RaiU iiffe. Br 217E, Kittil.-i, Brir

.\'ei-k.
Plough, H. H. prof. biol. Amherst. Br 2:14. Agassiz.
I'ollister, A. W. ijiti-. zoi 1. Coluncbia. OM 44. I) 314.
I*oliister, Priscilla F. instr. zo(d. Brooklvn. 0>T 44.

1) 314.
Pond, S. E. asst. piof. phys. 1'enn.sylvania. Med. Br

216. Gansett.
Poole, J. P. prof, evolntion. Dartmouth. Bot 2.'i, D

3(;."i.
Raffe!, D. Nat. Ri'-. f(d. Hopkins. Br 12.5. I) 201.
Redfield, Helen Cal. Inst. Tech. Br 320. D 301.
Reese. A. M. prof. zool. West Virginia. Br 222. I) 2('ii.
Rempe, A. E. tech. Washington. Br 224. Cowe.v, Depot.
de Renyi, G. S. assoc. pi-of. anat. Pennsvlvania. P>i'

114. D 213.
Reznikoff, P. instr. med. Cornell Med. Br 340.
Richards. O. W. instr. biol. Yale. Br 8. D 317.
Rijiant, P. B. L. prof. phys. Brussels. Br 22.'i. I) 212.
Risley, P. L. inst). zool. Michia:an. L 21.
Robinson, E. J. grad. asst. New Y'ork. OM Base. Averv,

Main.
Root, C. W. a.sst. biochem. Princeton. B)- 110. <'owey.

Depot.
Root, W. S. asst. prof. phys. Syracuse Med. Br 226.

Spaeth. Whitman.
Rosensteel, Eva G.. secreta)y. Br 223. A 306.
Rugh, R. instr. zo(d. Hunter. Br 217M.
Sayles, L. P. instr. biol. Col. City N. Y. OM 2."i. D 214.
Schauffler, W. G. physician. Princeton. L 23.
Schechter, V. asst. zool. Col. City N. Y. Br 122C. Di' 2.
Schluger, J. res. asst. biol. New York. Br 1. McLeish,

Milltield.
Schmidt, L. H. res. fel. bi ichem. Cincinnati Med. Hr

341. Tashiro, Park.
Schrader, F. prof. zocd. Columbia. Br 330. (Gansett).
Schrader, Sally H. res. worker eytol. Columbia. Br

330. (Gansett).
Schultz, J. Carnegie Inst. (Wash.) Br 232. D 301.
Schweitzer. M. D. grad. asst. zool. Columbia. Br 314.

McLeish, Millfield.
Scott, A. C. grad. asst. zool. Pittsburgh. OM 43. K 10.
Scott, Florence M. asst. prof. biol. Seton Hill. Br 217D.
Shapiro, H. grad. asst. zool. Columbia. Br 314. Dr 10.
Shaw, C. Ruth Pittsburgh. Rock 7. H fl.
Sichel, F. J. M. grad. asst. biol. New Y'ork. Br 337. Dr 2,

June 27, 1931

THE COLLECTING NET

11

Sickles, Grace assl. hni-teriol. N. Y. Strife Dept. Health.

Br J'2'2.
Slifer. Eleanor H. Nal. lies. fel. zckiI. luwa. Br i;17<i.

Kittila, Bar Neck.
Smith, Helen B. erarl. res. zuul. Hupkins. Br 343.

Gra.w P.uzzards Bay.
Smith, M. Doreen res. asst. prev. deatistrv, Toroiittt.

h 32. H 2.
Snook, T. iiistr. liistiil. and enih. Cdriiell. L 2ii. l)r 2.
Sonneborn, T. M. res. assoc genetics. Hopki)is. Br 127.

D 111.
Southwick, W. E. grad. emh. Harvard. OM Base.

Lj'ons, Wudds Hole.
Speidel, C. C. prof. anat. Virginia. Br 10(5. D 104.
Stancati. M. F. grad. asst. zool. Pittsburgh. Rock 2.

Hilton. Millfield.
Stockard, C. U. iirof. anat. Cornell Med. Br 317. Buz-
zards Bay.
Street, Sibyl asst. zool. Vas.sar. Bi' 8. MeLeish, Mill-
field.
Strong, O. S. prof. neur. and neurohistol. Coluniljia

Mod. Br 8. Elliot, Center.
Sturdivant, H. P. instr. zool. Columbia. Br 314. U 207.
Sumwalt. Margaret asst. prof. phvs. Woman's Med.

(Pa.) OM 3. D 209.
Tang, P. S. res. fel. phys. Harvard. Br 309. D 107.
Tashiro, S. prof. Iiioehem. Cincinnati. Br 341. Park.
Taylor, W. R. prof. bot. Michigan. Bot 24. Whitman.
Tittler, I. A. grad. asst. zool. Columbia. Br 314. Dr 10.
Titus, C. P. director. ,Sch. of Microscopy (N. Y.) OM

Base. Aver.y, Main.
Torvik-Greb, Magnhild grad. asst. biol. Pittsburgh.

Buck 7. H 9.
Turner, J. P. instr. zool. Minnesota. Br 217X.
Twyeffort, L. H. giad. Princeton. Br 111. Lvons, Woods

Hole.
Unger, W. B. asst. prof. zool. Dartmouth. OM 22. U

218.
Van Alstyne, Margaret res. asst. mod. Harvard. Br 213.

(irinnell, Bar Neck.
Van Slyke. E. instr. zool. Pittsburgli. Rock 7. K 10.
Wade, Lucille W. I)e I'auw. Br. 31!i. Robinson. Scliotd.
Wald, G. grad. asst. Ijiophvsics. Columbia, OM Base.

McLeisli, Millfield.
Walker, Ruth I. instr. Iiot. Wisconsin. Bot .5. Bro-

derick, Noi-th.
Warren, H. C. prof. ))svch(d. I'rincefoii. Br 303. Bar

Neck.
Weelans, Anna A. secretary. Princeton. Br 303. A 205.
Weisman, M. N. tutor. Col. City N. Y. OM 34. K 15.
Wclty, C. asst. |nof. biol. Parsons. Br 332. Taylor, East.
Whitaker, D. M. asst. prof. zool. Columbia. Br .333.

Morgan, Buzzards Bay.
Whiting, Anna R. jiriif. biol. Pennsylvania Col. Wimieii.

OM 40. Wliitman.
Whiting. P. W. assoc. prof. zool. Pittsburgh. OM 4(i.

Wliitman.
Wilde, Mary H. grad. asst. bot. X. .1. Col. Women.

Bot. Prentiss, Millfield.
Wilson, E. B. Da Costa prof, emeritus zool. Columbia.

Br 322. f-iuzzaids Bay.
Wilson, Hildegard N. grad. asst. l)iochein. Neiv York

Med. Bi' 310. Buzzards Bay.
Winsor, Agnes A. assoe. biol. Hopkins. L 25. (Catau-

inet).
Winsor, C. P. assoc. liiol. Hopkins. L 25. (Cafauniet).
Witschi, E. prof. zool. Iowa. Br 9. A 201.
Wolf, E. A. asst. prof. zool. Pittsburgh. OM 43.
Woodward, A. E. asst. prof. zool. Michigan. L 21. K 3.
Young, Roger A. asst. prof. zool. Howard. Br 228.
A 304.

STUDENTS

Adcll, J. C. grad. Cidumlda. profo. Nickerson, Milllield.
Alderman, Evangeline giad. asst. Wellesley. enib. W ,i.

Alexander, L. E. grad. Michigan, emb. K 14.

.\lexanderson, .Amelie M. Bryn Mawr. emb. K 2.

Altland, Clair S. grad. asst. biol. American, bot. K 7.

.\ndrew, Barbara L. grad. asst. bot. Alabama, bot. K 8.

Auringer, J. giad. Detroit City, proto. Dr 15.
Barney, R. L. jirof. biol. Middlcbury. phys. Glover.
E.'insom (Quissett).

Beck, L V. grad. asst. pliys. New Y'ork. phvs. .Mc-
Leisli, Millfield.

Boone, Eleanor S. grad. asst. zool. Stanford, emb.
Nickerson, Millfield.

Brown, Rebecca R. grad. Columbia, proto. K 12.

Bryan, Hilah F. grad. Smith, bot. Robinson, Quissett.

Buehheit, J. R. grad. asst. biol. Illinois, enilj. Dr 6.

Buck, M. Anna Maine, emb. K 8.

Burr, Edith R. grad. Columbia, proto. Gray, Buzzards
Bay.

Cable, R. M. grad. fel. New York. emb. Cowey, Depot.

Carlson, J. G. instr. biol. Bryn Mawr. emb. K 7.

Carpenter, Helena J. fel. biol. Ohio Wesleyan. proto.
W c.

Chase, H. grad. Howard, enilj.

Chen, H. T. Harvard, emb. Dr 9.

Coulter, Edith A. Goucher. emb. W b.

Dee, M. Barbara grad. zool. Boston, protu. Eldriil,;e,
Woods Hole.

Denny, Martha grad. Radcliffe. emb. Kittila, Bar Neck.

Derrickson, Mary B. Syracuse, emb. W e.

Dick, G. A. prof. vet. med. Pennsylvania, emb. 1) 204.

Ericson, Alma L. grad. biol. Columbia, proto. H 7.

Eskridge, Lydia C. tech. asst. Hopkins, proto. W c.

Fenton, Frances E. Connecticut, proto. H 7.

Fisher, K. C. asst. liiol. Acadia, phys. McLeish, Mill-
field.

Gaetjcns, Laura C. Elmira. phys. White, Millfield.

Green, D. E. asst. zool. New York. phys. McLeish,
Millfield.

Heiss, Elizabeth M. grad. asst. biol. Purdue, phys. W g.

Henderson. Lillian O. instr. biol. H. Sophie Newcomli.
proto. Erskine, Woods Hole.

Hunt, W. L. Southwestern, bot. Berg, Schiol.

Hutchings, Lois M. teacher biol. Barringer U. K. prolo.
H 8.

Ickes, Marguerite teacher biol. Lincoln H. .S. (Cleve-
land), proto.

Jackson, J. R. grad. asst. Missouri, bot. Dr 2.

James, Miriam E. teacher biol, Gloucester H. S. (Mass.)
profo. Griniiell, West.

Kaston, B. J. grad. asst. biol. Yale. emb. (Martha's
Vine.yard).

Lundstrom, Helen M. grad. res. fel. dental surgery
Peiiiis.yhania. ph.ys, H 3.

McQuesten, Barbara grad. Radcliffe. phys, Nickerson,
Millfield,

Magruder, S. R. grad. Cincinnati, emb. Kittila, B,-ir
Neck.

Michaelis, Eva M. grad. cliem. Barnard, phys. Danch-
akoff, Gansctt.

Moore, Caroline Peiiiis,ylyania. bot. H 6.

Moore, Elinor grad. Peniisylvaiiia. phys. U (i,

Morgan, Isabel M. Radcliffe. phys. Buzzards Bay.

Newcomer, A. Virginia grad. Radcliffe. emb. Kittila,
Bar Neck.

Noll, C. I. grad. asst. chcni. Trinity, phys. Cowey,
Depot.

Oppenheimer, Jane M. Bryn Mawr. emb. H 7.

Ormsby, A. A. glad. Detroit City, proto. Dr 15.

Perry, Lily M. grad. Shaw Sch. of Bot. Washington,
bot, Y'oung, West.

Plylcr. Phyllis V. asst. biol. Goucher. emb. W b.

12

THE COLLECTING NET

Vol. VL No. 41

Price, J. B. asst. biol. Stanford, enili. Dr 14.
Pro.sscr, C. L. grad. asst. pliys. Hoiikiiis. [iliys. Hr '>.
Reid, Marion A. instr. pli.vs. Biistoii Mod. phys. Kdliiri-

soii, Quissett.
Sawyer, Elizabeth L. instr. ziicil. Maine, oinli. Avoiy,

Main.
Scherp, H. W. giad. clioni. H.-irvard. pliys. Koldiison,

Qnissetf.
Sell. J. P. Olinliii. enili. K .'.
Shea, Margaret M. grad. Wclleslcy. enili. W a.
Smith, W. F. Jr. ('nnioll Med. emii. Mclnnis, Millfipld.
Sperry, Helen A. instr. Idcd. Cntliedral .Sell, (if Ht. Mary

(N. v.) iindii. Rnliinson, Wcnids llrjlr.
Stewart, P. A. RrnliestcM-. proto. K C.
Sweetman, H. L. asst. prnf. cut. Mass. State, pliys.

Iliggins, Depot.
Townsend, Grace instr. biid. Juliet Jr. cnili. H 4.
Walker, P. \. grad. Bowdoiii. eml). Tlmniiisoii, Main.
Watkins, Evelyn G. Vassar. proto. Eldridge, East.
Weed, .M. R. grad. asst. liiol. Wesleyan. emb. K 5.
Willard, W. R. Yale Med. phys. Dr 2.
Woodruff, Beth H. grad. asst. liiol. Western Heserve.

emb. W d.
Woodside, G. L. asst. Iiiid. Del'aiiw. enili. K 7,

ADMINISTRATION

Billings, Edith secretary. Millfield.

Crowell, Polly L. asst. to the liusiness manager. M.iin.

Oillinger, Bessie R. secretary. W i.

Finch, Kathleen secretary. H 2.

MacNaught, F. M. liiisiness manager. Sidiind tV Millfield.

LIBRARY

Klanchard, Hazel assistant. W g.

Bradbury, Hester A. assistant. W li.

Lawrence, Deborah secretary. Locust (Falmoutli).

.Montgomery, Priscilla B. lilii-arian. Wliitman.

Rohan, Mary A. assistant. Millfield.

CHEMICAL ROOM

Deitrick, J. E. grad. H(ipkins Di- ■'>.

Frew, Pauline Bates. \V f.

Geib, Dorothy grad. Hopkins.

Hale, J. B. grad. Illinois. Grave, High.

Johlin, Sally Oberlin. Gardiner.

Keil, Elsa M. instr. zool. N. J. Col. for Women. W e.

Lackey. J. B. prof. biol. Southwestern. A 108.

Richards, O. W. (in charge chem. room) instr. biol.

Yale. U 317.
Street, Sybil asst. zool. Vassar. McLeish, Millfield.
Strong, O. S. (director ehein. room) prof. neur. and

neuroliist. Columbia. Elliot, Center.

APPARATUS ROOM

.\pgar, A. R. photographer. D 1111.
Boss, L. F. mechanician. Middle.

(iraham. J. D. glass-blowing service. Veeder, Millfield.
Liljestrand, P. H. Ohio Wesleyan. assistant. Dr 3.
Pond, S. E. as.st. prof. phys. Pennsylvania, custodian.
Gansett.

SUPPLY DEPARTMENT

Clarkson, W. ileckhand. Water.

Crowell, Ruth S. secretary. Main.

Crowell, P. S. Harvard, collector and chauffeur. School.

Erianger, H. Wisconsin, collector. Dr 3.

Cray, G. M. curator research museum. Buzzards Bay.

Gray, M. collector. (Teaticket).

Hilton, A. M. collector. JlilUield.

Kahler, W. cidlcctor. lOast.

Leathers. A. W. head slii|iidng dept. Minot.

Lehy, J. collector and chauffeur. Millfield.

Lewis, E. M. engineer Cayadetta. Buzzards Ba.v.

Lillie. W. collectoi'. Gardiner.

Mclnnis, .1. resident manager. Millfield.

Nielsen, Anna M. secretary. Glendon.

Poole, Marjery G. bot. collector. I) 304.

Smith, C. B. Il.imilton. collector. Dr 3.

Staples, S. Harvard, cidlcctor. Dr 3.

Thornley, W. Dartmouth, collector.

Veeder, J. J. captain Ca,vadetta. Millfield.

Wamsley, F. W. supei-visor of s<'ho(d>, Charleston.

speci.'il preparator.
Wilcox, G. G. collector. Dr 3.
Wixon, R. fireman. (Falmouth).

BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS

Callahan, J. janitor. OM N wing. Dr 4.

Cornish, G. .ianitor. Br 1st floor. Dr 4.

Goffin, R. T. Jr. iceman. Millfield.

Googins, H. janitoi'. Quissett.

Hemenway, W. carjienter. carpenter shop. lljnvilmrMe.

(Falmouth Heights).
Hilton, H. A. superintendent of buildings ami groumls.

carpenter shop. Thompson, Water.
Keltch.R. .janitor. Br :ird floor. Millfield.
Look, G. .janitor. OM S wing. Qui,ssett.
Mclnnis, F. M. .janitor. Bot & L. Millfield.
McManu.s, J. janitor. Br 2nd fioor. Dr 4.
Rock, J. F. N. emergency man. Dr 4.
Russell, R. L. gardener.
Russell, M. R. night ivatchman

Swain, G. Jr. janitor. Br 3rd floor. Main (Quissett).
Tawell, T. E. storekeeper and head janitor, basement

Bi'. Thompson. \\'ater.

MECHANICAL DEPARTMENT

Carfy. F. night mechanic. Br 7. K 7.
Kahler, R. assistant. Bi 7. Macbeth, East.
Larkin, T. superintendent. Br 7. Woods Hole.

DOMESTIC HELP

Ashe, Helen K. Bates. Ho 202.

Birkitt, Dorothy K. N. J. Normal (Glassboro). Ho 204.

Brown, Bertha C. Ho 111.

Buckley, Katherine Ho 101.

Colby, Anna Ho 203.

Collins, Mary C. Ho 210.

Coombs, L. Ho 2.

Coombs, Nellie in general chjirge. Ho 12.

Duest, Virginia Ho 203.

Downing, Florence E. H(j 20.".

Downing, Isabelle L. in charge dining loom. Ho 201.

Fischer, L. Boston. Ho lOfi.

(ireen, .Angle B. N. J, Normal (Glassboro). Ho 202.

Hookstra, Ruth U. N. J. Normal (Glassboro). Ho 204.

McDougall, Mary Ho 207.

McGrath, Mary Broderick, West.

Mulford, Kathryn H. X. J. Normal (Glassboro). Ho 204.

Nordstrom, K. chef. Ho 0.

Pease, .4nnie IIo 211.

Percival, Mina N. Ho Ut2.

Pereira, J. R. Suffolk Law (Boston). Ho 107.

Pond, Luella Dr.

Porteous, W. Ho lOS.

Russell, Helen E. Ho 212.

Shea, Katie Ho 112.

Steele. N. 111'.

Temple, 1. Ho 7.

Tuttle, P. School of Fine Aits (Boston). Ho lOli.

Welch, Hattie Ho 105.

Welch, Hattie Ho 105.

Wester, (k-rtrude Ho 203.

Weymouth, D. N. School of Fine Arts (Boston). Ho 2.

^'oung, Grace West.

Young, Virginia Maine. Ho 202.

June 27, lO.Sl

TliE COLLECTING NET

n

U. S. BUREAU OF FISHERIES

INVESTIGATORS

Bailey, E. W. jr. aquatic liicil. I'. S. 1!. V. (Ciiiiiliriclgc)

Oi'eaiiographie Inst. IIIH. V W.
Bateman, C. B. lab. iiic-luiiuc. V . S. \^vy\. Ai;r. (Wash.)

F 55.
Bcarse, H. M. ,ir. aquatic liiol. l'. S. ]!. V. (('aiiilpriilftc)

13S. Wiles, Gardiner.
Bigelow, R. P. prof. zool. Mass. Just. Tecli. .VI •! Gar-
diner.
Brown, F. A. Jr. Austin teacliiiii; fol. ziiol. Harvard.

1123. F 50.
Buhrer, Edna M. .ir. ncniatulugist. V. S. Dcpt. Agr.

M. Lehy, Millfudd.
Cable, Louella E. jr. aquatic biol. U. .S. B. F. (Beau-
fort, N. C.) Hatcliery and M. 31. F 31.
Cheslcy, L. C. gra;!. fel. phys. Duke. 151. F. 41.
Cobb, N. A. prin. neniatologist. U. S. Dept. Agr. M.

F 43.
Conger, P. diatomist. U. S. Nat. Museum (Wasli.) 141.

F 47.
Cooper, Corinne jr. neniatologist. V . S. Dept. Agr. M.

Sydell, Glendon.
Crossman M. Louise jr. neniatologist. U. S. Dept. Agr.

M. .Sydell, Glendon.
Danforth, Josephine V. illustrator, f. S. Dept. Agr. M.

Lehy, Millfielii.
Foster, K. W. instr. biol. Tufts. M. F .54.
Galtsoff, Eugenia assoc. zool. George Washington. Vl'l.

F 26.
Galtsoff, P. S. in charge ovster investigations. U. S.

B. F. (Wash.) 122. F 20.
Coffin, Catherine E. Brown. IIS). Millfield.
Goffin, R. biol. U. S. B. F. 115. Millfield.
Hall, F. G. prof. zool. Duke. 149. Ilamblin, High.
Herrington, W. C. haddock invest. II. S. B. F. (Cam-
bridge) 140. F 45.
Imlah, Helen W. grad. Radcliffe. M. Kavanagh, High.
Jaffe, Ernestine grad. Wellesley. 130. Goilin, Millfield.
Jenkins, G. B. prof. anat. George Washington Med. 1.

I 'lough, .Millfield.
Kumin, H. grad. Antioch. HO. F 50.
Linton, E. fel. Pennsylvania. M 5. West.
Lynn, W. G. instr. eonip. anat. Hopkins. 123. F 48.
Milch, Erna L. secretary. U. S. B. F. (Cambridge) 11?.
Moses, Mildred S. asst. U. S. B. F. (Cambridge) 140.

Agassiz.
Nesbit, R. A. .asst. aquatic biol. V. S. B. F. (Cambridge)

M 6. F 47.
Neville, W. C. .asst. U. S. B. F. 119. Greene, Millfield.
Sandground, J. H. curator of heiniinthology. Harvard.

M 3. F 44.
Sette, O. E. the director, in charge North Atlantic

Fishery Investigation. V. S. B. F. (Cambridge)

118. F.
Smith, R. O. asst. aquatic biol. ovster investigations.

U. S. B. F. (Wash.) 122.
Swanger, Helen H. jr. nematologist. U. S. Dept. Agr.

M. Lehy, Millfield.
Taylor, G. W. grad. Princeton. M. F 48.
Tipton, S. R. fel. phys. Duke. 149. F 41.
Turner, J. P. instr. zool. Minnesota. 217n. Grinnell,

West.
Webster, J. R. jr. aquatic biid. U. K. B. F. (Cambridge)

140. P 49.
Wilson, C. B. head science dept. Mass. .State Normal

Sell. (Wc.^tfield) M 4. P 44.
Worley, L. G. Austin teaching fel. zool. Harvard, M.

F 54.

BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS

Armslrong, J. S. engineer. "Phalarope". Glendon.
BosiMirlh, Edith C. secretary. 117. Millfield.
Bosworth, W. R. V. fisherman. "Phalarope". Millfield.
Brown, S. 3rd. iiiuseuin attendant. FL 130.
Cassidy, H. L. carpenter. Woods Hole.
Conklin, P. S. fireman, machine shop. Hi ;li.
Hamblin, R. P. apprentice fish cultuiist. h.ilcliery.

Nye (Falmouth)
Hoffses, G. R. superintendent 117. F.
Hosmer, H. Jr. museum attendant. FL 130.
Howes, E. S. cockswain, hatchery. Wafer.
Howes, W. L. fish culturist. 110. Millfiidd.
Lowey, J. E. engineer, machine shoji. Glendon.
Morrison, D. cook. "Phalarope". "Plialaroiie".
Radii, A. H. apprentice fish culturist. Halclicry. FL 134.
Reynolds, J. seaman. "Phalarope". "Plialarope".
Snow, C. B. fireman, machine shop. FL 135.
Veeder, R. N. master "Phalarope". West.
Webster, H. M. fireman, machine shop. FL 137.

OCEANOGRAPHIC INSTITUTION

Allan, K. B. grad. Claik. 213.

Beach, E. F. Brown. 110. Hilton, Water.

Beale, Alice grad. emb. Radcliffe. 108. Thompson,

Main.
Bigelow, H. B. the director, curator oceanography.

Museum Comp. Zool (Cambridge). 114. Luscombe,

Main.
Borodin, N. A. Museum Comp. Zool. (Cambridge) 107.
Brooks, C. F. prof. Clark. 213.
Burbank, C. B. Harvard. "Asterias".
Church, P. E. grad. Clark. 213.
Clarke, G. L. Museum Comp. Zool. (Cambridge). 212.

"Atlantis".
Emmons, G. grad. Harvard. 207. (Monument Beach).
Ingalls, Elizabeth Harvard Med. 102.
Iselin, C. 2nd asst. curator oceanography. Museum

Comp. Zool. (Cambridge) 208. "Atlantis".
Montgomery, R. Harvard. "Atlantis".
Mosby, O. V. S. Coast Guard Ice Patrol Base 5.
Rakestraw, N. W. asst. prof. chem. Brown. 110. Wilson,

Woods Hole.
Reuszer, H. W. grad. Rutgers. 201.
Rossby, C. G. A. assoc. prof. Mass. Inst. Tech. 207.

Wilde, (iardiner.
Sears, Mary grad. zool. Radcliffe, 108. F 32.
Seiwell, Gladys E. Brown. 211. Larkin, Woods Hcd?.
Seiwell, H. R. curator oceanography. Buffalo Mu,eum

Science. 211. Larkin, Woods Hole.
Stetson, H. C. asst. curator paleontology. Museum

Comp. Zool. (Cambridge) 105. "Neva"!
Waksman, S. A. microbiologist N. J. Agr. Experiment

Station (New Brunsmck) 201.
Walker, Virginia B. secretary to director. Museum

Comp. Zmd. (Cainlnidge) 112. Howes, Millfield.
Warbasse, E. Antioch. 201. Penzance.
Warner, W. S. Jr. Harvard. "Asterias".
Weed, R. H. Harvard. "Asterias".
Welsh, J. H. Museum Comp. Zool. (Cambridge) 207,

215. Clough, Millfield.
Wolfe, Mary F. lab. technician zool. Harvard. 105.

Kittila, Bar Neck.
Ziegler, Virginia asst. to William Beebe, New York.

100. White, Millfield.
Zucker, J. M. Brown. 110.

NATIONAL RESEARCH COUNCIL

Barnum, Susie G. assistant. Br 120. H 1.

Johnson. D. S. chairman div, biol. ■■iml agr. Br 120.

A 101.
JrtcGraw, Miss Br 120. H 1.

14

THE COLLECTING NET

[ \'oL. VL No. 41

The Collecting Net

A weekly inil.lii'atinii devoted tn llio seientifii' work
at Woods Hole.

WOODS HOLE, MASS.

Ware Cattcll Editor

.Assistant Editors

Marcaiet W. (iiiffi)i Eleanor Brown

Auualeida S. Cattell

The Collecting Net in 1931

The purpose of The Collecting Net is to
assemlile material which is of especial interest to
the workers in the biological institutions at Woods
Hole. We want to record as fully as we can the
research work and other activities of the menibers
of the Marine Biological Laboratory, the United
States Bureau of Fisheries and the Woods Hole
Oceanographic Institution. But we also want to
seek relevant material outside of Woods Ho'e
and to record local events of interest. The yiri)-
jected editorial contents of our magazine can be
divided fairly well into the four parts:

( 1 ) Results of scientific work rejiorted dur-
ing the summer at Woods Hole, together with
critical reviews of such reports.

(2) Items reporting the activities of members
of the scientific institutions in \\'oods Hole.

(3) World-wide news of the activities of
individuals working in the field of biology.

(4) The more important local news.

The Collecting Net is an independent publi-
cation. Its contents are based primarily on the
three scientific institutions in Woods Hole, but
it has no official connection with any one of them.

We believe that there is not only a place luit a
real need for an informal magazine of biology
which is prepared to include constructive dis-
cussion on any topic of interest to those persons
working in the field of the biological sciences.

The fact that The Collecting Net is
responsible to no organization gives it a peculiar
advantage over many other publications in the
field of .science. It can include material that they
would liesitate to print. Editors often have an
article that they would like to print, but cannot
because some editorial board or organization
would have to assume responsibility for it.

We therefore wish to make it known that we
welcome material of this kind and that we are
ready to reproduce in black and white many
things pertaining to the administration of
universities and scientific institutions which one
often hears but rarely reads.

Beach Restrictions

Two recent cases of the assertion of property
rights, the limitation of the bathing space on the
bayside beach and the courteously formulated
request of the Trustees of the Forbes estate, call
the attention of the scientific institutions in
Woods Hole to the need of safeguarding and
developing recreational facilities.

It is natural and desirable that laboratory
workers should hope to profit from the physical
advantages of their environment. It is certainly
true that some investigators, even among those
who have acquired property, are beginning to
feel that Woods Hole is likely to become less
desirable for themselves and their families unless
recreational facilities can be retained and ex-
panded. Is there, for example, any surety that
the bathing beach frontage may not be limited to
that of a single lot or even lost entirely if efiforts
are not made to place the bathing beach under
public or institutional control? The Marine
Biological Laboratory has shown foresight in
])rt)viding real estate for the summer homes of
investigators and it now seems desirable that
attention should be paid to these recreational
needs before it is too late.

The regular meetings of the Penzance Sunday
Forum will be held on Sunday afternoon at four
o'clock at Gladheim on Penzance Point, begin-
ning July 5th. These meetings are an established
institution and have been held for the past twenty
years. All teachers and students at the labora-
tories, as well as other interested persons, are
invited. Social, economic and scientific matters
of current interest are discussed in an informal
way. At the first meeting on Sunday, July 5th,
Mr. Roger Baldwin will speak about our civil
liberties.

Currents in the Hole

At the

fol!:'^villg hours (I)aylig;lit S

aviiig Time)

the eui'i'en

t in tlie liule turn.s to run from Buzzards |

Bay to V

neyard .Sound;

Tuly

2 6:38

6:47

lulv

3 7:23

7:35

Julv

4 8:09

8:21

[uly

5 8:58

9:13

Inly

6 . . . 9 :45

10:10

lulv

7 .10:32

11:03

111 CM.

li case the eurrent tdianges a

pproximately

six hours

later and runs from the Sound to the |

Bay. It

must he remembered that

the schedule

printed al

>ove is dependent uiion the

wind. Pro-

longeil Av:

nds sometimes i ause tlie tu

rning of the

currenf to oc-eur a lialf an hour eai

lier or later

than tlie times given aliove.

June 27. 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

15

ITEMS OF INTEREST

Dr. C. G. Rogers, professor of comparative
])iiysioIogy at Oberlin College, who has been
located iii the Oberlin Room in the Laboratory
for many years, resigned from the staflf of the
embryology course of the Marine Biological
Lal)oratory. After sjiending the summer at
Oberlin, he sails early in September for Europe
where he will spend his sabbatical yar.

Dr. Hojie Hibbard, associate professor of
zoology at Oberlin, has gone to Europe for the
summer. .'-Ihe will spend most of her time in
Russia, Austria, France and Germany.

Dr. V. C. Twitty of ^'ale, who was on the
staff of the embryology course last year, is now
holding a National Research Fellowship at the
Kaiser-Wilhelm Institute at Berlin.

Henry B. Bigelow, Jr., sailed from Montreal
on |une 26th, for England. He will return about
September 1 as an able-bodied seaman, on the
Athiiitis.

Dr. and ^Mrs. Frank Knowlton have gone to
Syracuse, New York, to see their daughter, Miss
Katherine Knowlton, who has just returned
from a trip to California, They will return to
Woods Hole at the end of next weeT<.

Dr. Hans Spemann of the University of
Freil)urg, a prominent luiropean embryologist.
will visit Woods Hole during the latter part of
this summer.

Dr. and Mrs. J. AL Johlin and daughters, Ruth
Ann and Sally, of Nashville, have deserted the
Laboratory Apartments this year for their new
home ofif Gardiner Road. Miss Sally Johlin
will work in the chemical room of the laboratory
for the summer.

Dr. S. Tashiro and family are living in their
new house on Park Street, off Gardiner Road.

Mr. J. A. Gilmore, collector in the Supply
Department two years ago, made a short visit
to Woods Hole during the week of June 8th
before returning to Dartmouth to be graduated.
He will attend the Iowa Law School this sum-
mer.

During the last few years the Bureau of
Fisheries has released thousands of drift bottles
off the North Atlantic coast of the United States.
An extremely interesting return has just come
in from the 1929 release, from a bottle
picked up at Fairfield Crooked Island, the
Bahamas. Judging from previous distant drifts
this bottle was carried eastward across the North
Atlantic and southerly on the eastern Altantic
and then again to the westward, being cast up

in the Bahamas after floating about two years.

Dr. Paul Galtsoff, in charge of oyster investi-
gations at the Bureau of Fisheries, attended the
Pacific meetings of The American Association
for the Advancement of Science, which were held
in Pasadena, California, from June 15th to June
20th. He read a paper at the symposium on
oceanography, entitled "The Life in the Ocean
from a Biochemical Point of View." Among the
many , interesting symposiums were those of
genetics and photosynthesis. Over twelve lum-
flred registered members of the association were
present.

Dr. O. E. Sette. director of the Bureau of
Fisheries, left in the Albatross on June 12th for
the Virginia capes. The trip covered about
fifteen hundred miles. Dr. Sette was in charge
of the scientific work ,and William O. Neville
and Frank E. Firth assisted. The object of the
trip was to look for the early stages of mackerel
e,ggs and larvae in the various plankton forms.
The party returned on June 18th. Temperatures
and water samples were taken, in order to deter-
mine the oceanic conditions that influence the
development of the various pelagic plants and
animals. An abundance of the late mackerel
larvae was found in the southern half of the
region covered. In the northern half of the
region, earlier stages were found, as well as a
great abundance of Calamis. one of the most
important food members of the plankton.
Collections have been brought back to the
Fisheries laboratory for detailed examination.
Along the western edge of the continental shelf,
forty or fifty miles off shore, a Portuguese man-
of-war was spotted — ^the first to be seen this
spring.

The M. B. L. Club again invites your attention
to the facilities of its club house. You will find
there an opportunity for quiet relaxation, for
reading current periodicals, for playing cards, for
meeting old friends and for making new ones, etc.

The opening dance was held on Saturday.
As heretofore, there will be a dance every Satur-
day evening. The radio amplified phonograph
which used to provide music for dancing has been
improved since last year, and it is hoped it may
again be used for repeating some of the splendid
concerts of last year.

A new raft has been built and is ready for those
who enjoy water sports.

Every member of the laboratory is invited to
join the club and to give it their support.

16

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. \T Xi). 41

NEW

Hausman Ecology Collecting Sack

Designccl and (le\cl()pc(l by
Dr. Leon A. Hausman, Head
of Department of Zoology,
New Jersey State College for
Women, New Brunswick, New
Jersey. Now manufactured
and sold e.xclusively by the
I ieneral Biological .'supply
House. This sack has been
used for many years by the
students in Dr. Hausman's
field courses. It is i)articular-
ly useful to the collector of
aquatic forms.

Durably made of heavy tan
cam as with double seams and
reinforced shoulder straii.
Tweh e pockets for jars Ij^ inches
in diameter; four pockets for
jars of pint or half-pint size.
.Size 17 by W/- inches. Weight
()'/> pounds equipped with jars.
The weight is so distributed that
the bag may be carried for hours
withnut tiring the collector.

■^*^^Sf^''''' Price complete with 16 specimen jars (as illustrated) ( Each $3.25) Dozen $37.50
TIIDTnrVwbn*niirTC P'i'^e for sack only (without jars) I Each $2.25 | Dozen $23.50

^^" General Biological Supply House

The Sign of the Tiirtox
Pledges Absolute Salisfaction

Incorporated
761-763 EAST SIXTY-NINTH PLACE

CHICAGO

GLASS ELECTRODE
APPARATUS

The glass electrode method of hydrogen-inn
determination of liquids is particularly adapt-
able to measurements on physiological mecli.i.

Advantages

(n) .Accuracy within 002 pH is
obtainable.

(b) Medium under test is not con-
taminated.

(c) Less than Ice. of the sample is
sufficient.

(d) .-Vbout 5 minutes to each test.

(e) Clear, colored or turbed solu-
tions can be tested.

(f) A null method is eni;iloyed.

A ropii of List lOS-C vill be sent on

Pioneer Manufacturers
of Precision Instruments

CAMBRIDGE

INSTRUMENT CP Inc

3732 Grand ( entr I
Terminal, New York

Ji-NE 27, 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

17

SPENCER

OVER

1800

Universities and Laboratories

use this MICROTOME

L HE Spencer Pi-ecision Rotary Microtome No. 820 is used
in practically every important educational lu).si)ital or researcli
laboratory in America. 'I'lure is scarcely a country in tli;-
world to which it has not been shipped.

The microtome has gained this worldwide approval because of
several distinctive features, one of which is as follows:
It con)|)leteIy overcomes the inaccuracies usually encountered
in rotary microtomes, due to an u])-and-down movement of
the object. It does this by using an inclined-plane feed, an
adv.antage possessed by no other similar instrument. In this
inclined-plane feed the up-and- down movement and the feed
work independently of each other.

The many other advantageous features manifest themselves in
its perfection of accuracy.

Catalog T-8 completely describes
this Spencer Precision Rotary Mi-
crotome. Write for it today!

Products: Microscopes, Microtomes, Delineasoopes, Visual Aids,

Optical Measuring Instruments.

Branches: New York, Boston, Washington, Chicago, Minneapolis, Los

Angeles, San Francisco.

Compmuf

NEW VOR.K

18

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VI. No. 41

RESEARCH MICROSCOPE
GCE-10

Magnifications: 30 - 1800.x. Large
mechanical stage, Abbe illuminating
apparatus. Aplanatic condenser n.
a. 1.4 Quadruple revolving nosepiece.
Apochromatic objectives:
10 n.a. 0.30
20 n.a. 0.65
40 n.a. 0.95
90 n.a. 1.30 (oil imm.)
K oculars 3x, 5x, lOx, 15x, 20x, 7x
micrnmoter.
Price, complete in case, $447.50
f. o. b., N. Y.

BITUKNI FOR USE
WITH GCE 10 MICROSCOPE

r'.iiii)cul:ir attachment I'.i-
tukni including- one pair
of compensating eyepieces
(7x, lOx or 15x)' $86.00
f. o. b. New York. .Addi-
tional compensating eye-
pieces $18.00 a pair.

CARL ZEISS, Inc.

485 Fifth Avenue, New York

Pacific Coast Branch:
728 SoutJj Hill St., Los Angeles, Calif.

The Wistar Insdtute Slide Tray

Tlie ideal tray for displaying or storing slides.
It carries forty-eight 1-inch, thirty-two l^o-
inch, or twenty-four 2-inch slides, and every
slide is visible at a glance. Owing to the
nesting feature, the trays may be stacked so
that each one forms a dust-proof c ver for
the one beneath it. while the center ridges as-
sure protection to high mounts. Made en-
tirely of metal, they are unbreakable and
easily kept clean. They form compact stor-
age units. Twelve hundred 1-inch slides may
be filed in a space fourteen inches square by
e-ght inches high. PRICE, $1.00 EACii

Orders nr.\\ be sent to

THE WISTAR INSTITUTE

Thirty-sixth Street and W&odland Avenu;%
Philadelphia. Pa.

ECOLOGY
All Forms of Life in Relation to Env'ronment

Established 1920. Quailerly. Official Publication nf the
Ecological Society of America. Subscription, $4 a year
for coinplete volumes (Jan. to Dec.) Parts of volumes
at the single number rate. Back volumes, as avail-
able. $5 each. Single numbers, $1.25 post free. Foreign
jiostai^e: 20 cents,

GENETICS
A Periodical Record of Investigations bearing on
Heredity and Variation
Established 1416. Himonthly.

Subscription, $6 a year for complete v.iiumes (Jan. to
Dec.) Parts of volumes at the single number rate.
Single numbers, $1.25 post free. Back volumes, as avail-
able, $7.00 each. Foreign postage: 50 cents.

AMERICAN JOURNAL OF BOTANY
Devoted to All Branches of Botanical Science

Established l''l-l. Miuilhly, except Augii".t and Sep-
tember. (.Jfticial Pubhcaiion of the Botanical Society of
.\merica. Subscription, $7 a year for complete volumes
(Jan. to Dec.) Parts of volumes at the single number
rate. Volumes 1-lS comidete. as available, $146. Single
numbers, $1.00 each, post free. Prices of odd volumes
on request. Foreign postage: 40 cents.

BROOKLYN BOTANIC GARDEN MEMOIRS

Vnlunie 1; H coniribution>; by v.-iri..us an hi.rs on
genetics, pathology, mycology, physiology, ec.dogy, plant
geography, and systematic botany. Price, $3.50 plus
postage.

Volume II: The vegetation of Long Island. Part 1.
The vegetation of Montauk, etc. By Norman Taylor.
Pub. 1423. lOS itp. Price. $1.00.

Vol. Ill; The vegetation of Mt. Desert Island, Maine,
and its environment. By Harrington Monre and Nor-
man Tavlor. 151 pp., 27 text-figs., vegetation maii in
colors. June 10, 1927. Price, $1.60.

Orders should be placed with

The Secretary, Brooklyn Botanic Garden,

1000 Washington Ave. Brooklyn. N. Y.. U. S. A.

June 27, 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

19

Again B&L
Advances
Microscope
Design

When BAUSCH & LOMB fii-st announCL-d

the Drum
Binocular
marked in

Nosepiece for Wide Field
Microscopes an event was
the history of microscopy
comparable in importance to
the invention of the first re-
volving nosepiece. Now
comes the first radical im-
|)rovement in the Drum
Nosepiece. . .another histor-
ical milestone.

Formerly the Drum Nosepiece contained three jiairs of matched objectives,
which were non-removable. The New 10.S2 Drum NoseiJiece contains only one
pair of objectives (the 0.7X) ]K'rmanently mounted. The other two ))airs can
be readily removed by simjily sliding out the objective mount. Other ob-
jectives similarly mounted can be quickly substituted. In all other respects
the well-known KW series of wide-field microscopes remains the same.

Write for complete information

BAUSCH & LOMB OPTICAL COMPANY

671 St. Paul Street

nisiiHiiiraffliia

Make r s of O r t h o gon Eyeglass Lenses for Better Vision

20

THF. C( )LLECTING NET

Vol. VI. No. 41

Spalt^holz

Transparent

Preparatiuns

Human

and

Zoological

Skeleton of Fish in Case

Models, Specimens,
Charts

for i)hysiology, zoology, botany,
anatomy, embryology, e.*c. Cata-
logs will gladly be sent on request.
Please mention name rf school
and subjects taught, to enable
us to send the appropriate
catalog.

VisW our New and Greatly En-
larged Display Rooms and Museum

i

.■BttJElBWl

>

Life History
of Chick

Mod?l of liu

Heart

Clay-AdAm's '€(©MMifr

117-119 EASl 24th .STREET NEW YORK

Living and Preserved
BIOLOGICAL SPECIMENS

Riprcscnting all t_vpes, for tlie Laboratory, Museum or Special Research.
1ti addition to all of the widely used forms, we specialize in important
southern species not oht.iiuahle elsewhere. Also lieadquarters for Micro-
scopic Slides. Life Histories. Deuioiistrations. Insect Collections, Skeletons.
Catalog's Free.

'I'he best service on liviufi' niateri;il such as t>iant southern IJullfrofi's.
Aniphiunia, Alliy'ators, 'I'urths, Crayfish, Clams, Protozo.i .'ind .\(|uariiiui
Anim.als and Pl.-ints.

SOUTHERN BIOLOGICAL SUPPLY CO., Inc.

517 DECATUR St. NEW ORLEANS L\.

1 1 ■ N E 2 7. 1931 ] THE COLLE CT ING NET 21

AN
EXCEPTIONAL DISPLAY

of

MICROSCOPES and
ACCESSORIES

Wc are ))lcascd to nnnnuncc that thrnuf,^h the cooperatimi i)f the
MARINE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY, we have been granted the i^rivi
lege .,f hnhlino an exhibit Ir.mi JUNE 28 to JULY 4 in the OLD LECTURE
HALL at WOODS HOLE, Massachusetts.

This exhibit will include a number nf new and important developments

as pertain to various fields (it scientific endeavor. Certain specialized equip-
ments will be shown in actual use with specimens and working material ob-
tained at Woods Hole, for example, the Chamliers' Micro-Manipulator with
icro-injectinn and dissection devices; the Capillary Microscope with illu-
inant and camera for studies of blood circulation, etc. The new model of
he l.eitz Research Microscope "lURM" with Apochromatic objectives and

m
m
t

inclined ]irism body, will lie in .actual use.

The LEICA Camera now utilized at practically every institution of
learning, will be displayed with its complete line of lenses, accessories and
illustrative material. Photog'raphs will be taken of specimens submitted to
our representative and recommendations advanced indicating how this
camera can serve your individual studies and requirements.

You are cordially invited to visit our exhibit at the OLD LECTURE
HALL, JUNE 28 to JULY 4, MARINE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY.

E. LEITZ, Inc.

60 E lOTH STREET NEW YORK, N. Y.

22

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 41

INTERNATIONAL
CENTRIFUGES

JLiny types offering a large variety
of equipment of tuhe.s and a wide
range of s]ieed and conse(|iient
relative centrifugal force.

International Equipment Co.

352 VVESTEKN AVENUE
BOSTON, MASS.

A TRIPLE BEAM TRIP SCALE

1 010 irrams

Sensibility 05 g

Capacity with extra weight

This balaiu't' has three times
the iteam rapacity of (loul)l(
Itejiin trip scales.

Specifications

I-'i-niit lu'iiiii Wfijilis rrntii t) 1(1

('(■HUT ln'iiiii weighs from (1-
.'»i«i y;riinis hy HKi j;ranis
Thirii lu'aiu wt'ii;ll^i irnm U-
HK) grams hy 10 grams
ToImI capacity on beams HIU
grams

'I'oln! capacity with extra
w<-ight l.iHn grams
Snisibility it.iK'i gram
Untied kiiilV e4iges rest on
;i;;ati' planes
^^l^^^^^^^m 'II^BIII^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^B^^ — . g l!^^ Pan mttlded Itakelitt

.\vvHrnvy

<i renter Ciipiicity

No. 4040 Triple Beam Balance, Harvard Tnp Scale construction. Capacity (HO grams,
seiisibiUty il.O.") {>ram. Complete with sliding weights on the beams, each ... $12.00

In lots of () ro more, each $9.00

No. 4040W Extra Weight, to increase capacity to 1,010 grams

.75

W. M. WELCH MANUFACTURING COMPANY

MaiMifiU'tiirerB. IimmrterM imkI ICxporters of Scieiilirte ApiianitiiH, Furniliire luul Schoal Siippliet*

General Offices: 1515 Sedgwick St., Chicago, 111., U. S. A.

ifn'.ft',- A mm nil II M Fndiiyii n in{ Warehouse I
151G Orleans Street, Chicago, IlUnois Brnneh Offices

:U2 Miiiiis.Hi Avp 191 (> We*;I Knd Ave.

New York City, N. Y. Nashville. Tenn.

BvauiiKne<'htHpiniann Co.. Ltd.

57fi-.'.84 Mission Street Pnrifir Const Dishibiilor

San Francisco, California

:uth * Bffi.-idwiiy
Kansas City. Mo.

Lttha'oii/ FuniH-'ie Fitcfimj :
Manitowoc. Wisconsin
'J220 Guadalupe St.
Austin. Texas

The Bratin Corpmatiuu, lad.

:ir)3-371 New Hiffli Street

Los Angeles. California

J u N E 27, 1931 ] THE COLLECTING NET 23

WARD'S NATURAL SCIENCE
ESTABLISHMENT, Inc.

Announcement of Re-organization

The Directors of Ward's Xatural Science Establisliment, Inc.,
tai<e pleasure in announcing that the University of Rochester has
decided to continue the operation of this establishment in the inter-
est of science.

To carry out the desire of the Universit\' to render the great-
est possil>le service, we have secured the services of Dr. Dean L.
Gamble, who has now assumed the active management of the estab-
lishment. Dr. Gamble taught for eight years in the Department of
Zoology at Cornell University, and for the past seven years he has
been in charge of the Zoology Division of the (ieneral Biological
Supply House in Chicago. Because of his experience in teaching, as
well as in i:)usines3, he is veiy well fitted to maintain the highest sci-
entific standards of Ward's Natural Science Establishment, Inc. We
have also rented a large four-story laiilding, having over 40,000
square feet of floor space, where, f(jr the first time in many years,
our enormous collections will be properly housed.

We wish to take this occasion to thank our many patrons and
friends for the patience they have siiown in putting up with the de-
lays necessitated by the confusion caused by our fire of last Sep-
teml)er, and to assure them of prompt, careful and efficient service
in tiie future.

Send for Circular No. 330, which cimtains a revised list of our
Catalogs of Natural Science Material.

WARD'S NATURAL SCIENCE ESTABLISHMENT, Inc.

P. O. BOX 24, BEECHWOOD STATION,

ROCHESTER, N. Y.

24

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 41

Biological

Specimen
Dishes

hlou- in Tico Si'vCS

The very satisfact ry demand lor Biuiogica
Specimen Dishes has led to the introductior
of a larger size.

The small Dish has a capacity to the brim o
350 cc, inside height 45 mm., inside diameter
100 mm., height overall 50 mm. The large Dis:
has a capacity of 1750 cc, inside height 7C
mm., inside diameter 175 mm., height overall
80 mm.. Both Dishes are made from clear
heavy glass. The bottoms are flat and the
Dishes will stack perfectly.
This type of bowl has been in use for a
number rf years at the Marine Biological
Laboratory at Woods Hole, Dartmouth Col-
lege, DePauw University, Ohio University,
Louisiana State University, George Washing-
ton University, and elsewhere.
It is applicable to work in embryology, espe-
cially with chick embrycs; to small aquatic
organisms, living or preserved; to the develop-
ment of Echinoderms and other eggs. Further
uses will be readily apparent to the biologist.
The small dish fits conveniently under a
microscope. The rounded inside permits easy
cleaning. When stacked or nested, the dishe.s
can be easily transported and stored.

G734 — Biological Specimen Dishes.

Small

No. in original barrel
Each

168
$.35

Large

36
$1.00

10% di.scount in dozen lots, 20% dis-
count in original barrels.

WlI^I^ CORPOKATIOy

LABORATORY APPARATUS AND CHEMICALS

ROCITESTER, X.T;

Genetics Preparations

TIk'sc pro|i:iiatioiL-; (h-nioiistiato t-lassi ■ uxampU*:;
(if Meiulelian iiilteiitaiu-e. The results of cross-
itifTS of individuals \vith foiitiasHug characters
in the 1st and -nd generations are clearly V'.\(\
vividly shown in the first three preparations by
ai'iual specimens, supplemented by diagrams and
explanatory notes. The Plaques with colored
figures and diagrams are also very instructive
and are excellent preparation for courses in
Genetics.

<.M 1. The IVa. Actual siK-ciniciis illustrating'
.MiMidflian in-int-iiilcs. sliowiny,' resii Is in .-rnssiii;;
siiKioili yellow and wrinU'ed jin'cn n-as, mnuntcd in

;;liiss I up. wood pxhibitidii casi' $«.7ii

(iM 2. The Snail. A<tu:il siircimi'iis oi' snail shells
illustratinti Mendelian |)riiieiples. slir»wi"i; result (tl
erc.ssiii^' handed red and bantUess yo'luw snails,

iiiniinled ill wood exiiihitioii ease $(>.7.>

<i.M H. The Snail. Same as almve mnnnt showin;^
results ol" erossintr bandless yellow and Hve-banded
yellow snails.

<;.M ">. Mfiuh'lian Diajirams. (hi plaques !)Vj" x
1.!" ill size, with cellophane covering to proleet
eti'.ored fij?ures and diagrams prepared in iiiil;i
1 ranies for durability,
at .Mirabilis Flower. Kffeel of erossing nd and

wliiti' individuals,
l») Fowl. Kffect of err>ssiii;; white and b'aeU

individuals,
(i) Snail, Kffeet of crossing bandless and tive-

banderl individua's.
ul) Human Eyes. Effeet of erossinjr brown and

blue-eyed individuals,
(e) Snails. Effeet of crossing red banded and yel

low bandless individuals,
if) -Miee. ElTeet of erossin;; .i;rey and brown

indi^ iduals.
iij) ."Mice. Effect of i-rossin;;' j;rey and albino

individuals,
(h) Corn. I']ffect o;' erossin^^ yellow starchy com

and blue sugar eorn.
(i) Fruit -fly. Sex -linked inheritance.
j) Human Eye. Intercrossing wiMi parent forms,
(k) Co'orailo I'otato Beetle. Xon,- 1 ransniis.salde
variations cm used by tempera I lire and humidity.
(I) Ttdorado Potato Beetle. Inheritable intluences
of temperature and humidity.

I't r IMa»|iir ¥2.25

Set tif 12 ria(|iit^s. with ''I page descriptive

I lilet $24.00

Prompt n . Tiz-.r ■ n Guaranteed

Scri'icc ■^'■"-~" Within Reason Q„^,,f„
New York Biological Supply Co.

General Supplies [or the Biological Sci^rr--^'

34 Union Square New York, N. Y.

June 27. 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

25

Kewaunee Laboratory Furniture

Correct in Every Detail

Our full line of Biology Laboratory Furniture,
scientifically, technically and pedagogically correct,
is now available at surprisingly low prices

Wo sliDW lu'ie just a. few of the iiKiiiy KiMvauiiee pieces Hint are ilesigiied
espeeially fcjr the study of Biology. Tlie Kewaunee ciitahig pietures many
luoie i)ieees of Biology Furniture and gives I'oniidele details aliout eaidi
piei'O. Ill this gieat book of modern laboratory furniture you will find
almost every type of furniture you may require. In ease you do not And
exaetl.y what you need among the standard pieees, Kewaunee Engineers will
gladly eo-operate with you in designing and building speidal equipment to
meet your needs.

Kewaunee Furniture is Most Practical and Usable

Kewaunee Laboratory Furniture is not made by rule <if
tliumli methods. A staff of nationally i)roini]U'iit labora-
tory consultants. scientists, analysts and research
authorities is employed b}' Kewaunee to insure Kewaunee
Laboratory Furniture being technically, pedagogically
and scientificially correct in every detail. Kewaunee also
maintains a iMimplete department of Laboratory Furniture
Engineers, Flan Men and Designers, Craftsmen and
Mei-hanics. Tliese specialists design and construct
laboratory furniture in strict accordance with the various
lalxir-i'or.v requirements and natures of work and their
technolog.v.

Write for the Kewaunee Book

If you are interested in bujTiig new laboratory furni-
ture, b.v all means get the Kewaunee Catalog. It is the
most comprehensive book of the industry and is sent
without charge and postpaid to any buyer of laboratory
furniture re(|uesting a copy on the letterhead of his
institution. If you do not have the Kewaunee Book, write
for it toda.v.

Kewaunee also builds a full line of
Library, Vocational and Domestic
Science Furniture.

Ci.Be Nu. <i

EXPERT5;

V. <i. Caiiiiilx'n. I'rcs. and (ieii. Mgr.

3:it Uncolii St., Kewaunee, Wis.

Offices in I'rinrpal Citie.s

ChlcaF^o omre:
U 10. Jaekson Blvd.

New York Oflfire:
70 Fifth Avenue

i'lieniical and Apparatus Storage Case Xo. ti-1452

n Science Table No. i>-(:71

26

THE COLLECTING NET

f Vol. VL No. 41

Scientific Instruments
Research Apparatus

New Principle in a
MICROMANIPULATOR

The new Emerson MicromanipulatDr con-
trols the movements of micro needles and
pipettes mider a microscope by two simple
levers. One of these levers produces vertical mo-
tion in a straight line, and the other provides
all horizontal motions. The cor.trol is so co-ordi-
nated that the apparent horizontal motions of the
operating needle seen through the microscope arc
identical with the actual motions of the control-
ling lever.

The device is jjrecise and sn^ooth in opera-
tion imder any magnification of a microscope.

The amount of motion of the needle across
the visible field in relation to t\v: actuil motioi
of the hand is adjitsiablc. very simply. Conse-
quently it is possible to work fa'-t or slowly, in
a wide or narrow range, under whatever magnifi-
cation is needed.

PRICE, MOUNTED PAIR OF MACHINES,

.$160.00

Micro injection app;.ratus, moist chambers, micro

needles, and other accessories can

also be supplied.

OTHER DEVICES MANUFACTURED INCLUDE

IMPROVED B.'VRCROFT-WARBURG AP-
PARATUS as used in the determination of
lactic acid content in cancer tissue or for
studying other types of cell metabolism.

HIGH SPEED CENTRIFUGE of small ca-
pacity operating at ten thousand r. p. m.

SHAKING DEVICES for Clark Hydrogen
Electrode Vessels and for shaking 30-125
c. c. Erlenrayer flasks in constant tempera-
ture bath.

DI.^iLVSIS APPARATUS as described in
the March 1931 issue of "The Journal of
General Physiology."

CONST,\NT TEMPERATURE equipment
and water baths, special tanks built to
order.

HEART LEVERS improved type with re-
movable lever arm.

LABORATORY DRIVES, PULLEYS and
ENDLESS RUBBER BELTS. SPECIAL
WORK and GLASSWARE to ORDER.

J. H. EMERSON

15 BRATTLE STREET

CAMBRIDGE, MASSACHUSETTS

June 27, 1931

THE COLLECTING NET

27

Now Ready

"... (J fresh survey of iiwdcru
Biology especialh desii^ned for
those who do )wt plan to speeiolisr
in Botany or Zoology."

CONTENTS

Introduction

A Vertebrate Animal

A Flowering Plant

The Cell and Metabolism

The Cell and Behavior

The Cell and Reproduction

Heredity and the Gene

Ecology and the Community

The Evolution of the Species

The Plant Kingdom

The Animal Kingdom

Applied Biology

Appendix

(a Glossary of Technical
Terms

(b) Classification of Organ
isms
Index

Textbook of
General Biology

By WALDO SHL'MWAY
Professor of '/.oology, Unii'ersltv of Illinois

From the w:ealth of illustrative material offered in the fields of
Botany and Zcology the author has selected such facts and
theories as have a general significance. The book is designed
for a course of one semester or two terms, and piesents an
outline of biological principles arranged in logical series.

The student is introduced to the subject by an account of
the structure and activities cf a vertebrate — the frog, because
of the ease with which it may be compared with the human
body. Following this, an account of a flowering plant is pro-
vided — the familiar wheat, an e.xample of a highly organized
and common plant After describing the form, functions, and
life history of this plant and comparing them with those of the
frog, the student is ready to embark upon the study of bio-
logical principles.

After a discussion of these principles a brief survey of the
major plant and animal gi^oups is intended to give some idea
cf the evolution of these kingdoms. The book is concluded
with a short account of some of the ways in which the study
of Biology is applied to the improvement of human life.

Because this book is written principally for those to whom
labratory facilities are not available, illustrations have been
freely used to take the place of demonstration material. These
are carefully labeled and the use of abbreviations has been
avoided. -

361 pa,i;es. (> by 9. Price $3.00

John Wiley SlSohs, Inc.

4^0 Fourth Avenue Neze York City

28

THE COLLECTING NET

Vol. VL No. 41

Just published -

Second Edition

Revised and Enlarged

Invertebrate
Zoology

By HARLEY JONES VAN CLEAVE
Professor of Zco'-Ogy, University of Illinois

McGRAW-HILL PUBLICATIONS
IN THE ZOOLOGICAL SCIENCES

2S2 pat/i's. '1.1-9. i-'i illiistratii))is, $300.

This is a thorough textbook of the structure, devel-
opment, and relationships of invertebrate animals.
More material has been included than could ordi-
narily be covered in a single semester, offering the
instructor greater selection in organizing his work
than is possible when only materials for a specific
course are presented.

OKlstdiuliiKj Features of Tliix Rri'isioii Arc:

— considerable reorganization to relieve overem-
phasis on morphology and taxonomy. Specific
sections on the orders have been omitted from
most of the chapters. Instead, a summary of
classification has been inserted at the close c°
the discussion en each phylum, giving a terse
characterization of all classes, subclasses, and
orders generally recognized for each phylum

— most ^f the chapters have been entirely re-
written.

— many new Illustrations have been added

—the chapters on Protozoa and P^rifera have been
wholly recast and material brought into line with
most recent advances in these fields

— much of the newer knowledge on the parasitic
worms and other organisms of economic impor-
tance has been added

— interesting and significant biological facts have
been added throughout

SEND FOB A COPY ON APPROVAL

McGRAW HILL BOOK CO., Inc.

P. BLAKISTON'S SON
&L CO., Inc.

PUBLISHERS

PHILADELPHIA

"A Second Digest

of Investigations

In Teaching of Science"

By Francis D. Curtis. Ph. D.
Ihiii'crsity of Michigan

Edited P.Y S. R. Powers. Ph. D.
Columbia U)iivcrsit\

This digest is a study of the ])rol)lenis, the
method used, and the findirgs as a result of
a ])enetratiiig analysis into science teaching
from 1925 to 19.31. It foUow.s Volume I
which covers the same field prior to 1925.

-1 24 Pof/es

Cliitli $3.00 Postpaid

370 SEVENTH AVENUE

NEW YORK

The
Genetics of Domestic Rabbits

By WILLIAM E. CASTLE
"A lK)ok which will he of interest to the
geneticist and of practical use to the
hrceder of rahhits and the fur farmer." —
Science Ncivs Letter.

"In these pages will be found information
relative to the rabbit that has previously
been scattered through a large number of
scientific journals and texttooks, making
it possible for the reader to understand at
a glance the composition of almost all our

present day breeds Both the fancy

,ind the commercial rabbit breeder owe him
a great deal for having placed in their
hands a book that will settle once and for
all so many vexed questions, thus placing
the breeding of the rabbit on a sure and
certain foundation." — Reliable Rabbit
Jourual.

$1.25 a copy postpaid

Harvard University Press

51 RANDALL HALL,
Cambridge, Mass.

June 27, 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

29

Oxidation-
Reduction
Potentials .

Member Roekefeller Institute

. hy h MichaeliSy M. D,

Traiisl ated from the Germ in hy Louis /?. Flexner

A hrst step towards a solution, in the metabolism of the living' cell. A new point of
view that provides a clearer and a thermodynamically correct approach to cell ener-
getics. The result of the author's intensive work on "Hydrogen Ion Concentration" and
its application to biological problems. Invalualile, concise, the evidence of profound re-
.search. Order vour copv now! 16 Illustrations. 197 Pages. $3.00

PART I Physico-Chemical Considera-

tions. Definition of oxidation and reduction.
The force of oxidation and reduction. His-
torical and critical remarks on redox poten-
tials and the mechanism of their establish-
ment. Evaluation of a redox potential. The-
ory of mixtures of different redox systems.
The poise of a reversible redox system. The
neutral point of the redox scale. Inorganic
redox systems. The influence of cmplex for-
mation. Reversible organic redox systems.
Atomistics of reversible redox processes. Re-
lation between color and oxidation potential.
The activity theory applied to organic

systems. General formulation of the potentials
of the organic redox systems with respect to
the concentration of Hydrogen ions. Various
Ecales of the red'^x potential. Influence of
tautoraerism. Irreversible oxidations and re-
ductions.

PAR I II Physiclogical Applications.

The physiologically important redox systems.
Sulphydril systems. True reversible redox sys-
tems of importance in physiology. Reviews
""f the physiologically important redox sys-
tems. Measurement of reduction potentials
in physiological systems.

MONOGRAPHS ON EXPERIMENTAL BIOLOGY

F;:.3tor8 Affecting the Distrlbu '. ion of Electro-
lytes, Water and Gasrs in lh2 Animal Body

By D. D. Van Slyke. Ph. P.. Se.P.

Rockefeller Institute

ifi Diagrams. 70 Pages. $2.50.

Chemical Basis of Growth an.3 Senescence

By T. B. Robertson
University of Adelaide, Adelaide, South
Australia
45 Illustrations, 376 Pages. $3.00.

Chemic?jl Dynamics of Life Phenomena

By Professor Otto Meyerhof

Awarded the Nobel Prize 1923, for the

Researches Published in this Book

8 Diagrams. 110 Pages. $3.00

Injury, Recovery and Death in Relation tn
Conductivity and Permeability

J^y W. J. r. Osterhouf

Harvard, University

9« Elustrations. 259 Pages. $3.00

The Fbysicai Basis of Harcdity

By Thomas Hunt Morgan

Professor Experimental Zoology in Columbia

University

117 Illustrations. 305 Pages. $3.00

The Biology of Death

By Raymond Pearl

Johns Hopkins University

64 Illustrations. 275 Pages. $3.00

Labyrinth and Equilibrium

By .S'amnel Steen Ma.rivell. M.S.. Ph.D.

University of California

11 Illustrations. 163 Pages. $3.00

The Nature of Animal Light

/>'.v P. Xe-ccton Harvey, Ph.D.

Professor of Physiology, Princeton University

36 Figures. 14 Tables, 182 Pages. $3.00

Smell, Taste an.d Allied Senses in the
Vertebrates

/;.v G. H. Parker, Sc.D.

Harvard University

37 Illustrations. 192 Pages. $3.00

The Elementary Nervous System

By G. H. Parker, Sc.D.

Professor of Zoology, Harvard University

53 Illustrations. 229 Pages. $3.00

Inhrecdlng and Outbreeding: Their Genetic and
Sociological Significance

By Edivard M. East. Ph.D. and

Donald P. Jones
4C Illustrations. 285 Pages. $.3.00

L I P P I N C OTT WASHINGTON SQUARE, PHILADELPHIA

30

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 41

THE WOODS HOLE LOG

The United States Coast Guard located at
Woods Hole leads an adventurous life in the
service of the government and the community
patrolling the waters from Old Harhor on the
outside of the Cape to the Sakonnet River.

During the past week two fishing boats went
aground off Gay Head. The Coast Guard came
to the rescue. One of them. The Constellation,
had had her bottom ripped out. The crew were
rescued and fed at the base and j\Ir. Gaboon
then provided them with transportation back to
Boston. The other was salvaged in spite of the
fact that there was quite a blow on, and as the
engine wouldn't go, the Coast Guard towed her
to New Bedford where she could undergo re-
pairs.

lust at present Commander Patch has a mys-
tery to solve. Three or four days ago a Mr.
Howard Rynard reported that his boat, a green
sloop thirty-six feet long, numbered C-7076, had
been taken without iiermission and he asked the
Coast Guard for aid in recovering her. A little
later, a green sloop was reported off No. 2 Buoy
in Hyannis. She was full of water and when the
Coast guard finally got her off they found that
she was numbered C-7076. Maskus Seralis who
was in charge of the sloop when she went a-
ground, was arrested as a suspicious character
on Tuesday. Now the owner has disappeared,
and nobody by the name of Rynard can be
located.

Although Commander Patch is constantly
pestered by people who miss the last boat
and wish transportation, he can not. of course,
comply with such requests unless the circum-
stances are unusual. Last Fall, however, a
gentleman on Nantucket was seriously ill, and
as a final measure to save his life, two blood
donors were coming down from Boston. The
boats were not running so Commander Patch,
warned by the Doctor of the arrival of the two
Bostonians, came to the fore and transported
them over to the island.

The Coast Guard was also of invaluable aid
last Fall in checking the terrific forest fires
near Hatchville, and one of their men had his
eye dangerously burned.

The garden of Gladheim, the Woods Hole
home of Dr. and Mrs. James Peter Warbasse
of Brooklyn, was the scene on Sunday, June
21st. of the marriage of their daughter. Miss
Agnes Warbasse to Mr. Harvey Willard Bur-
ger, son of Mr. and Mrs. Harvey Plunistead

Burger of Brooklyn. The Rev. Leslie Wallace
of Falmouth performed the ceremony. Miss Vera
W'arbasse was her sister's only attendant. Mr.
James Peter Warbasse Jr. was best man and the
ushers were Messrs. Richard Northrup and Eric
Price Warbasse, brothers of the bride. After a
short trip the couple will live in Brooklyn.

Swimming and life saving lessons will be given
free again this summer in Woods Hole to chil-
dren and adults under the auspices of the Ameri-
can Red Cross, with Miss Ruth Mullaney of
Hyannis as instructor. The schedule of lessons
at the Breakwater Beach is as follows :

Julv 1 at 10 A. M.
Julv 2 at 10:30 A. M.
July 3 at 11 A. M.
July 11 at 4 P. M.
July 25 at 4 P. M.

The first half hour will be devoted to be-
ginners and the remainder of the time to ad-
vanced swimming and life saving. Registration
blanks may be obtained from Mrs. Thomas
Larkin. chairman of the Red Cross.

The Woods Hole Choral Club had its first
meeting in the M. B. L. Club Tuesday, June 23rd,
after the lecture. The Club is beginning its fifth
season under the leadership of Professor Ivan
Gorokhoff. Rehearsals are scheduled for Tues-
day and Friday evening after the lecture. All
those who like to sing are cordially invited to see
Mr. Gorokhoff before or after the rehearsal.

We took the Old Silver Beach road last week
to the Lhiiversity Players' Theatre where, amid
an array of boxes and cans of paint, the Players
were beginning to get things organized for their
fourth season.

Composed primarily of men and women from
the Colleges and Universities who are striving
for the development of a more imaginative and
a more craftsmanlike American theatre, the
Players are adhering more and more rigidly to
professional standards. This year every member
of the company is specially trained in his part-
icular field, and their ambitious schedule calls
for such Broadway successes as "Paris Bound,"
■'Coquette,'' "Her Cardboard Lover," "The Trial
of Mary Dugan," "The Guardsman," and "Juno
and the Paycock."

Ji-N-E 27, 1931 1

THE COLLECTING NET

31

The UNIVERSITY PLAYERS, Inc.

Presents
"PARIS BOUND"

JULY 29th — JULY 4th
Oia Silver Bea?h West Falmouth

FITZGERALD, INC.

A Man's Store

MEN'S WEAR

Colonial Buiding Tel. 935 Main Strset

Falmouth

MUNSON & ORDWAY
THE BRAE BURN SHOP

Fresh Killed Poultry — Fruit & Vegetable^

Butter, Eggs & Groceries

Home Coolied Pood and Delicatessen

Falmouth opp. Post Office Tel. 354-VV

'I Dt'livtTieK Daily in M'oods Hole

THE TWIN DOOR

RESTAURANT AND BAKERY

G. M. GRANT, Prop.

Chicken and Lobster Dinners

Waffles

Main Street Woods Hole, Mass.

The MRS. G. L. NOYES LAUNDRY

Collections Daily

Two Collections Daily in the Dormitories

Woods Hole Tel. 777

Service that Satisfies

i>iii:;SSES — LINENS — LACES

Fine Toilet Articles
Elizabeth Arden, Coty

Yardley
Choice Bits from Pekin

MRS. WEEKS SHOPS

FALMOUTH

TEXACO PRODUCTS

NORGE REFRIGERATORS

WOODS HOLE GARAGE

COMPANY

Opposite Statiun

The Whaler on Wheels

"Our Wandering Book Shop"

Miss Imogene Weeks Miss Helen E. Ellis

Mr. John Francis

^^'ill bu at Woods Hole Mondays

throiiuliout tlu- summer

season.

THE WHALER BOOK SHOP

106 SCHOOL STREET NEW BEDFORD

Telephone Clifford 110

KELVINATOR REFRIGERATION

Eastman's Hardware

5 and 10c DEPARTMENT
KITCHEN FURNISHINGS

Filfuel and Glenwood Ranges
Falmouth Te'. 407

Visit
Malchman's

THE

LARGEST DEPARTMENT STORE

ON CAPE COD

Fair

jth

Phone 116

32

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 41

Church of the Messiah

(Kj)iscoj)al )
I'lic Rev. James iJaucroft, Rector

Holy C'oiiumiiiion 8 :00 a. in.

.Marning- Prayer 11 :00 a. ni.

I'.veniiig Prayer 7:.'iO ]). m.

THE QUALITY SHOP

Dry Goods, Toilet Articles, Shoes and
Souvenirs

Ask for things you do not see.
Main Stres-t Woods Hole

SAMUEL CAHOON

Wholesale and Retail Dealer in

FISH AND LOBSTERS

Tel. Falmouth 660-661

Wo ds Hole and Falmouth

WALTER O. LUSCOMBE

REAL ESTATE AND
INSURANCE

Woods Hole

Phon3 622

FALMOUTH PLUMBING AND
HARDWARE CO.

Agency for

LYNN OIL RANGE BURNER

Falmouth, opp. tlie Public Library Tel. 36)

VERA'S HOME BAKERY

Party and Birthday Cakes Baked to Order
Lig-bt Lunches and Soda Fountain

Service

FALMOUTH

TEL. 1363

LADIES' and GENTS' TAILORING

Cleaining, Dyeing and Repairing

Coats Relined and Altered. Prices Reasonable

M. DOLINSKY'S

Main St. Woods Hule, Mass. Call 752

IDEAL RESTAURANT

Main Street Woads Hole

Tel. 1243

SANSOUCrS BEAUTY PARLOR

Frederic's Permanent Waves

and

All Branches of Beauty Culture

FALMOUTH PHONE 19-M

PARK TAILORING AND
CLEANSING SHOP

Weeks' Building, Falmouth

PI one 907-M Free Delivery

We Press While You Wait

(Special Rates to Laboratory Members)

When in Falmouth Stop at

ISSOKSON'S

GENERAL MERCHANDISE

Shoe Repairing Done While U Walt
A. ISSOKSON

The Collecting Net

Began Publication in 1926

HACK NUMBERS AND

VOLUMES

May be obtained by

addressing

The Collecting Net

WOODS HOLE, MASS.

Ii'NF. 27, 1931

THl': COLLECTING NET

33

THE PENNSYLVANIA BIOLOGICAL
SUPPLY HOUSE

412 Howard Avenue, Altoona, Pennsylvania

NATURAL HISTORY MATERIALS for
BOTANY ZOOLOGY

LIVING CULTURES of
AMOEBA HYDRA

PARAMECIUM PLANARIA

SLIDE PREPARATIONS

Entomological and Collectors Supplies

Insect Nets Riker Mounts

Spreading Boards Killing Fluids

eCLD ^ip^ SEAL

Non Corrosive ^mm^ Non-Corrosivc

MICROSCOPIC

SLIDES -J COVER GLASSES

Do Not Fog
At your dealer's, or write (giving dealer's name) to

117-119 East 24tli Street NEW VOKIv

The Laboratory Mouse:

Its Origin, Heredity, and
Culture

By Clyde E. Kicklkk

Extensive use of mice by scientists, medi-
cal schools, and hospitals leads to a desire
to learn as much as possible about them,
including their origin and history as a
<l(iniestic animal, their uses in times past
and at present, and the Iiest methods of
rearing them and keeping them free from
disease. They have been of great service
in the diagnosis of disease in the prepara-
tion or standardization of scrums to com-
bat disease, and in the study of heredity.
All this and much more. Dr. Keeler dis-
cusses in this timely and well-illustrated
volume.

$1.50 a o:py postpaid

Harvprd University Press

51 RANDALL HALL,
Cambridge, Mass.

Books in Biology

are on sale at

THE COLLECTING NET O^ce

We are also prepared to obtain any available book.

Each time a book is sold, all of the agent's commission will be

turned over to

THE COLLECTING NET Scholarship Fund

34

THE COLLECTING NET

Vol. VL No. 41

EXHIBIT IN LECTURE HALL

JULY 5th - 21st

July 5tli - 2 1st, uiulci- ilii-fction of J. A. (Jack) Kyle

Biclogical Life Histories

Botanical Models 'Brendel'

Spalteholz Preparations

Charts: Anatomical, Neurological, etc.

Skeletal Material, Human and Zoological

Models, Anatomical and Zoological

"PROMI" and "PROMAR" Microscopic Drawing and Projection Apparatus

117-119 East 24th Street

New York

BIOLOGICAL, PHYSIOLOGICAL, MEDICAL
AND OTHER SCIENTIFIC MAGAZINES

IN COMPLETE SETS

Vulunies a(nd Back Date Copies For Sale

B. LOGIN & SON, Inc.

EST. 1887
29 EAST 21st STREET NEW YORK

B. WESTERMANN CO., INC

13 West 46th Street,

New York City

All Scientific Books in Foreign Languages

A. P. C.

PHOTOELECTRIC

METER

Til (Ictcniiiiic the traiismi.ssion of li.i;lit
tlirough clifi'ereiit materials.

.Shows degree of turliidity, concentration
( lilue and yellow) and opacity of translu-
cent materials, e.g., paper.

Write for A.P.C. Bulletin No. 103, and
give details of your problem.

EIMER & AMEND

Established 1851

Incorporated 1897

Headquarters for Laboratory Apparatus and
Chemical Reagents

Third Avenue, i8th to 19th Street

New York, N. Y.

Marine Biological

Laboratory
Supply Department

FOR THE BEST

BIOLOGICAL MATERIAL

CLASSROOM MATERIAL

MUSEUM SPECIMENS

LIFE HISTORIES

Samples of different preparations on
exhibit.

C atalo^i'Ufs and information Furnished bv
A|)|)lyin!>- at Sn|)ply Department Office

CiEORGK M. GRAY, Curator

June 27, 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

35

Important New Books in Biology

HEGNER

College Zoology: Third Edition

This is tlie text which, by its outstanding merit,
won 3.6 adoptions f- r the year 1929-1930. Revision
has not changed its original successful plan, but has
added the important features of a new chapter on
Heredity and Genetics; more material on several of
the types, and on the histcry of zoology, the evolution
of man, vertebrate structure and vertebrate embry-
ology; over a hundred new and revised illustrations: a
glossary of zoological terms; and a durable, water-
proof, fabrikoid binding.

At the old price, $3.50

With an accompanying

LABORATORY GUIDE

This GUIDE, long awaited by z-ology
teachers, parallels the text in the
types studied and in the order ol".
their presentation. The exercises are
sufficient for a year's work.

Matching the te.\t in size
and binding, $1.00

LINDSEY

The Frohlems

of Evolution

A critical survey of the existing theories of
organic evolution; a re-weighing of the avail-
able evidence in all fields; a startling new in-
terpretation of the facts; and constructive
suggestions fcr experimental study.

Read this book as a scholarly summary of
present-day thought on evolution, and as a
distinct contribution toward the thinking of
the future.

Cloth, 236 pages, 12mo, $2.00

ESSIG

A History

of Entomology

The American chapter in the development
of the science cf entomology, containing illus-
trated biographies of 114 eminent entomolo-
gists; a 141 page chronological table of en-
tomological events; valuable material on pal-
e':ntology, insect control, entomological insti-
tutions and legislation; a complete study of
the history of orchard mites and insects in
California; and other valuable features. Ful-
ly illustrated. Handsome fabrikoid binding.

1029 pages, Cr. 8vo, $10.00

JAMES GRAY, M. A., F. R. S.

A Textbook of Experimental Cytology

The application of physico-chemical methods to the study of
living matter has led to a conception of cell-structure which is of
fundamental significance. In this book an account is given of recenc
experimental research and an attempt is made to correlate the physi- 51b pp.,

cal structure of the living cell with its biological pr'^perties. A sum- $7.50

marized acc'unt of protoplasmic structure and of the relationship be-
tween the cell and its environment should be of use to workers in
many fields of biology.

60 FIFTH HTttt^ Ik/t x /^^/wtt t /% at /^r\A/ri^ /% tvtx7 NEW

Cloth.
8vo

AVENUE

The Macmillan Company

YORK

36

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 41

"It saved us the cost of 5 microscopes'^

Quoting remark of a school superintendent

who bought the

"PROMI" MICROSCOPIC DRAWING and

PROJECTION APPARATUS

Takes the place of numerous microscopes
and gives the instructor the opportunity of
teaching with greatest efficiency and least
confusion.

Projects microscopic slides and living or-
ganisms and insects on table or wall for
drawing and demonstration. Also used as
a microscope and a micro-photographic ap-
paratus.

The Promi, recently perfected by a prom-
inent German microscope works, Is an in-
genious yet simple apparatus which fills a
long felt want in scientific instruction and
research in Bacteri'^logy, Botany, Zoology,
Pathology, Anatomy, Embryology, Histol-
ogy, Chemistry, etc.

It has been endorsed by many leading
scientists and instructors.
AS A PROJECTION APPARATUS: It is used for projecting in actual colors on wall or
screen, niicruscniiic preparations, li\ int; organisms and insects for lectm'e room demonstration and
instruction. Makes it possible for a group of students to examine a single specimen simultane-
ously. Invaluable for instructors in focusing students' attention on important features, which can-
not be demonstrated with equal facility and time saving under a microscope. Eliminates the eye
strains of microscope examination.

AS A DRAWING LAMP: The illustration shows how a microscopic specimen slide is pro-
jected in actual colors on drawing paper enabling student or teacher to draw the image in precise de-
tail in black or colors. Living insects or microscopic living organisms can also be projected. Ad-
justment of the size of the image is simply a matter of varying the distance to which the image is
projected. Higher magnification may be obtained by using tube and ocular and ciiir liigli puwer ob-
jecti\es. Charts can readily be made for class room instruction.

AS A MICROSCOPE: By removing the bulb and attaching the i-eflecting mirror and inverting
the a|iparatus a com]>oinid microscope is achieved. Higher magnification is possible by the use of
standard niicroseojiic high pDwer objectives ami oculars.

AS A MICROPHOTOGRAPHIC APPARATUS: Microscopic preparations of slides, living or-
ganisms and insects can be photographed without the use of a camera.

PRICE: F. O. B. New York $100.03 complete apparatus in polished wood carrying case. In-
cludes bulb, rheostat for 110 and 220 volts with cords, plugs and switch for both PC and AC cur-
rent, llx objective, tube with 5x ncular, retlectiirg mirror and micro-cuvette. E.xtra equipment prices
on request. Prospectus gladly sent on request

THE "PROMAR" MICROSCOPIC DRAW-
ING and PROJECTION APPARATUS

-\ new instriuneiit which has been brought
out in response to a demand for a simple
apparatus like the Promi for more advanced
work which requires more powerful illumi-
nation and higher magnification. The Pro-
mar operates in the same manner as the
I'romi but is more heavily constructed and
has the following additional features as
standard equipment :

More brilliant lighting, making higher magnification possible.

Trii)le nose iiiece, facilitating use of three objecti\es.

l-'ine and coarse adjustment for focusing.

Screw, rack and jiinion adjustment for light and condenser.

Screw centering adjustment for light.

RevoK'iiig stage.

Prospectus Gladly Sent on Request. Write to

117-119 East 24th Street

^B^AJr"MmAm§ 'S

NEW YORK. N. Y.

^

Vol. VI. No. 2

SATURDAY, JULY 4. 1931

Annual Subscription, 1)2.00
Single Copir.s, 25 Cts.

THE MT. DESERT ISLAND BIOLOGICAL
LABORATORY

Dr. Herbert V. Neal
Director of the Laboratory

The Mt. Desert Island Biological Laboratory
was founded at South Harpswell. Maine, in 1898
hy John Sterling Kingsley. who was one of the
first to appreciate the need of
a marine liiological station
nortli of Cape Cod. The
Lahoratorv was incorporated
in 1913 and later— in 1921 —
moved to Salisbury Cove on
Mt. Desert Island. At present
it has two stations, the Weir
Mitchell Station at Salisbury
Cove and the Dorr Station at
Har Harbor. Research work-
ers only are admitted to the
former, while field courses as
well as o]iportunities for re-
search are offered at the latter.

The facilities of the Labora-
tory are adequate for thirty
research workers. The ]iro]i-
erty of the Lalioratory includes

over one hundred acres of

land, five small wooden labora-
tory buildings with wharf, runway and float, a
social center and dining hall, two cottages, tents
with wooden ])latforms, three motor boats, etc
Til" I'llioratorics arc (Coiitiiiiied on Page 40)

m. 1. ai. (UalniJtar

TUESDAY, JULY 7. 8:00 P. M.

Evening Seminar. Dr. A. ('. Redfiold,
"Effect of Ilyilio^^eii Ion Concen-
tration and Salt Concentration on
Iho Oxygon Dissociation Constant
of Ilomocyanin."

Dr. Laurence Irving, "The Co.^ Dis-
sociation Cuive of Living Mam-
malian Muscle."

Dr. E. N. Haivey, "I'hoto-electric
Records of A?iiin:il Luininescence."

FRIDAY, JULY 10, 8:00 P. M.

Evening Lecture. Dr. G. II. Parker.

jirofossor of zoology, Harvard
University, "Humoral Agents in
Nervous Activities with Special
Reference to Chronintophores."

OSTEOCLASTS AND CHONDROCLASTS

Dr. G. S. Donns
Professor of Embryology. School of Medicine,
U'esf J^irginia University
The large multinucleate cells, known as
osteoclasts, which are so common in red bone
marrow are commonly believed to be the agents
in the destruction of bone
tissue during the development
and growth of bones. There
has also been a belief on the
]iart of some students that
these same cells have an im-
portant jjart in the destruction
of preliminary cartilage which
precedes the bone in the pro-
cess of endochondral ossifica-
tion, though this view has not
been widely accepted. The
following oliservations upon
growing bones of dogs and
cats have a bearing on this
question.

It was observed in the de-
velo|)ing bone, where the
marrow is encroaching upon
the cartilage and the cartilage
cells are arranged in longi-
tudinal rows, that the calcification of the cartilage
matrix does not effect the transver.se walls be-
tween the cells of a row, but only the longitudinal
walls between rows in the invasion of the

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Mt. Desert Islam! Biological Lalioiator.v The Oour,ie in Invertebrate Zoology

Di. Herbert V. Neal 37 Dr. James A. Dawson 4i;

Osteochists .■nid Chonilroelasts The Chemical Room

Dr. fl. S. Dodds 37 j),.^ Os^ar W. Richards 47

Review of the Hejirinar Report of Dr. Dodds Morphology and Physiology of the Algae

Dr. Arthur W. H.im .^ . 38 Dr. William R, Taylor , .48

P.assage ot Sperms and Eggs Through the t> t n ■

Mammalian Oviduct ; Seminar Report of ^""'' l"'"i'»' 4!)

Dr. G. H. Parker Director.v Additions and Corrections 50

Summarized by Dr. Alfred M. Lucas .... 39 Items of Interest .11

Review of tlie Semin.'ir Report of Dr. Parker The ABC of Woods Hole 57

Dr. Alfred M. l.uc-is 40 W,.ods ilido Log fiO

38

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 42

marrow into this tissue are broken down
and the cartilage cells liberated, apparently
under the influence of the smaller cells of the
marrow (the primitive connective tissues cells or
the vascular tissue). No osteoclasts are present
in the tongues of marrow which advance along
the rows of cells. On the other hand, it was
constantly observed that where the longitudinal
walls of calcified matrix are undergoing des-
truction, osteoclasts are very abundant .and are
commonly seen wrap|)ed about free edges of such
spicules. Thus the calcified part of the tissue is
destroyed by a different agency than the non-
calcified portions. This same relation was also

seen in the nests of cells found in epiphyseal
centers and in the earliest beginning of the center
of ossification, when the marrow first enters the
cartilage from the periosteum. In each case the
uncalcified portions of the matrix are removed
without the presence of osteoclasts, while calci-
fied material is destroyed, apparently only under
the influence of osteoclasts.

The studies indicate that there is no one type
of cell to which the name chondroclast can be
given, and that osteoclasts do not confine their
activity to bone tissue, but rather to calcified
matrix, whether of cartilage or bone.

REVIEW OF THE SEMINAR REPORT OF DR. DODDS

Dr. Arthur W. Ham
IiKlnicliir ill Cytology, ll'asliingloii Uiiit'crsify

Dr. Dodds has made an excellent point in in-
dicating that there is no one type of cell to which
the name chondroclast can be given. His work
shows that in the developing bone the multinu-
cleate cells arise as the osteogenic cells and blood
ves.sels invade the calcified cartilage, and that
the osteoclasts only form about the calcified
matrix. It is interesting to compare this process
with that seen in the healing fracture. In the
latter the osteogenic cells of the periosteum and
endosteum are found to difl"erentiate into both
cartilage and bone, and as healing progresses the
cartilage is replaced by bone in much the same
manner as that seen in developing and growing
bone, except that there is no arrangement of
the cartilage cells in columns. The cartilage
is not replaced until the cells have become mature
and the matrix calcified. When this occurs, signs
of degeneration make their appearance in the
cartilage cells, and on occasion, lacunae coalesce
before the invasion of blood vessels and osteo-
genic tissue. Soon, however, through the pass-
ages created by the breaking down of the ratlier
thin walls of the lacunae, the tissue is invaded
by osteogenic cells and blood vessels, The former
differentiate into osteoblasts which form bone on
the surface of the remnants of the calcified
cartilage matrix, and into osteoclasts, which
form about portions of cartilage matrix not
covered by new bone, and about portions of the
newly formed bony tralieculae. There is no
evidence to show that the osteoclasts are
instrumental in opening up the cartilage lacunae
as a previous step to the invasion of osteo-
genic cells and blood vessels. On the other hand,
it is quite evident in a study of healing fractures
that the formation of osteoclasts is somewhat
secondarv lo the invasion of the cartilage.

It is significant, as Dr. Dodds has noted, that
the calcified material calls forth the formation a(
osteoclasts. On the other hand, it is very evident
that calcified material is a profound stimulus to
new bone formation, a point which is well illus-
trated by the formation of metaplastic bone about
areas of pathological calcification. It therefore
ap])ears that calcified material incites two types
of responses, one which results in osteoclasts and
the other in osteogenesis. It is not unreasonable
to conclude that the osteoclast response is in the
nature of a foreign body type of reaction. The
osteoclasts are not strongly phagocytic and they
refuse to take up vital stains. Hofmeister indi-
cated that they, because of their non-specific pro-
perty of elaborating carbon dioxide in the course
of their metaliolism, caused solution of the calcium
salts in the calcified material adjacent to them.
It is obvious that resorption of bone is often ac-
comiilished without their assistance, as in creep-
ing replacement, tumor invasion and under the
influence of pressure. Furthermore, in instances
of hypercalcaemia induced by either hyperpara-
thyroidism or hypervitiminosis (D), the calcium
salts may lie removed from bone matrix in whole-
sale fashion. In these conditions, however, it is
not uncommon to find conditions similar to giant
cell tumor and osteitis fibrosa cystica developing,
an observation which on the surface appears to
indicate again that the osteoclasts in these condi-
tions are formed as a result of calcium remov,aI
rather than as the primary cause of it.

Although it seems definite that osteoclasts are
called forth by the presence of dead calcified
matrix, and that the histological evidence is in-
dicative of their playing some part in its removal
by liberating some substance causing a solution
of the calcium salts, their importance in btine and

July 4, 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

39

calcified cartilage destruction should not be over-
estimated because the process often occurs with-
out their assistance. Their powers are not unique
as other cells on occasion advance readily into
calcified matrix. Although they arise from osteo-
genic cells, they tend to form about almost any
type of calcified material if it is placed in contact
with the osteogenic tissue, so that although they

are called osteoclasts they are really not specific
for bone. Consequently in view of the lack of
specificity on the part of the osteoclast, it is
obvious that there is less evidence to support the
hypothesis that presumes the existence of a specific
destroyer of cartilage, and that the use of the term
chondroclast only aggravates an already compli-
cated situation.

PASSAGE OF SPERMS AND EGGS THROUGH THE MAMMALIAN OVIDUCT

Seminar Report of Dr. G. H. Parker
Director of the Zoological Laboratory, Harvard University

Summarized by Dr. Alfred M. Lucas
Assistant Professor of Cytology, Washington University

The vertebrate oviduct performs the interest-
ing mechanical feat of conducting objects in two
directions : the sperms toward the ovary and the
ova toward the uterus. The oviducts of certain
reptiles and birds possess a ciliary organization
particularly adapted to perform this function, in
that there exists in these animals a narrow pro-
ovarian tract for the conduction of sperms up-
ward and an extensive abovarian tract for the
propulsion of ova downward. In mammals,
however, the effective stroke of all cilia is toward
the uterus.

The interval of time required for the comple-
tion of various phases related to reproduction are
quite constant in the rabbit, which makes this
animal well suited for studies on the mechanism
of sperm and egg movement. The passage of
sperms from the vagina to the uterus is more
rapid than could possibly be accomplished alone
by their swimming movements. It is apparent
that muscular contractions of the region concerned
must aid in the propulsion of sperms toward the
oviduct. This conclusion is supported by the
experiments of Lim and Chao (1927), in which
a segment of rabbit uterus was reversed, and yet
fertilization and implantation was obtained. The
passage of sperms upward through the oviduct
has generally been conceived as a rheotactic
response to the ciliary current which is directed
downward. This opinion is supported by the
experiment of Adolphi (1905), in which sperms
placed between slide and cover-glass oriented
themselves to a current of fluid passed over them.
It has been observed, however, that the heads of
the sperms are somewhat sticky and the tendency
to adhere causes them to be orientated against a
stream in a fashion similar to that of a weather-
vane. Sections of the rabbit's oviduct were re-
moved and slit open longitudinally. Sperms,
suspended in Ringer's solution, which were added
to the preparation, were carried downward
with the current produced by the cilia. They

remained unoriented. This evidence of rheotaxis
is lacking.

Small quantities of ink injected into the lumen
about mid-way between the two ends of the
uterine tube ultimately appeared both in the
uterus and on the fimbriae. When introduced
into the tube near either end the ink appeared
at the opposite end. The ink particles have no
motility of their own, yet some of them arrive at
the ovarian end of the tube against the ciliary
current.

Muscular movements of a tpye similar to the
segmentation in the intestine are known to take
place and have been observed in the uterine tube.
The several contractions occurring simultaneously
divide the lumen temporarily into a series of
compartments. The numerous liranched ribbon-
like folds which form the walls of the tube pre-
sent surfaces largely covered by cilia. The cur-
rer.t produced passes downward between the
oiijiosed faces of the folds. Since the lower end
of the compartment is closed a return current is
initiated which passes upward through the center
of the lumen. Sperms, ink particles or other
objects which may lie in this central stream are
carried upward by it toward the upper end of
the segment. The next succeeding rhythmic con-
traction cuts the compartment in two parts, the
U])per half of which together with the lower half
of the segment above forms a new closed com-
partment. The same ])rocess being repeated, it is
only a matter of a sufficient number of contrac-
tions before material which floats in the axial
stream is carried to the upper end of the tube.
Likewise, objects which lie close to the walls and
come under the direct influence of the ciliary beat
will by the same muscular mechanism reach the
uterine end of the tube. The motility of the
sperms, therefore, has no direct relation to its
conduction through the uterine tube.

The egg of the rabbit lias a diameter of about

40

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 42

0.18 mm. and this size is such in relation to the
size of lumen and folds of the tube that the cilia
may most effectively propel the ovum toward the
uterus. The egg lying between two adjoining
folds presses aganist their surfaces and it is well
known that mechanical stimulation increases the
effectiveness of ciliary movement.

Sobotta, as well as others, regards the absence
of ciliated cells from the uterine end of the
mouse oviduct as indicating that peristaltic con-
tractions of the muscular layers are responsible
for the propulsion of the ovum. The experiments

of Lode, Grosser, and others led them to regard
the cilia as the motile agents.

'i'iiis study is of particular interest to the
gynecologist in his interpretation of hemorrhagic
cysts of endometrical type. The histological ex-
amination of so-called chocolate cysts led Samp-
son ( 1922) to conclude that they are derived from
fragments of uterine epitiielium which somehow
have been carried through the tube into the body
cavity. The present woi-k would indicate that
the uterine cells follow the same course as the
ink particles and the sperm.

REVIEW OF THE SEMINAR REPORT OF DR. PARKER

Dr. Alfred M. Lucas
Assistant Professor of Cytology, Washington University

The extensive studies which have been made
upon the muscular movements in the uterus and
oviduct of mammals have resulted in a tendency
to minimize the importance of the function of
the ciliated epithelium lining the Fallopian tube.
Conclusions based upon recent studies might lead
to the belief that cilia serve no other function
within the mammalian tube than that of a
"sweejjer" for the purpose of removing cellular
fragments and debris from the walls of the tube.
Some regard the antiperistaltic contractions as
adequate for the upward conduction of sperms.
Earlier investigations, however, such as those of
Kchrer, Pinner, Heil, Lode, Grosser, and others
represent cilia as important agents in the pro-
pulsion of sexual products.

The interesting experimerits and deductions

made l)y Dr. Parker suggest a correlation between
ciliary and nniscular movements in the oviduct
of tiie rabbit. The muscular contractions in this
case render the ciliary movement effective in the
upward conduction of sperms. Dr. Parker
has shown how it is possible for sperms to be
conducted upward through the system and ova
to be carried downward toward the uterus with-
out a change in direction of ciliary movement.

The controversial question can only be solved
when direct observations are made upon the
mammalian tube in situ. Since it has been
possible to observe ciliary movement through the
oviduct wall in situ in rats and guinea pigs it is
reasonable to anticipate possible direct observation
upon the movement through the oviduct of larger
objects such as sperms and ova.

THE MOUNT DESERT ISLAND BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY

(Continued from Page 37)

supplied with running fresh and salt water,
electricity for light, heat and power, and the
usual apparatus for biological research. The
library contains most of the American journals.

Mount Desert Island is situated on the coa=,t
of Maine, one Inindred miles east of Portland.
Its cold waters are extraordinarily ricli in ma-
rine life, including- forms found on rocky surf-
beaten shores, in muddy coves, on the sea
bottom at a multitude of depths and con-
ditions, and floating on the surface of bays,
inlets, and open sea. Depths of over a hun-
dred fathoms are found within twenty miles,
where Salpa, Staurophora, Tomopteris, Siph
onophores, and hundreds of other pelagic
forms are found on the surface in their season.
The deep bottoms furnish brachiopods, huge
actinians, basket stars, Boltenias, and many
other rare forms. Cerebratulus and the echin-
oderm Echinarachnius are abundant and fur-

nish ripe eggs for study in the summer. The
large holothurian, Pentacta, sea-urchins, and
several starfish are extremely abundant and
of large size.

In addition to its marine fauna, the island
has a range of bold, deeply divided, ice-erod-
ed mountains that form a belt across its soutli-
ern half. Their lower sides are clothed by
forests, and between their peaks, rising at
highest over 1500 feet, are lakes, streams, and
marshes with a rich fresh-water fauna. Sev-
eral of these lakes are large and deep; one of
lesser size is 1 100 feet above the sea. Brooks
are abundant and of cold water, containing
trout and a great variety of northern fresh-
water invertebrates.

Besides being situated in a region of great
beauty, unspoiled by commercial exploitation
or nearness to large cities, the Laboratory
has the ad\antage of being placed in close

July 4, 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

41

contact with the wildlife Sanctuary of Acadia
National Park, created recently on Mount
Desert Island by the United States through the
elforts of a group of its public-spirited sum-
mer residents. This is the only National Park
in the eastern portion of the continent and
the only one in the country in direct contact
vvitli the sea. This secures for all time a
jjermanent and singularly rich area for bi-
ologic study in every field, vertebrate and in-
vertebrate.

For the season of 1931 thirty research
workers have engaged rooms at the Weir
Miteliell Station and ten students are enrolled
in field courses at the Dorr Station. Among
the researcii workers are: Professor William
H. Cole of Rutgers University, Professor Ulric
Dahlgren of Princeton, Professor Defrise of
the Universit}' of Milan, Dr. Allan Grafflin of
Harvard Uni\ersity, Dr. Percy L. Johnson of
Johns Hopkins University, Professor Margaret
L. Hosliins of New York University, Professor
Abram T. Kerr of Cornell University, Dr. and
Mrs. Warren H. Lewis of the Carnegie Institu-
tion, Dr. C. C. Little of the Jackson Memorial
Laboratory, Professor E. K. Marshall, Jr. of
Johns Hopkins University, Professor Samuel
O. Mast of Johns Hopkins University, Frank
J. Myers of the American Museum, Dr. D. M.
Pace of Duke University, Professor Herbert
V. Neal ofTufts College, Professor E. A.
Park of Johns Hopkins University, Professor
C. C. Plitt of the University of Maryland, Pro-
fessor Harold R. Senior of New York Uni-
versity, Dr. Homer W. Smith of New York
University, Professor William Wherry of Cin-
cinnati University.

During the present season public lectures
will be given by Ulric Dahlgren, Warren H.
Lewis, C. C. Little, E. K. Marshall, Jr., Kirt-
ley F. Mather and Herbert V. Neal.

A seminar on the researches carried on at
the Laboratory is held weekly during the
season.

At the Dorr Station work on problems of
college undergraduates or graduate grade is
open to a limited number of students. Mt.
Desert Island is peculiarly fitted for work
of this sort. Forms for study among the in-
sects, arachnids, fishes, amphibians, birds, and
mammals are plentiful and varied. The work
is conducted under supervision of a general
ratlier than of a detailed nature, aiming to de-
velop in the student individuality and an ap-
lircciation of the value of field work in natural
history. While not neglecting laboratory
metliods, it attempts to focus major interest

on problems of behavior or ecology in the
field. The large number of species of bird
life on or near Mt. Desert Island makes pos-
sible unusual opiJortunities for field study.
Work in the field includes investigation of tiie
distribution, resting habits, and other interest-
ing phases. Opportunity for a limited number
of advanced undergraduates or graduate
students to take up personal problems under
the direction of the staff of the Roscoe B.
Jackson Memorial Laboratory at Bar Harbor
is also ofiered. The problems center about
the work of cancer research being carried on
at that laboratory.

Those wishing to come to the Mt. Desert
Island Biological Laboratory may come by
rail from New York or Boston by the Bar
Harbor express which brings them directly to
Ellsworth on the mainland where they will be
met by the Laboratory car. The connections
by water from Boston are excellent and les--
e.xpensive the Boston and Bangor Steamship
line leaving Boston every evening and connect-
ing at Rockland in the early morning with a
Bar Harbor boat, which passes through the
beautiful Fo.\ Island Thoroughfare, among the
spruce-clad islands of the IMaine coast, and ar-
rives at Bar Harbor about noon. Or it is
permitted to remain on the Bangor steamer
until the boat reaches Bucksport, Maine, from
which a steamer bus runs to Bar Harbor.
Those coming to the Laboratory should notify
the Director in advance, so that they may be
met on arrival by the Laboratory car.

Board for those connected with the Labora-
tory and their families is provided at the Lab-
oratory dining hall in Salisbury Cove at $10.00
per weeek. Rooms at reasonable prices may
be found in the village of Salisbury Cove, or
tents may be rented for the summer from the
Laboratory.

Applications for rooms in the Weir Mitchell
Station should be addressed to Herbert V.
Neal, Salisbury Cove, Maine. Inquiries in re-
gard to admission to courses in Field Natural
History should be sent to Clarence Cook Little,
Jackson Memorial Laboratory, Bar Harbor,
Maine.

Geors^e Sylvester Viereck, novelist, is staying
at The Breakwater for the summer. His many
interesting volumes include :■ — ■ "My First Two
Thousand Years — The Wandering Jew", "Salome
— My First' Two Thousand Years of Love", and
"Flesh and Blood". He has traveled extensively
and during the World War became noted for the
stirring articles he wrote.

42

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 42

THE COURSE IN INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY AT THE MARINE
BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY

Dr. Jame.s
AssistiVit Professor of Zooloyy.
Director of

The course in Invertebrate Zoology at the
Marine Biological Laboratory has been in
existence now for over forty years. During
this time a few accounts of the work of this
course have been published. The account
given by Allee' gives a resume of its history
and development up to the year 1922. The
writer, who at present is in charge of the
course, has been a teaching member of the
staff since 1919 and has thus been actively
connected with the course for the last twelve
years. From 1922 to 1925, inclusive. Dr.
R. H. Bowen was the instructor in charge
and the present writer has held that position
from 1926 to the present time. The staff
who have collaborated in the writing of this
account have all served at least three years
of this five year period. While the general
organization of the course has remained
practically the same as it was during 1922,
a number of changes in the nature of the
work have been made and it is proposed to
deal briefly with these in this account.

Applications for admission to this course
during the period under consideration have
been each year from 60 to 100% in excess of
the number (54) which could be accepted.
Selections have been made in accordance
with the policy of the Laboratory which is
clearly outlined each year in the Announce-
ment. Thus young graduate students and
seniors who have the announced intention
of doing investigation in Zoology have made
up the greater part of the student body in
the course during the last few years. With
such a large application list and with nearly
eveiy applicant at least technically qualified
for admission the task of selection has be-
come increasingly difficult. It is felt, how-
ever, that the class selected each year drawn
largely from the eastern half of the United
States is representative of the students
showing most research promise.

The presentation of the subject material
includes as in the past the various phyla of
invertebrate animals from the Protozoa to
the Chordata exclusive of the Vertebrata.
The modifications and new developments in
the course will be given in this order. Spe-
cial developments in certain groups and
features dealing with the work of the class
as a whole will be presented at the end of the
treatment of the phyla.

A. D AW. SON

College nf the City of Nezv York
the Course

Protozoa: As usual two days are spent
on this phylum and in addition the first field
trip of the course is taken on the Saturday
of the opening week. For this trip the class
is divided into two groups of four teams
each. Each of these groups collects from at
least four different habitats. The collec-
tions made by the whole class are then as-
sembled and studied as will be described
later.

In the laboratory work on protozoa the
aim has been to present to the students spec-
imens of the chief classes or sub-phyla of this
phylum. The protozoan fauna of the Woods
Hole region is peculiarly rich since great va-
riation in protozoan habitats, including
fresh, brackish and salt water, can be had
in the space of a relatively short work. For
the sake of completeness and to obtain as
much contrast as possible the first day's
work is devoted to a study of fresh and
brackish water species while the second day
is given over exclusively to marine species.
During the past three years students have
studied, chiefly with the aid of the low pow-
er of the compound microscope, subcultures
of two species of common, large, free-living
amebae. These cultures are prepared in
Syracuse Watch Glasses a few days previous
to the time they are to be studied in accord-
ance with a method worked out by the
writer' and thus contain organisms in a nor-
mal active growing condition. Optimum
conditions are thus afforded for the study of
the activities, e.g., locomotion, food capture
and ingestion and even fission of the pre-
sumably best known protozoans. Students
are asked to record their observations so
that they can later identify each species
when referred to accurate descriptions. Re-
sults recorded for the past few years show
that a relatively small number of the class
make sufficiently thorough diagnoses to en-
able them to identify correctly the organ-
isms. It is felt that time so spent is fully
justified when it is realized that the common,
free-living amebae have specific differences
which are generally not known by the ma-
jority of zoologists due largely to the lack
of opportunity for comparison. Cultures of
the. representative but somewhat rare ciliate
Blepharisma undulans and of the heliozoan,
Actinosphaerium, are also studied in the

July 4, 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

43

same way. A number of other representa-
tive forms, all obtained from the vicinity of
Woods Hole, are invariably present in the
laboratory for students who wish to increase
their knowledge of well known species which
are not usually studied in college laborator-
ies. During the second day marine species
are studied. Students are taught the method
of finding and studying not only such free
living forms as the Suctoria of the region
but also the less well known parasitic species
such as Haplozooit clynicnellae, the parasitic
dinoflagellate from the annelid, Clymenella
torquata, and the gregarine, Schizocystis
sipunculi from the gephyrean worm, Phasco-
losoma gouldii.

Field work with the protozoa is carried on
during the first Saturday of the course. All
species taken at a given habitat during the
morning field trip are kept together in clean
glass dishes. The entire afternoon is spent
in identifying such species as the combined
efforts of the class and instructors can ac-
complish. Determinations of the pH of the
water from each habitat have been made
during the last three years and the motile
phase of different protozoans has been stud-
ied. The list of protozoa which have been
identified is on record and gives an interest-
ing and valuable picture of the protozoan
fauna of this region.

Fori f era: There has been no change
worthy of comment in the work on Porifera
during the years under consideration.

Coelenterata and Ctcnophom: In gener-
al, treatment of these phyla varies slightly
from year to year due to the variation in sea-
sonal growth of the coelenterates and cteno-
phores of the region. Representatives of the
genera mentioned in Alice's account are
available for study by the class. Living
Aurelia are obtainable about every other
year. Unfortunately the typical ctenophore
of the region, Mnemiopsis leidyi, has in the
past been present only during the closing
part of the course. Living specimens of this
species are studied after field trips at that
time. Since 1929 the course has begun in
August and as a result all of the previous
difficulties in regard to living ctenophores
have been removed. Unfortunately some of
the better known hydroids such as Tubularia
are no longer available at this time; this is
compensated for by the fact that Pennarm,
usually very scarce early in July, is at its
period of greatest abundance during August.
Platyhelminthes, Nemertinea, Nemathel-
minthes and Trochelminthes:

The treatment of these phyla has under-
gone extensive modification since 1922. As
in the previous groups the schedule of study
is rather elastic. Due to the diverse prep-
aration of the class, consisting as it does of
selected advanced students, every opportu-
nity is given for individual work; only very
general directions are made and students are
advised to select their material in such a
way as to gain the most e.xtensive acquaint-
ance possible with the functions, structures
and habits of these animals.

In the laboratory work on Platyhelminthes
the following studies are suggested. (1)
The study of the role of cilia and muscles in
locomotion using the fresh-water triclads,
Planaria nuiculata, Phagocata gracilis and
Dendrocoelum Uicteum; the marine triclads,
Bdelloura Candida or Syncoelidium pelluci-
dum (both from the gill books of Limulus)
and Procerodes wheatlandi, also the marine
acoele Polychoerus caudatus. (2) The me-
chanics of proboscis action; the single
pharynx of Planaria and the multiple pha-
rynges of Phagocata are observed as they
are extruded under the influence of 7% ether
water. (3) Feeding experiments. (4) Mor-
phology of living specimens of Bdelloura or
Syncoelidium including observation of the
flame cells. (5) Regeneration experiments.
If, as frequently happens, the student has al-
ready performed such experiments on Pla-
naria, he is advised to do more extensive e.x-
periments in regeneration or to carry on a
comparative study of this in several species.
Planaria foremanni is especially favorable
for this work, its dark color contrasting
sharply with that of the unpigmented regen-
erating tissue. (6) Demonstrations of egg
capsules and newly hatched young of vari-
ous species.

Laboratory work on the Trematodes in-
cludes (1) Morphology of living Pneumonc-
ces vibex, a fluke found commonly in the
pharynx of the puffer, Spheroides maculosa.

(2) Sporocysts of different ages are obtained
by stirring vigorously the crushed bodies of
50 or more mud-snails (Alectrion obsoleta)
in sea water, decanting off half the liquid
and examining the material which settles out
of it. The older stages contain Cercarium
lintonl which has apparently no redia stage.

(3) Rediae are obtained in quantity from the
liver of the European periwinkle (Litorina
littorea) in certain regions, particularly
those most frequented by gulls around
Woods Hole; these contain developing cer-
cariae. (4) For cercariae, the tailless Cer-

44

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 42

carium lintoni may be used or the more typ-
ical and active cercaria from Litorina lit-
torea.

Laboratory work on the Cestoda is essen-
tially as described by Allee (1922, pp. 106-
107). (1) In addition, however, to the
study of the scolices of the living Rhyncho-
bothrium bulbifer and CaUiobotlirium vcr-
ticillatum from the spiral valve of the
smooth dogfish, study is made of preserved
scolices of Taenia, Moniezia, etc., as well as
of Thysanocephalum and other marine tape-
worms. (2) The mature proglottids of Rhyn-
chobothrium, a parasite of the dogfish as
sand sharks are no longer sufficiently com-
mon about Woods Hole to provide a depend-
able source of living Crossohothrium. (3)
The eggs, discharged when a "ripe" proglot-
tid is placed in a dish of sea water. (4) Em-
bryos of Rhynchobothrium following the
plan instituted by Bowen in 1921 (Allee
1922, p. 106) .

Nemertinea: Prior to 1927 the little ne-
mertean Tetrastemma, commonly found in
pile scrapings, was studied each year for
about half a day. In 1927 this exercise was
discontinued in favor of a study of the free-
living nematodes of the region although a
few students each year have studied Tetra-
stemma.

Nemathelminthes: Laboratory work in-
volves the study of various free-living ma-
rine genera, especially Oncholainium, from
beach sand a short distance below tide level.
The sand is washed in pans under a swift
stream of seawater whereupon the lighter
organic material consisting of varied assort-
ments of protozoa, worms, crustaceans, etc.,
is decanted off and concentrated. These ne-
matodes because of their abundance, trans-
parency and resistance to the pressure of a
cover glass are most satisfactory objects for
study, even under oil immersion. They pos-
sess, moreover, extensive structural modifi-
cations not seen in the parasitic forms which
are the only nematodes familiar to most of
the class. Through the courtesy of Dr. N.
A. Cobb, senior nematologist of the U. S.
Department of Agriculture, and his staff,
living and fixed specimens of many other
common nematodes of the Woods Hole re-
gion have been demonstrated. In 1927 and
1928 the class has been fortunate in hearing
a special illustrated lecture on the Nematoda
by Dr. Cobb.

Echinodermata: The Echinoderms, with
no fresh water representatives, present ma-
terial which can be studied satisfactorily

only in a marine laboratory. The first day
of laboratory work on living starfish in-
cludes in addition to dissection, a study of
the details of locomotion, righting reactions
and movements of isolated arms. By class
discussion these studies are correlated with J
the work of Jennings^ Cole\ and Hopkins^ 1
Class observations confirm and question
many points made by these workers. Com-
parative studies of methods of locomotion
are also made upon members of the Ophiu-
roidea, Echinoidea and Holothuroidea. These
studies are suggestive of the different fac-
tors upon which the evolution of the differ-
ent classes may have turned. The experi-
ments of Parker'' on the movements of the
sand-doUiiY, Echiiiaiachiims ure repeated and j
help to bring into discussion the theory of a |
return of bilateral symmetry upon a second-
arily imposed asymmetry. Experiments to
test the nature of the adhesive power of the
tube feet (Cf. Paine") are carried out. Mem-
bers of different classes of echinoderms are
used for a comparative study of the cell con-
■ tent of the perivisceral fluid. The work of
Kindred'' is followed in some detail. The
phagocytic nature of the coelomic cells is ob-
served by microscopic study of the coelomic
fluid 12 hours after injection of 10 cc. of a
carmine suspension. Coelomic fluid is ob-
tained according to the method given by
Allee, 1922, page 107.

During the second day and part of the
third the study of Arbacia includes the spe-
cial study of Aristotle's lantern as an in-
strument of mastication, respiration and
locomotion (Gemmill, 1912'). The study of
the embryology of the starfish is deferred
until the third day since experience has
shown that the problem of the unique meta-
morphosis with changes of symmetry, polar-
ity and body axis becomes clearer to the stu-
dent after a study of the adult structure.
The embryological material is obtained by
following Dr. C. Smith's schedule"^ In order
to prepare the cultures it is necessary to
have a large supply of mature male and fe-
male starfish. At this time, July 15, (ac-
cording to the class schedule for the years
preceding 1929) the average number of such
starfish is about 1 to 2 in 30 animals. This
difficulty has been overcome by having the
laboratory assistant select and save mature
specimens for two weeks beforehand. Con-
dition of the gonad is determined by remov-
ing an arm and making a microscopic study
to determine percentage of fertility of the
eggs. From such mature specimens cul-

July 4, 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

45

tures are started and maintained. Mature
females thus tested and kept in an aquarium
have been seen to take the umbrella position
and to extrude clouds of mature eggs. This
process may be stimulated to occur by intro-
ducing strong sperm suspensions into the
aquarium. Such a starfish if removed to a
crystallizing dish will continue to give off
mature eggs for about half an hour and from
these eggs the best cultures are obtained.
Normal shedding of eggs does not frequently
occur under laboratory conditions but fac-
tors which favor this process are at a max-
imum when selected females are stimulated.

On the last day of laboratory, students
study Lcptosyiiapta and Thyone independ-
ently. The technique for securing anaesthe-
tized Thyone has been improved by using a
carefully prepared and specially kept chlore-
tone solution. A chloretone solution made
saturated by heating and kept in a bottle
filled to capacity to prevent volatilization re-
tains the concentration of chloretone. If
15cc of such a solution is inoculated into a
living fresh Thyone the animal relaxes in
half an hour and the tentacles may be forced
out by gentle manipulation. In work on the
echinoderms experience has shown that the
interest of the class is best secured by the
discussion and repetition of recent investiga-
tion of animals of this phylum.

Annelida: Since this group illustrates
how a simple body plan may be highly mod-
ified in various habitats, the laboratory work
is introduced by a comparative study of the
external features and activities of a series
of living worms. For this purpose the fol-
lowing were selected : Nereis Virens, Gly-
cera, Lepidonotus, Diopatra, Amphitritc and
Hydroides. The specimens are placed in
large crystallizing dishes containing fresh
sea water and the students are asked to
make a study of variations in cephalization,
modifications in the parapodia, various types
of movements and to correlate their obser-
vations with the habitats in which the worms
live. The method used by Copeland" with
Nereis is employed in the study of these an-
nelids. Each student is furnished with short
pieces of glass tubing of suitable size and
asked to find out which of the specimens will
enter the tubes. It is found that both Nereis
and Diopatra will usually enter the tubes and
remain there. When the woi-m is in the
tubes students can easily distinguish be-
tween respiratory and locomotor movements.
In the case of Diopatra the method of tube
building is easily seen. Shortly after Dio-

patra enters a glass tube it secretes a layer
of mucus around the body, attaches this to
one end of the glass tube and then rotates.
In this manner a mucus tube is produced
which immediately invests the body. Par-
ticles of seaweed, shells, etc., are taken by
the worm and cemented to the end of the
glass tubing. In a number of instances
worms built an extension of an inch or more
on the end of the glass tubing in the course
of a day.

In addition to a study of the structure of
typical annelids of the region, e.g.. Nereis,
Glycera, Arenicola, etc., a comparative study
of the parapodia of Nephythys, Nereis vi-
rens, Glycera dibranchiata, Arabella opalina
and Diopatra cuprea is made. Thus a series
ranging from the uniramous to the com-
pletely biramous condition is studied and at
the same time the modification of parapodia
in different parts of the body is noted. (Ma-
terial for this study is prepared in accord-
ance with instructions left by Dr. R. H.
Bowen.) The worms are hardened and seg-
ments are cut off with a sharp scissors.
These are dehydrated in alcohol and cleared
with oil of wintergreen.

A concluding study of development is
made of the larvae of Hydroides and Nereis
limbata as well as of the brood pouch of
Spirorbis.

Bryozoa: Live polypides, cystids, ovicells,
avicularia and spines of Bugula flabellata are
compared with those of Bugula turrita. Cili-
ary action and feeding reactions are also
studied on these animals as types of endo-
proct Bryozoa. Barentsia sp., a typical en-
doproct is obtained by suspending glass
slides in racks from the eel pond float for
about three weeks. An especial effort is
made during the day to have students fa-
miliarize themselves, by study of zooarial
features, with such erect or stolonate forms
as Aetca, Crisia, Boiverbankda and with en-
crusting forms, as Lepralia, Schizoporella,
Membranipora and Flustrella, all of which
are common to the district and are met with
over and over again by students.

Arthropoda (Crustacea only): The study
of Arthropoda comprises only a considera-
tion of Crustacea and of Limulus. One after-
noon is given over to study of tow which in-
cludes many crustaceans. The lobster and'
crab, including either the blue crab, Calli-.
nectes, or the rock crab. Cancer, are used for
a complete dissection study. :

A comparative study is made of crusta-
cean appendages but this has been consider--'

46

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 42

ably modified during recent years. It has
been felt that it was unnecessary to stress
too heavily the principles of homology and
serial homology as these are usually well
taught in every college in the land.

Accordingly this exercise was modified to
form a comparative study of the external
features of representative malacostraca. In
this modified exercise the nature of the ap-
pendage and homology are taken into con-
sideration and also such aspects as body
form, body regions, presence or absence of
carapace, nature of abdominal segments, etc.
Points stressed in this study are also of defi-
nite diagnostic value. Thus they are feat-
ures which, since they may be used as a basis
of identification in the field, serve to coordi-
nate in this respect the work of laboratory
and field.

Study of Tow: This takes place in the lab-
oratory although members of the class have
the opportunity of observing methods of
taking tow. Materials from Woods Hole
passage and from the Fish Commission dock
on both east and west tides have given con-
sistently good material. That this serves as
a good introduction to the study of plankton
forms of the region is seen by the classified
records of forms studied. To provide
against the possibility of not having good,
characteristic, living tow it has always been
the practice to secure and preserve in forma-
lin several batches on days previous to that
of the exercise. It has rarely been neces-
sary to use this preserved material.

Study of Lepas: An excellent method for
this study has been worked out. The carina
is carefully removed and, using a sharp sec-
tioning razor, median sagittal sections of
each animal are cut. Specimens prepared in
this way make excellent material for the
study of the structure of Lepas. Not infre-
quently the sections show the greater part
of the nerve cord and in practically every
case the arrangement and relations of the
internal organs are obvious. Further dis-
section can also readily be made. In 1927
large Lapas anatifcra were brought from the
whistling buoy near the south shoal. Such
individuals on account of the extra large size
are rather more favorable for study, and
exceptionally good sections are preserved for
demonstration and study on succeeding
years.

The activities of Balanus cburncus are
studied regularly. Usually, shortly after
placing adult specimens in finger bowls the
metanauplius larbae are shed. Unless these

are removed as soon as possible after shed-
ding is completed the lai'vae are captured by
the long raking movements of the thoracic
appendages of the adult and devoured.

Living Heteromysis have been used in re-
cent years for comparison with the "Mysis"
stage of the lobster. (Michtheimysis is not
found in July in the Woods Hole region al-
though its larger size would make it a more
satisfactory form for study.) In addition
to living Heteromysis, preserved specimens,
dehydrated by the usual method and cleared
in synthetic oil of wintergreen (methyl sali-
cylate) are available for study. Mysis
stages of the lobster are somewhat infre-
quently obtained alive; preserved specimens
are used when living ones are not available.

Limuliis: Well advanced embryos of Li-
mulus are secured during the last week in
June. Several hundred are placed in a
fingerbowl and exposed to sunlight and air.
These usually develop so that they are at or
near the hatching point some four or five
weeks later and are used to illustrate the so-
called "trilobite" larval stage of Limulus.

The Dissection of Limulus: An entirely
new method of preparing Limulus for dis-
section has been worked out by Dr. E. C.
Cole and has proved so satisfactory that it
has entirely superseded the method former-
ly used in the course. By means of saw cuts
the entire dorsal part of the carapace can be
separated from the rest of the animal with-
out difficulty and removed without injurying
the softer parts of the animal. If the eyes
are carefully cut around it is possible to
trace the optic nerves to their endings in the
eyes by this method. Animals may be pre-
pared for dissection in a little over one min-
ute using a small saw.

Mollusca: The trend which in recent
years the work on the Mollusca has followed
can be briefly stated. Lankester has said of
the mollusca: "However diversified the ex-
ternal configuration of the molluscan body,
the internal organization, at least in its main
features and in young forms, preserves a re-
markable uniformity." The group is homo-
geneous, sharply defined and its members
are easily recognized. The mollusca also af-
ford a very good instance of progressive
modification and evolution of organic struc-
ture. It would be difficult to name a group
of the animal kingdom in which relation-
ships can be more clearly determined and
the pedigree of the sub-groups more cer-
tainly traced; and for this reason no phy-
lum in recent years has yielded such fruit-

JVLY 4. 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

47

fill results to the investigator. Under Dr.
A. E. Severinghaus the molluscan work has
gone on with a singleness of purpose; it has
been a serious attempt to justify the above
statements both through the lectures and the
laboratoiy. To accomplish this end within
five days it was imperative to make the
lectures and the laboratory largely comple-
mentary. In the former it was the pur-
pose to discuss as many of the important
researches related to the molluscs as time
permitted, especially those concerned with a
better undei'standing of the coelom and the
haemocoele, with their related organ sys-
tems. A discussion of the origin of these
important body cavities opened up some of
the most interesting literature in inverte-
brate morphology, and gave the opportunity
of introducing to the students in a related
way the lives and work of such men as
Haeckel, Gegenbaur, Leuekart, Kowalevsky,
Hatschek, the Hertwigs, Lankester, Sedge-
wick and others. It was necessary in such a
discussion to emphasize the primitive condi-
tion of the circulatory, nephridial and repro-
ductive systems, and this happily formed the
basis for a clearer conception of modified
molluscan structure as seen in the several
classes. These modifications were left largely
for the student to discover from his dissec-
tions in the laboratory. Each year there is
in the class a group of students who have
very little knowledge of molluscan anatomy.
It is therefore necessary to furnish mollus-
can type forms for dissection. For this pur-
pose Chaetopteura, Busycou. and squid are
used. In order to stress the progressive
modification and evolution of organic struc-
tures emphasis was withdrawn from
such interesting but specialized struc-

W. ('. Alle... Tlio IiiviTti'liralc I'oursc in Ihi' JIariiio
iiiloui.iil LalMiratui-y. Hi<il. P,ul'. +1 lllil-l.'Sl. 11122.

J. A. Kawsoii. TliL' Cultivatliiu of Large Freolivinsj Ame-
11.-. AlucT. Nat. (J2 ;4.">:i-4l>ll. li)2s.

H. s. .lenninsN. Bi-havior i<( tlic Starflsh, Asterias for-
•ri cir I.orial liiiv. C'al. Puli. Ziiol. 4. VM7.

I,. .1. Ciilc. niriTliDii iif Lin'ipiiKition in the Starfish,
sli'i-ias fiirhi-si. .1. P;.X|»t. Zcio'. 14.. l'.>i:i.

.\. K. Hopkins. <Mi Ihi' I'h.vsioloK.v of the Central
crvous Svsf.-iii in the Starfish, .Vsti-rias tenuispina. J.

.\iMT. zooi. 14, ifee.

(i. II. I'arlver. The Locomotion of the Sand-dollar,
eliinaraihnius. Anal. Roe. .'!1 ::i.T2. 1!>2.~>.

tures as the odontophore, radula and its
muscles or the male reproductive apparatus
of the sciuid and the student was urged to
spend instead more time on the primitive
Amphineuran structures and then proceed to
the comparative study of such constant mol-
luscan features as the mantle, food, gills,
muscles and shell. By using this method
it was hoped that the student would get,
through his laboratory work, a thorough un-
derstanding of the primitive type of mollusc
and some insight into the origin and devel-
opment of structures discussed in the lect-
ures. It is believed that there is little merit
in acquiring by daily dissections an accumu-
lation of knowledge concerning the varied
structures of molluscan types or any other
types for that matter if this knowledge is
to be an end in itself. It is to be hoped that
the student caught this attitude and that
molluscs and members of other phyla will be
remembered solely as illustrations in the fas-:
cinating stoiy of invertebrate development.
Chordata: This work does not differ ma-
terially from that of previous years al-
though in the last two years the study of
living Dolichoglossus has been supplemented
by the use of cross sections of proboscis, col-
lar, gill and gonad regions serving to bring
out the relations of the proboscis organs, of
the gill mechanism and of the gonads. The
slides formerly used for the study of the
Bryozoa are kept over in aquaria and are
again available for study of early stages of
Botnjllus and not infrequently Ciona and
other ascidians. Such slides represent the
development taking place in six weeks. As
usual the last afternoon is spent in the inde-
pendent study of Botryllus or Amaroucium.
{To be concluded in the July 11th issue)

7. V. I-. Pnine, Adhesion of the Tul)e Feet in Starfish J.

E.xper. Zool. W:Mn-:i(]l'>. 1020.

R. .1. K. Kindred, The Cellular Elements in the Perivisceral

Fluid of Kehinodernis. Biol. Bull. 40:228-251, 1924.

!►. .1. I'". Cteniinlll. The Locomotor Function of the Lantern

in lOehinus, willi Ohservations on other Allied Activities.

I'roc. It<..v. Sue. Lon. Ser. B. Ha-.M. 1»12.

10. r. Smith, .\pproxiniate Schedule for Stages in Echino-
derm nc'Velopmonl, etc. Biol. Bull. 41:120-121. 1922.

11. M, Copi'I.iiid and H. L,. WIenian, The Chemical Sense
and Fcediiif^ Kcdiavior of Nereis virens Sars. Biol. Bull. 47:
2M-2:iS. 11124.

CHEMICAL ROOM

Dr. Oscar W. Richards
Instructor in Biology, Yale University

The Chemical Room .supplies chemicals
glass ware, clamps and support stands for use
only at the Marine Biological Laboratory. Spe-
cial Apparatus, batteries, gauges and reducing
valves for gas cylinders are issued at the Ap-
paratus Room (Brick Bldg. room 216). Sup-
plies that are to be used by investigators else-

where, such a.s microscope slide.s, cover glass-
es, shell vials, etc., may be obtained at the
Supplv Department (Frame Bldg. back of
Brick"Bldg.)

The following standardized solutions will be
furnished in limited quantities during the sea-
son of 193L Special solutions, buffers, glass

48

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 42

distilled water, and pH standards should be
ordered at least two days before they are
needed.

N 1.000 (with faetor in the ith place)

Sulphuric acid
Sodium Hydroxide

Sodium hydroxide
Borate pH 7.6-10.0

Acetic acid
Hydrochloric acid

N 6.100

Hydrochloric acid
Buffer mixtures

Acetate pH 3.()-5.()

Phosphate pH 5.1-8.0

Acetate-citrate pH 2.2-8.0 (Mcllvaine)
Indicators — Clark and Lubs series.
Color tube standard.s — on special order.
Glass distilled water — on special order.

For other standards inquire of the person
in charge at the Chemical Room.

Attention is invited to the Formulae and
Mctliods jniblished by the Chemical Room in
Tin; COLLKCTING Net (1930) for the composi-
tion of solutions and stain solubilities. Copies
may be obtained at The Collecting Net

office.

Certain common tools are available at the
Chemical Room for temporary loan to inves-
tiirators. In order that maximum use be made

of these, it is requested that they be returned
within 2'i hours. When needed by other inves-
tigators they are subject to recall and will
then be collected by the janitors.

Supplies no longer needed will be collected
if word is left at the Chemical room.

Investigators are urged to co-operate with
the Chemical Room by cleaning their glass-
ware before returning it at the completion of
their work. If the investigator will place his
name on the Bulletin Board of the Chemical
Room the janitors will return his supplies on
the date indicated.

When the investigator is continuing the
same work in the same room during the next
season his supplies may be retained in the
room if they are listed on a Kept Out card
(furnished at the Chemical Room window)
and the card left with the supplies. All sup-
plies not so listed will be returned by the jani-
tors. Should the investigator be unable to re-
turn the following summer the supplies will be
returned to the Chemical Room stocks if they
or the room is needed by other investigators.

Small amounts of special solutions will be
kept during the winter for investigators in the
Chemical Room on request. Supplies that may
be injured by freezing should not be left in
tile wooden buildings.

nir.

MORPHOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF THE ALGAE

Dr. William Randolph Taylor
■ctor of the Course in Botany, Professor of Botany. University of Michigan

The plant group known as the Algae holds
particular scientific interest in that it is a central
one from which most, quite possibly all, other
plant groups have been derived. At the same
time it merges with the lines from which holozoic
flagellates have come. Most algal groups by con-
trast have also established highly specialized
evolutionary lines, contrasting in their advanced
types with the generalized ones still extant. With
this very great morphological diversity there is
associated a wide range of physiological adapta-
tion, and most extraordinary ecological associa-
tion and distribution. As the algae are of an-
cient lineage there is a considerable paleobotanical
history known in several groups, though for most
there is, from the soft character of the organisms,
no record. Their activity in laying down vast
siliceous strata and as dominant influences in
forming tropical reefs is continuing today.
Economically their significance as the prime
aquatic food source is obvious, and becoming in-
creasingly exploited. Other more direct services,
as for chemicals recovered by treatment, are
also available, and slowly advancing in importance
with us.

In .'\merica the number of persons sufficiently
well informed respecting the algae, marine or
freshwater, has never been high enough to ac-
complish even the pioneer cataloging of these
plants over the country as a whole, let alone much
monographic work of importance. Ten to five
years ago the number of active investigators
reached its low point, and there is now an in-
creasing group developing and publishing in al-
gal distriijution. ecology and limnology. Some
of these are former students in the Woods Hole
course, and with the stimulus of association, com-
petition and the training of more investigators, a
much improved situation may be expected by the
close of the next decade. Physiological studies
involving algae have been rather limited in scope,
principally due to the lack of information as to
availability and individual characteristics of de-
sirable types. Such intensive investigations as
have used Spirogyra, Nitella, Valonia and Volvox
will be matched with other algae and with dif-
ferent problems.

The course on algae at Woods Hole aims to
give a general survey of the group first of all, for
nowhere else in this country is it possible to do

July 4, 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

49

so as effectively and with living material of fresh-
water and marine types. There is but one other
laboratory known to the writer which (under
severe climatic limitations) attempts this task.
This is an unescapable duty, for until someone
lays the foundation there is no advanced training
])ossible. In this general survey there is incor-
])orated a study of the morphology and evolution
of the groups based on a skeleton of the systemat-
ic classification. The striking physiological pe-
culiarities of the various types are outlined, but
no detailed general physiological exposition is
practicable. This is due first to the fact that as
yet we have only scattered observations, preclud-
ing generalization, and to the fact that the stu-
dents have yet to secure that morphological back-

ground which would enable physiological dis-
cussions to be applied to the material. Enough
of the fossil history of the groups is given to in-
troduce the student to the topic. The ecological
aspect is mainly approached in the field trips,
which likewi.se introduce the student to the in-
volved problem of recognition, collection and
conservation of the living material. Since this
country is yet in the pioneering stage where col-
lection, identification and cataloging are desper-
ately needed, the class is introduced to the tech-
nique and literature involved. During designated
periods each week and at the end of the course
opportunity and encouragement are offered for
the initiation and prosecution of investigations in
the various ramifications of this study.

BOOK REVIEW

Fundamentals of Health. {The Human Organ-
ism. Its Development and Conservation.) By
T. Bruce Kirkpatrick and Alfred F. Huettner.
567 pp. (illustrated). Ginn & Co., $3.80.

In the homes of all intelligent people, there is
frequent demand for a compact, well-expressed
and clearly written statement concerning the
human body and its functions. Not only does
the younger generation need to have such
reference material at its disposal, but most adults
have at least occasional calls to refresh their
minds and bring their own knowledge up to date.
Fundamentals of Health, written as a college
text-book of hygiene, serves this purpose in a
most admirable manner. It is intended to give
a "more substantial amount of scientific informa-
tion concerning the origin, the development, and
the functional characteristics of the human body,
a basis for the formation of appropriate habits
and attitudes concerning health."

In a direct and simple manner, T. Bruce Kirk-
patrick, associate professor of physical education
at Columbia University, and Alfred F. Huettner,
associate professor of biology at New York Uni-
versity, review the basic principles of evolution
and trace the development of the, individual
through the embryonic stages of growth, which
they correctly regard as an important period in
the life span of the individual. A well-balanced
discussion of genetics and human inheritance
gives information concerning chromosomes, genes,
sex linkage and inheritance, environment and
heredity, inherited defects and susceptibility to
disease.

In order to present intelligently the subject of
foods and nutrition, the authors give a per-
liminary description of the chemical and physical
properties of human protoplasm, the structure
and functions of the alimentary system, the

nutritive requirements of the body and the
measurement of food values. An important sec-
tion of this part of the book deals with the factors
which determine food requirements and includes
interesting height and weight tables for children
and adults. The vitamins receive their due share
of consideration, and their u.ses in prolonging a
healthy life span are cited.

As "health is fundamentally the state of an
organism which enables it most successfully to
make appropriate adjustments to its environ-
ment," a consideration of the role of the muscles
and their activity is necessary to appraise the
importance of motor activity in relation to health.
The heart and its circulation are also described
from this same point of view ; various disorders
of the arteries and veins are discussed, together
with an explanation of the effects on the heart of
focal infections, drugs and tobacco.

Chapters on respiration and excretion are fol-
lowed by an equally interesting section on nervous
and emotional adjustments. The two succeeding
chaptersl> deaJing with the glands of internal
secretion and with sex and reproduction, form
one of the most important portions of the book.
The directness and completeness of the treatment
of these topics, grossly neglected in many books
in hygiene, places Fundamentals of Health in the
category of modern scientific literature which
recognizes no need for undue reticence regarding
these vital subjects. A consideration of immunity,
immunization and public health problems brings
the reader in contact with the social aspects of
hygiene, and concludes this excellent treatise.

(Signed) Arthur H. Compton
Edwin G. Conklin
(Copyright by the KiRTLEV F. Mather
cicicntiftc Book K^lub. tt t-< o

Reprinted with Spec- "arLAN T. StetSON
ial Permission.) EdWARD L. ThORNDIKE

so

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. Vi. No. 42

The Collecting Net

A weekly publication devoted to the scientific ivork

at Woods Hole.

WOODS HOLE, MASS.

Ware Cattell Editor

Assistant Editors

Margaret S. Griffin Mary Eleanor Brown

Annaleida S. Cattell

The Beach Question

Recently there has Ijeen much discussion con-
cerning tlie curtaihiient of the bathing privileges
at the Breakwater beach. A fence has been
erected which runs down into the water exclud-
ing from use the finer and larger portion of the
beach which has been for so long enjoyed by
laboratory people and residents of Woods Hole.
The post farthest from the shore extends well
below mean high water. Many people claim that
the land below the mean high water mark is
public property and that formal permission must
be obtained from the State of Massachusetts
before placing any permanent structure below
that point. We understand that this has not
been done.

However, whether or not the action that has
been taken is legal, it is not courteous. The
owners of the property bordering the beach state
that swarms of children in the day time and
boisterous parties at night made conditions in-
tolerable. Why could not the disagreeable
features be eliminated without amputating a large
portion of the beach solely for private use. W'e
respectfully submit the following suggestion to
the property owners north of the fence on the
Breakwater beach :

IVe recommend that the courtesy of the
northern portion of the beach be extended to
adidt members of the three scientific institutions
betiveen the hours of sunrise and sunset.

This arrangement would seem to eliminate all
the objections that have been advanced by the
property owners. Their scientific colleagues
would be grateful for these privileges, and as
guests, would respect every wish of their hosts.

A Book Service

This year the ofifice of The Collecting Net
is prepared to obtain books for members of the
scientific institutions at Woods Hole. We will
confine ourselves primarily to books in the
field of science, but we are ready to order
any book which may be required during
the summer. Soon we will have assembled in our
library all the important books that have been
published in the field of biology in the United
States since last September which especially
concern the Woods Hole group. Our library will

be open all day and we hope that members of the
laljoratories will feel free to- examine the books
and use the comfortdile couch and chairs.

b'-ach time a book is sold a sum of money equal
to the agent's discouiit will be ttirned over to
The Collecting Net Scholarship Fuiid. The
magazine will pay every cost involved in the
transaction. Long ago sortieone reiliarked that it
would be desirable to use any profits that niight
result from publishing The Collecting Net in
the ini])rovement of the journal rather than
diverting it to the Fund ; and then use' the
magazine as an agency to oljtain the scholarship
money in other ways. \Ve have decided that this
Ijolicy is tlie wisest one to adopt.

. Directory Additions and Corrections

THE MARINE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY
Anderson, R. S. res. a.ssoc. Princeton.
Atlas, M. .nsst. cnih. Columbia. Br 314. Dr 14.
Austin, Mary L. asst. prof. zool. Br 217B. Nickerson,

Quissett.
Bakwin, H. a-ist. i)rot'. pathol. New York. OM 38.

Tinkhani, ("Jardiner.
Bakwin, Rutii iiistr. New York. OM 38. Tinkham,

Gardiner.
Ball, E. G. instr. jiliys. cliem. Hopkins Med. Br 110.

Veeder, West.
Butt, C. res. asst. Princeton. Br 116. Sylvia, Millfield.
Carabelli, A. A. med. stud. Pennsylvania. Br 114.
Castle, W. A. instr. Idol. Brown. Br 233. Kittila, Bar

Neck.
Dunbar, F. F. grad. asst. zool. Columbia. Br 333, Wal-

bice (Falmouth).
Einarson, L. res. tel. Harvard Med. Br 108. A 107.
Eyre, Sara W. res. .asst. Long Island. OM 4.5. D 200.
Favilli, G. asst. Inst, of Gen. Patliology, Royal (Flor-
ence, Italy) Br 208. PJlliot, Center.
Graliam, C. H; nat. res. fel. Pennsylvania. Br 231.

Hilton, Main.
Green, Arda A. res. fel. phvs. chem. Harvard Med. Br

108. Grinnell, West.
Hartline, H. K. fel. nied. physics Pennsylvania. Br 231.

McLeish, Millfield.
Johnson, H. H. Col. City of N. Y. Br 315. White,

Millfield.
Loebel, R. O. Ru.ssell Sage fel. Cornell Med. Br 340.

Nickerson, Church.
Margolin, S. grad. proto. Columbia. Br 314. Avery,

Main.
Morris, Helen grad. Columbia. Bot. Mclnnis, Millfield.
Nelsen, O. E. instr. zool. Pennsylvania. OM 21. K 9.
Oltmann, Clara Columbia. OM 34. W h.
Reznikoff, P. instr. med. Cornell Med. Br 340. Mc-

Kenzie, Pleasant.
Rugh, R. instr. zool. Hunter. Br 217M. D 303.
Schuett, J. F. zool. Chicago. Br 332. North.
Scott, Florence M. aSst. prof. biol. Seton Hill. Br 217D.

Nickerson. Millfield.
Sickles, Grace asst. bacteiiol. N. Y. State Dept. Ilealtli.

Br 122. Y'oung, West.
Turner, J. P. instr. zool. Alinnesota. Br 217N. Grin-
nell, West.

OCEANOGRAPHIC INSTITUTION
Bigelow, Elizabeth 100. Luscombe, Main.
Lambert, .\nne 10.5. Young, West.
Redfield, A. C. prof. phys. Harvard. 103. Price,

Church.

July 4, 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

51

ITEMS OF INTEREST

IDr. and Mrs. John M. Fogg, Jr. sailed from
New York City on Saturday, June 27, to spend
the summer in Italy. Dr. Fogg has published
recently in Rhodora on "The Flora of the Eliz-
abeth Island.s, Massachusetts." In pursuing his
studies of these islands. Dr. Fogg spent a number
of summers at Woods Hole, and for part of the
time was collector for the Botany course. Td
tliose who are unacquainted with the story of the
islands. Dr. Fogg's publication provides a very
interesting. description of their locations and early
history which is well worth reading.

On Monday morning the statue of Confucius
which ordinarily stands in the foyer of the
ialioratory was found in front of the bulletin
l)oard at the Mess Hall. During the night two
young men had transported it in a wheelbarrow
and left it with a bunch of daisies in its hands to
greet those coming in to breakfast. After break-
fast the statue was returned to its usual post.

Research workers, teachers, students and their
friends are invited by Dr. and Mrs. Warbasse to
the grounds of Gladheim, to walk the paths and
to visit the gardens and the Point at all times.
There are miles of winding foot paths about the
grounds which offer views and vistas of the water
:uid the foliage in fascinating variety and beauty.
The sign at the entrance of the property, which
proclaims. "Visitors Welcome," means precisely
what it savs.

In order that "scientists visiting Woods Hole
might have the advantages of prompt service and
an opportunity to compare microscopes of dif-
erent types, the firm of Carl Zeiss, Inc. has
established an office and exhibition room at
Woods Hole. It is located on Main Street
opposite the Oceanographic Institution, and
visitors are always welcome. Charles P. Titus,
former president of the New York Microscopical
Society and of the New Jersey Chemical Society
is in charge. Mr. Titus conducted a School of
Microsco])y in New York for several years,
where students received assistance in their special
])roblems and difficulties. Facilities are also
available for advice and help in the field of
photomicrograi)hy, and during the summer it is
expected that demonstrations of procedure will
be made.

Mr. Victor M. E. Koch, vice-president of Carl
Zeiss, Inc. will also be at the Zeiss office until the
end of July. He and his wife and daughter. Miss
[immie Koch, are staying at The Breakwater
Hotel.

The Mount Desert Island Biological Laboratory

A number of research workers from the Labor-
atory went over to the Roscoe B. Jackson
Memorial Laboratory, Wednesday evening, June
i4th to attend the first of a series of seminars on
cancer research. Miss Fekete was the speaker of
the evening. She has been studying the histology
of mammary glands in cancerous and non-can-
cerous strains of mice and gave a very interesting
paper on the subject, which was followed by a
lively discussion. After the seminar. Dr. C. C.
Little took the members of this Laboratory on a
])ersonally conducted tour of the Jackson Memo-
rial Laboratory.

The Laboratory will hold its annual Fourth of
[uly i)icnic on Saturday afternoon at three o'clock
on the shore in front of Dr. Lewis's cottage.
Research workers and their families are cordially
invited.

A limited amount of property called "The Mc-
Cagg Tract" is owned by the Laboratory in Salis-
bury Cove. This land has been divided up into
lots which are suitable for building and which
are for sale to research workers on the condition
that they will build a private dwelling thereon
within a year. Within the last two years Dr.
Esther F. Byrnes of Brooklyn, N. Y., Dr. Robert
W^ Hegner, Baltimore, Md., Dr. Margaret M.
Hoskins. New York City, and Dr. Warren H.
Lewis, Baltimore, Md., have purchased lots and
built summer cottages. Dr. E. K. Marshall, Jr.,
Baltimore, Md., has just applied for Lot No'; 6'
which is adjacent to Dr. Lewis's property.

Dr. Duncan S. Johnson of Johns Hopkins
University, and son, David, paid the Laboratory a
brief visit last week. Dr. Johnson is spending the
summer at Woods Hole as a member of the
National Research Council.

Fr.Tnces E. Snow, LaV)orator,v Sei'i-et.iry

Dr. Albert Russell Mann, dean of the New
York State Colleges of Agriculture and Home
Economics at Cornell, has been elected provost
of the university, an office newly created by the
hoard of trustees. He has been at the head of the
College of Agriculture for the last fifteen years.

Correction

The last two paragraphs at the end of Dr.
.'\niberson's article on the physiology course
belonged to the article by Dr. Goodrich on the
embryology course. In paging our printer mixed
the type and our proof reader failed to notice this
unfortunate error. Dr. Amberson wishes em-
phasis placed upon the fact that a course in the
embryology of the chick is not one of the entrance
requirements for the physiology course !

52

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 42

^'-'isilili'

^

1

jjpl^

'^«'-.

1

p

>"::. ',

j'g'^'

p

-

-•-■. .\ .^' "

- -' i

Spalteholz

Transparent

Preparatiuns

Human

and

Zoological

Model of Human Heart

Skeleton of Fish in Case

Models, Specimens,
Charts

for physiology, zoology, botany,
anatomy, embryology, e'c. Cata-
logs will gladly be sent on request.
Please mention name of school
and subjects taught, to enable
us to send the appropriate
catalog.

Visit our New and Greatly En-
larged Display Rooms and Museum

117-119 EAST 24th STREET

Life History
of Chick

NEW YORK

ECOLOGY
All Forms of Life in Relation to Environment

Established 1920. Quarterly. Ofticial Publication of the
Ecological Society of America. Subscription, $4 a year
for complete volumes (Jan, to Dec.) Parts of vulunies
at the single number rate. Back volumes, as avail-
able, $5 each. Single numbers, $1.25 post free. Foreign
postage: 20 cents.

GENETICS
A Periodical Record of Investiffattons bearing on
Heredity and Variation
Established 1916. Bimonthly.

Subscription, $6 a year for complete volumes (Jan. to
Dec.) Parts of volumes at the single number rale.
Single numbers, $1.25 post free. Back volumes, as avail-
able, $7,00 each. Foreign postage: 50 cents.

AMERICAN JOURNAL OF BOTANY
Devoted to AH Branches of Botanical Science

Established 1914. Monthly, except August and Sej)-
tember. Official Publication of the Botanical Society of
America, Subscription, $7 a year fur complete volumes
(Jan. to Dec.) Parts of volumes at the single number
rate. Volumes 1-18 complete, as available, $146, Single
numbers, $1.00 each, post free. Prices of odd volumes
on request. Foreign postage: 40 cents.

BROOKLYN BOTANIC GARDEN MEMOIRS

Volume 1: 33 contributions by various authors on
genetics, pathology, mycology, physiology, ecology, plant
geography, and systematic botany. Price, $3.50 plus
postage.

Volume II: The vegetation of Long Island. Part I.
The vegetation of Montauk, etc. By Norman Taylor.
Pub. 1923. 108 pp. Price, $1.00.

Vol. Ill: The vegetation of Mt. Desert Island, Maine,
and its environment. By Barrington Moore and Nor-
man Taylor. 151 pp., 27 text- figs., vegetation map in
colors. June 10, 1927. Price, $1.60.

Orders should be placed with

The Secretary, Brooklyn Botanic Garden,
lOM Washington Ave. Brooklyn, N. Y., U. S. A.

E&A

f>

(TESTED PURITY)

CHEMICALS

Represent the highest quality c. p. chemicals
obtainable. They have been carefully checked
in our testing laboratory and bear labels
showing the results of their analyses.

Many are of American origin, but we draw
from the best products of the world, insuring
the user the highest purity at a reasonable
price.

For analytical chemicals,
specify E. & A.

grade.

EIMER &L AMEND

EST. 1851

INC. 1897

llciidquartcrs for Laboratory Apf>aratus
and CliCDiical Reagents.

Third Ave., 18th to 19th St., New York, N. Y.

July 4. 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

53

STRENGTH !
PRECISION !
BALANCE !

The stand of Microscope GS, the latest
B & L laboratory model, is Iheavily
constructed, finely balanced and beau-
tifully proportioned. It adds to the
Bausch & Lomb line an instrument to
suit the personal preference of those
who like a somewhat sturdier micro-
scope that can be easily manipulated
and nvoved about.

The arm, which forms a graceful,
sweeping arc, joins the base just at
the correct point of balance for max-
imum stab^ity. The microscope is in proper balance at amy angle between
the vertical tnd horizontal. The long, straight toes of the base furnish a
foundation upon which the instrument sets (irmly and squarely. Every
detail of design calls attention to its stability and sturdiness.

The optical equipment is the same as that of other B & L
Laboratory microscopes.

BAUSCH <SlLOMB OPTICAL CO.

675 St. Paul Street - - Rochester, N. Y.

Makers of Orthogon Eyeglass Lenics for Better Vition

54

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No.. 42

TURTOX C^

rv '"'

O^ J No. 1 Insects
No. 2 Aquatic
Life
No. 3 Plants

The Sign of the Tnnox
Pledges Ab .'oi

CCI I LCTC'ETS were designed by experienced teachers for the use of
students in field ccurses.

For a descriptive circular, illustrating and describing each Gollectoset
in detail, write to the

General Biological Supply House

Inciirl^oratcd
761-763 EAST SIXTY-NINTH PLACE

CHICAGO

The Wistar Institute Slide Tray

=p

The ideal tray for displaying or storing slides.
It carries forty-eight 1-lnch, tlirty-two I'i-
inch, or twenty-four 2-inch slides, and every
slide is visible at a glance. Owing to the
nesting feature, the trays may be stacked so
that each one forms a dust-proof ever for
the one beneath it, while the center ridges as-
sure protection to high mounts. Made en-
tirely of metal, they are unbreakable and
easily kept clean. They form compact stor-
age units. Twelve hundred 1-inch slides may
be filed In a space fourteen inches square by
eight inches high. miCE, $1.00 EACH

Orders may be sent to

THE WISTAR INSTITUTE

Thirty-sixth Street and Woodland Avenue,
PhiladcIiAUi. Pa.

eCLD ^IMP SEAL

Non Corro?:ivi' ^ wSKkS ^ Non-Corroslve
MICROSCOPIC

SLIDES -J COVER GLASSES

Do Net Fog
\l jour dealer's, or write (giving dealer's name) to

Clay-Ad^ms' 'G&Mmmw

1I7-11U lia.st 21tli Street NEW VOKK

CIOLOGICAL, PHYSIOLOGICAL, MEDICAL
AND OTHER SCIENTIFIC MAGAZINES

IN COMPLETE SETS
Volumes and Back Date Copies For Sale

B. LOGIN & SON, Inc.

EST. 1887
29 EAST 31st STREET NEW YORK

THE TWIN DOOR

RESTAURANT AND BAKERY

G. M. GRANT, Prop.

Chicken and Liol>ster Dinners

Waffles

Main .Street Woods Hole, Mass.

July 4. 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

55

LEITZ

Origmated The INCLINED BINOCULAR

TUBE

In constructing tliu Inclined Bmocukr Tube, the LeiL/.
\^'()rks were guided by the desire to lend even

more coxifort and convenience to
continued microscope ohseri'ation
than was oiTercd with ])i-evi()us microscope models.

The lUnoeular Body witli its inclined oculai
tul}cs permits the observer to sit at the niicrp-
scope in a natural upright position. The micro-
scope does not need to be inclined and conse-
quently the stage retains its horizontal position
which is of paricular advantage when using oil
immersion objectives, when observing material m
solution, in darkficld work, when using the micro-
manipulator, etc.

The Inclined Binocular Tube is available for
anj' Lcitz Binocular Microscope and can be
used with everj' one of the three series of
Leitz iMicro-Objectives (achromatic, fluorite
and a))ochromatic) as well as with the Huy-
ghenian and Periplanatic Oculars. This body
tube is readily interchangeable with everv
other tube offered for use with Leitz Binocular
Combination Microscopes.

No. 22850. Inclined Binocular Tube, - - $75.00

When ordering- any Leitz Binocular
Microscope with the

IncMned Blnccular Tube

in place of the regular
vertical binocular body — •
add to list price of such

microscopes $25.09

WRITE FOR PAMPHLET No. 1187 (CN)

Convenience and Comfort
For Continued Observation:

IT MAY BE IN ORDER TO MENTION THAT

the Leitz Works are credited with originating the majority of

important developments in micro-constructions.

Those developments as relate tjo- research microscopes alone are:.

Handle Aran St,?.nd - Dustproof Nosepiece - Bin-jcular Body Tube

Interchangeable Feature of Tubes - Ball-Bearln!» Fine Adjustment

Combinatioin Condensir for Bright and Darldield, etc.

LEITZ WILL CONTINUE TO CREATE AND ORIGINATE AND THUS CONTRIBUTE TO

THE DEVELOPMKINT OF SCIENCE

E. LEITZ, INC.

60 EAST 10th STREET

NEW YORK. N. Y.

S6

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 42

EXHIBIT IN LECTURE HALL

JULY 5th - 21st

July 5th - 21st, under direction of J. A. Kyle

Biological Life Histories

Botanical Models 'Brendel'

Spalteholz Preparations

Charts: Anatomical, Neurological, etc.

Skeletal Material, Human and Zoological

Models, Anatomical and Zoological

"PROMI" and "PROMAR" Microscopic Drawing and Projection Apparatus

117-119 East 24th Street

N. TSIKNAS

Fruits and Vegetables

Woods Hole Falmouth

The Whaler on Wheels

"Our Wandering Book Shop"

Miss Iniogene Weeks Miss Helen E. Ellis

Mr. John Francis

Will be at Woods Hole Mondays

tIii-oii<rlu)ut the summer

season,

THE WHALER BOOK SHOP

106 SCHOOL STREET NEW BEDFORD

Telephone Clifford 110

New York

LADIES' end GENTS' TAILORING

CIei\™ng;, Dyeing and R^pairin-y

Coats Relined and Altered. Prices Reasoniib'c

M. DOLINSKY'S

Main St. Woods H le, Mass. Call 753

Books in Biology

arc on sale at

The Collecting Net
Office

We are also prepared to obtain any
available book.

Each time a book is sold, all of the agent's

commission will be turned over to

THE COLLECTING NET

Scholarship Fund.

July 4, 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

57

The A, B.C. of Woods Hole for 1931

All Schedules Set to Daylight Savins Time — Bold Type Indicates P. M.

RELIGIOUS SERVICES

Church of the Messiah — Episcopal

Communion 8:00

Morning Prayer 11:00

Evening Prayer 7:30

Methodist Episcopal Church

Morning 10:30

Evening 7:30

Thursday Prayer Meeting 8:00

St. Joseph's Roman Catholic Church

Mass 8:00 and 10:00

Currents in the Hole

At the following hours (IJaylight Savings Time)
lie tiirrent in the hole turns to run from Buzzards
Hay to Vineyard Sound. A.M. P.M.

Inly 6 9:45 10:10

hilv 7 . 10:32 11:03

Inly 8 11:20 11:55

Inly 9 12:06

Iiilv 10 . 12:44 12:57

Inly 11 1:31 1:40

July 12 2:24 2:31

luly 13 3:07 3:19

July 14 3:58 4:08

In eaeh case the current changes approximately
.six hours later and runs from the Sound to the Bay.
It must 1)0 remembered that the schedule printed
above is dependent upon the wind. Prolonged
winds sometimes cause tlie turning of the current
to occur a half an hour earlier or later than the
times given above.

The average speed of the current in tlie hide
at its maximum is five knots per hour.

Library

Hours

Wednesdays and Saturdays

3:00-

5:00

7:00-

9:00

urs

Telegraph Office Ho

Week-days

8:00

-10

00

Sundays

10:00

■12

00

5:00

- 7:00

ours

Station Ticket Office E

Week-days

7:00

- 6

00

closed from

10:30

-11

30

Sundays

3:10

■10:10

Hours

Station Baggage Office

Week-days

7:00

- 7

00

Sundays Around

train ti

me
rs

only

Express Office Hou

Week-days only

8:00

- 5

30

Post Office and Mail Hours

The Post Office opens at 7.00 and closes
at 7.50.

Week-days

* Outgoing Mail closes

6:45 12:25 5:25

Incoming Mail

6:50 10:30 3:35 6:09

Sundays

Outgoing Mail closes

5:55 6:25

Incoming Mail 10:40

Laboratory Mail

Outgoing Incoming

9:15 11:30

3:15 4:15

'Trains leave the station with mail a half hour
after mails close at the Post Office.

58

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VI. No. 42

BUS

Woods Hole —

Falmouth

l,\.

Siiinlay

Lv. Woods Hole 8

30 9:55 11:00

1:40

2:55 4:05

5:25

6:35

7:15

8:00

9:30

Due Falmouth 8

45 10:10 11:15

1:55

3:10 4:20

5:40

6:50

7:30

8:15

9:45

Lv. Falmouth 7:55 9

15 10:30 11:35

2:20

3:30 4:50

6:00

6:55

7:30

9:00

11:00

Due Woods Hole 8:10 9

30 10:45 11:50

2:35

3:45 5:05

6:15

7:05

7:45

9:15

11:15

Bus waits fur Pii-tuie Slupws ami Icaviii;;

inu'S ot

9:00 1". M. ami

11:00 P

. M. aro

aiiprdxiinato.

BOAT SCHEDULE

For New Bedford

Woods

Hole, Oak Bluffs, Vineyard Haven

and Nantucket

Leave

I'ail.v

Daily

Dailv

Daily

Daily

Daily

New Bedford

7:00

9:30

12:05

2:30

5:00

7:45

Woods Hole

8:20

10:50

1:20

3:50

6:20

9:05

Oak Bluffs

9:10

11:40

2:10

4:40

7:10

Due Vineyard H.

9:55

Due Nantucket

11:30

2:00

4:30

7:00

9:30

Leave

Dail.v

Daily

Daily

Daily Daily
ex. Hun.

Only
Sun.

Daily

Nantucket

6:30

9:00

12:00 2:30

3:00

5:00

Vineyard H.

6:10

Oak Bluffs

9:00

11:30

2:00 4:30

5:00

7:00

Woods Hole

6:55

9:50

12:20

2:50 5:20

5:50

7:50

Due New Bedford

8:20

11:30

2:00

4:30 7:00

7:30

9:. 30

TRAIN SCHEDULE

Woods

Hole to Boston — Week-davs

Woods Hole

Mon. only

7:05

7:15 10:10

12:55

3:20

5:55

Falmouth

7:12

7:22 10:17

1:02

3:27

6:02

Boston

9:05

9:10 12:30
Sundays Only

3:00

5:40

8:00

Woods Hole

6:25

8:20 Boston

8:30

Falmouth

6:32

8:27 Falmouth

10:32

Boston

8:35

Boston

10:27 Woods Hole
to Woods Hole — Week-days

10:40

Boston

7:35

Sat. only
8:30 1:06

1:25

4:03

4:47

Falmouth

10:20

10:32 3:08

3:27

6:02

6:47

Woods Hole

10:30

10:40 3:15

3:35

6:09

6:55

July 4, 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

59

SPENCER RESEARCH MICRO-
SCOPE No. 7

Designed under dircc

tion o[ Professor

C. P. McClung,

University of

Pennsi/U'ania

SPENCER No.7LH RESEARCH MICROSCOPE

Equipped with new Inclinocular body, mecJianical stage,
complete fork-type substage, achrcmatic condenser
N.A. 1.30, triple nosepiece, afhroniatic objectives IG
mm and 4 mm dry and 1.8 mm immersion, paired'
eyepiece 6x p.,nA lOx, complete in mahogany

cabinet $368-<"'

Single body tube (if wanted) extra 15.00

10*^ discount to Schools and CkiUeges.

.■/.s7,- for iinv RuUct'm M

Has met a demand that has no parallel
in research microscope history.

There is now scarcely a college, uni-
versity or research laboratory in Amer-
ica.! that does not possess at least one.

It is now fitted with

SPENCER
INCLINOCULAR

BOD I AS ONE OF

Three Types Supplied

Tliis Inclinocular Body has been
desifjncd for comfort and efficiency
in binocular work, where the stai;t'
of the microscope must be horizon-
tal, for example in examination of
liquids, etc. It is an inclined cye-
l)iecc binocular body taking the
place of regular binocular body or
the combination body.

The oculars are at the ordinary
distance from the table.

The angle of inclination is suited
to the comfort of the observer at
[he ordinary height.

The superior ojitical qualities of
S)icne('r o|ities are jireserved when
the new Inclinocular is used.

NO COMPENSATING LENSES
ARE NECESSARY BECAUSE OF
ADDED TUBE LENGTH.

The si^e of the field is the same ar^
with ordinary binocular body.

The Spencer ooiverging oculars, ex-
clusive on .Snencer microscopes, are in
corporated in the new Inclinocular

The inclinocular is as easily placed on
or removed from the microscope as is
the ordinary binocular rr single tube.

-45

60

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 42

THE WOODS HOLE LOG

The Junior Laboratory and Children's School
of Science opened its doors to beginning investi-
gators Monday, June 29th. All children over
seven years of age are eligible to begin or to
continue their scientific training during the sum-
mer in the School House. Older boys and girls
who have completed the work previously ofifered
at the Children's School of Science or who wish
to supplement their high .school biology are
registered as students in the Junior Laboratory.

This newest branch in summer laboratory work
at Woods Hole has proved highly successful dur-
ing its previous seasons and is now well started
on what would seem to be an even more profit-
able summer. The enrollment is not yet com-
]ilete. The school is in charge of Mr. George A.
Hutchinson of the Fieldston School in New York.
tie is assisted by a teaching stafT of four ; Miss
Katharine A. Clarke of the Friends' School in
Baltimore, Miss Elizabeth Kinney of Barnard,
Mrs. Alice Carke Mullen of the University of
Virginia and Mr. Clifford C. Kilian of the Mc-
Burney School in New York.

The school session is from 8 :4S to 1 1 :30 every
day and the courses include Nature Study for
the seven and eight year olds ; ,\dvanced Nature
Study and courses on the Forest and the Animals
of Woods Hole for those eight to ten ; General
Science and an advanced course on the Animals of
Woods Hole for those ten to twelve ; and for
those twelve to fourteen and over. Biology, Ad-
vanced Zoology and Biological Technique. In
the latter course the pupils prepare and make
slides for microscopical work.

The school has no connection with the Marine
Biological Laboratory. Its management is in
charge of a Science Committee headed by Mrs.
Compton. The Marine Biological Laboratory of
the future, however, may very well rest in some
of these beginning young investigators' hands.

The Disabled Ex-Service Men's Exchange Sale
\\ill be held on Saturday, July 11th on the grounds
of the estate of Mrs. Geoffrey G. Whitney on
Nobska Road.

The worst forest fire which Cape Cod has had
in years raged near Hatchville last Fall. The
fire area covered forty-five square miles and ex-
tended as far as Bourne. Five or six cottages
were burned. All the fire departments of the
region were present including even one truck
from Plymouth. Woods Hole was represented by
the Fire Department and the Coast Guard. For
a week the territory was ablaze and the firemen

worked continually in day and night shifts.
Direction of the fire-fighting was controlled from
a plane and dispatches were dropped to the fire
marshal.

Since that time there have been nothing but
small house fires for the Woods Hole department
to handle.

The Woods Hole Department is a branch of
the Falmouth system, which now has five stations :
one each at West Falmouth, East Falmouth.
North Falmouth, Falmouth and Woods Hole.
The .system now has ten pieces of apparatus
counting the new ladder truck which was added
to the apparatus at its headquarters June 27th.
The region is controlled from a look-out tower
m West Falmouth. The Woods Hole depart-
ment has two ]oermanent men and a force of
volunteers.

Bishop .Sherrill of the Episcopal diocess of
Massachusetts will pay his first visit to the Church
of the Messiah on Sunday, July 12th. The Bishoj)
will jierform confirmation and preach at a special
service at four o'clock in the afternoon. The
regular evening service will be omitted.

This !s the first year that movies have be^^n
shown in Falmouth on Sundays.

The University Players Inc. opened their sea-
son Monday, June 29th, with Philip Barry's
recent Broadway success, "Paris Bound." With
sophisticated, fast-moving dialogue, Barry has
assayed the solution of some of the problems of
modern marriage against a smart society back-
ground. The staging was excellent, the directing
on the whole satisfactory, although the play would
have been more brilliant if the tempo throughout
had been slightly faster. Barry's plays are
"talky" and depend somewhat for their success
on a speedy bombardment of the sparkling lines
on the audience. Christine Ramsey's character
study of Fanny Shippan pleased the more, not
only because her impersonation was viv'd and
amusing but because the tempo of her speech and
actions was faster than the other characters. The
entire cast was highly satisfactory and displayed a
rare talent for acting.

The Players have been busy making improve-
ments at Old Silver Beach as well as rehearsing,
and this year a brick terrace was built at the
entrance by members of the company and the
lobby is hung with new draperies. There was
dancing between the acts in the tea room.

M. s. a.

July 4, 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

61

The

UNIVERSITY PLAYERS

Presents

"INTERFERENCE"

JULY 6th — JULY nth

Inc.

Old Silver Beach West

FalmoL

th

The MRS. G. L. NOYES LAUNDRY

Collections Daily

Two Collections Daily in the Dormitories

Wcods Hole Tel. 777

Service that Satisfies

FITZGERALD, INC.

A Man's S'lOrc

MEN'S WEAK

Colonial Eulding Tel. 93.5 Main Str^Pt

Falmouth

DRESSES — LINENS — LACES

Fine Toilet Articles

Elizabeth Arden, Coty

Yardley

Choice Bits from Pekin

MRS. WEEKS SHOPS

FALMOUTH

IDEAL RESTAURANT

Main Street

Tel.

1243

Woods

Hole

FALMOUTH PLUMBING AND
HARDWARE CO.

Agency for

LYNN OIL RANGE BURNER

Falmouth, opp. the Public Library Tel. 261

SAMUEL CAHOON

Wholesale and Retail Dealer in

FISH AND LOBSTERS

Tel. Falmouth 660-661

Wo ds Hole and Falmouth

WALTER

O. LUSCOMBE

REAL ESTATE AND
INSURANCE

Woods Hole

PhonD

622

KELVINATOR REFRIGERATION

EASTMAN'S HARDWARE

.') AND 10c DEPARTMENT

Cape Cod Distributors for

Draper Maynard Sporting Goods

SPECIAL PRICES TO CLUBS
Falmouth Tel. 407

TEXACO PRODUCTS

NORGE REFRIGERATORS

WOODS HOLE GARAGE

COMPANY

Opposite Station

Church of the Messiah

(Episcopal)

The Rev. James Bancroft, Rector

Hf)ly Cuninninion 8:00 a.m.

Morning Prayer 11:00 a.m.

Confirmation and Sermon by

Bi.sho]) Sherrill 4:00 p.m.

Visit
Malchman's

THE

LARGEST DEPARTMENT STORE

ON CAPE COD

Fair

jth

Phone 116

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 42

PHYSICIAN'S

AND LABORATORY

MICROSCOPE

ESC-106

Miigiiification: 5(i-!)00X
Fixed Stage, 12cm. square
Illuminating Apparatus with Rack and
Pinion.
Condenser 1.2 with Iris.
Triple Revolving Nosepiece.
Fine adjustment with graduated drum.
Achromatic Objectives:
8 n.a. 0.20
40 n.a. 0.65
90 n.a. 1.25 oil im.
H\iyf;ens Oculars: 7X and lOX
Price: f.o.b. New York, $128
A good dark field outfit is ohtaired by cdding:

Cardioid condenser $22, extra for iris for

oil im. $4. Compensating ceu'ar 15X: $8.50.

A satchel type of carrying case can

be supplied instead cf the standard

cabinet at an additional cost of $4.00.

CARL ZEISS, Inc.

485 Fifth Avenue
New York

Pacific Coast Branch
728 South Hill Street, Los Angeles, Calif.

J tNA

Recently Published

Biology
in Human Affairs

Edited by Edward M. East

309 t"9'^^' 6 -f 9. $3-50

A WHITTLESEY HOUSE PUBLICATION

1 HIS book is a survey of the outposts of
biological knowledge. In it, twelve leading
scientists tell what has been accomplished in
the fields of heredity, genetics, medicine,
zoology, public health, psychology — even in
the preservation and development of food re-
pourccs. What has been achieved in these
fields and the problems which at present con-
front the research worker are clearly and
strikingly set forth. It is a serious book in
tended for people who find satisfaction in the
disentanglement of the riddles of the universe
in which we live.

Scud for a fo/'v on approval
McGRAW-HILL BOOK CO., Inc.

j70 SEVENTH AVENUE NEW YORK

BLAKISTON'S

Recent Advances Series

Among the 25 titles now available
in this series are:

ENTOMOLOGY

Imrns

MICROSCOPY

Pinei) etc.

PLANT

PHYSIOLOGY

Barton-Wright

PSYCHONEUROSES

Ciilpin

BACTERIOLOGY

Dible

BIOCHEMISTRY

Pryde

ANATOMY

Woollard

NEUROLOGY

Brain & Strauss

PSYCHIATRY

Devine
PHYSIOLOGY

Sold separately. Each $3.50

P. Blakiston's Son & Co., Inc.

1012 Walnut Street
Philadelphia

JrLV 4, 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

63

Revised

and Reset

The

t Sci<
Bio

ence of
logy

An Introductory Study

By GEORGE G. SCO J I, Ph. D.

Professor of Biology in the College

of tlie Cit

:y of New York

^'S.^ I'dijcs. 3<)r

) llliislriilioiix

5%r,S.34 /.Lv/ /v;n-, $3.75.

RECENT ADOPTlOm

AmliersL Collfge

Maryvvood C^ollege

Antioch College

Massachusetts Institute nf Technology

Bethany College

Mount St. Joseph College

Hirmingham-SoullR'ni CulK'Kc

Occidental College

Bradford Academy

Phillips University

Brooklyn Colle"e

Rosemont College

Buckpell Universily

St. Francis College

Carnegie Inslilule

)f Technology

St. John Kanty College

College of the C'ily

of New York

Salem College

Conception College

San Diego State College

Cornell University

Shenandc.ah College

East Carolina Teac

lers College

Southwestern College

Franklin and Marsli

all C:ollegc

Southwestern Louisiana Institute

Furman Universitv

State Teachers College, Faniivillc

Georgia Industrial (

"ollege

Virginia

Good Counsel College

Temple University

Haverford College

Tennessee Agricultural and Industrial

lamestown College

State College

Johnson C. Sniilli

L'liivcrsily

University of Pittshurgh

luniata College

Llniversity of Rochester

Kalamazoo College

Western Maryland College

Kent State College

Western Reserve Llniversity

Loyola University

Westnioorland College

THOMAS Y. CROWELL CO. new york

64

THE COLLECTING NET

Vol. VL No. 42

7t saved us the cost of 5 microscopes''

Quoting remark of a school superintendent

who bought the

"PKOMI" MICROSCOPIC DRAWING and

PROJECTION APPARATUS

Takes the place of numerous microscopes
and gives the instructor the opportunity of
teaching with greatest efficiency and least
confusion.

Projects microscopic slides and living or-
ganisms and insects on table or wall for
drawing and demonstration. Also used as
a microscope and a micro-photographic ap-
paratus.

The Promi, recently perfected by a prom-
inent German microscope works, is an in-
gtni'^us yet simple apparatus which fills a
long felt want in scientific instruction and
research in Bacteriflogy. Botany, Zoology,
Pathology, Anatomy, Embryology, Histol-
ogy, Chemistry, etc.

It has been endorsed by many leading
scientists and instructors.
AS A PROJECTION APPARATUS: It is used fur prDJccliiit; in actual colors on wall or
screen, niicroscoiiic preparalions, living organisms aiul insects for lecture room denionstralion anil
instructinn. Makes it possible for a group of students to examine a single specimen simultane-
ously. Invaluable for instructors in focusing students' alteulion on important features, which can-
not be demonstrated with equal facility and time saving under a microscope. Elimiualcs the eye
strains of microscope examination.

AS A DRAWING LAMP: The illustration shows how a microscopic specimen slide is pro-
jected in aeliial colors cm drawing paper enabling student or teacher to draw the image in precise de-
tail in black ur colors. Li\ ing insects or microscopic living organisms can also be projected. Ad-
juslnient of the size of (he image is simply a matter of varying the distance to which the image is
projected. Higher magnificalion may be obtained by using lube and ocular and our liigh power ob-
jectives. Charts can readily be made for class room instruction.

AS A MICROSCOPE: By removing the bulb and attaching the reflecting mirror and inverting
the apparatus a com]iound microscope is achiexed. Higher magnification is possible by the use of
standard niicrosccipic high power (tbjeeli\es and ocidars.

AS A MICROPHOTOGRAPHIC APPARATUS: Microscopic preparations of slides, living or-
ganisms and insects can be idiotograplied witlioul the use of a camera.

PRICE: !•". O. B. New Yi>rk $100.03 complete apparatus in polished wood carrying case. In-
cludes bulb, rheostat for 110 and 220 volts with cords, plu.gs and switch for both DC and AC cur-
rent, llx objective, tube with Sx ocular, reflecting mirror and micro-cuvcttc. Extra equipment prices
on request. Prospectus gladly sent on request

THE "PROMAR" MICROSCOPIC DRAW-
ING and PROJECTION APPARATUS

.\ new instrument which has been brought
out in response to a demand for a simple
apparatus like the Promi fi)r more advanci-d
work which retpiires more powerfid illinni-
naliun ami higher magnification. The I'ro-
mar operates in the same manner as the
Tromi but is more heavily constructed and
has the following additional features as
standard equipment :

^^ore brilliant lighting, making higher magnification possible.

Triple nose piece, facilitating use of three objectives.

Fine and coarse adjustment for focusing.

Screw, rack and pinion adjustment for light and condenser.

Screw centering adjustment for light.

lve\<il\ing stage.

Prospectus Gladly Sent on Request. Write to

«

©

;a,Air"J\.E)A.K:a:;

117-119 East 24th Street

NEW YORK, N. Y.

Vol. VI. No. 3

SATURDAY, JULY 11, 1931

Annual Subscription, $2.00
Single Copies, 25 Cts.

COMMENTS ON THE LECTURE OF

PROFESSOR E. B. WILSON ON

"THE CENTRAL BODIES"

Dr. C. E. McClung
Professor of Zoology, University of Pennsylvania
In an admirable discussion of recent studies of
Huettner upon the cleavage of Drosophila, of
Sturdivant upon Ascaris spermatogenesis, and of
his own restudy of Chaetop-
terus and Cerebratulus eggs.
Professor Wilson presented
liis matured views upon the
nature and .structure of the
central liodies in these objects.
The lectmx was illustrated by
a series of his own lieautiful
piiotomicrographs, some of
which were from the orig"inal
preparations of INTead and Coe.
( )nly incidental reference was
made to the central l)odies of
other olijects. Professor Wil-
son's endeavor being to show
the uniformity, constancy and
genetic continuity of these
bodies in the taxonomically
varied forms studied. Because
of the difficulties arising in
Echinoderm eggs from the close association be-
tivcen the central bodies and astral radiat'ons, Pro-
fessor Wilson was careful to point out the pres-
sencc of central liodies in (Ccntinued on Page 71)

%. %. (Halciibar

TUESDAY, JULY 14, 8:00 P. M.
Seminar. Dr. H. H. Plough, "Some
Observations en Self Sterility in
Styela."

Dr. R. Chambers: "Evidence of
a Direct Action of the Nucleus
on the Cytoplasm in Tissue Cul-
tures."

Dr. A. F. Hutttner, "Genetic
Continuity of the Central
B-dies."

FRIDAY, JULY 17, 8:00 P.M.

Lecture. Dr. Eliot R. Clark, Pro-
fessor of Anatomy, University of
Pennsylvania, "The Microscopic
.Study of Cells and Tissues in the
Living Mammal."

THE HOPKINS MARINE STATION AT
STANFORD UNIVERSITY

Dr. W. K. Fisher

Director of the Station

Marine stations were popular in the Stone
.A.ge. On the shores of Europe and America a
multitude of ancient shell deposits or middens
bear mute witness to the
immemorial hn'e of clams,
oysters, and crawling things
of low degree. Because the
sea has always been a reliable
source of food, early man
may have first become acutely
ocean-conscious by reason of
his stomach. We may im-
agine these ancient camps as
a primitive economic-social
gesture which probably pro-
vided an agreeable means for
the exchange of gossip, whilst
clams ,and perchance a head or
two, were being cracked.

Since those rather informal
beginnings man's contact with

the sea has become as complex

as civilization itself; and in-
stead of the crumbling shell mounds mixed with
Hints and the chaixoal dust we have blossomed
into such sea-side activities as New York,
(lloucester, Deauville and Woods Hole.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Comments on the Lecture of Professor iC. B.
W'lson on "The Central Bodies",
Dr. C. E. McClung 65

The Hopkins Marine Station at .Stanford
University, Dr. W. K. Fisher 65

The Architecture of the Henatic Cells of
i^mphinma, Dr. Arthur W. PoUister 71

Review ^f the Seminar Report of Dr. Pol-
'i-^trr. Dr. H. W. Beams 73

Effects of Hydrogen Ion Concentration and
Salt Ccnc;ntration or the Oxygen Disso-
ciation Constant of Hemocyanin,
Dr. Alfred C. Redfield 74

Re"iPw of the Seminar Report of Dr. Red-
field, Dr. F. G. Hall 74

The Cours9 in Invertebrate Zoology at the
Marine Biological Laboratory,

Dr. James A. Dawson 75

The M. B L. Clyb 78

Currents in the Hole 78

Notes from the Scripps Institution of Ocean-

' graphy 79

Items of Interest 81

Woods Hole Log 88

66

THE COLLECTING NET

[Vol. VL No. 43

THE HOPKINS MARINE STATION OF STANFOR D UNIVERSITY AT PACIFIC GROVE ON THE
SHORE OF MONTEREY BAY, 130 MILES SOUTH OF SAN FRANCISCO

Tlie Woods Hole Marine Biological Laboratory
is the largest in the world, as the Stazione
Zoologica of Naples is probably the most
famous. Woods Hole is a dream of Agassiz
developed by the energy of Whitman and Lillie.
The Stazione Zoologica is Anton Dohrn',s — in
the land of Virgil on the sunny shore of "Mare
Nostrum." With impeccable biological method
we have now traced an idea from the Paleolithic
to 1891, when four men at Stanford got their
heads together.

These conspirators were Timothy Hopkins
David Starr Jordan, Oliver P. Jenkins and
Charles H. Gilbert. Dohrn's laboratory at
Naples had greatly impressed Mr. Hopkins while
Dr. Jordan had playecl a part in Louis Agassiz's
Penikese experiment — ^the idea ultimately res-
ponsible for the great laboratory now at Woods
Hole. The combination of these four men was
a ])eculiarly hap]n' one — all young, enthusiastic,
each playing an essential part. So the idea
startecl and so it happens that the Hopkins Marine
Station is linked with two distinct biological
enterprises on far separated shores. After forty
years it is significant perhaps that the Hopkins
Marine Station more nearly resembles the Naples
Station than it does any of its other predecessors
— hut with features essential to its organization as
]iart of a imiversity. One of its buildings bears
the name of Agassiz's son, Alexander, the great
oceanographer. It is to be hoped that those
responsible for leading the younger generation
will remain minrlful of the Penikese idea, which

has been so ably interpreted in years past by Dr.
fordan and which gives biology its main value as
a discipline in education. "Study nature not
liooks," Agassiz insisted.

The first Station, known as the Hopkins Sea-
side Laboratory, consisting ultimately of two
roomy wooden buildings, was planned by Jenkins
and Gilbert and erected early in 1892 at Pacific
Grove, on Monterey Bay, with money provided
by Timothy Hopkins, on a small parcel of land
donated by the Pacific Improvement Company —
a syndicate which constructed the Southern
Pacific Railroad and in which Stanford was then
financially interested. The laboratory was only
nominally a part of the Lniiversity. It was sup-
ported by student fees and the deficits were
patiently met by Mr. Hojjkins.

Here gathered, during a six-weeks' summer
session, men and women who investigated life as

it is found in the ocean which is an avowed

purpose for which marine laboratories are estab-
lished. Just that — life in the ocean; and the
ocean which harljors the life. In addition, others
crossed the continent and came from overseas,
lured by the richness and accessibility of plants
and animals. Animals were new and strange.
Undergraduates were perforce investigators — a
very fortunate circumstance since real education
thrives in an atmosphere of research — be it ever
so humble. So long as the ocean can provide
problems which grij) one firmly and demand to be
solved, so long is the world safe for biological
education !

JlXY II, 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

67

The Seaside Laboratory was only one phase of
Stanford's work in marine biology. Prior to the
opening of the University Dr. Jordan, in col-
laboration with Dr. Gilbert, had spent consider-
able time studying marine fishes of the coast, and
Dr. Gilbert had been an assistant naturalist on the
famous U. S. Fisheries steamer. Albatross. After
the establishment of the Hopkins Seaside Labor-
atory there were a number of extensive marine
projects, among which ma\' lie noted : Expedition
to Panama (Gilbert, Starks) ; to Mazattan (Jor-
dan, Culver, Scofield, Williams) ; Fur seal in-
vestigation (Jordan, Adams, Greeley, Snodgrass) ;
Hopkins Galapagos Expedition (Heller, Snod-
grass); to Japan (Jordan, Snyder): Albatross
Hawaiian Expedition (Gilbert, Snyder, Fisher);
Samoan Expedition (Jordan, Kellogg) ; Albatross
Alaskan Expedition (Jordan, Heath) ; Albatross
Survey of California Coast (Gilbert, Heath,
Fisher, Spaulding) ; Albatross Japanese Expedi-
tion (Gilbert, Heath, Snyder, Burke).

The prese.it activity of the Hopkins Marine
Station in the field of oceanic biology is therefore
in line with what is essentially a Stanford tradi->
lion. The leaven was brought to the new Uni-
versity by the youthful and eager Jordan ; perhaps
it is a legacy from Louis Agassiz.

The new Station dates from 1916 and is due
to the vision and energy of F-'resident Ray Lyman
Wilbur who was himself a student at the old
Seaside Laboratory. Another nearby site was
chosen which by subsequent purchases was aug-
mented to about eleven acres, comprising all of
what was formerly known as China Point, from
the presence of an old and picturesque Chinese
fishing village wiped out by fire in 1903. This
bit of China was dear to students of those days.
One of its citizens. Ah Tak, was a skilled collector
whose industry provided material for embryo-
logical monographs of importance.

The present name was adopted in 1917 when
our first building was under construction. This
unit, recently designated the Alexander Agassiz
Laboratory, contains the general laboratories in
which most of the undergraduate classes are held
during the s|)ring and summer, and houses mem-
bers of the permanent staff occupied with the
oceanological survey of the region and with the
more estalilisbed lines of research in biologv.

In the summer of 1928 a second unit known as
the Jacques Loeb Laboratory was completed
from funds donated by the Rockefeller Founda-
tion. This, like the Agassiz Laboratory, is of
reinforced concrete. It consists of a central
portion of two stories flanked by two wings of
one story enclosing three sides of a front court,
the over-all dimensions being ninety-five by one
hundred and fifty-two feet. The building is
intended for research in experimental biology,
with more limited facilities for physical and

chemical work. As a general principle, larger
specialized laboratories are equipped rather than
individual work rooms, although seven private
rooms are available. Sea-water is conducted
through pure lead pipes to a reservoir of 10,000
gallon capacity situated on an elevation of rocks
whence it is fed by gravity to the aquarium tables.
The principal laboratories and work rooms are
equipped with hoods and are supplied with sea-
water, hot and cold fresh water, distilled water,
gas, pressure and suction air, and alternating and
direct current.

Since 1918 the station has been open during
the entire year. It now maintains a resident staff
of seven specialists in addition to four assistants,
a secretary, and a mechanician. This permanent
staff is augmented during the summer by other
members of the school of biological sciences of
Stanford, and by a few visiting biologists. For
instance, during the summer quarter there will
be two additional members from Stanford, two
from the Rockefeller Institute for Medical Re-
search*, and onef from the Museum of Com-
parative Zoology.

Graduate students are welcomed during any of
the four quarters, but undergraduate work is
offered only during the spring and summer. We
have come to view teaching as an incident of a
yearly progrpm ! Climatically and otherwise, the
best period for research is between October 15
and June 15.

If the Hopkins Marine Station were concerned
solely with instruction of students in those phases
of biology most advantageously undertaken at the
seashore, its work would be simple and inexpen-
sive. But it is quite otherwise, for no institution
is content to use knowledge already acquired
without adding a considerable quota of new
material through original investigation.

Looking at the matter very broadly there are
two attitudes of the biologist toward the ocean.
He may use oceanic animals and plants simply as
material for the investigation of general problems
without reference to their "marineness", because
in experimental work, for instance, there is great
advantage in being able to control precisely the
environment of an animal. Sea animals are in-
timately surrounded by water which can be
minutely modified as to temperature and chemical
composition in comparison with the normal sea-
water in which the animal is found in nature.
This is, roughly speaking, the attitude of the
general biologist. He is interested in the ocean
as a most valuable source of material for certain
fundamental line.s of research. Ry far the larger
number of investigators who visit marine biolo-
gical laboratories belong to this category what-
ever prefix they may fasten to their "logy."

*Lawrence R. Blinks, Leonor Michaelis
fElisabeth Deichmann

68

THE COLLECTING NET

[Vol. VL No. 43

A rapidly increasing number, however, are
interested in that extraordinary complex known as
the ocean, of which water is merely the obvious,
visible part. These people approach the ocean
as an environment of life and consider its living
contents with due reference to the multifarious
aspects of this environment. Oceanologists run
the gamut from mathematicians concerned with
hydrodynamics — through physicists and chemists
interested in the behavior of an extraordinarily
variable solution of earth — to biochemists and
biophysicists working with the operation of
physical laws upon aquatic life; to physiologists
occupied with the responses of animals occasioned
by the environment ; to a multitude of specialists
in zoology and botany who must work out the in-
numerable technical aspects of their subject with
reference to development, life habits, and applica-
tion to the needs of mankind. Just here is where
marine biology and 'commerce meet. The re-
sources of the sea are usually exploited with a
porcine greediness that takes for granted an un-
ending supply. When- ruin is in sight the
Exploitation seeks a miracle from Science to save

it from its own folly. Too often the long suffer-
ing biologist, called in like a physician when the
patient is dying, can do little more than give
advice, which often goes unheeded in the absence
of drastic laws.

An enumeration of projects under way at the
Hopkins Marine Station would suggest the
scattered blocks of a mosaic rather than an easily
discerned picture. This is occasioned by the
magnitude of the material and the scarcity of
funds and investigators.

Under the general supervision of Dr. Tage
Skogsberg in cooperation with the California
State Fish and Game Commission, an oceanolo-
gical study of Monterey Bay is being prosecuted.
This work involves frequent trips aboard the
State Fisheries patrol boats, Stcclhcad and Alba-
tross, for the painstaking collection of data rif
various sorts. Water samples from dififerent
stations are being analyzed for temperature and
chemical changes in order to understand the
movements of water and for correlation with the
migrations of open sea fishes, especially of the
sardine and mackerel.

THE RESIDENT STAFF OF THE HOPKINS MARINE STATION ,

From left to right they are: Harold Mestre, B. E. MacGinitie. W. K. Fisher, the Director, C. B. van Nicl,

Tage Skogrsberg- and Harold Heath. ,1;

Ti'LY II, K)^! ]

THE COLLECTING NET

60

By means of tow-nets hosts of minute floating
organisms, the ultimate food supply of oceanic
animals from sardines to whales, are being taken
at various de]3ths. Several graduate students are
working on diiTerent groups of these "plankton"
organisms, as they are called, since they are as
economically important as they are intrirsically
interesting. Their absence creates an ocean
desert, and there are plenty such. From the un-
lighted m'd-region between the surface and
liottom many b'zarre and unusual forms cont'nn-^
to thrill the dyed-in-the-wool zoologist. Dr.
Heath has rerently exhaustively studied a small,
transparent worm-like creature, a link between
two major groups heretofore believed safely
separated.

It has been amply demonstrated that the
methods of science yield good retur-is when
applied to problems of economic importance as to
those removed from the concerns of life. Eugene
C. Scofield of the State Fish and Game Comm's-
sion is a liaison member of our oceanological
project, working now in the field on the sardine
problem, and he has recently covered not less
than 8,000 miles of cruising off the California
coast. Joseph H. Wales is investigating the rock
cods, a fishery greatly depleted; and W. A. D.ll,
the group of fishes which contains the fldinidcrs
and halibuts. Rolf L. Bolin is investigating the
open sea floating eggs and larvae of various fishes.
Dr. D. S. Cope is in charge of the chemical side
of the Survey.

Nor is the bottom being ne-dected. for, bes'd 's
yielding fascinating material for students and the
zoologists of the staff, its deposits are keeping
E. Wayne Galliher busy. As a matter of fact
the material of the bottom differs greatly in con-
tent and weight from place to place, with varying
mixtures of organic material, both living and
dead. It is the seat of physical and chemical
changes and is preparing to beeome the solid rock
of some future land, in its turn to be resolved
into soil again and washed back to sea.

When one visits the seasho'^e, he has little o|i-
rortunity to see, much less study, the complex
life of the open water. I'ut the crowd-d
assemblage of ])lants and animals which make
their homes between high and low tide is acces-
si])le to anyone. The very fact that they are able
to survive long exposure to air, even to partial
d ssication, sels them ajiart as different fro'n
creatures which are always submerged, li life
originated in the ocean, as many biologists are
convinced it did, then it is obvious that the
ancestors of all land animals and plants must at
one time or another have accustomed themselves
to life outside of water. But most of the inter-
tidal animals have simjjly been immigrants from
sh-'l'ow water forced through competition to take
a flesperatc chance in a very unfavorable environ-

ment. The result has been thousands of new
forms, new coinmunities, new responses — a dis-
tinct world of life obviously neither terrestrial
nor yet entirely marine.

The extraordinary rich fauna and flora of the
Monterey Bay region offer exceptional opportuni-
ties to the investigator and beginning student
alike. There is a surprisingly large number of
marine animals and plants readily accessible. Such
include not only the species found between tide
levels, but also those which dwell in the open
oeean, and those which are secured by dredging
at various depths. The student of land forms will
fnid an equally interesting and in some ways
licculiar assemblage of materiel. This is in part
due to an imusual variety of physiographic and
climatic conditions within a relatively small area,
and in part to the presence of a number of
characteristic and dominant types such as the
Monterey Cypress and Monterey Pine. The
particular advantage of work at the Station is the
]3( ssil)'lit>' of observin'^ ard studying a kirtre num-
i)er of living animals while these are still fulfilling
their role in the general scheme of marine and ter-
restrial life. Investigators in the fields of general
experimental work, taxonomy, anatomy, and em-
bryology, will find a wealth of material to choose
from, while those concerned with a study of
animals from the special standpoint of their
"marineness" will naturally be exceptionally
favored.

The wealth of marine forms is in part due to
the diversity of environment, which ranges from
a rugged granite coast, broken by beaches, to
sheltered, estuaries alive with mud-loving species.

The groups which especially give character to
the fauna are the coelenterates, polyclads, nemer-
teans, bryozoans, echinoderms, chitons, gastro-
])ods, ])olychaets, the higher Crustacea, and the
tunicates. Among actinians, Evactis, Epiactis,
Urticina, and Corynactis are the high lights. The
solitary coral, Balanophyllia, is abundant. There
are about ninety species of hydroids, and Sc\|ihn-
zoa are represented by Aurelia, Chry,saora, and
Pelagia. Siphonophores and ctenophores are
occasionally conmion but of uncertain occurrence.

For experimental biology an abundance of sea
urchins (Sirongylocciitrotus purpitratus and fran-
ciscainis) is available. The sea star, Patina
miiiiata, is equally good. Lcl^tasterias acqualis and
Ilcuricia Icvhtscitla brood their eggs. The same is
true of the small holothurians, Cncuinaria ciirata
and Tliyoiicpsnhts nutricns.

There are upward of fifty species of chitons,
the largest, Crypfochiton stcllcri. reaching a length
of twelve or fifteen inches. Urosobranch and
nudibranch gastropods abound. The large alialone
(Ihdiotis) is the outstanding mollu.sc of the coast.
Dorrd nudibranchs are conspicuous for their size
and lirillinnt coloring. The Iiav teems with squid

70

THE COLLECTING NET

[Vol. VL No. 43

in spring and summer, and octopus, which is
common but not easy to procure, reaches a weight
of forty pounds.

Among the polychaets are numerous representa-
tives of Halosydna, Polynot, Nereis, Leodice,
Lumbrinereis, Glycera and Amphitrite. A showy
sabelHd EudistyHa, is abundant, while every rock
pool is alive with serpulids. Arcnicola is less
easily procured. A big echiuroid, Urcchis caiipo,
is an almost perfect type for experimentation, and
its large clear eggs can be procured without injury
to the animal. Sipunculids are abundant and
large. Conditions appear to be ideal for flat-
worms and nemerteans. Bryozoa, especially the
encrusting forms, are conspicuous and complete
for available surface with sponges and very
thrifty compound ascidians.

Among the Crustacea the crabs are most con-
spicuous, but of more interest are the primitive
burrowing shrimps, Callianassa and L^pogebia.
Emerita is abundant as are also pagurids and
several mysids. Barnacles of several species are
very abundant on the granite and, of course,
swarms of isopods and amphipods.

Mention should be made of the hag-fish. Polis-
totrema, of the chimaeroid, Chimaera coUiei, and
of the midshipman, Porichtliys notaius, which is
equally interesting for its conveniently deposited
eggs and numerous photogenic organs.

The plankton of the bay is rich in larval forms
and protozoa.

Bringing students in contact with this world
is a major concern of the Station, as is a more
formal study of the interrelationships of the
plants, animals, and physical environment under-
taken by Prof. George E. MacGinitie. No better
introduction to biology has been found than
scientific natural history (ecology). Yet no one
man is equipped to cover the whole field in its
technical aspects. There is work here for every-
one. The extreme richness of shore life in the
Monterey region as well as the great diversity in
the shore itself are among the principal assets of
the Station.

Dr. Harold Mestre is attacking the complex
problem of photosynthesis from the photo-
chemical standpoint. Abundant marine algae,
some growing in thin sheets like sea lettuce
(Ulva), and some of the minute single-celled
forms, furnish ideal material for this work.

Light does not pass through water as it does
through air, but is rapidly absorbed. The red
rays can penetrate only a few fathoms, while the
blue and violet go farthest— to about one-fourth
of a mile in very clear water with the sun directly
over head to avoid loss liy reflection. This pene'-
tration of light is being studied by Dr. Mestre
with a submarine spectrograph in order to deter-
mine the effects of the energy sujiply nn the

abundance of sea life.

Still another interesting problem is that of the
effect of ultra-violet light upon the organism
itself. For instance, it has already been found
that the unfertilized eggs of a marine worm
Urcchis canpo, can lie made to develo]j and grow
for several days when irradiated. This fact ofifers
a new approach to the old question of partheno-
genesis made so famous by the work of Jacques
Loeb which was done on this very spot.

Investigations into the nature of photosynthesis
have been confined to this process in green plants,
because until recently it had not been elsewhere
recognized. But a group of bacteria, known as
purple bacteria, can build up living matter out of
inorganic constituents under the influence of light.
This type of photosynthesis has been intensively
studied by Dr. C. B. van Niel. It is of especial
interest in this connection that the "purples" have
probably acquired their photosynthetic power in-
dependently of the green ]ilants and that they do
it differently. Ordinary plants use carbon dioxide
and water in the presence of light ; the "purples"
substitute hydrogen sulphide for water — a very
remarkable difference.

The ultimate aim of studies on photo.synthesis
is to understand the mechanism of the process to
the end that we may he enabled to carry out this
reaction without the aid of living plants. Our
concepts of this mechanism have already under-
gone some changes as a result of the investigation
of bacterial photosynthesis, and the time docs
not seem too far off, in Dr. van Niel's opinion,
when we will be able in the laboratory to repro-
duce the conditions under which it occurs in
plants.

Since 1919 the California State Fish and Gam-
Commission has made the Agassiz Laboratory its
headquarters for the study of the sardine. This
work is quite independent of its cooperation in
the Oceanological Survey.

Some long-continued work by Dr. Heath on
the embryonic development of marine organisms
and by Dr. Fisher on the classification and ana-
tomy of marine animals has more technical than
popular appeal. For over thirty years Dr. F. M.
McFarland has studied the delicnt- nud'liranr'i
molluscs of the coast and Mrs. McFarland has
painted their portraits. Space is not available to
catalog the research done by biologists of other
institutions who have availed themselves of the
Station's facilities. They include, among others,
such old friends as J. H. Ashworth, H. B. Bige-
lovv^, Calvin Bridges, W. R. Coe, E. G. Conkiin,
B. M. Davis, P. S. Galtsofl^, Torsten Gislen, Ber-
til Hanstrom. Libbie Hyman, J. S. Kingsley,
Harold Kylin, F. R. Lillie, Albert Mann, Otto L.
Mohr. A. R. Moore. T. H. Morgan, Joseph
Needham, H. H. Newman, A. C. Redfield, A. H.
Sturtevant, David Tennent.

Iri-Y II, 1 931 ]

The permanent staff consists of W. K. Fisher,
Trofessor of Zoology; Harold Heath, Professor
111' Iinil)ryology ; George E. MacGinitie, Assistant
Professor of Zoology; Harold Mestre, Assistant
Professor of Biophysics; Tage Skogsberg. Asso-

THE COLLECTING NET

71

ciate Professor of Marine Biology and Oceano-
graphy; C. V. Taylor, Herstein Professor of
Biology; C. B. van Niel, Associate Professor of
Microbiology; Tadaichi Hashimoto and Danella
Straup Cope, Research Chemists.

COMMENTS ON THE LECTURE OF PROFESSOR E. B. WILSON

( C ntinued from Page 65 )

I Ascaris and Drosophila when astral rays are
lacking. The various stages in the move-
ment of the large and clearly defined cen-
trosomes about the nucleus, until they reach
(.pposite poles, were clearly shown in Ascaris sper-
matocytes. The presence of hundreds of mitoses,
all in al)out the same stage, in the egg of Droso-
phila affords an excellent opportunity to study
the mitotic figure. Here Professor Wilson was
able to dsmonstrate the successive stages in the
division and movements of the centrosome and
its derivatives, and to show the variations which
appear in the process The preparations of Droso-
jjhila were made by Dr. Huettner and will serve
him as the basis of a report to be given later this
summer.

Professor Wilson pointed out in the beginniuT
that there is nothing new in the major features of
centrosome phenomena reported and that these
were beautifully worked out by the early masters
of cytology — 15overi, van Beneden, Flemming and
others. Because of the minute size of the central
bodies and the difficulty of observing them, there
have always been doubts as to th-^ir reality, and
th'se jiersist to the present day. It was Profes-
sor Wilson's desire to remove any uncertainty
ni his own mind that led him to take up once

more a subject which has been of great interest
to him from the time when he contributed to the
overthrow of Fol's theory of the "quadrille of the
centers." No one is better qualified by experi-
ence and ability to discuss th's subject, and Pro-
fessor Wilson presented a demonstration of un-
questionable clearness that in the forms studied
the central bodies are realities, with a well defined
and constant cycle of mitotic changes. So far as
conditions in the spermatocyte of Ascaris are con-
cerned, I can confirm them by observations upon
Orthopteran cells. Except for relative sizes there
is practically no difference in the two widely re-
moved species. One familiar with such material
can have no doubt of the reality and constancy
of the central bodies in the male germ cells of
animals. If, however, there are still those who
doubt the e.xistence of such relatively large bodies
as the chromosomes, despite their demonstration
in the living condition by various means, it will
doubtless be long before there is agreement re-
garding the nature of the minute central bodies.
Their demonstration in the living cond't'on would
do somrthing" to lessen uncertainty regarding them
and it is to lie hoped that Professor Wils^Mi may
be able to add this bit of evidence to the large
mass which he has alreadv accumulated.

THE ARCHITECTURE OF THE HEPATIC CELLS OF AMPHIUMA

Dr. Arthur W. Poi.i.isti.r
Instructor in T-oology. Cnluuihia University

The tissues of Amphiuma are exceptionally fine
material for cytological studies; first, because this
animal has the largest cells of any Vertebrate ;
and second, because, like most Amphibia, it seems
to be especially suital)le for successful application
of technical methods for study of the tissues.

In the present study the material was prepared
by .standard technical methods for the general
histological picture, by the special methods of
Benda and Kull for demonstration of mitochon-
dria, and by the Kolatchef process for blackening
the Golgi apparatus with osmic acid.

The liver of Am])hiuma has laree, irreTularlv
polyhedral glandular cells, the relationship of
which to one another is much like that of the cells
of the mammalian liver. Most of the bile canali-
culi are tubes formed by the apposit'on of parallel
grooves in the surfaces of two contiguous cells.
The ducts are all of practically the same diamet"r.
They .Tnaslomose extensivelv to form a complex

network, from which project many short side
branches that end blindly. The canaliculi may
occur on any part of the cell, except that they
are never on a surface that is adjacent to a blood
capillary. At places the network of canaliculi is
continuous with the smaller ducts of the liver and
through this duct system the secretory product
ultimately reaches the hepatic duct. In addition
to these intercellular canaliculi bounded by two
hepatic cells, there are ducts that are intracellular,
actually penetrating the cytoplasm of tiie liver
cell. Thee are of the same inside diameter as
the intercellular canaliculi and are always con-
nected with them. The most frequent condition
is for the intracellular duct to extend through the
cell and open into the intercellular canaliculi at
opposite sides of the cell. Not infrequently this
intracellular tube has a short s'de branch, and ex-
c-ptionallv a rather extensively branched system
is seen. That the duct is actuallv intracellular.

72

THE COLLECTING NET

[Vol. VL No. 43

and not merely an intercellular duct seen at the
upper surface of a cell, is evident from the oc-
currence of sections of cells in which the nucleus
is seen at the same level as the intracellular duct,
since the nucleus is never at the surface of the
hepatic cell.

A study of the details of structure shows that
the two types of canaliculi are somewhat dif-
ferent, ihe material prepared by the Benda
method is most useful for this study, al-
though it can also be made out in material fixed
in Helly's fluid and stained with iron hematu.xy-
lin, or in that prepared by the KuU process. In
Benda material the cell boundary shows a double
la\er, an outer very thin line that stains heavily
with the crystal violet and an inner thicker zone
stained with the alizarin. The walls of the inter-
cellular ducts are composed of both these layers,
as would be expected from the fact that they
are morphologically only spaces between two cells.
The intracellular ducts, however, have walls com-
posed of the purple-staining membrane only. An-
other feature characteristic of the intracellular
ducts is the presence, a short distance outside the
margin of the wall, of a row of small granules
that stain faintly with the crystal violet. These
must certainly surround the entire circumference
of the duct, but I have not been able to see them
when focussing above or below it, probalily be-
cause they are so small and so faintly stained.

This duct system is peculiar to liver cells. In
most glands there are tubules or acini in which
several cells surround the lumen into which the
secretion is passed, and in such a case only the
tip of each cell is in contact with the lumen. In
these cells we find the Golgi apparatus always ly-
ing adjacent to the lumen, in the region where the
secretion is being formed, a relationship that has
been held to lie circumstantial evidence that this
cell component is in some way concerned with
the synthesis of the secretory prcduct. This topo-
graphical relationship is very much more striking
in the liver cells of Amphiuma. Here the region
where the visible evidence of the synthesis of the
secretory product first appears is not merely at
one point in the cell, but is a zone adjacent to
the bile canaliculi. The Golgi apparatus in these
liver cells alwa\s lies along these complex secre-
tory zones, and is never found in any other part
of the cell. It seems to be an irregular network
a short distance inward from the surface grooves
and surrounding the intracellular canaliculi.

Another constant feature of the structure of
these hepatic cells of Amphiuma is the presence
of one or m ire clusters of fat droplets. These
are gray after treatment with two per cent osm'c
acid in the Kolatchef method. The bhi^k'^nin'j
is removed l)y the standard treatment with rect'-
fied tu'pentine, which leaves the intense black of
the Golgi apparatus unaffected. The f?t drop-
lets have a very definite orientation in the cell.
Thev are apparently never found at any place

except that part of the cell adjacent to a blood
capillary. This relationship of the fat droplets
to the capillaries is especially emphasized by the
fact that all the cells adjacei'.t to a capillary show
fat droplets in the part near it. Only a small
percentage of the cells are found with a cluster of
fat droplets and no capillary visible in the imme-
diate vicinity, and these are easily explained by
the vagaries of sectioning.

The mitochondria of the hepatic cells of
Amphiuma, when properly fixed, are all of the
filamentous type generally characteristic of ver-
tebrate glandular tissues. The filaments are all
of the same diameter, but there are a long and
a short type that are clearly distinct in their dis-
triliution. In the general cytoplasm, away from
the nucleus, adjacent to the blood capillaries and
to contiguous liver cells, there are very long
chondrioconts that are relatively few in number.
In the zone around the nucleus and frequently in
another region around the intracellular canaliculi
are dense clusters of very much shorter mito-
chondria. Those in the vicinity of the intercellu-
lar ducts are also mostly of the .short type, but
they are not concentrated as in the other two
localities.

Some of those who have worked on the Golgi
apparatus of liver cells have found it to he lo-
cated as I have just described in Amphiuma,
while others have found it to l)e a juxta-nuclear
mass, as it is so frequently in other gland cells.
It appears to me possilile that the following may
explain this discrepancy. It is well known that
the mitochondria are often blackened Iiy methods
used for the demonstration of the Golgi ap))ara-
tus. Indeed, in Amphiuma, in which the Golgi
apparatus reaction to osmic acid is the most posi-
tive I have ever seen, cells are occasionally found
in which the mitochondria also are blackened. If
it happened that this reaction occurred very
strongly in the den^e juxta-nuclear zone of chon-
driosomes, rather than in what I have described
as the real Golgi substance along the bile canali-
culi, the result would be a demonstration of a
l)lackened mass which could be easily interpreted
as a Golgi apparatus adjacent to the nucleus.

I wish to point out also what may possibly be
a wider significance of studies on liver cells.
Some workers on gland cell structure have come
to the conclusion that the typical pictures of the
Golgi apparatus are due to the impregnation of
mitochondria in the so-called secretogenous zone
of the cell, and they have produced as evidence
e.\am])les of perfect impregnation of mitochon-
dria in this region. Now in such cells the sec-
retogenous zone, between the nucleus and the
lumen, really has two topographical relationships.
It is a region where secretory products first he-
come visible, and it is also a region close to the
nucleus. In the hepatic cells of Amphiuma these
two regions are ohviouslv quite separate and it
seems clear that the ju.xta-nuclear region is

July ii, 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

7Z

characterized especially by the presence of a dense of view may offer an approach to resolving the

mass of mitochondria, while the secretogenous confusion that exists today with regard to the

zone is primarily the location of the Golgi ap- true structure of the secretogenous zone of typi-

paratus. It seems to me possible that this point cal glandular epithelial cells.

REVIEW OF THE SEMINAR REPORT OF DR. POLLISTER

Dr. H. W. Beams
Assistant Professor of Zoology, University of Iowa
Dr. Pollister's interesting paper on the archi- theory of Schafer. It would also be of particu-

tecture of the hepatic cells of Amphiuma sheds
considerable light upon tlie long existing contro-
versy as to whether or not there really exists in
the hepatic cells a definite system of intracellular
l)ile canal iculi. It was long ago suggested by
.students of the liver cell that a system of intra-
cellular bile canaliculi could be demonstrated by
the application of the impregnation methods of sil-
ver nitrate, and the administration through the
hepatic duct of a variety of injection fluids. How-
ever, the conception of intracellular bile canaliculi
has not been widely accepted and recent his-
tologists have seriously questioned this interpreta-
tion. Maximow ('30), for instance, states that
the view of intracellular bile canaliculi is incor-
rect and what has been described as ir.tracellular
canals is probably part of the Golgi network.
Others have suggested that the so-called intra-
cellular bile capillaries demonstrated by the injec-
tion methods are simply artifacts, in the sense
that the cell has been ruptured by the pressiu'c
developed in the process of administering the in-
jection fluid. While still other histologists seem
to interpret the intracellular Ijile canaliculi as tem-
jjorar)- phases of functional activity, accompany-
ing the discharge of secretion.

The findings of Dr. Pollister in the hepatic cells
of Amphiuma demonstrate clearly, and beyond
doubt, the presence of a permanent system of
intracellular bile canaliculi. His observations are
indeed important. They should go a long way
to help clear up the present controversy concern-
ing the presence of intracellular bile canaliculi, at
least to the extent that they do exist in certain
types of liver cells. Just how general this con-
dition may be found to exist in the hepatic cells
of other animals remains to be proved.

It was of particular interest to the reviewer to
note that Dr. Pollister did not observe a network
of fine intracellular blood capillaries in the liver
cells of Amphiuma, as described by Schafer for
the liver cells of the rabbit. There has always
been much skepticism expressed as regards the
interpretation of Schafer; notwithstanding the
apparent ease with which he and his students have
been able to inject these capillaries, even to the
extent of demonstrating them within the nucleus.
Inasmuch as the liver cell of Amphiuma has
proved such excellent material for tiie demonstra-
tion of the intracellular bile canaliculi it might
likewise be assumed to prove favoralile material
upon which to repeat the methods, and test the

lar interest to some to know just what relation-
ship, if any, the intracellular bile canaliculi bear
to the "trophospongium" (nutritive canals) of
Holmgren.

The distribution of the Golgi apparatus in the
hepatic cells of Amphiuma, in juxtaposition to
the intercellular and intracellular bile canaliculi,
which marks the secretogenous zone for bile at
least, is of great interest in view of the current
conceptions of secretion. The striking topo-
graphical relationship of the Golgi apparatus to
the intercellular and intracellular bile canaliculi
seems to ofi^er strong support to the current
theory that the Golgi apparatus plays an im-
portant role in secretion. However, since the
liver cells perform so many diverse functions, and
since any one of the cells is presumably capable
of performing all of the functions, it becomes
difficult to correlate the presumed formation of
the synthetic products of the liver, on the basis of
the Golgi apparatus theory of secretion. If the
Golgi apparatus constitutes the secretory route of
the cell, one should expect to find soine such ar-
rangement as that described in the thyroid gland
by Cowflry where the Golgi apparatus shows a
reversal in polarity. Ll^nless some cytological ex-
planation is given to account for the presumed
endocrine-like function of the liver, it seems that
we are not justified, for the present at least, in
concluding that the Golgi apparatus is the single
synthetic center of the cell. Furthermore, it is of
interest to note that the Golgi apparatus in the
salivary glands of the Chironomus larva show
apparently no relationship to the intracellular,
secretory ducts (Krjukowa). It would seem
therefore, as Dr. Pollister has clearly pointed out,
that the relationship of the Golgi apparatus to the
formation of secretion (bile) in the liver is at
present circumstantial. However, it is very prob-
able that the relationship of the Golgi apparatus
to the iiitercellular and intracellular bile canaliculi
actuallv signifies a definite physiological associa-
tion rpther than a chance position. Rut just how
general this condition may 'be found in other se-
creting cells remains to be proved.

The obsei-vations of Dr. Pollister on the
mitochondria in the liver cells show quite clear-
ly that they are discrete structures and do not be-
come hypertrophied to form the Golgi apparatus
as claimed by Parat. As a matter of fact the
mitochondria in the ''zone of Golgi" are composed
mostly of short rods, a condition quite different
from the "active" chondriosomes of Parat.

74

THE COLLECTING NET

[Vol. VL No. 43

An interesting phase of the study of the Golgi
apparatus upon which Dr. Pollister did not report,
and which might profitably be investigated in the
liver cells, especially in view of the recent findings
of Dornesco, is whether or not the Golgi appar-
atus is the same as the neutral-red-staining vacu-

ome of Parat. Also, if not identical, what is the
topographical relationship which exists between
tlie Golgi apparatus and the neutral red bodies of
Makarov and of Ludford, who assume that the
neutral red bodies are formed by the influence of
the Golgi apparatus.

EFFECTS OF HYDROGEN ION CONCENTRATION AND SALT CONCENTRATION ON
THE OXYGEN DISSOCIATION CONSTANT OF HEMOCYANIN

Dr. Alfred C. Redfield
Professor of Physiology, Harvard University

One of the incentives for the study of hemo-
cyanins has been the hope that in this group of
pigments conditions would be found which are
suificiently at variance with those characterizing
hemoglobin and also sufficiently simple, to enable
further light to be thrown on the mechanism by
which oxygen is transported in the lilood.

In the case of three hemocyanins, that of
Helix, Busycon and Limulus, a system is obtained
when the pigments are purified which has a
rather simple behavior in its relation to oxygen.
The equilibrium proceeds as though the hemo-
cyanin unites with one atom of oxygen to form
oxy-hemocyanin in accordance with the mass law.
One may consequently deal with the factors in-
fluencing the oxygen equilibrium in a very defi-
nite way, because one can state their etTect in
terms of the oxygen dissociation constant.

The change in the o.xygen dissociation constant

REVIEW OF THE SEMINAR

Dr. F
Professor of Zoo/o,

It has been said that hemogloliin is the most
interesting substance in the world. Heniocyanin
now shares some of that interest. Dr. Red.ield.
more than anyone else, has contriluited to our
knowledge of the function of heniocyanin in ma-
rine organisms. He It's shown that the same
general physico-chemical jirinciples which apply
to the function of hemoglobin are likewise ap-
plicalile to the function nf heniocyanin.

There are several points that come to one's mind
in comparing the function of heniocyanin with
hemoglobin. Does hemocyanin behave quantita-
tivcl\- in the san-e manner when isolated from
the iilood and purified as it does in its natural
environment? It is well known that the dissocia-
tion of oxygen from purified h'^mosrlobin is quite
unlike that of hemoglobin within the intact cor-
puscle in whole iilood. Since heniocyanin is car-
ried in the plasma one would not expect such a
great diff^erence as in the case of hemogloliin. Dr.
Redfield's data indicate such a condition to obtain,
and it is very likely that his studies give us a
true picture of the function of hemocyanin in
nature.

To one interested in marine problems a com-
parison of the function of hemocyanin and hemo-
globin is of interest because each makes use of a
metal, copper and iron respectively, which are rel-
atively very rare elements in sea water. In most

of Busycon heniocyanin with varying hydrogen
ion concentration may be explained on the as-
sumption that the neutralization of certain acid
or base binding groups produces a hemocyanin
salt with an oxygen dissociation constant differ-
ent from that characterizing the acidic (or basic)
form of the hemocyanin. The relation between
hydrogen ion concentration and the value of the
o.xygen dissociation constant may be described by
the equation developed by Ferry and Green in
connection with an analagous treatment of the
problem in the case of hemoglobin. The presence
of NaCl at 0.3 molar concentration does not in-
fluence the form of the oxygen dissociation curve
and has little or no effect upon the value of the
oxygen dissociation constant of the hemocyanin
or its salt, but changes by about one and a half
pH units the reaction at which occurs the forma-
tion of the supposed hemocyanin salt.

REPORT OF DR. REDFIELD

G. Hall

.Cy, Duke University

analyses they are only reported as traces. Yet in
the blood of Molluscs, Arthropods, and Verte-
brates one or the other of these two metals are
the essential- element of the respiratory pigment
and organisms seem well .supplied with them. A
study of the copper and iron cycle in sea water
would perhaps be worth while.

The problem of the influence of temperature on
the function of hemocyanin, alluded to by Dr.
Redfield, is still an open one. It is in about
the same state of solution as in the case of hemo-
globin. We do not yet know the mechanism by
which oxygen is unloaded from either hemocya-
nin or hemoglobin at the low temperature at
which many marine animals live. Dr. Redfield
has shown in a previous study that squid, for ex-
ample, are dependent upon heniocyanin for their
oxygen supply. They cannot maintain themselves
on the oxygen physically dissolved in the blood
plasma. Thus in animals living in an environ-
ment low in temperature it would appear that the
respiratory pigment has some special way of giv-
ing up its oxygen to the tissues. The fact that
salts have very little effect on the oxygen dis-
sociation of hemocyanin is advantageous to ani-
mals that live in the sea.

Finally, one is led to conclude that Dr. Redfield
has made significant contributions to both general
and comparative physiology.

U'LY II, I93I ]

THE COLLECTING NET

75

THE COURSE IN INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY AT THE MARINE
BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY

Dr. James A. Dawson

Assistant Professor of Zoology, College of the City of Neiv York

Director of the Course

Field Work: This has always been em-
phasized in this course and, it is felt, rightly
so. In the field the student sees the animal
in its noi'mal surroundings and the greatest
freedom is given for the study of any phase
of the activities of marine littoral animals.
The organization of the field woi'k has so
far as the equipment, method of division of
the class under instructors and localities
visited, been continued largely as described
in Allee's account. In 1926 Crane's wharf
was removed and field trips to Nobska or
Quissett have been substituted.

As an illustration of the schedule of field
trips that of 1928 is given. Those of the
other years are essentially similar, the only
differences being the diflferent dates and oc-
casionally somewhat diflFerent localities, both
occasioned by local conditions of tide or
weather.

Field Trip Schedule for 1928

June 30, Saturday — Protozoa Collecting
Trip — Fresh, Brackish and Salt Water.
Start 9.00 A.M.; Return 11.00 A.M.

July 5, Thursday — Quissett Harbor — Flats
and Rocks — Digging, etc. Low tide — 3.37
P. M. Start 1.30 P. M. ; Return 4.30 P. M.

July 7, Saturday — Vineyard Haven Wharf
Piles — Pile Scraping. Low tide — 8.50 A.
M. Start 8.15 A. M. ; Return 11.30 A. M.

July 11, Wednesday — (omitted)

July 14, Saturday — Hadley Harbor Flats —

Digging, etc. Low tide— 3.01 P. M. Start

12.30 P.M.; Return 4.30 P.M.
July 21, Saturday — Dredging in Vineyard

Sound. Group I— Start 9.30 A. M. Group

II— Start 2.00 P. M.
July 25, Wednesday — Study of Tow in the

Laboratory. Start 2.00 P.M.
July 28, Saturday — North Falmouth — Rocks,

Flats— Digging, etc. Low tide — 12.04 P.

M. Start 9.30 A. M. ; Return 4.00 P. M.
August 1, Wednesday — Nobska — Rocks, et".

Low tide— 3.10 P.M. Start 1.45 P.M.

Return 4.45 P. M.
August 4, Saturday — Class picnic.

Special attention has of late years been
paid to the collection and identification of
protozoan species from the varied fresh,
brackish and salt water habitats at Woods
Hole. The summarized account of results
of field work has been kept for the last four

years. This is a list showing the protozoa
identified from eight ponds ranging, from
fresh water (nos. 1, 2, 3), brackish (nos. 4,
5, 7, 8) to salt (no. 8). On each trip for
the past four years the class has been di-
vided into two groups of four teams each.
Each group made collections from four of
the sources listed. A very representative
sampling was made as each team collected
from a different region of the pond in ques-
tion. Upon the return to the laboratory all
samples made by each group from any given
pond were put in a large clean crystallizing
dish which was carefully labelled as to
source of material for identification. Dur-
ing the study of collected protozoa all in-
structors were present and for each year
except 1930 Dr. Mary S. MacDougall, for
several years instructor in charge of the
laboratory work in the Protozoology course,
very kindly aided in the identification of the
rarer or more difficult species. As there is
not a published check list of protozoan
species from these sources for the Woods
Hole Region it is hoped that this list will
have a definite value. The ponds are men-
tioned by names used by both the members
of the Invertebrate Zoology and the Proto-
zoology courses and are well known locally.
Representative samples in separate clean
bottles were taken by instructors from each
pond during all of the years in question and
pH readings were made colorime: trically
immediately upon return from the trip.
These readings are also given in the list.
The classification used follows Calkins
(1926)'-. This list is available for consul-
tation by workers at Woods Hole and it is
proposed to leave copies of it in the Library
for reference at any time.

The check list of Invertebrate species has
been revised three times since 1922. The
second of these revisions in 1927 was made
for the purpose of bringing the nomencla-
ture up to date and the staff was fortunate
in securing for the checking of this work
the services of authorities in the systemat-
ics of nearly all the phyla represented. The
number of species in the present check list
is 318. In the report of Sumner, Osburn
and Cole'-' the total listed number of inver-
tebrate species for the Woods Hole region is
1286. Since in the extensive work of that

* Continued from last number.

THE COLLECTING NET

[Vol. VL No. 43

report much greater areas were covered and
most of the collecting was done by dredging
it is felt that in making the acquaintance of
25% of the fauna recorded in the 1911 re-
port the members of the Invertebrate Zo-
ology class get a fairly complete picture of
the entire littoral fauna of the region. As
has been emphasized before (Allee, 1922) oc-
casionally new records for the Woods Hole
region are added. What is much more val-
uable is the constant checking over of abund-
ance of forms useful to the research worker.
For instance, it was found dui-ing the sum-
mer of 1928 that the aberrant and interest-
ing cirratulid worm, Dodecaceria conchanim,
was present in large numbers. This species
is relatively little known at Woods Hole and
had never before been identified in the work
of the course. It is at present being used
as research material by one of the members
of the staff. Other instances similar to this
can easily be cited.

The custom of providing each student
with a revised check list of the species which
have been taken in other years by members
of the course at Woods Hole has been con-
tinued but the procedure after field trips has
been considerably modified during the last
eight years. Instead of writing a list on the
blackboard each instructor checks over the
record sheet of the day with members of his
team. During this checking process any un-
identified or provisionally identified speci-
mens deemed sufficiently interesting or im-
portant to bring into the laboratory are
looked at again for more complete study or
final identification. Immediately after all
final identifications are made the composite
field record for the trip is compiled from the
individual team records and posted in the
laboratory. This has been done for everv
field trip' since 1922. As a result, a check
list showing at a glance the relative abund-
ance of common littoral forms from seven
different but renresentative localities at
Woods Hole for the years 1922 to 1930, in-
clusive, has been compiled and conies of this
list are available at any time. This list sup-
plements the annotated catalogue made by
Allee" ('23a) and nlaced bv him in several
institutions. The data of this list have also
furnished interesting comparisons of the
distribution from year to year and have fur-
nished some evidence as to the effect of tem-
nerature on the abundance of littoral forms
in this region.

As a result of past experience with the
so-called "question-mark" bottle whifh fre-
quently dropped entirely out of sight, or,
having been filled with animals more or less
mutually antagonistic was often found upon

examination to contain only animal debris,
the device of providing one set of bottles and
vials of suitable sizes to fit into a specially
constructed carrying case has been used
since 1927. In such a convenient set car-
ried by one member of the team a suitable
receptacle for one or more of each species
studies was provided. As a result, without
waste of time, there was immediately avail-
able for further study representatives of the
entire list checked in the field by any team.
During 1928 for example, following the
North Falmouth field trip a special demon-
stration of representative species, about 150
in number, was made in the entrance hall of
the new main building. This representative
collection of species from the richest collect-
ing area in the vicinity of Woods Hole re-
ceived a very careful inspection and several
requests were made by research workers for
the use of extra specimens.

Two important modifications closely re-
lated to the field work have been made in re-
cent years. Beginning in the year 1923
members of the class made individual studies
of selected areas of Quissett Harbor. This
region was surveyed and an outline map
drawn to scale by Drs. D. B. Young and J.
A. Dawson. On this map the areas were
outlined and assigned to small groups of
members of the class. A selected list of 50
to 60 representative species taken in previ-
ous field trips at this locality was made and
students were required to check quantita-
tively the distribution of these within the
given area. The combined reports were kept
as a matter of record. This ecological field
work was done during the latter half of the
course at which time each student was fa-
miliar, from previous field trips and from
study in the laboratory with all the species
on the list. No supervision on the part of
the instructors was practised but the entire
woi'k lasting usually about two weeks, was
left to the initiative of individual membei's
of each team. It was felt that this independ-
ent work on the part of students formed a
valuable part of a course in which initiative
on the part of the students is encouraged in
all aspects of class work.

During the years 1927 and 1928 a modifi-
cation of this type of work was made. A
list of species, one for each member of the
class was chosen from the field check list.
Forms occurring relatively ra'-elv were
avoided but from tho^e found fairlv fre-
quently a careful selection was made.
Especiallv inclusions of snecies which offer
special difficulties in field identification we^'e
made. One species was assigned to each
member of the class after the second week

U'LY II, 193 1 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

75

THE COURSE I.N INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY AT THE MARINE
BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY

Dr. James A. Dawson

Assistant Professor of Zoology, College of the City of Nezv York

Director of the Course

Field Work: This has always been em-
phasized in this course and, it is felt, rightly
so. In the field the student sees the animal
in its normal surroundings and the greatest
freedom is given for the study of any phase
of the activities of marine littoral animals.
The organization of the field work has so
far as the equipment, method of division of
the class under instructors and localities
visited, been continued largely as described
in Allee's account. In 1926 Crane's wharf
was removed and field trips to Nobska or
Quissett have been substituted.

As an illustration of the schedule of field
trips that of 1928 is given. Those of the
other years are essentially similar, the only
differences being the different dates and oc-
casionally somewhat diflferent localities, both
occasioned by local conditions of tide or
weather.

Field Trip Schedule for 1928

June 30, Saturday — Protozoa Collecting
Trip — Fresh, Brackish and Salt Water.
Start 9.00 A.M.; Return 11.00 A.M.

July .5, Thursday — Quissett Harbor — Flats
and Rocks — Digging, etc. Low tide — 3.37
P. M. Start 1.30 P. M. ; Return 4.30 P. M.

July 7, Saturday — Vineyard Haven Wharf
Piles — Pile Scraping. Low tide — 8.50 A.
M. Start 8.15 A. M.; Return 11.30 A. M.

July 11, Wednesday — (omitted)

July 14, Saturday — Hadley Harbor Flats —

Digging, etc. Low tide— 3.01 P. M. Start

12.30 P. M. ; Return 4.30 P. M.
July 21, Saturday — Dredging in Vineyard

Sound. Group I— Start 9.30 A. M. Group

II— Start 2.00 P. M.
July 25, Wednesday — Study of Tow in the

Laboratory. Start 2.00 P.M.
July 28, Saturday — North Falmouth — Rocks,

Flats — Digging, etc. Low tide — 12.04 P.

M. Start 9.30 A. M. ; Return 4.00 P. M.
August 1, Wednesday — Nobska — Rocks, et-'.

Low tide— 3.10 P.M. Start 1.45 P.M.

Return 4.45 P. M.
August 4, Saturday — Class picnic.

Special attention has of late years been
paid to the collection and identification of
protozoan species from the varied fresh,
brackish and salt water habitats at Woods
Hole. The summarized account of results
of field work has been kept for the last four

years. This is a list showing the protozoa
identified from eight ponds ranging, from
fresh water (nos. 1, 2, 3), brackish (nos. 4,
5, 7, 8) to salt (no. 8). On each trip for
the past four years the class has been di-
vided into two groups of four teams each.
Each group made collections from four of
the sources listed. A very representative
sampling was made as each team collected
from a different region of the pond in ques-
tion. Upon the return to the laboratory all
samples made by each group from any given
pond were put in a large clean crystallizing
dish which was carefully labelled as to
source of material for identification. Dur-
ing the study of collected protozoa all in-
structors were present and for each year
except 1930 Dr. Mary S. MacDougall,' for
several years instructor in charge of the
laboratory work in the Protozoology course,
very kindly aided in the identification of the
rarer or more difficult species. As there is
not a published check list of pi'otozoan
species from these sources for the Woods
Hole Region it is hoped that this list will
have a definite value. The ponds are men-
tioned by names used by both the members
of the Invei-tebrate Zoology and the Proto-
zoology courses and are well known locally.
Representative samples in separate clean
bottles were taken by instructors from each
pond during all of the years in question and
pH readings were made coloi-ime: trically
immediately upon return from the trip.
These readings are also given in the list.
The classification used follows Calkins
(1926)'-. This list is available for consul-
tation by workers at Woods Hole and it is
proposed to leave copies of it in the Library
for reference at any time.

The check list of Invertebrate snecies has
been revised three times since 1922. The
second of these revisions in 1927 was made
for the purpose of bringing the nomencla-
ture up to date and the staff was fortunate
in securing for the checking of this work
the services of authorities in the systemat-
ics of nearly all the phyla represented. The
number of species in the present check list
is 318. In the report of Sumner, Osburn
and Cole" the total listed number of inver-
teb'-ate snecies for the Woods Hole region is
1286. Since in the extensive work of that

* Continued from last number.

7G

THE COLLECTING NET

[Vol. VL No. 43

report much greater areas were covered and
most of the collecting was done by dredging
it is felt that in making the acquaintance of
25% of the fauna recorded in the 1911 re-
port the members of the Invertebrate Zo-
ology class get a fairly complete picture of
the entire littoral fauna of the region. As
has been emphasized before (Allee, 1922) oc-
casionally new records for the Woods Hole
region are added. What is much more val-
uable is the constant checking over of abund-
ance of forms useful to the research worker.
For instance, it was found during the sum-
mer of 1928 that the aberrant and interest-
ing cirratulid worm, Dodecacena concharum,
was present in large numbers. This species
is relatively little known at Woods Hole and
had never before been identified in the work
of the course. It is at present being used
as research material by one of the members
of the staff. Other instances similar to this
can easily be cited.

The custom of providing each student
with a revised check list of the species which
have been taken in other years by members
of the course at Woods Hole has been con-
tinued but the procedure after field trips has
been considerably modified during the last
eight years. Instead of writing a list on the
blackboard each instructor checks over the
record sheet of the day with members of his
team. During this checking nrocess any un-
identified or provisionally identified speci-
mens deemed sufficiently interesting or im-
portant to bring into the laboratory are
looked at again for more complete study or
final identification. Immediately after all
final identifications are made the composite
field record for the trip is compiled from the
individual team records and posted in the
laboratory. This has been done for every
field trip" since 1922. As a result, a check
list showing at a glance the relative abund-
ance of common littoral forms from seven
diflferent but renresentative localities at
Woods Hole for the years 1922 to 1930, in-
clusive, has been compiled and conies of this
list are available at any time. This list sup-
plements the annotated catalogue made by
Allee" ('23a) and nlaced bv him in several
institutions. The data of this list have a'so
furnished interesting comparisons of the
distribution from year to year and have fur-
nished some evidence as to the eff'ect of tem-
nerature on the abundance of littoral forms
in this region.

As a result of past exnerience with the
so-called "question-mark" bottle which fre-
quently dropped entirely out of sight, or,
having been filled with animals more or less
mutually antagonistic was often found upon

examination to contain only animal debris,
the device of providing one set of bottles and
vials of suitable sizes to fit into a specially
constructed carrying case has been used
since 1927. In such a convenient set car-
ried by one member of the team a suitable
receptacle for one or more of each species
studies was provided. As a result, without
waste of time, there was immediately avail-
able for further study representatives of the
entire list checked in the field by any team.
During 1928 for example, following the
North Falmouth field trip a special demon-
stration of representative species, about 150
in number, was made in the entrance hall of
the new main building. This representative
collection of species from the richest collect-
ing area in the vicinity of Woods Hole re-
ceived a very careful inspection and several
i-equests were made by research workers for
the use of extra specimens.

Two important modifications closely re-
lated to the field work have been made in re-
cent years. Beginning in the year 1923
members of the class made individual studies
of selected areas of Quissett Harbor. This
region was surveyed and an outline map
drawn to scale by Drs. D. B. Young and J.
A. Dawson. On this map the areas were
outlined and assigned to small groups of
members of the class. A selected list of 50
to 60 representative species taken in previ-
ous field trips at this locality was made and
students were required to check quantita-
tively the distribution of these within the
given area. The combined reports were kept
as a matter of record. This ecological field
work was done during the latter half of the
course at which time each student was fa-
miliar, from previous field trins and from
study in the laboratory with all the species
on the list. No supervision on the part of
the instructors was practised but the entire
work lasting usually about two weeks, was
left to the initiative of individual members
of each team. It was felt that this indenend-
ent work on the part of students formed a
valuable part of a course in which initiative
on the part of the students is encouraged in
all aspects of class woi'k.

During the years 1927 and 1928 a modifi-
cation of this type of work was made. A
list of species, one for each member of the
class was chosen from the field check list.
Forms occurring relatively i-arelv were
avoided but from those found fairly fre-
quently a careful selection was made.
Especiallv inclusions of snecies which ofl'er
spe'-ial difficulties in field identification were
made. One species was assigned to each
member of the class after the second week

July ii. 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

81

ITEMS OF

Some of the students in the Course in Emliry-
ology will be interested in opportunities to remain
as assistants during August. If any investiga-
tors desire to make such an arrangement they
may communicate with Dr. H. B. Goodrich,
Room 210 Pjr. 210. The course closes Saturday
July 25 and arrangements should be made as
soon as possible.

Catalogs of chemicals and apparatus may be
obtained from the Apparatus Room of the iVIa-
rine Biological Laboratory which is in Room 216
of the I'jrick Building. The Chemical Room can
not loan its catalogs, because it needs them con-
tinually for reference work.

Miss Jeannette Hegner has been awarded a fel-
lowship to study history in Rome. She is going
this I'all and will be abroad a whole year.

Dr. Hettie Chute has been promoted from in-
structor to assistant professor of botany at the
New Jersey College for Women.

Mr. Herbert H. Harris, who took the course
in physiology at the Laboratory in 1928, and
Walter Garrey, visited Woods Hole for several
days. They are spending their brief vacation in
their boat, taking various cruises to the south of
the Cape and up around the north shore. Both
men graduated from Harvard Medical School
(Mr. Garrey, cum laudc) and they will begin
their internships next year. Mr. Harris goes to
Presbyterian Hospital in New York, and Mr.
Garrey to the Massachusetts General Hospital.

MT. DESERT ISLAND BIOLOGICAL
LABORATOKY

The annual Laboratory picnic was held at the
home of Dr. and Mrs. Warre i H. Lewis on the
Fourth of July.

The fir.st lecture in the Popular Lecture Course
will be given on July i6th, by Professor Ulric
Dahlgren of Princeton LTniversity. His subject
is "Electric Fishes". The second lecture will be
opj "Inflammation" and will be given by Dr.
Jos''])h McFarland of the Universitv of Pennsyl-
vania.

The first seminar of the season will be held on
Monday, July 13th. Dr. Homer W. Smith of
New York Universitv will describe his experi-
ences in Siam and Malaysia. Lantern slides will
be used.

Dr. James Murrav of the Jackson Memorial
Laboratory, Bar Harbor, gave the second seminar
in the lack.son Memorial Laboratorv series. July
1st. Dr. Murray spoke on "The Efifects of In-
breeding Mice."

FRANCES R. SNOW.

Laboratory Secretary.

INTEREST

The Zoological Field Laboratory, conducted by
the University of Kentucky, will not be in opera-
tion for the next two years, owing to absences on
leave of memljers of the stafif who conduct the
station.

On his return from Nantucket, where he at-
tended a meeting of the Social Science Research
Council, Dr. Adolf Meyer, professor of psychi-
atry at Johns Hopkins University spent a day
visiting several members of the Laboratory.

Father P. H. Yancey, who was an investigator
at the Marine Biological Lalioratory last summer,
received his doctor's degree at St. Louis Uni-
versity in June, He has been appointed professor
of biology and director of the department at
Spring Hill College, Mobile, Alabama.

The group of workers from the Johns Hopkins
L'niversity gathered for a picnic on one of the
beaches in West Falmouth on the evening of
Saturday, July 4th.

Visitors to Woods Hole with out-of-state cars
who expect to remain for a period of more than
thirty days are required to secure a special permit,
according to a new law in Massachusetts. The
l^ermit is free but each operator of a car is re-
quired to give evidence of holding a personal lia-
bility insurance. Blanks to be used in applying
for the special permit will be available at the
Administration Office in the laboratory.

CORNELL UNIVERSITY BIOLOGICAL STATION

Dr. Helen R. Murphy (Cornell '20) is in resi-
dence for a few weeks while finishing two papers :
"Observations and Morphology of the Horned
Toad" and "Notes on the Salpugids." The work
for these was carried on in Albuquerque, New
Mexico. Dr. Murphy leaves the last of July for
China where she is going for a three year period
to teach at Ling-nan College, Canton.

Mr. F. R. Petherbridge, entomologist of Cam-
bridge, England, has been visiting the Depart-
ments of Entomology and Plant Pathology.

Dr. Gordon F. Ferris, Professor of Zoology
at Stanford University, called at the Entomology
Department when in Ithaca recently for the re-
union of the Telluride Association.

Prof. A. H. Wright who is conducting the
West Virginia Traveling Summer School in
Zoology has returned for the opening of the
Cornell Summer Session. Mrs. Wright and Dr.
W. J. Hamilton, Jr. will lead the group in Dr.
Wright's absence.

ELSIE BROUGHTON KLOTS,

Instructor in Limnology.

82

THE COLLECTING NET

[Vol. VL No. 43

TURTOX Cq

Ov J No. 1 Insects
No. 2 Aquatic
Life
No. 3 PlanU

The Sign of the Turtox
Pledges Absolute Satisfaction

^3^

COLLECTOSETS were designed by experienced teachers for the use of
students in field courses.

For a descriptive circular, illustrating and describing each Collectoset
in detail, write to the

General Biological Supply House

incorporated
761-763 EAST SIXTY-NINTH PLACE

CHICAGO

Spalteholz

Transpiarent

Prepiiratiijns

Human

and

Zoological

2:^

xs^

'j.i-

Mmlcl cii iiuiii;!ii ileart

Skeleton of Fish in Case

Models, Specimens,
Charts

for physiology, zoology, botany,
anatomy, embryology, e'c. Cata-
logs will gladly be sent on request.
Please mention name cf school
and subjects taught, to enable
us to send the appropriate
catalog.

Visit our New and Greatly En-
larged Display Rooms and Museum

117-119 EAST Z4th STREET

4

wsmJ-'

•

>

Life History
of Chick"

NEW YORK

July ii. 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

81

ITEMS OF

Some of the students in the Course in Embry-
ology will be interested in opportunities to remain
as assistants during August. If any investiga-
tors desire to make such an arrangement they
may communicate with Dr. H. B. Goodrich,
Room 210 Br. 210. The course closes Saturday
July 25 and arrangements should be made as
soon as possible.

Catalogs of chemicals and apparatus may be
obtained from the Apparatus Room of the Ma-
rine Biological Laboratory which is in Room 216
of the Brick Building. The Chemical Room can
not loan its catalogs, because it needs them con-
tinually for reference work.

Miss Jeannette Hegner has been awarded a fel-
lowship to study history in Rome. She is going
this Fall and will be abroad a whole year.

Dr. Hettie Chute has been promoted from in-
structor to assistant professor of liotany at the
New Jersey College for Women.

Mr. Herbert H. Harris, who took the course
in physiology at the Laboratory in 1928, and
Walter Garrey, visited Woods Hole for several
days. They are spending their brief vacation in
their boat, taking various cruises to the south of
the Cape and up around the north shore. Both
men graduated from Harvard Medical School
(Mr. Garrey, cum hiudc) and they will begin
their internships ne.xt year. Mr. Harris goes to
Presbyterian Hospital in New York, and Mr.
Garrey to the Massachusetts General Hospital.

MT. DESEaiT ISLAND BIOLOGICAL
LABORATOKY

The annual LaI)oratorv picnic was held at the
home of Dr. and Mrs. Warre 1 H. Lewis on the
Fourth of July.

The first lecture in the Popular Lecture Course
will be given on July l6th, by Professor Ulric
Dahlgren of Princeton University. His subject
is "Electric Fishes"'. The second lecture will be
on "Inflammat'on" and will be given by Dr.
Jos'-ijh McFarland of the University of Pennsyl-
vania.

The first seminar of the season will be held on
Monday, July 13th. Dr. Homer W. Smith of
New York Universitv will describe his experi-
ences in Siam and Malaysia. Lantern slides will
be used.

Dr. James Murrav of the Jackson Memorial
Laboratory, Bar Harbor, gave the second seminar
in the Jackson Memorial Lpboratorv series July
1st. Dr. Murray spoke on "The Effects of In-
breeding Mice."

FRANCES R. SNOW,

Laboratory Secretary.

INTEREST

The Zoological Field Laboratory, conducted by
the University of Kentucky, will not be in opera-
tion for the next two years, owing to absences on
leave of members of the staff who conduct the
station.

On his return from Nantucket, where he at-
tended a meeting of the Social Science Research
Council, Dr. Adolf Meyer, professor of psychi-
atry at Johns Hopkins University spent a day
visiting several members of the Laboratory.

Fatlier P. H. Yancey, who was an investigator
at the Marine Biological Laboratory last summer,
received his doctor's degree at St. Louis Uni-
versity in June, He has been appointed professor
of biology and director of the department at
Spring Hill College, Mobile, Alabama.

The group of workers from the Johns Hopkins
University gathered for a picnic on one of the
beaches in West Falmouth on the evening of
Saturday, July 4th.

Visitors to Woods Hole with out-of-state cars
who expect to remain for a period of more than
thirty days are required to secure a special permit,
according to a new law in Massachusetts. The
permit is free but each operator of a car is re-
quired to give evidence of holding a personal lia-
bility insurance. Blanks to be used in applying
for the special permit will be available at the
Administration Office in the laboratory.

CORNELL UNIVERSITY BIOLOGICAL STATION

Dr. Helen R. Murphy (Cornell '20) is in resi-
dence for a few weeks while finishing two papers :
"Observations and Morphology of the Horned
Toad" and "Notes on the Salpugids." The work
for these was carried on in Albuquerque, New
Mexico. Dr. Murphy leaves the last of July for
China where she is going for a three year period
to teach at Ling-nan College, Canton.

Mr. F. R. Petherbridge, entomologist of Cam-
bridge, England, has been visiting the Depart-
ments of Entomology and Plant Pathology.

Dr. Gordon F. Ferris, Professor of Zoologv
at .Stanford University, called at the Entomology
De]iartment when in Ithaca recently for the re-
union of the Telluride Association.

Prof. A. H. Wright who is conducting the
West Virginia Traveling Summer School in
Zoology has returned for the opening of the
Cornell Summer Session. Mrs. Wright and Dr.
W. J. FInmilton, Jr. will lead the group in Dr.
Wright's absence.

ELSIE BHOUGHTON KLOTS,

Instructor in Limnology.

82

THE COLLECTING NET

[Vol. VL No. 43

TURTOX Cq

P

O^ ^ No. 1 Insects
No. 2 Aquatic
Life
No. 3 Plants

The Sign of the Turtox
Pledges Absolute Saris/action

COLLECTOSETS were designed by experienced teachers for the use of
students in field courses.

For a descriptive circular, illustrating and describing each Collectoset
in detail, write to the

General Biological Supply House

Incorporated
761-763 EAST SIXTY-NINTH PLACE

CHICAGO

Spalteholz

Transparent

Preparatiuns

Human

and

Zoological

Skeleton of Fish in Case

Models, Specimens,
Charts

for physiology, zoology, botany,
anatomy, embryology, e'c. Cata-
logs will gladly be sent on request.
Please mention name r.f school
and subjects taught, to enable
us to send the appropriate
catalog.

Visit our New and Greatly En-
larged Display Rooms and Museum

^^^

Life History
of Chick"

Clay-AdAms Com pant

Model of Hmiian Heart

117-119 EAST 24th STUEET

NEW Yonic

July ii, 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

83

LEITZ

Combination Projector "Vh"

of

Unequalled Light Intensity

with

Ventilator-Cooling'Sys tern

The ideal projector equipment for opaque objects, lantern slides
film slides and micro slides, etc.

The four parabolic mirrors which act as concentrntion medium for the light rays lend
the projector "Vh" a most effective mode of light concentration resulting in an cxcecdint/ly
brilUant and white image at the screen. The four mirrors cast the light upon the opaque
oliject in an evenly distributed manner, eliminating the possibility of sliadows and uneven
objects. The ventilator-cooling-system continuously blows cool air upon the object and thus
specimens can be hnndled conveniently and injury to them through overheating is eliminated.
The projection olijectives are of utmost correction, gifing crisp and clear-cut images.

.1 comparison ivil! prove that purchase accordi.ig to quality, not to price, means
economy and satisfaction zviih projection equipment.

WRITE FOR PAMPHLET No. 1177 (CN)

C. LEITZ, Inc.

60 EAST 10th STREET

BRANCHES:

NEW YORK, N. Y.

Pacific Coast States: SPINDLEB & SAUPPE, INC., Oflfices San Francisco and Los Angeles, Calif.
Wasliington District: E. LEITZ, INC., 927 Investment Bldg., Wasliington, D. C.
Cliicago District: E. LEITZ, INC., 122 S. Michigan Ave., Chicago, ni.

84

THE COLLECTING NET

[Vol. VL No. 43

EINTHOVEN STRING GALVANOMETERS

This well-known instrument pos-
sesses the ailvantagcs of extreme
sensitivity, short period and negli-
jjible self induction or capacity. It
is largely u.sed for physical and
jihysiological inA^estigation. Several
types arc furnished.

Full information on request.

CAMBRIDGE

INSTRUMENT CP Inc

IMojU'cf i\Ianufacturor^ of Precision Tn.striimont:^

3512 Grand Central Terminal, New York

Type "B"

Type "B" shown above has a readily
interchanjjeable string sus]iension
wliich makes possible quick replace-
ment of strings of different charac-
teristics.

INTERNATIONAL
CENTRIFUGES

Many types offering a large variety
of equipment of tubes and a wide
range of speed and consequent
relative centrifugal force.

International Equipment Co.

352 WESTERN AVENUE
BOSTON, MASS.

TuLY n, 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

85

Stability and Dependability

CHARACTERIZE

SPENCER

The Ideal Standard Microscope

FOR

COLLEGE AND HIGH SCHOOL
GENERAL LABORATORY WORK

Anioiip; its many advantaEteous features
are these :

I. Objective lenses mounted directly into
the metal mount, avoiding the use of
Canada Balsam to hold them.
Fine adjustment so constructed as to
avoid breakage of cover glass when
focused down upon it.
A fool-proof fine adjustment, with 34
threads of the screw always engaged
instead of but one or two.
IV. Its ruggedness in design makes it
abundantly able to stand the rough and
tumble of studtnt usage.

II.

Ill

MICROSCOPE

No. 64

It has found Its way to more than
3000 of the best high schools
and colleges in the United States.
What better recommendation?

I

SPENCER Microscope No. 64B

equi]i|ied as shown with lOx ocular,
doubh' nose piece, two achromatic ob-
jectives 16 mm and 4 mm, iris dia-
pliraji-in complete in wooden cabinet.

$7L75

Allowance for cabinet $.3. .50, objective
boxes each .$0..S5 if not wanted.

10% Discount to Schools and Cnllcf/cs

Samples submitted for tests

Cataloi; and Quotations Sent on Request

umpmu^

NEW YORK

86

THE COLLECTING NET

[V ol. V L No. ^3

MAGNIFIERS

There is a marked difference in
performance between the best and
ordinary magnifiers. The price of
the best is within the reach of every-

Thc foUmvinji arc particularly
popular : —

APLANATIC
FOLDING MAGNIFIERS

6x, 8x, lox $6.50 each

AN ASTIGMATIC
FOLDING MAGNIFIERS

i6x, 20X, 27X $11.00 each

Prices f. o. b. Nc7V York

All of the ahove magnifiers
have excellent definition to the
edge of the field of view and
the image is free from color
defects. Descri])tive literature,
also listing other types of mag-
nifiers, will he sent on request.

CARL ZEISS, Inc.

485 Fifth Avenue
New York

Pacific Coast Branch:
728 South Hil! StrcLt. Los An.ccle.'.-, Calif.

[gARLZElsr i

JE.NA

eCLD 1^^ §EAL

Non-Corrosive ^Bljjj^^ Non-Corrosive
MICROSCOPIC

SLIDES -d COVER GLASSES

Do N- t Fop
At your dealer's, or write (giving dealer's name) to

NEW lOIlK

DIOLOGICAL, PHYSIOLOGICAL. IMEOICAL
AND OTHER SCIENTIFIC M.\GAZINES

IN COMPLETE SETS

Volumes and Ba«U Date Copies For Sale

B. LOGIN & SON, Inc.

EST. 1887
29 EAST 21st STREET NEW YORK

B. WESTERMANN CO., INC

13 West 46 th Street,
New York City

All Scientific Books in P_ reign Languages

Marine Biological

Laboratory
Supply Department

FOR THE BEST

BIOLOGICAL MATERIAL

CLASSROOM MATERIAL

MICROSCOPIC SLIDES

LIVE MATERIAL

Catalogues and infcrmation furnishe'l by

applying at Supply De^jartmsnt Office

Woods Hole, Mass.

July ii, 1031 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

87

ECOLOGY
All Forms of Life in Relation to Environment

Established 1920. Quarterly. Official Publication of the
Ecological Society of America. Subscription, $4 a year
for complete volumes (Jan. to Dec.) Parts of volumes
at the single number rate. Back volumes, as avail-
able, $5 each. Single numbers, $1.25 post free. Foreign
postage: 20 cents.

GENETICS
A Periodical Record of Investigations bearing on
Heredity and Variation
Eetablished 1916. Bimonthly.

Subscription, $6 a year for complete volumes (Jan. to
Dec.) Parts of volumes at the single number rate.
Single numbers, $1.25 post free. Back volumes, as avail-
able, $7.00 each. Foreign postage: 50 cents.

AMERICAN JOURNAL OF BOTANY
Devoted to All Branches of Botanical Science

Established 1914. Monthly, except August and Sep-
tember. Official Publication of the Botanical Society of
America. Subscription, $7 a year for complete volumes
(Jan. to Dec.) Parts of volumes at the single number
rate. Volumes 1-18 complete, as available, $146. Single
numbers, $1.00 each, post free. Prices of odd volumes
on request. Foreign postage: 40 cents.

BROOKLYN BOTANIC GARDEN MEMOIRS

Volume I: 33 contributions by various authors on
genetics, pathology, mycology, physiology, ecology, plant
geography, and systematic botany. Price, $3.50 plus
postage.

Volume II: The vegetation of Long Island. Part I.
The vegetation of Montauk, etc. By Norman Taylor.
Pub. 1923. 108 pp. Price, $1.00.

Vol. Ill: The vegetation of Mt. Desert Island, Maine,
and its environment. By Barrington Moore and Nor-
man Taylor. 151 pp., 27 text- figs., vegetation map in
colors. June 10, 1927. Price, $1.60.

Orders should be placed with

The Secretary, Brooklyn Botanic Garden,

1000 Washington Ave. Brooklyn, N. Y., U. S. A.

The Wistar Institute Slide Tray

The ideal tray for displaying or storing slides.
It carries forty-eight 1-inch, thirty-two li/o-
inch, or twenty-four 2-inch slides, and every
slide is visible at a glance. Owing to the
nesting feature, the trays may be stacked so
that each one forms a dust-proof cover for
the one beneath it, while the center ridges as-
sure protection to high mounts. Made en-
tirely of metal, they are unbreakable and
easily kept clean. They form compact stor-
age units. Twelve hundred 1-inch slides may
be filed in a space fourteen inches square by
eight inches high. PRICE, $1.00 EACH

Orders may be sent to

THE WISTAR INSTITUTE

Tliirty-tdxth Street and Woodland Avenue,
Philadelphia, Pa.

BIOLOID
Embedding Paraffine

BIOLOID* Paraffin has been specially pre
pared for embedding and it will he found
far superior to the quality ordinarily offered.
It is processed from the best domestic wax;
it is pure white in color, free from excess
oil, and practically neutral in reaction. The
melting points have been carefully checked
m accordance with the methods of the
American Society for Testing Materials.
Each cake is individually wrapped in glas-
sine paper and packaged in a substantial
carton.

It is available with the following melting
points :

47-490C (118-1200 F.)

50-520C (123-1250 F.)

53-55°C (12S-1300 F.)

56-580C (13.3-135° F.)

Price

1 lb. cake $ .25

10 — 1 lb. cakes 2.40

25—1 lb. cakes 5.50

ion— 1 lb. cakes 20.00

"Bioloid" is the registered trade-name for Will

Corporation staining, mounting, embedding

clearing, and fixing media.

LABORATORY APPARATUS AND CHEMICALS

THE COLLECTING NET

[Vol. VL N o. 43

THE WOODS HOLE LOG

In the June 27th issue of The Collecting Net
the account of the Coast Guard included the story
of a green sloop reported stolen by Howard Ry-
nard and found by the Coast Guard off Hyaniiis.
Maskus Seralis, who wa.: in charge of the sloop
when she went aground and was arrested as a
suspicious character, was released when it was
discovered that he had been granted permission
to take the boat by one of Rynard s friends.

Seralis' affair with the Coast Guard is not
yet over for on July 4th he claims that he wa.^
msulted, that his clothing was torn, and that lis
was thrown into the water by a memi^er of the
Cuttyhunk Coast Guard Station, probably as a
result of a quarrel over his earlier trouble witli
the Coast Guard. Commander Patch he.e has r^.-
ceived the following letter, which seems of suf-
ficient interest to reprint :

July G, 19J1.
My Dear Commander: I respLC.iuily ap-
peal to you by mail as I have taken Ui. pleas-
ure and courage to write all my coinplaiii!.s
and true st ry as it is and as iol.o-ws. on
Saturday, July 4 at the Cuttyhunk bathing
beach I v/as insulted by a member ol' t.,u
Coast Guard in the presence of his mate and
civilians. However his name can be traced
througli his captain, Mr. Sanborn who is in
charge. Betides names and threats uiy per-
sonal damage in clothes torn besides throv/i.;g
me overboard I esti nate and clai 1 $3) frorr
his pay. I wish to state also that I per."onaIly
did my very best to avoid this aid fi'rt'er
trouble but my main and only cause is to give
this man still another chance to make good
for he may be young and foolish as he is.

Though we rught younir anel old, be
proud of our fathers and mothers, it makes
no difference what nationality wo may be b'-t
the mighty and respectable nation of f-e
United States of America with its old glory
anel eagle flying should at all times be re-
spected by its citizens or a'iens. As I am
nw doing my duty and living the life of a
civilian.

Thanking you in advance Mr. Command-
er, as I am in hopes you ivill take care of
this case in time for correction and mv rights.
Respectfully and sinccrelv I remain
Vnnrs trii''^'.
MASKUS D SERA US Mat"
Schooner Ada Sh'-u.
Nantucket, Mass.

Connmnder Patch is turning over the cpse to
District Commander James S. Phillips to be in-
vestigated.

The Woods Hole Yacht Club held its first race
of the season on Wednesday, July ytli, starting
fro m the Frost boat house at five o'clock in t.ie
afternoon.

'the schedule of the races was as follows :
Haby Knock-Abouts
Entries Time

"Adios" — Morris Frost i :,S5

"Porpoise" — Lomstock Glaser 1:57

"Tyro" — Mrs. Croisley i :^9

"Scuttlebutt' — Preston Copeland 2:31

"Meiiidia ' — bied Copeland 2 44

"Charlog" — Ogden VVoodruff did not finis. 1

Dories
No one finished in this race on account of fog.
"Dorine' — Gtoige Clowes
"Aunt Addie ' — Art MeigS
"lilack Cat" — Vera Warbasse
"Dunky" — Ivenneth Cole

Catboats, Etc.

"Lurline" — Philip Woolworth I :43

' Squido" — Henry Kidder 2 :j7

"Salty Dog" — lom Katcliffe 2 151

"H. C." — Lewis Perrine did not finis.i

The Club plans to hold races each Monday
afternoon throughout the summer.

Miss Charlotte Griffin of Woods Hole, a Jun'or
at Pembroke College, Brown University, has re-
sumed for the summer h;r position in the tcle-
gr,"])h office.

This week the University Players at SHver
Beach have been featuring the well-known melo-
drama, "Interference" by Roland Pertwee and
Harold Dearden. The play tells the story of
Lady Marley whose happy second marriage veers
toward destruction when her first husband, whom
she believed dead, reappears, and the only woman
who knows of the situation seeks vengeance
through blackmailing. Around this frayed plot,
the authors have built a structure which includes
all the tricks of the stage; a take-off of reporters;
a variety of the eternal triangle ; a murder ; and
the process of crime detection.

Although the play dragged at the start and
moved too slowly in parts, notably whai Sir John
Marley held the stage, it gave excellent opportun-
ity for delightful bits of character portrayal.
Particularly outstanding were the acting of I'ricda
Altman as Lady Marley ; the clever work of
Peter Wayne, dashing young hero of "Paris
Bound" last weeb, whose excellent jiortrayal < f
the returned first husband left nothing to l-.c d -
sired ; and .such mhior bits as Fred the hall by
and Dr. Puttock, ably acted by Myron McCo ■-
mick and Alfred Dalrymple respectively-
Next wpck th" Players are ]nitting on Mi'ne's-
comcdv "Mr. Pirn Passes P.v," ' — M, S. G.

jlLY II, I93I ]

THE COLLECTING NET

89

FALMOUTH PLUMBING AND
HARDWARE CO.

Agency for

LYNN OIL KANGE BURNER

Falmouth, oi)p. the Public Library Tel. 26)

THE UNIVERSITY PLAYERS, INC.

Present

"MR. PIM PASSES BY"

A Coiiiedj- by A. A. Milne

July 13 — July 18

Old Silver Brach ' West Falmomh

MUlVSON & ORDWAY
THE BRAE BURN SHOP

Fresh Killed Poultry — Fruit & Vegetable;

Butter, Eggs & Groceries

Home Cooked Food and Delicatessen

Falmouth opp. Post Office Tel. 354-\\'

'i DcliviTii'H l>:iily in AA'oocIe Hole

DRESSES — LINENS — LACES

_Fine Toilet Articles
Elizabeth Arden, Coty

Yardley
Choice Bits from Pekin

MRS. WEEKS SHOPS

FALMOUTH

TEXACO PRODUCTS

NORGE ' REFRIGERATORS

WOODS HOLE GARAGE
COMPANY

Opposite Station

KELVINATOR REFRIGERATION

Eastman's Hardware

5 AND IOC DEPARTMENT

KITCHEN FURNISHINGS .

Pyrofax Gas and Glcnvvood Ranges
Falmouth Tel. 407

The Whaler on Wheels

"Our Wandering Book Shop"

Miss Iniogene Weeks Miss Helen E. Ellis

Mr. John Francis

Will be at Woods Hole Mondays

tliroujrhout the summer

sen son.

THE WHALER BOOK SHOP

106 SCHOOL STREET NEW BEDFORD

Telephone Clifford 110

Visit
Malchman's

THE

LARGEST DEPARTMENT STORE

ON CAPE COD

Falmouth

Phone 116

Church of the Messiah

(Episcopal)
The Rev. James Bancroft, Rector-

Hfily Communion 8 :00 a. m.

Morning Prayer 11:00 a. 111.

Evening- Prayer 7:30 p. m.

90

THE COLLECTING NET

[Vol. VL No. 43

Just Published

The revised, up-to-date
SECOND EDITION of

HEREDITY

By A. Franklin Shi'll,
Professor of Zoology in the University
of Michigan

McGKAW HILL PUBLICATIONS

in the

ZOOLOGICAL SCIENCES

'~P HIS is a sound and thorough treat-
ment of the princijjles of biologi-
cal inheritance. The purpose of the
book primarily is to cover those phases
of the subject of especial interest to
mankind. Beside this chief emphasis
on human heredity, however, the book
also covers enough of the phenomena
of heredity in plants and animals to
serve as necessary foundation study.

In this edition all of the many recent
advances in the field are covered that
are valuable in connection with the aim
of the book.

Important among the cihanges are:
— The discussion of immigration has been
altered to fit the present laws and ad
ministrative procedure,
— the analysis of the population problem
has been revised to accord with the new
census and other recent statistical results
— the chapters on heredity in man have
been greatly enlarged owing to the In-
crease of readily accessible material
— in the more fundamental parts of the
book new phenomena, such as multiple
allelomorphism and lethal homozygotes.
have been introduced because of the cer-
tainty or increased probability that they
are exhibited in man
— important new experimental results bear-
ing on the evolution question are included
— the history of knowledge of heredity has

been entirely rewritten
— problems for drill are introduced into
the fundamental divisions of the work,

345 foges- 6 -r 9.
143 ilhistrations, $3.00

Send for a copy on approval

McGRAW-HILL BOOK CO., Inc.

KOSTYCHEV-LYON

CHEMICAL PLANT
PHYSIOLOGY

46 Illustrations. Cloth, $6,00 Postpaid

This lidcik empliasizcs all of the important
chemical aspects of the physiological pro-
cesses of plants. It is the authorized edition
in English, with editorial notes written and
revised by Dr. Kostychev. Member of the
Russian Academy of Science; Professor in
the LTniversity of Leningrad. The transla-
tion and editing into English was done by
Charles J. Lyon, Ph. D., Assistant Pro-
fessor of Botany at Dartmouth College.

P. BLAKISTON'S SON
(Sl CO., Inc.

PUBLISHERS

PHILADELPHIA

370 SEVENTH AVENUE.

NEW YORK

VAN $Lyi\E
CONSTANT VCLLME
ELC€B3 GAS
APPARATUS

For the Determination of CO2, CO
and O2. in Blood and Other Solu-
tions, Micro-Kjcldahl Determination
of Nitrogen, Urea, Etc.

Requires no jicrmanent installation,
and is mounted in one unit ready for
operation.

Write for Bulletin No. 378

EIMEP & AMEND

Established 1851

lncorpcrat;d 1897

HEADQUARTERS FOR LABORATORY
APPARATUS AND CHEMICAL REAGENTS

Third Avenue, 18th to 19th Street
NEW YORK, N. Y.

JrLY II, 1931 ]

THE COLLFXTING NET

91

The Added
Touch

GSE, the new B & L Laboratory
microscope, embodies features that
make it finer than the average instru-
ment. Its handsome design gives it
graceful lines — a design which sug-
gests and accentuates its increased sta-
b:lity and balance. It is a laboratory
microscope with the weight and rig-
idity of a research instrument, yet its
price remains well within the range of
laboratory models.

The GSE is a binocular microscope, thus affording the user relief from eyestrain.
The eyepieces can be manipulated so as to give a decided stereoscopic effect.
The binocular body is removable for the substitution of a monocular tube when
the instrument is to be used for photography, projection or drawing.

This model is an instrument of historic associations, for its design is a direct evo-
lution and refinement of a stand developed by Bausch & Lomb in the early days
of microscopy.

Write for descriptive literature.

BAUSCH &LOMB OPTICAL CO.

675 St. Paul Street - - Rochester, N. Y.

Makers o f Orthogon Eye glass Lenses for B etter Vision

92

THE COLLECTING NET

[Vol. VL No. 43

'7t saved us the cost of 5 microscopes''

Quoting remark of a school superintendent

who bought the

"PKOMI" MICROSCOPIC DRAWING and

PROJECTION APPARATUS

Takes the place of numerous microscopes
and gives the instructor the opportunity of
teaching with greatest efficiency and least
confusion.

Projects microscopic slides and living or-
ganisms and insects on table oi' wall for
drawing and demonstration. Also used as
a microscope and a micro-photographic ap-
paratus.

The Promi, recently perfected by a prom-
inent German microscope works, is an in-
genious yet simple apparatus which fills a
long felt want in scientific instruction and
research in Bacteriology, Botany, Zoology,
Pathology, Anatomy, Embryology, Histol-
ogy, Chemistry, etc.

It has been endorsed by many leading

scientists and instructors.

isfd for projecting in actual colors on wall or

organisms and insects for lecture room demonstration and

group of students to examine a single specimen simultane-

It

AS A PROJECTION APPARATUS

screen, microsco|iic prcparalions, li\ in

instruction. Makes it possible for :

ously. Invaluable for instructors in focusing students' attention on important features, which can

not be demonstrated with equal facility and time saving under a microscope. Eliminates the eye

strains of niicniscciiic examination.

AS A DRAWING LAMP: The illustration shows how a microscopic specimen slide is pro-
jected in actual colors on drawing paper enabling student or teacher to draw the image in precise de-
tail in black or colors. Living insects or microscopic living organisms can also be projected. Ad-
justment of the size of the image is simply a matter of varying the distance to which the image is
projected. Higher magnification may be obtained by using tube aiul ocular ami our liigli power ob-
jectives. Charts can readily be made for class room instruction.

AS A MICROSCOPE: By removing the bulb and attaching the reflecting mirror and inverting
the apparatus a cimipciund microscope is achieved. Higher magnification is possible by the use of
staiulard microscopic high power objectives aiul oculars.

AS A MICROPHOTOGRAPHIC APPARATUS: Microscopic pre|.arations of slides, living or-
ganisms aiul insects can be photographed without the use of a camera.

PRICE: F. O. B. New York $100.0D complete apparatus in polished wood carrying case. In-
cludes bulb, rheostat for 110 and 220 volts with cords, plugs and switch for both DC and AC cu--
rent, llx objective, tube with .^x ocular, rcHecting mirror and inicro-cu\ette. Extra equipment prices
on request. Prospectus gladly sent on request

THE "PROMAR" MICROSCOPIC DRAW-
ING and PROJECTION APPARATUS

A new instrument which has been bmught
out in response to a demand for a simple
ai>paratus like the Promi for more advanced
work which requires more powerful illumi-
nation and higher magnification. The Pro-
mar operates in the same manner as the
Promi but is more heavily constructed and
has the following additional features as
standard equipment :

More brilliant lighting, making higher magnification p

Triple nose piece, facilitating use of three objectives.

Fine and coarse adjustment for focusing.

Screw, rack and pinion adjustment for light and condenser.

Screw centering adjustment for light.

Revolving stage.

Prospectus Gladly Sent on Request. Write to

117-119 East 24th Stieet

NEW YORK, N, Y

Vol. VI. No. 4

SATURDAY, JULY 18, 1931

Annual Subscription, $2.00
Single Copies, 25 Cts.

HUMORAL AGENTS IN NERVOUS AC

TIVITIES WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE

TO THE CHROMATOPHORES

Dk. (;. 11. P.VRKKK

Professor of Zoo!of/y. Harvard University
I am sure it was a great pleasure to us to hear
Dr. Wilson at the first lecture. He is far and
away the senior zoolojjist of us all, and it i.s al-
ways a matter of delight when

he is willing to talk to us from
his rich store of knowledge. In
this series of lectures I am his
unworthy successor.

Vou all know that the nerv-
ous system of higher animals
is commonh- diy-ded into three
parts ; the receptors, or organs
which haye to do with recep-
tion of impulses from the en-
vironment : the central nervous
system, which is an ad justor ;
and finally, the efl'ectors, the
organs wherehy the anim-'l cnn
rf'Dond to the environn^ent. I
wish to trlk to vou aliout a
particular frouD of effectors.

First I might recpll hrieflv
that there are numerous anima
'■leme"tary ones are, first, the urticati rs. or sting-
ing cells, which occur in (Continued on page 96)

M. IB. % €alcn^ar

TUESDAY, JULY 31, 8 P.M.
Seminar. Dr. S. Morgulis, "The
Chemistry of Bone Ash."
Dr. J. M. Johlin, "The Bnoliza-
tion of Gelatin by Neutral Salts."
Dr. E. S. Guzman Barron, "Oxi-
dations produced by Gonococci."
Dr. Shiro Tashiro and Mr. L. H.
Schmidt, "Bile Salts."

FRIDAY, July 24, 8 P. M.

Lecture. Dr. T. H. Morgan, pro-
fessor of biology, California In-
stitute of Technology, "The
Marine Laboratories of the
World and their Work." (Illus-
trated. I

effectors. The

THE BIOLOGICAL FIELD STATION AT
CORNELL UNIVERSITY

Dr. James G. Needh.\m
Professor of Eiitoinoloi/v and Limnology

Times have changed. For many years we at
Cornell L'niversity tried to maintain a biological
field station like the others in this country, with
a well equipped laboratory by
the waterside. Then the Imild-
ing burned down ; and before
we could get another we be-
gan to realize that the auto-
mobile had changed conditions
for us ; that we could now get
from our best collecting
crounds to the University in a
few minutes : that there was
no need to try to duplicate our
regular laboratories, which
would always be better
eauipped and more comfort-
al)le ; and that by using the
automobile freely we could
l)cfter draw upon the variously
distributed resources of our
rich environment. So our pres-
ent plans contemplate keeriing in the field only the
eouipnient needed for field work, and keeping it
not in one place only, but ir'' several places.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Humoral Ap-onts in Nervous Activitlps

wit^ Siecial Reference to the Chro-

matophores..

Dr. G. H. Parker 93

The Biol p-ical Field Station at Corndl

University,

Dr. James G. Needham 9^.

Reviews of Three Botanical Books 100

The Beach Question 102

The Report of the Special Meeting of the
Corporation cj the Marine Biological

Laboratory 10:>

Items of Interest 103

Items of Interest 104

Currents in the Hole 101

94

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. J4

DOPHINA PROPAGATING POOLS AT THE EXPERIMENTAL HATCHING STATION

These po Is are fertilized and planted in succession and the crop of dophinas when

grown is flushed at intervals of a few days into a lower bass fry pool.

Our plans have in part been realized. Our
campus is traversed by two clear-flowing perma-
nent streams. On one of these, Cascadilla Creek,
thei-e is located the Fish Cultural Experiment Sta-
tion that Dr. G. C. Embody has developed. The
ponds of this station are an inexhaustible sou'xe
(if biological materials. On the other stream. Fall
Creek, and not far from our laboratories, is lo-
cated a pump house and rearing station. Here
are troughs of running water and rearing cages
for lotic organisms, and here is the electric pump
that supplies untreated water to our insectary on
the hill above. In the insectary also are facil-
ities for our work with aquatic insects. These
places are the chief repositories of living material
brought in from more remote collecting places in
the field. In these much of oiu" research is done.

We have as yet no permanent field station on
Cayuga Lake for general biological use, though
one is contemplated ; but for work with birds we
have a Fuertes Alemorial I'ird Sanctuary in
charge of Dr. A. A, Allen; and adiacent thereto
is the Cayuga Bird Park maintained by the Citv
of Ithaca in a 50 acre tract of rich bottom land
woods.

Another P'ield Station that is. by the courtesy
of the U. S. Bureau of Fisheries, available for
research work in aquiculture, is the federal fish
hatchery, located on some very laree sprinirs
( Gyrinophilus Springs) trilmtarv to Upper Fall
Creek, some fifteen miles north east of Ithaca.

This is in purpose a i-esearch station, rather than
an ordinary fish hatchery.

We have three nearby wild life preserves that
have lieen pi'esented by the heirs of Mr. C. G.
Llovd to the University on terms that provide for
their maintenance in a state of nature. One of
these near McLean, N. Y., is a wooded tract of
81 acres, containing a number of cold .sphagnum
bogs whose fauna and flora are largely Canadian.
Another is a wild flower preserve near Slater-
ville Springs. It is a tract of 436 acres of rocky
hills covered with maple and beech woods, and
intersected by beautiful trout streams. The third
is a wooded morainal tract of no acres of rolling
hills with kettle holes holding shady pools having
varying degrees of permanence. These suppl\'
some very interesting Phyllopods and other Crus-
taceans.

All these preserves, and three state parks as
well, are within walking distance of the Uni-
versity (though nowadays nobody walks). All
being on good roads they are easily and quicklv
reached and their bioloeical resources are there-
fore very accessible. The three parks all con-
tain high waterfalls of singular beauty, and the
deep gorges below the falls have a rich and verv
interesting faima and flora. And, happily, the
Fin.<7er T^akes Park Commission, that has them in
charge, has been imusually successful in its efiforts
to preserve the life in them from destruction bv
ca'"eless visitors.

JULY iS, I93I ]

THE COLLECTING NET

95

With this sort of environment, with all the
YurietN (if unsiwiled nature at our very doors, we
would surely De neglectful of our opportunities
if we (li<l not lay some emphasis on field work at
C'nrnell L niversitv. Ksjiecialiy is this true of
work witli aijuatic animals; for we have nearby
us hodies of water varying in size from a deep
kikc (La. uga having a maximum depth of 435
ft.) to transient pools; we have both head water
liogs and flo^d plain marshes ; we have perma-
nent streams of every degree of swiftness with
half a dozen fine water falls on the campus itself ;
and we have springs both fresh and salt. Since
these waters have sufl^eied very little from pollu-
tion of any sort, their fauna and flora are rich
and varied.

So at Co "n;ll L'niversitv we are alile to live
"t home during the summer while working in the
field. There is no distinction i)Ct\veen the wo-k
i.f the summer and that of the acrdemic vear; fin-
it runs the year round continuously. Li order to
help nil ire effectively with field work Professor
j. Ci. Xevdham continues in reside'ice during the
summer, teaching no classes, but giving his time
to directing the research wo-;k of graduate .stu-
dents. Professors Johnnnsen, Matheson. Allen
and Claassen also give time to graduate work
while teaching in the .summer session.

During the summer of 193 1 half a dozen grad-
uate students will be alisent. engaged in the l)io-
lii'Tical \vi rk of various stream surveys. A par-
lal list of the workers in res'dence and of their
seasonal prnblems is as follows:

Professor J. G. Needham : Mayfly ecolog}-.
Professor ( ). A. Johannsen: Biology of

CItiniiioiiiiihic.
Professor P. W. Claassen: Life Plistories of

Flccoplciii.
Professor R. Matheson: Piiology of the Ciili-

cidae and SimuHidac.
Professor I^ . A. Allen : Propagation of the

Ruffled Grouse, and Life Histories of N.

A. birds.
Mr. Wm. ( ). Sadler : Quantity Production of

C hiroiioiniis.
Miss J. li. Traver : Taxonoinv of the /;/'/;-

ciiicridac.
Mrs. A. 1). Klots : Deep water Crustacea of

Cayuga Lake.
Mr. G. r. Lew; The Topography of the

Hs;id in Odoiuita.
Mr. \'. C. H.su: The I'.iology of the IMaylly

tic.ius Hcptagoiia.
I\Ir. M. T. Cheo : The Coleopterous famih',

Cwntidac.
Mr. 11. T. Feng: The Piiology of the

Dyliic'diu-.
Mr. Geo. 1). Saunders: A I'.iological Studv

of tile Me:iilow Lark.
Mr. W. .\. Walter: A I'.iological Study of

Marsh Wrens.
Miss l^mma Davis : .\ P.iological Studv of

tlie Killileer.
INlr. Paul Kellogg: A Distriliutional Study of

the i'.irds of the Cavuga Lake liasin.

ONE CF THE BASS PONDS AT THE EXPERIMENTAL HATCHING STATION

96

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 44

HUMORAL AGENTS IN NERVOUS ACTIVITIES WITH SPECIAL
REFERENCE TO THE CHROMATOPHORES

(Continued from page 93 1

the jellv-fishes and the hke ; and ne.xt, the
glands ; ' the kiminous organs ; the chromato-
phores, or cells which change the color of ani-
mals : the cilia, organs of movement : muscles,
the typical efifectors of the animal kingdom : elec-
tric organs, etc. No animal has a full range "f
such effectors. The frog, as you see here on thi
first slide, has glands, ohromatophores, cilia, mus-
cles ; human beings have glands, cilia, muscles.
It is a strange coincidence that the earthworm and
human being have the same sets.

Our full response to the environment is car-
ried out by these three sets of effectors. Glands
are concerned with secretions for the most part.
They play no obvious role in our external re-
lations, save, for example, as tears express emo-
tion. Our cilia are mainly concerned with keep-
ing- the chambers of the body clear. We depend
chiefly on the muscles for our responses. Prac-
ticaly everything we do in response to our en-
vironment depends upon the muscles. As I am
talking to you I am making use of muscular re-
sponses. My voice comes to you by reason of my
breath passing over my vocal cords and my lips
form words which are supposed to excite in your
mind something of the ideas I am trying to ex-
press. These are all muscular operations. Mus-
cles do everything ; they enable us to dig trenches ;
to carve statues; they run the whole gamut of our
activities. Even our expressions are due to the
play of muscles. Perhaps you have what is known
as a "poker face." That means that in an un-
conscious way you are able to control your facial
muscles. We learn to read such manifestations
with a skill we scarcely understand. We ])ay
big prices to go to the theatre to see people play
with their muscles in this way and we sh»d tears
in response to the actor's artificial play with these
effectors.

The particular group of effectors I want to talk
about is the chroniatophores. They are found in
the Cephalopods, in Crustacea, and in the water
inhabiting vertebrates. The squids have a won-
derful play of color; their external color is due
to chroniatophores.

The next slide which we shall see is of an
ordinary devil fish. The differences of light and
dark color are due to tho contraction or e.xpansion
of the chromatopliores. The ne.xt figure shows
the resting stage, the light condition where the
chromatophore is a sphere with a great niinilier
of muscle fil)ers running out from it. Thev pull
the sphere out into a flat disk and spread it over
a large area. The chroniatophores are reallv or-
gans, in the technical sense. Thev have a system
of innervated muscle fibers. The simplified

types of chroniatophores are single cells and are
capable of changing color. Most fishes are cap-
able of color change in this way.

This figure shows the chroniatophores of Fun-
flulus lioth in the contracted and the e.xpanded
states. The next will show you some sketches
from Pouchet, who, back in the 70's studied these
chromatophores in fishes. Along in the go's Bal-
Irwitz demonst'-ated fjiat there were really nerve
filters which control the activities of these organs.
The next figure shows you a flat fish in two po-
sitions : in the first instance it is on a dark back-
ground ; in the second case the fish reproduces
not only the lightness or darkness of the sur-
roundings, but it reproduces the pattern of its
surroundings likewise. Like its background, it
is more or less mottled. These animals have a
control over the chromataphores which is not a
common control over the whole liody, but some-
thing like our muscular control. They can ex-
pand their spots or contract them in .such a way
as to bring about an imitation of their .surround-
ings.

The next slide shows you an experiment with
a checkerljoard pattern. The fish could not quite
acconi])lish that, but nevertheless gives a spotting
that is fairly accurate. The next shows you
other ])atterns, coarse and fine checkerboards.
The animal also can not imitate these exactly but
it conforms fairly well to its background. It
seems impossiljle to regard this as due to anything
else but nerve control of the elements concerned.
I believe, therefore, that fishes jjossess this cap-
acity as a result of nerve control of their chrn-
matophores.

Colors may likewise be controlled by injecting
various materials into a fish. If, for e.xample,
adrenalin is injected, the chroniatophores contract
and the fish goes into the light stage. We know
that humoral influences likewise affect these or-
gans. In general, however, we see that these
changes in the fishes are essentially nervous
changes.

When we consider frogs and other Amphiliia.
but particularly frogs, we find a remarkable and
disturbing condition. Many experimenters were
convinced that the nerves act on the chroniato-
phores of the frog, but they never brought fortli
any real evidence. It is chiefly due to Hogber
and his co-workers that we are now convinced
that color change in the frog is quite different
from that in the fish.

The next slide will show you the two conditions
— light and dark, — and the following will demon-
strate the chroniatophores in the skin. The thre"
conditions, contracted, intermediate, and expanded
are shown. Nerves mav be cut, and no difference

July i8, 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

97

whatever can be noted. This condition does not,
therefore, depend upon the nerves. Hogben point-
ed out that the dark condition in the frog was
probably brought about Ijy pituitary secretion.
When the pituitary glands were removed the frog
went into the light state and remained light per-
manently. Pituitary secretions poured into the
blood causes the darkening and its absence the
light coloration. This state, therefore, is one in
which the animal as a whole changes and cannot
change in pattern.

Two years ago I experimented with tree toads
by putting them on checkerboard patterns, but
could get no evidence of change of color otber
than that of the whole pattern of the animal. It
therefore appears that the Amphibia are humoral
in their response.

Another group which shows color changes is
the lizards, of which the chameleon is a typical
animal. Hogben used the African Chameleon and
cut the animal's spinal cord at different levels.
These cuts induced an expanded condition of the
chromatophores, and the animal, when electrically
stimulated, became light or dark colored only in
front of the cut. He concluded, therefore, that
in the chameleon the system was under nerve
control as in the fishes. The fishes, then, are pre-
dominantly nervous. Amphibia humoral, and the
reptiles nervous. I think no zoologist can look
upon this with complacency — there is something
queer about it.

I set one of my students. Dr. Perkins, to work
on Crustaceans and his studies on chromatophores
proved to be extremely interesting and illuminat-
ing. The next slides show you three Crustaceans,
one light and two dark ; and chromatophores in
various stages, expansion, contraction, ,Tnd he-e
they are contracted almost to a dot. The fully
contracted condition produces th" light co"d'tion
in the animal. Expansion is a]ipnrently within
limits. Perkins started to find out whether the
control was humoral or nervous. He found it ad-
vantageous to work upon the alxlomen of the
animal. He made cuts on the side and from
above and sets of cuts unon different animals but
the only cut that was effective was the one which
severed the dorsal blood vessel. This prevented
any further ch-nge in the abdomen. Perkins then
opened the animal in the back, lapped over
thp dorsal blood vessel, and, catching it on the
skin, stopped the circulation of the lilood, where-
upon the chromatophores ceased to change. When
circulation was restored the capacity to change
was recovered. There seems to be every reason
to lielieve that in these forms something carried
in the blood is responsible for chang'ing the ani-
mal from the light to the dark condition.

What is this disturbance and where does it
come from? Perkins worked on the organs in
tl^e animal's body, making extracts and injecting
them into animals to see whether he could get

light and dark changes. He finally fell upon the

eye stalk, ground it up with seawater and then
injected the material into the blood of another
animal. The animal becomes light if it was dark;
if it was light colored it remains light. So Per-
kins concluded that some substance produced in
the eye stalk was effective in bringing about
changes in the chromatophores. He could not
find a substance which produced the dark con-
dition.

The eye is absolutely necessary for this change.
If the eye is removed the changes cease. The
same is true of fishes and amphibians and lizards.
If you blind an animal on one side, color changes
are still possiiile. If you make it totally blind
the color changes cease.

Roller found that if blood from one Crangon
was injected into one of another color, there was
a change. He succeeded in finding an organ
which he claimed worked upon expansion as well
as contraction. He found that eye stalks brought
about contraction, as did Perkins. The next slide
shows the eye stalks which produce one change,
that is the light change. Here is also the organ
which produces the dark change. It is a small
area behind the rostrum in the head region. Its
secretion, injected into the blood of an animal,
H'ill bring about the dark condition.

The next figure shows a shrimp in which the
dark organ has been destroyed and one in which
it has not been destroyed. When both animals are
put on a background one responds to the dark and
the other fails to do so. The process probably
proceeds like this : we have light falling upon the
eye; consequently there are nerve activities here;
and somewhere perhaps in the ganglia, secretion is
produced At any rate there is nerve action to start
with. This [M-oduces a substance which is carried
by the blood until it comes into contact with
chromatophores. There is a double action here.
It is not a simple question of nervous or humoral
action ; it is both. The first part of the action is
nervous, the last part is humoral. Neuro-humoral
is therefore a term that can be applied perfectly
well to Crustaceans.

In Amphibia you see exactly the same thing.
The eye is necessary for the operation. The!
light falls on the eye from a light or dark en-
vironment. Nervous activities are started ; some-
thing in the central nervous system gives off a
substance which is carried in the blood and sets
off a change in the chromatophores. The action
here may also be said to l>e neuro-humoral.

Is it possible that there is a neuro-humoral state
of affairs in fishes and in reptiles? If so we can
call the whole system as neuro-humoral. If vou
think of the condition in the fish you will see at
once that it is entirely possible to consider the
process in these terms. The light falls on the
eye of the fish; it is stimulated to nervous activity
through the central apparatus, and the active sym-

98

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 44

pathetic fibers eventually reach the neig'hborhood
of the chromatophores. At thi.s point I believe
there is humoral activity. That condition, so far
as I know, holds for the fishes and reptiles. If
we accept that view, then we can see that neuro-
humoral activity is sufficient to make all of these
devices work on one plan. This would clarify
the situation so far as the vertebrates are con-
cerned.

In the fishes and reptiles the nervous com]io'i-
ent is long; and the humoral short ; in the Amphib-
ia there is a short nervous condition, with an ex-
tended humoral one. In a specialized animal like
the flatfish the stimulation is local in character.
Fraulein Mayer has found exactly that state of
affairs. She drew the blood from a dark flatfish,
injected it into a light flatfish and found th.it
that spot became dark. Reciprocallv a spot on
the lilack flat fish turned light \'\/hen injected with
blood from a light flatfish. This shows that these
samples of blood rre active in the fish's body, and
active locallv. It is entirely possible that we mav
exjilain local color changes in this way even if
they are humoral.

This neuro-humoral hypothesis assumes that
the fine endings of the nerves secrete substanc-
es. That perhaps is a considerable assumption.
Dr. Speidel some years ago described cells in the
spinal cord of the skate which were bel'eved to
be .secretory. The gland of the body which is
most concerned with such chanijes is the adren-il
and is one which secretes substances. The me-
dulla, which secretes the rdrenal fluid, is embrvo-
liigically derived from the svm]i.Tthet!C svstem.
What difl^erence does it make whether we have 10
deal with a cell which mav secrete on its own sur-
face, or whether we are dealing with a cell which
has a long process which secretes at its end ? I
have no difficulty in believing that nerves are se-
cretory. I believe also that the whole nervous
system may work in this wav, and that such be-
havior is not confined to the nerves which con-
trol the chromato])hores.

Other receptors may also be controlled in a
neuro-humoral way.

Urticators, the netling cells of sea anemones,
nre non-nervous. We do not know much about
the nervous control of cilia, luminous organs, and
electric organs, so we have to pass these over.
^Vhen we turn to the glands we find that certain
ones are regularly excited liy humoral influences.
e. g. the pancreas. This is a straight out-and-out
humoral organ. The salivary glands are partic
larly interesting in this respect and have been des-
crilied as the typical nerve-excited glands. In
TQi.^ Demoor carried on an experiment on these
glands. He excited the salivary gland of a dog,
drew ofT the secretion, and injected it into a
quiescent dog. The second dog secreted saliva.
It looks as though there were a substance there
which passed into the saliva and incited response

when it was secondarily injected. I believe that
the nerves of the salivary gland produced a sub-
stance which excited the gland to action and some
of this substance, escaping in the spittle, was
capable of exciting the second dog.

A striking example among the efTectors is the
vertebrate heart. It can be slowed in its aaion
by stimulation of the vagus nerve. In 1921
Loewi began a remarkable series of papers on the
stimulation of the heart. He took a frog's heart
and clemrd it of blood, then filled it with a cer-
tain amount of Ringer's solution. The solution
was then withdrawn and set aside. He filled the
heart again with Ringer's solution and when the
heart again began to lieat normally he stimulatetl
th2 vagus nerve. The action gradually slowed
He again drained off the fluid and set it aside, and
restored the original Ringer's, whereupon the b^.'t
retU'Mied to normal. The second fluid was then
intrrduccd and he found that the beating of the
heart was slowed.

Th's experiment has been repeated in many
ways. It is ordinarily performed with two hearts,
and the same result is obtained. There is .good
reason to sup]3ose that the vagus nerve produces
a substance which is cirried in the blood, which
will influence other organs than the heart in the
same way.

An interesting case has been described in the
smooth muscles affecting the hair on the tail of
the cnt. Wh"n the smooth muscles are excited
the hairs .stand up. If you arrange a cat with
denervated heart, so that the adrenals and livr
have no part in the circulation, and then stimulate
the sympathetic fibers going to the tail, the hairs
will stand up. For a few minutes after, the heart
changes its beat. This is due to something which
has been secreted and poured into the blood. Can-
non and Racq believe that there is a substance
Ijroduced in the smooth muscles of the tail which
escapes into the circulation and affects the end
organ. This they have called sympathin. I a.sked
Cannon whv it might not be a secretion from the
nerve endings, and he said that he h.-^d nevri'
tliought of it in that way. I am inclined to be-
lieve that the nerve endings are the secretory or-
c^ans

In 1924 experiments were carried out on the
skeletal muscles of the frog. Here substances pro-
duced in the skeletal muscle of one frog were
passed over in the blood injected into the rectum
of another frog, and produced a change in tlie
smooth muscle.

Years and vears ago Rotezat put forth a theory
which was the neuro-humoral idea, potential^',
as applied to the ordinary secondary sense cells
of the vertebrate body. In the ordinary organs of
t''Ste we have this condition revealed : the nerve
fi'ber comes down and branches in the immediaf^
vicinity of the taste buds on the surface of the
tonrue. How do these cells excite the ner\'e

July i8, 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

09

fibers which lie immediately behind them ? He
said "I think they act as glands. They secrete
a siilxstance." He proposed to call these cells
"Sinnesdrusenzellen." That was in 1910 and no
one paid much attention to the work, so it was
lost sight of.

These fibers have very remarkable influences
of another kind on their end org'ans. li nerves
going to the tongue are cut, the taste buds degen-
erate. H it is not a part of the filler, why dosi-
it degenerate? Some of the influence passer-,
across from the nerve ending to the taste bud and
maintains its integrity. That is a trophic influ-
ence. I don't think that there is such a thing as
a tropic nerve, but I think practically all nerves
have a tropic influence. When the nerves of
which we are speaking regenerate, the taste buds
regenerate. Some of you have heard me lecture
about neurofibrils. I expressed the view that the
neurofilirils were concerned with the transmission
of these tro])hic impulses. Here, in the case of
the taste Inuls, we have conditions occasioned by
a neuro-humoral activity, nerve impulses to the
interior and trophic impulses to the exterior, and
all probalilv neuro-humoral.

The disease known as "shingles" apears in the
form of bands around the body breaking out in
inflammation. It was formerly thought to be a
sk'n disease. It is now known to be due to an
inflammation of the s]iinal ganglia of a particu'r^i
region and these hand"; are in exact correspond-
ence with the distribution of the sensory nerves
of that particular area. The disease is probably
due to abnormal secretion of nerves in that p''r-
ticular section. If we think of these fibers as
ordinarily secreting something which keeps the
skin in a normal condition, then we can under-
stand how such an abnormal secretion will pro-
duce the disease.

In the central apparatus the main problem is
the interrelation of neurones. Thev come to-
gether, at the synapses and impulses pass across
in these regions. The remarkable fact aliout this
is that the imiJulse will pass in onlv one directio".
at the synapse. It cannot be sent in a reverse di-
rection. It appears that the synapse is polarizesl
It takes more time for impulses to pass across a
series of breaks of this kind than it would to ]iass
along a single fiber. How does this polarization
come ab.out and how is retardation of the opera-
tion effected ? Dr. Gerard has gone over this mat-
ter in a recent survey and Ins stated that "either
the same kind of ion migration and chemical re-
sponse which represents successive activation of
one region of the nerve filire by another must
.•'b-o take place at the svnapse, or it is conceivalile
that the end of the axon acts as a minute gland
and, when stimulated, produces some chemical
which is able to excite an adjacent or neighboring
dendrite." The second alternative is exactly the
view I have been talking about. Time is con-

sumed in secretion. I believe that central physi-
ology favors this idea that the neurones are inter-
related through secretion and that polarization of
neurones and retardation across a synapse is due
to secretion.

Dr. Rartelmez a few years ago studied gigantic
synapses in the Mauthner cells of the fish but his
work was largely histological. In the worms and
Crustacea there are giant fibers which run the
whole length of the animal's body and are sup-
posed to be continuous. The earthworm has
three of these giant fibers the shrimp four.

In 1924 Dr. Johnson of the Harvard latoratory
demonstrated for the first time that these fibers
are not continuous. One segment of a giant fiber
overlaps the next segment, and there are as many
of these overlappings as there are segments in the
animal's body. They are not continuous fibers
then, but are segmentally arranged. S_\mapses
here are really gigantic and I feel justfied', there-
fore, in giving them a special name — macro-sy-
napses — as contrasted with the ordinary synapses
which are so small that they can scarcely be seen.

The next slide .shows a cross section of the
n.ervous system of the earth-worm. The three
giant fibers are enormous. The next slide will
show you a series of sections taken from a region
where the overlaps occur. If you study these
fibers histologically you will see first of all that
they are polarized. The two ends are not alike.
If you stain them in osmic acid you will find that
the lateral fiber is always deeply .stained. If you
study their action you will find that it is that of
the direction of the worm as a whole. If you
stimulate the worm on the head it pulls together ;
if you stimulate it on the tail it pulls together.
That is a continuous action of the individual. If
you cut the lateral fibers and then stimulate the
tail the action will run only to the cut. Corres-
ponding experiments show the direction of the
transmission in the median fiber. It is a double
system of transmission. The conditions are such
that the d'scharging portion of the neurone is
dark colored, the receptive, li.ght. The same thing
is found in the shrimp. The lateral fibers are
deeply colored and transmission is toward the
head. The receptive portion is li.ght and the dis-
charging portion is stained. That shows us that
these macrosynapses are chemically different on
the two sides. I think this is the first time we
have found evidence of such a difference. It does
not prove the existence of a secretion, but I be-
lieve that a secretion is present. It does show
that these giant nerve fibers have a remarkable
physiological and histological polarization which
is quite open to the interpretation that I have sug-
gested.

This neuro-humoral condition is quite hypo-
thetical, as you see, but the hypothesis seems to
me suggestive and provocative of manv questions.
I think it likelv that further stud\- will reveal that

lOO

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 44

it is an activity of considerable importance. The
French materiahstic physiologists of a century
and a half ago were impelled to make many i-adi-
cal statements. Cabanis said "The brain secretes
thousfht as the liver secretes bile." No one be-

lieves this literally but I suspect that the nerve
activity of the body is much more influenced by
secretions than the modern physiologist has sus-
pected.

REVIEWS OF THREE BOTANICAL BOOKS

Bacteriology — A Textbook on Fundamentah
Stanley Thomas. Second Edition, 1931 xvplus
301 pp. McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York.

This book is not as inclusive a document as the
first part of its title would suggest, nor does it
limit itself to the field of bacteriology. It is a
book quite evidently designed for a class of
students which will not enter upon laboratory bac-
teriology without separate and further training.
The sanitarv engineer, th.e hygienist and the food
technician will find here the information which
newcomers in tlieir fields will be expected to as-
similate as the foundation for more specialized
training. The professional bacteriologi.st in train-
ing, particularly the medical student, will find
that the familiar environment of isolation and cul-
ture methods, of description of numerous patho-
genic organisms with the methods for their de-
tection, are absent or treated in generalized form,
with avoidance of specific techniques. This raises
in the mind of the reviewer the question of the
fundamental character of the technique of a
jjranch of science; changing tool that it is, is it
not as fundamental to a proper understanding of
science as the ancient history of the science.

The history of the various phases of pure and
applied bacteriology receives extensive and read-
able exposition by the author. The discussion of
classification of bacteria is adjusted to the revised
understanding of that confused field now in
vogue. This is as it should be, but it is unfortu-i-
ate that the author should state in generalization
that the genus name is usually a Latin word ( p.
18), for it is generally (when not based on a per-
sonal or geographic name) of Greek origin,
sometime latinized, as one may confirm in any
botanical manual (such as Gray's 7th ed.) where
the roots are given. Bacteriological morphology
is treated in the light of the renewed acceptation
of possible pleomorphic changes in the develop-
mental course of the organism, and consequent!;,-
bears a quite difl^erent and secondary relation to
classification than it did for an earlier generatio'i,
and much more specific relation to life histories.
It seems unnecessary to state, when discussing the
size of liacteria, that (p. 59) the micron is equiva-
lent to l-2g,ooo of an inch when it would have-
cost no more to print the correct figu'e. The dis-
cussion of the structure of the bacterial cell is
full and helpful. TJie chapter on the iihysiolo','v
of these organisms likewise is well elaborated,
although it attains a somewhat highly technical
vocabularv in discussing the newer interpretations

of l)acterial heredity. The chapter on cultivation
of bacteria is a generalized one, including, with
the general features of growth conditions, mention
of palaeobotanical records of bacterial growths
and bacterial ecology, rather than culture media,
isolations and such techniques. Much of the
physiological distinctiveness of bacteria shows in
the chapter on bacterial enzymes, and this is a
particularly useful portion of the book to the
worker in allied lines. Bacterial relations to the
n'tngen. carbon, phosphorus and sulphur cvcles
in nature are elaborated here. The following
chapter, ostensibly dealing with micro-organisms
other than l)acteria, is less fortunately presented.
After short mention of viruses and Spirochaetes,
attention is turned to the last four orders of the
class Schizomycetes ! Then follow some four
pages of reference to fungi, and about three to
nlgae. The latter ]iortion, prol)al)ly introduced
out of courtesy to the student of water supplies,
might better have been omitted. The author has
vwfortunately adopted archaic information or mis-
information as if from elementary liotanical text-
books. For example, be states that there are four
major algal groups (p. 130) when there are nine
or ten (depending on interpretation) independent
groups recognized He also claims that the chloro-
phyll in Cyanophyceae is diffused throughout the
cell (p. i7o) ; that the genera of the Protococcales
(mi.scalled a family) which occur in water are
Pleurococcus and Volvox (p. 131) when there
are dozens of others in like situations; that Lam-
inaria reaches the phenomenal length of 800 feet
or more (p. 132) — ]irobal)ly ten times the maxi-
mum in this genus; that the (hatoms (p. 132) are
members of the so-called "Brown Algae" (Pliaeo-
phyceae) ; and he hps al<;o taken various liberties
with spelling: Oscillaria for Oscillptoria (p. 130),
Coelspaerium (p. 130) and Caelosphaerium fp.
i6j) for Coelosphaerium, Aphanzomenon (p.
i6j.) for Aphanizomenon, and .so forth. There
follow chapters on bacteria in the so'l, in water,
sewage, the air, foods, and in disease production,
which appear to be adenuatelv and helpfully done,
as are those on immunity, sanitation, and bacteria
in indust'"v.

Lastly, the introductory chapter may receive
some attention. It is designed, apparentlv. for
those students who lack preliminary training in
biologv. In some parts it seems hardly qiiit.-^
sound, as in the description of mitosis (miscalled
karyokenisis (p. 12) for karyokinesis), whe-e an
c1,Tborr.t" mechanism of centrosomes and asters

July i8, 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

is involved in this generalized plan, though these
structures are known in only a very few plants
indeed, and where (p. 13) the longitudinal divis-
ion of each chromosome involving the splitting of
each chromatic granule is said to occur on "a
plane perpendicular to a line drawn hetween the
two centrosomes"when it occiu'red long before this
period. Conjugation (p. 13) by confusion of a
sexual reproduction with undifferentiated sexual
reproduction is made a subdivision of the former,
and the cytological history as given bears little
resemblance to what is known of this process in
plants. The statement on p. 16 that "Maturation
or reduction division is a mitotic division with
subsequent fission" likewise does not hit very
near our present state of knowledge.

Fortunately the features to which the reviewer
takes exception are not such as will appear im-
portant to the normal user of this liook, and its
obvious acceptability (as evidenced by its appear-
ance in a second edition) for teaching purposes
will outweigh these weaknesses, so long as the
central material is soundly presented.

— Wm. R. Taylor.
*****

Plant Physiology. (With reference to the grecii
plant.) Edwin C. Miller. 900 pp. McGraw-Hill
Book Co., $7.00.

Dr. Miller has attempted to fill the need for a
text-book in plant ph\sio!ogy which summarizes
an<l lirings to date work done in Europe and
America.

The result is a carefully written discussion of
the following topics : plant cells, absorption of
water and dissolved material, water loss, photo-
synthesis, nitrogen metabolism, fat metabolism,
digestion, translocation, respiration and growth.
No discussion of reproduction or responses is in-
cluded. Good literature lists accompany each dis-
cussion. At the end of each chapter is a set of
questions on the material covered. These ques-
tions, together with the treatment of physiology
entirely from the standpoint of green plants, seem
odd in a lx)ok designed for advanced students.

The text is an excellent reference book for any
one interested in physiology and, with the use of
carefully selected references, supplementary lec-
tures, and class discussions, should be well adapt-
ed for use as an advanced text in plant physiology.

— J. R. Jackson.

T^ * T^ T^ 'P

The Lo'ii'er Fungi — Phycomycetcs. Harry
Morton Fitzpatrick. 331 pp. (Illustrated). Mc-
Graw-Hill Book Co. $4.00.

This book will be heartily welcomed by students
and research workers in mycology and plant path-
ology. The author has recognized and attempt-
ed to fill the need of a complete and detailed
treatment of the taxonomy and morphology of

the phycomycetes. In his classification of the
Phycomycetes into the eight orders, namely ;
Chytridiales, Ancylistales, Blastocladiales, Mon-
oblepharidales, Saprolegniales, Peronosporales,
Mucorales, and Entomophthorales, the author
does not depart far from the older classifications.
Where changes are made, adequate explanation is
given for the reason of the change. The inclusion
of the Plasmodiophoracae in the Chytridiales and
the establishment of the order Blastocladiales are
examples of this. Keys are provided for all gen-
era. A complete discussion of the work done on
various species of a genus follows with citatioiis
to literature. Doubtful or excluded genera of an
order are treated at the end of the order. In con-
clusion a brief and concise survey of the various
views of the origin of the Phycomycetes as well
as Hemiascomycetous affinities is given by the
author.

Technical terms are printed in boldface type
in the text at the point at which they are defined*
or explained. Especially desirable is the bibli-
ography found at the end of each chapter.

— Ruth I. Walker.

One of the two Research Corporation prizes
for 1931 has been awarded to Dr. Andrew Eilli-
cott Douglass who is director of the Steward Ob-
servatory of the University of Arizona. Besides
a bronze placque he receives $2,500. Dr. Doug-
lass has received the award for his researches on
the rings marking the annual growth of trees
which have thrown light on the past climate of
the earth, and shown a correspondence between
weather and solar activity.

CURRENTS IN THE HOLE

At the following- hours (Daylight Saving- Time)
the current in the hole turns to run from Buz-
zards Bay to Vineyard Sound:

Date A. M. P. M.

July 18 7:11 7:29

July 19 8:00 8:22

July 20 8:47 9:19

July 21 9:44 10:18

tuly 22 10:40 II :i7

July 23.... 11:33

July 24 12:21 12:34

July 25 I :i6 1 :2S

July 26 2:19 2:27

jnly 27 3:07 3:16

July 28 4:01 4:06

In each case the current changes approximately
six hours later and runs from the Sound to the
Bay. It must be remembered that the schedule
printed above is dependent upon the wind. Pro-
longed winds sometimes cause the turning of the
current to occur a half an hour earlier or later
than the times given above.

I02

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 44

The Collecting Net

A weekly publication devoted to the scientific wcrk
at Woods Hole.

WOODS HOLE, MASS.

Ware Cattell Editor

Assistant Editors

Margaret S. Griffin Mary Eleanor Brown

Annaleida S. Cattell

THE BEACH QUESTION

Our note on the beach question has lirought
forth a good deal of discussion. In conversation
with one of the property owners bordering the
lieach we have learned more fully the reasons for
the erection of the fence on the beach. We shall
try and state them as they were understood by us ;
They very much regret the necessity of closing
their property to bathers. This is occasioned by the
increased number of people who now come to Wo ds
Hole. Last year they found conditions intolerable
because of the noise which inevitably accompanies
bathing so near the cottages and the entire loss of
privacy which ensues.

They do not feel that our suggestion about per-
mitting the adult members of the laboratories to
use the beach in the day time is practical, because
of the undesirability of limiting its use to them, and
because even then the disturbance would be too
great.

There is not the slightest desire to be discourteous
nor to prevent bathing and swlmmin!? on the long
stretch of beach in front of the bathhouses. The
moral right lies in the desire of every person for a
reasonable amount of privacy in his home and the
pr perty owners express their great appreciation
for the universal observance of that this summer.
The legal right is defined in the following statement.
contained in a letter from the Commissioner of
Public Works of the State of Massachusetts:

"Under the laws and court rulings of Mass-
achusetts the right of the general public t"
use flats privately owned is strictly limited.
Persons may enter upon such flats to exercise
the right of fishing, which may include the
digging of clams, and may pass over the beach
for the purpose of fowling. No right of the
public has been established to walk upon the
beach f' r bathing, or to remain there for play,
for rest or for any other than the two pur-
poses of fishing and fowling, and of naviga-
tion."

Our limited space makes it necessai"y to post-
pone any comment that we may have to mak-e
until the following number.

Five CoLLFXTiNG Net scholarships of $ioo.oo
each will he available for award this summer.
Any student in attendance this summer at the
Marine liinlogical Laboratory is eligible for the
award. The mone\' is approprinted to meet a
part of the expenses of the recipients at Woods
Hole during the summer of 10.^2. Application
blanks will be made available soon.

THE REPORT OF THE SPECIAL COMMITTEE

OF THE CORPORATION OF THE MARINE

BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY

In connection with the corporation meeting of
the Marine Biological Laboratory which convenes
on August II, it is of interest to reproduce the
following report of its special committee which
was mailed to members during the winter :

At the Annual Meeting of the Corporation of the
Marine Biological Laboratory held on August 12,
1930, a committee was appointed to study the mat-
ter of nominations of Officers and Trustees.

At the request of the Committee the following re-
port is distributed fcr the information of members
of the Corporation. Gary N. Calkins, Clerk.

To Members of the Corporation of the Marine Bio-
logical Laboratory: —

At the Annual Meeting of the C rporation of the
Marine Biological Laboratory of August 12, 1930,
it was voted that the entire matter of methods in
nominating Officers and Trustees be referred for
study to a Special Committee consisting of two n n-
Trustee members of the Corporation and two Trus-
tees.

ihe existing method of selecting Officers and
Trustees is based on a vote of the Corpt ration at
the Annual Meeting in 1911, requesting the Trus-
tees each year to submit to the Corporation at the
Annual Meeting, nominations for vacancies on the
Board. Trustees hold office f r a term of four years
normally eight such vacancies are filled by election
each year. The practice has been for the Trustees
to submit one name for each vacancy and until this
year these nominations have been elected by the
Corporation unanimously.

After careful consideration and discussion with
the Executive Committee of the Trustees your Com-
mittee is prepared to make the following recom-
mendations. In advance of the next Annual Meet-
ing at which the final report will be made, it seems
desirable to submit these recommendations to eacn
member ^f the Corporation with the hop? that those
interested will transmit to the Chairman of the Com-
mittee, possible criticisms or suggestions for ad-
ditional recommendations. The final report of the
Committee will be prepared after the consideration
of any such c mments. The recommendations fol-
low:

1. That the By-Laws be changed in such a manner
that the individuals in charge of courses shall be
Trustees ex-officio.

2. That the Committee of the Corporation for
nomination of Trustees"~"consist ' f five merab'rs, of
w'lom not less than two shall be non-Trustee mem-
bers of the Corporation.

3. That on or about July first of each year, the
Clerk rf the Corporation send a circular letter to
each member giving the names of the Nominatin?:
Committee and stating that the nominating com-
mittee will be glad to rejeive suggestions regardin>j
nominations.

4. That the members of the Corporation be en-
couraged to avail themselves rf the opportunity,
which has always existed but which herrtofore has
been little used, of bringing to the attentiin of the
Executive Committee at any time matters which
they consider to be of importance to the Laborat-ry.

Hubert B. Goodrich

Harold H. Plough

Ivey F. Lewis

Wiiierton C. Curtis, Chairman

July iS, 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

10.^

ITEMS OF INTEREST

Dr. Douglas M. Whittaker, fnrmerly assistant
professor of zoology at Columbia University, has
accepted the position of associate professor of zo-
ology at Stanford University.

Dr. E. Alfred Wolf, assistant professor of
zoology at the University of Pittsburgh, has been
appointed associate professor for next year.

Dr. Ruth L Walker, instructor in botany at the
University of Wisconsin, has been placed in
charge of the work in botany at the Milwaukee
center of the University of Wisconsin Extension
Division. Dr. Walker is carrying out her work
in botanical research this summer at Woods Hole.
At this same institution Dr. Donald C. Broughton
has been appointed assistant jirofessor of zoologv.

Dr. T. Thomas Flynn, who is now Ralston pro-
fessor of biology in the University of Tasmania,
has b.een recently appointed to the chair of zoology
in the University of Belfast.

Professor Charles W. Dodge has been made
emeritus professor of biob gy. He has held the
l)osition as head of the Department of biologv at
the University of Rochester for forty-one years.

Dr. Warren S. P. Lombard, professor emeritus
of physiology in the medical school of the Uni-
vers'ty of Michigan has been awarded an honor-
ary degree of doctor of science by that institu-
tion.

At tb; commencement exercises of Purdue Uni-
versity, the honorary degree of doctor of science
was conferred on Dr. J. C. Arthur, professor em-
eritus of botany ; and on Dr. Stanley Coulter who
is professor emeritus of biology.

Dr. A. B. Keyes went abroad early in Septem-
1 cr of last year as a National Research Fellow.
He worked with Dr. A. Krogh at the Universitv
of Copenh-igen. Dr. Keys has lieen reappointed
a fellow of the National Research Council and
will spend the coming year at Plymouth and
Cambridge, England.

Dr. William Crocker, director of the Bovce
Thompson Institute for Plant Research, hns been
elected acting director and general manager of
the Tropical Plant Research Foundation Dr.
Crocker spent the summer of 1927 at the Marine
Biological Laboratory as Chairman of the Divis-
ion of biology and Agriculture of the National
Research Council.

Dr. L. G. Barth has just returned from a year
in Europe, where he worked at the Zoological
Station in Naples and at the Kaiser- Wilhelm In-
stitute in Berlin. He is the holder of a National
Research Fellowship. Next year Dr. Barth will
be an instructor at Columbia University.

MT. DESERT ISLAND BIOLOGICAL
LABORATORY

The second seminar of the sea.son will be given
Monday night, July 20th, in the Dining Hall, by
Dr. William H. Cole, of Rutgers University. He
will talk on "Chemical Stimulation in Animals."

Miss Miriam Slack entertained the young
people of the Laboratory at a picnic supper 'held
at her summer residence on Wednesday, fuly Sth.

Sunday afternoon, July 12th, the young people
of the Laboratorv climbed the ladder trail up
Newport Mountain as the guests of Miss Eliza-
beth Mast. The climb was followed by supper
at Miss Mast's house.

The first Laboratory dance will be held in the
Dining Hall, .Saturday night, July 18th.

On Thursday, July 23rd, Dr. Joseph Mac-Far-
land, Professor of Pathology in the University of
Pennsylvania Medical School, will give the 2nd
lecture in the Popular Lecture Course. His sub-
ject is: "Inflammation."

Dr. Feng cf the LTniversity of Ohio arrived
Saturday, Julv nth, to assist Dr. W. H. Cole in
his work. Dr. Feng is one of the Chinese Fel-
lows sent to this country by the Chinese Govern-
ment and supported by the Boxer Indemnity
Fund.

Dr. Warren H, lew's of Johns Hopkins Med-
ical .School spoke on tissue cultures of cancer at
the Jackson Memorial Lalioratory, Wednesday, '
evening, July Sth.

Dr. Harold D. Senior visited the Harvard-
Medical Sc'hool in Boston last week. He went
esoecially to examine the embryos in the Harvard
Medical School collection for information rela-
tive to the development of the ulnar artery.

Frances R. Snow, Secretary.

Dr. Carl F. Cori, a member of the State In-
.st'tute for the Study of Malignant Diseases (Buf-
falo), has been apoointed profes.sor of pharma-
coloev at the Washington University School of
Medicine.

Dr. L. J. Cole, Professor of genetics at the
University of Wisconsin h-is recently been elected
a corresponding member of the Czechoslovak Ac-
ademv of Agriculture. (Continued on Next Page)

I04

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 44

ITEMS OF INTEREST

The Collecting Net will be glad to keep 011
file in its office a list of names of individuals who
are interested in obtaining a position for the ap-
jiroaching academic year. Their names and any
information that they would like to leave would
be made available only to those persons whoi
might be concerned with their appointment.

Mr Alfred L. Loomis of Tuxedo Park, New
York.' accompanied by Dr. Donald Christie of
McGill University, has been cruising the waters
around Woods Hole in his yacht in search of
sharks for his experimental work on their glands.
Mr. Loomis carries on experimentation _ at his
physical laboratory in Tuxedo Park. He is visit-
ing Dr. E. Newton Harvey.

Miss Mary L. Austin will sail for Lucknow,
India, in Tune of 1932. She will take the place
of Miss Evangeline Thillayampalam as head of
the zoology department at the Isabella Thoburn
College. Miss Thillayampalam will come to this
country during that year to take Miss Austin's
place in the zoology department at Wellesley.

Dr. M. A. Graubard. who received his degree
this year at Columbia University, has been award-
ed a National Research Fellowship for the com-
ing year. He sails for England the beginning of
August to take up work at the University of
Manchester.

Miss Molly Hassler, daughter of Mrs. Francis
A. Wilson, and Dr. Thomas P. Hughes were
married in New York City on July 7. Mr.s.
Hughes has just graduated from Cornell Uni-
versity, and Dr. Hughes has recently been ap-
pointed an associate member of the Rockefeller
Institute.

Raymond R. Montgomery is sailing on the "At-
lantis" this summer. He is helping to take wat-r
densities and doing general work in physics. He
will be a senior at Harvard next year.

Dr. Cornelius M. Clapp has returned to Woods
Hole from Mount Dora, Florida, where she
spent the winter months.

Brooklyn College has appointed Dr. Ralph C.
Picnedict as associate professor of liiology. He
has been chairman of the department of sciences
at the Haaren High Schol.

Dr. C. H KaufFmin, emeritus professor of
botany and emeritus director of the herbnrium of
the University of Michigan, died at his home in
Ann Arbor on June 14.

Mr. R. L. Dufus, of the editorial .staff of the
New York Times, and recently appointed editor
for the Committee on the Cost of Medical Care,
will arrive in Wods Hole during the week of July
20 to spend several weeks with his family who
are living in the Jennings cottage on Gansett
Road, Mr. Dufus has written some successful
novels, the most recent of which was "Tomor-
row Never Comes " He is the author of "The
Santa Fe Trail" and of a volume entitled "Books,
Their Place in a Democracy."

Dr. Charles J. Fish, director of the Buffalo
Museum of Science, has accepted charge of an
international survey to determine the effect on the
herring industry of the proposed power dam at
Passamaquoddy Bay, Maine. Dr. Fish has re-
ceived a leave of absence from the board of man-
agers of the museum and went on July 10 to the
Canadian biological laboratory at St. Andrews,
N.B., the seat of the two-year investigation. He
has spent sever2l .summers at Woods Hole as d'-
rector of the local branch of the United States
Bureau of Fisheries. Other members of the com-
mission are: Dr. A. G. Huntsman, director of the
Atlantic Botanical Station. Canada ; O. E. Sette,
in charge of North Atlantic investigations for the
Unifd States Bureau of Fi.sheries; W. A. Found,
deputy minister of fisheries. Canada, and Dr. H.
B. P>igelow, director of the Woods Hole Ocea"()-
graphic Institution. Dr. Fish will li" executive
secretary of the comm'ssion and will have charge
of the work in the field.

SCRIPPS INSTITUTION OF OCEANOGRAPHY

Fu'-niture for Ritter Hall (the new lalioratory
building, is arriving by the car load and part of it
is already Ijein^ installed There will proliablv
lie three carloads of it especially constructed in
Michigan.

Dr. T. D. Stewart of the Department of Chem-
istry of the University of California at Berkeley
vi it'^d the Institution on Monday of this week.

Mr. M. L. Natland of Long Beach, California,
who for .several years hns been making a compar-
ative study of fossil and recent foraminifera vis-
ited the Institution on Monday of this week to
consult Director T. W. Vautrhan al)out a .special
program of investigations which he is undertak-
ii"? this summer. The nlnns. concerning which he
wished to get most advice, involve the dredging
of approximately two hundred samples of sea
I'ottom from shallow to deep waters between
Long Beach and Catalina Island. For th's part
of his program he has been granted a special a-d
fund bv the National Research Council.

July i8, 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

105

SPENCER

MULTIPLE
NCSE- PIECE
€LTEITS

SUPERIOR MODELS

UNIVERSAL BINOCULAR
MICROSCOPES

Nos. 55 and 56

Convertible:

No. 55 — as illustrated with horseshoe base.

No. 56 — the stage and above that omitting base

Equipped with

MULTIPLE
NOSEPIECE

A new, original, patented objective
chansjer which carries three pairs of
low power olijectives and which re-
volves like an ordinary triple nosepiece.
The objectives may be removed in-
stantly and others substituted.

The objectives on the nosepiece are dust proof and the worker can easily get to them to
clean them.

These microscopes have a very large stage lOO m /m x lOO m/m. Objects in the center
of a dish 50 m/m high and 130 m/m in diameter may be l)rought into the lines of vision.
The rack and pinion movement together with the adjustal)ilit\- of the arm on the slide per-
mit the focusing on very thick objects. The large mirror ( 62 mym diameter ) is sufficient
to illuminate the large iields of the lower power olijectives.

SPENCER EXMCIT

Old Lecture Hall, M. B. L.
July 23 to Aug. 4

-:- You are cordially invited to call ■:

io6

THE COLLECTINCt NET

[ Vol. VI. No. 44

SpaltPholz

Transparent

PreiMirations

Human

and

Zoological

Skeleton of Fish in Case

Models, Specimens,
Charts

for physiology, zoology, botany,
anatomy, embryology, etc. Cata-
logs will gladly be sent on request.
Please mention name of school
and subjects taught, to enable
us to send the appropriate
catalog.

Visit our New and Greatly En-
larged Display Booms and Museum

1 •etcc^api

Life History
of Chick

Model of Human Heart

in-119 E.VST 24th STUEET NEW YORK

The Wistar Institute Slide Tray

The ideal tray for displaying or storing slides.
It carries forty-eight 1-inch, thirty-two I'-o-
inch, or twenty-four 2-inch slides, and every
slide is visible at a glance. Owing to the
nesting feature, the trays may be stacked so
that each one forms a dust-proof cover for
the one beneath it, while the center ridges as-
sure protection to high mounts. Made en-
tirely of metal, they are unbreakable and
easily kept clean. They form compact stor-
age units. Twelve hundred 1-inch slides may
be filed in a space fourteen inches square by
eight inches high. PRICE, $1.00 EACH

Orders may be sent to

THE WISTAR INSTITUTE

Thirty-sixth Street and Woodland Avenue,
Philadelphia, Pa.

The Recent Advances

Each Volum? $3..50 Postpaid

Physiology, 4th Edition. By C. Lovatt Evans,
University College, London.
The research of notable physiologists is sum-
marized and the practical features empha-
sized. 113 Illustrations. 446 Pages.

Biochemistry, 3rd Edition. By John Pryde, M.
Sc, Welsh National School of Medicine.
Includes a diverse selection of topics in which
recent progress has been most striking. 42
illustrations. 393 Pages.

Preventive Medicine. By J. F. C. Haslam. M.D ,
Asst. Dir., B'lreau of Hygiene and Tropical
Diseases, London. 30 Illustrations. 328 Pages.

Psychoneuroses. By Millais Ciilpin.M.D. (Lond.)
Lecturer, London Hospital Medical College.
A survey of psychoneuroses in industry, war,
childhood, clinical, etc., amplified by many
permanent advances of today.
4 Illustrations. 348 Pages.

Bacteriology and Infection. By J. Henry Dible,
M.R.C.P.," Welsh National Medical School.
The author takes a broad view, keening the
balance between extreme technicality and
what is common knowledge. It includes a
study of infections 22 Illustrations. 363 Pages

P. BLAKISTON'S SONS & CO . Inc.

1012 WALNUT ST. PHILADELPHIA

July i8. 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

107

AN
EFFICIENT
MICRO-PROJECTOR

—compact and
permanently aligned

Bausch & Lomb 4354-AA Micro-Projector is a time and trouble saver
The illuminating unit and optical parts are permanently aligned — always
ready for use without excessive, time-wasting manipulation. The ef-
ficient condenser system insures sharp, clear images.

Illumination is furnished ordinarily by our mechanical-feed arc lamp,
which is adjustable by two centering screws. A 108 watt bulb can be
substituted if desired. The microscope is conveniently designed, allow-
ing the use of regular objectives cr Micro-Tessars for wide-field pro-
jection. The body tube swings aside for projection with Micro-Tessars.

Write us for literature completely describing the 4354-AA and other
B & L Micro Projectors.

BAUSCH & LOMB OPTICAL COMPANY

675 St. Paul Street

Makers of Orthogon Eyeglass Lenses for Better Vision

io8

THr; COLLF.CTING NET

r Vol. VI. No. ^4

"H

ave you seen

MILLER'S

Plant Physiology

with reference to the green plant

By Edwin C. Miller

Professor of Plant Physiology, Kansas State

Agricultural College, and Plant Physiologist.

Kansas Agricultural Experiment Statiiui

MeGRAW-HILL PUBLICATIONS IN THK
AGRICULTURAL and BOTANICAL

SCIENCES

eCLt) ^1^^ SEAL

Non- Corrosive ^^^gpr Non-Corrosive
MICROSCOPIC

SLIDES -J COVER GLASSES

Do Not Fog
At your dealer's, or write (KivinE dealer's name) to

117-119 East 24th Street NEW YORK

Ti

900 pages. 6 x 9, 3^^ illusfratiou.s, $7.02

HIS book gives a complete survey of the Jield of
plant physiology in a comprehensive and minutely
detailed treatment that makes it suitable both as a
text for advanced college students and as a reference
work for investigators. The work is confined entire-
ly to the physiology of the green plant; the findings
of the leading American, English and continental in-
vestigators are summarized. Review questions and
unusually complete bibliographies follow each chap-
ter.

Send for a copy on approval.

McGRAW-HILL BOOK CO., Inc.

370 SEVENTH AVENUE NEW YORK

THE QUALITY SHOP

Dry Goods, Toilet Articles, Shoos and

Souvenirs

Ask for things you do not see.

Main Street Woods Hoi?

BIOLOGICAL, PHYSIOLOGICAL, MEDICAL
AND OTHER SCIENTIFIC MAGAZINES

IN COMPLETE SETS

Volumes and Back Date Copies For Sale

B. LOGIN & SON, Inc.

EST. 1887
29 EAST 21st STREET NEW YORK

Books in Biology

are on sale at

THE COLLECTING NET Office

We are also prepared to obtain any available book.

Each time a book is sold, all of the agent's commission will be

turned over to

THE COLLECTING NET Scholarship Fund

July iS, 1031 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

109

Marine Biological

Laboratory

Supply Department

FOR THE BEST

BIOLOGICAL MATERIAL

CLASSROOM MATERIAL

MICROSCOPIC SLIDES

LIVE MATERIAL

Catalogues and infcrmation furnished by

applying at Supply Department Office

Woods Hole, Mass.

N. E. TSIKNAS

rnUITS AND VEGETABLES

Falmouth and Woods Hole

SAMUEL CAHOON

Wholesale and Retail Dealer in
FISH AND LOBSTERS

Tel. Falmouth 660 661
Woiods Hole and Falmouth

PHYSICIANS

AND LABORATORY

MICROSCOPE

ESA-105

Mn,E;nifications : ^6x to 90OX
Simplified Mechanical Stage, 12 cm. dia.
Illuminating apparatus with Rack and
Pinion. Condenser 1.2 with Iris. Quad-
ruple Revolving Nosepxece. Fine Adjust-
ment with Graduated Drum.

Achromatic Objectives :
8 n.a. 0.20
40 n.a. 0.65
90 n.a. 1.25 oil im.

Huygens Oculars :
yX and loX
Price : $132 f.o.b. New York
A good darlc field outfit is obtained by
adding ; Cardioid condenser $22, extra for
oil im. with iris $4. Compensating ocular
15x: $8.50.

A satchel type of carrying case can
be supplied instead of the standard
cabinet at an additional ccst of $4.00

CARL ZEISS, Inc.

435 Fifth Avenue, New York

Pacific Coast Branch:
720 Soutfc Hill St., Los Angeles, Calif.

[gAREZEisri

JE.NA

I

no

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 44

THE WOODS HOLE LOG

The Woods Hole Library has recently been
the recipient of seven Ixioks presented by Dr. and
Mrs. Alfred Meyer in memory of their lirother
Harry Harvey Meyer, on his birthday. June 29th.
The hooks are :

The Autobiography of Lincoln Stcffens, 2 vols.

Cluirlcs W . Elliot, by Henry James, 2 vols.

America's Way Out, by Norman Thomas.

This N eiv York of Mine, by Charles Towne.

Retrospect, by Arthur Balfour.

The Romance of Leonardo da Unci, by Mer-
ejkowski.

The Story of San Miehcle, by Axel Munthe.

The Coast Guard have announced the following'
regulation concerning row boats :

Rowing boats whether under oars or sail sliall
have ready at hand a lantern, showing a white
light which shall lie temjiorarily exhibited in suf-
ficient time to prevent collision.

On Monday. July 13th, the Woods Hole Yacht
Club held its second race of the season. The re-
sults were as follows :

Baby Knock-Abouts
Entries Time

"Porpoise" — Comstock Glaser 43' 9"

"Tyro" — Mrs. Crossley 43' 13"

"Scuttlebutt — Fred Copeland 43' 19"

"Adios" — Morris Frost 45' 28"

"Menidia" — Preston Copeland 49' 5"

"Charlog" — Ogden Woodruff 50' iS"

Dories
"Aunt Addie" — Arthur Meigs 47'

"Dorine" — George Clowes 49'

"Hunky" — Kenneth Cole 51'

"Black Cat" — Vera Warbasse 53'

Catboats
"Lurline" — Phillip Woolworth 44'

"Dinny" — Janet Blume 4S'

"Salty Dog" — Tom Ratcliffe 50'

"Squido" — Henry Kidder 56'

"Lady Luck" — Mary Love i :i9

The Dories held a race, postponed from the pre-
vious week, on Tuesday, with the following
results :
"Dorine" — George Clowes i :io

"Black Cat" — Vera Warbasse i :ifi

"Hunky" — Kenneth Cole I 129

"Aunt Addie" — Arthur Meigs disqualified

The handicap for the catboats has not yet been
figured out. The results as stated above are how
thev crossed tlie finish line.

On Thursday, July 16, Mr. and Mrs. W. H.
Woodford of Bridgeport, Connecticut, stopped at
Woods Hole to have their houseboat overhauled
at Hilton's. They are on a two months trip and
have just come down from cruising along the
Maine coast. Their passengers, a dog and two
cats, were interested spectators of the overhaul-
ing process.

On Friday evening, July 17th, Mr. William W.
Swan gave an illustrated lecture on "Yacht Rac-
ing" in the Woods Hole Golf Club under the
auspices of the Ouissett Yacht Club and the
Woods Hole Yaclit Club.

( )ne of the Forbes' boats from Naushon was
at Hilton's Shop on Monday, July 13th. The
new motor boat, "The Dolphin." is to be used
for swordiishing. She had a piece of cast i"oi
in the keel for balance and was having the metal
removed and wood substituted in the hope that
the lighter weight would increase her speed.

Cape Cod is now busy driving mosquitoes from
its territory. Last year, a three year project
was started to I'id the Cape of its summer pests
and already a great deal of work has been done.

Salt water mosquitoes are the liig prolilem of
this region so work has been concentrated on the
salt marshes. Seventy-five percent of the salt
marsh breeding areas have now lieen ditched. To
date 3000 gallons of fuel oil have lieen sprayed
on lioth salt and fresh water breeding places. Up
to June 20th, the total expenditure was $1 13,476.60
and fifty-two local men are on the payroll.

Mrs. Henry H. Fay is opening her estate
"Nobska" f( r a garden party on Tuesday, July
2ist, for the Iiencfit of the Church Home Society
for the care of children and young people. From
three to six there will be bridge and Mali Jong,
movies will be shown for the children, afternoon
tea will be served and ice cream cones, lemonade
and lollypops will be on sale. Admission to the
grounds is twentv-five cents for adults and ten
cents for children.

On Tuesday afternoon, July 21st at 2:30, The
Tatterman Marionettes will pay a visit to the
University Plavers Tlieatre at Silver Beach. They
will ])resent a special matinee ])crformancc of
"The Glowing Bird." a f<:lk fairy tale of old
Russia.

(Continued on Page 112)

July i8, 193 i ]

THE COLLECTING NET

The

MRS.

G. L. NOYES

Collections Daily

LAUNDRY

Two

Collections Daily in the

Dormitories

VV.ods Hole

Tel. 777

Service that Satisfies

IDEAL RESTAURANT

Main

Street

Tel.

1243

Woo,ds

Hole

SCIENTIFIC DRAWINGS

CHARTS and GRAPHS

NORRIS JONES

Room 211 — Bk. BIdg. — M. B. I-.

FALMOUTH PLUMBING AND
HARDWARE CO.

Agency for
LYNN OIL RANGE BURNER

Fal.niouth, opp. the Public Library Tel. 26)

MRS. H. M

BRADFORD

Dress

■s, Millinery,

Hosiery aid Gift

Shop

Souvenirs

and Jewelry

Depoi

Avenu;'

Woods

Hole

WliJn in Falmouth Stop at
ISSOKSON'S

GENERAL MERCHANDISE

Shoe Repairing Done While U Walt
A. ISSOKSON

The Whaler on Wheels

"Our Wandering Book Shop"

Miss Iniogene Weelis Miss Helen E. Ellis

Mr. John Francis

Will be at Woods Hole Mondays

throughout the summer

season.

THE WHALER BOOK SHOP

106 SCHOOL STREET NEW BEDFORD

Telephone Clifford 110

TEXACO PRODUCTS

NORGE REFRIGERATORS

WOODS HOLE GARAGE
COMPANY

Opposite Statian

LADIES' and GENTS' TAILORING

Clcn.ning, Dyeing and Repairing

Coata Rclined and .'Vltered. Prices Reasonable

M. DOLINSKY'S
Main St. Woods Hie, Mass. Call 752

112

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VI. No. 44

THE WOODS HOLE LOG

Continued from Page 110)

The University Players are showing the result
of having worked together for the past few!
weeks. "Mr. Pirn Passes By," this week's play,
was consequently the most finished productio-i
thev have put on this year, well cast, well acted
and well staged. This does not mean necessarily
that it was the most enjoyable performance of
the season, for A. A. Milne has let his fancy run
rampant and caused a terrific lot of pother about
nothing. It was charming, as A. A. Milne always
is, if you like that sort of thing.

Outstanding in the cast was Miss Elizabeth
Fenner who has been with the Players since their
very first production and is a favorite with her
audiences. As Olivia Marden, she set the tone
of the play. When that passer-by, Mr. Pim. very
excellently acted by Charles E. Arnt, Jr., cast his
thunderbolt of proof that Olivia's impossible first
husband was still alive, it was Miss Fenner's
superb restraint in acting that warned the audi-
ence not to take life too seriously. Throughout
the play she managed to put across her meanini;
by the slightest lift of the eyelirow or shrug of
the shoulder.

Miss Katherine Hastings, as Din.nh, deserved
special commendation also. On Monday it be-
came evident that Miss Margaret .Sullavan, who
was to have played the part and who unfortunate-
ly was suffering from a strained back, would be
linable to appear. Miss Hastings stepped in, ably
filling the role even on such short notice.

Next week Miss Sullavan. who has just been
starring on Broadway in "A Modern Virgin" will
play the lead in "Coquette," the drama by Ann
Preston Bridgers and George Abbott in which
Helen Haves plaved tlie title role in New York.

— M. S. G.

The Spencer Lens Con^pany of Buffa'o will
hold an exhibit in the Old Lecture Hall from July
23rd to August 4th.

The Marine Experimental station of the Re-
search Institute of the Lankenau Hosjiital. Phila-
delphia, has again opened for the season at North
Truro, under the direction of Dr. Frederick S
Hammett. The station stands on land granted
bv the Capt. L. D. Baker estate of Wellfleet
Financial si:pport is provided by a number of
friends of the institution.

A student, who was asked to compose one
verse of poetry including the words "analyze" and
"anatomy." promptly produced the following :
My analyze oz>er the ncean.

My analyse over the sea.
Oh, ivho win go over the ocean
And hvinci hack niv unalonw.

On Thursday evening, July i6th, the first Vic-
trola concert of the season was presented in the
M. B. L. Club House. Bilbert and Sullivan's
comic opera, "Pinafore" was played and about a
hundred members of the laboratory were present
to enjoy the perennial favorite. The records were
lent by Mr. R. C. McGoun, and whether it was
because of the superior qualitv of the records or
the fact that the phonograph has been repaired,
at any rate the reproduction was excellent.

The second victrola concert of the season will
lie held at the M. B. L. Club Hou.se on Thursday,
July 23rd. The program will be :

Mozart Kleine Nacht Musik

Brahms Symphony No. 4

Mozart German Dance

The program for the following week, July 30th
is as follows :

Bach Prelude in E Flat

Bach Brandenburg Concerto No. 2

Pieethoven Symphony No. 7

The Falmouth Publishing Company is publish-
ing a weekly magazine to be distriliuted free of
charge in hotels, tea rooms, drug stores and other
])ublic places, called "What's Fun in Falmouth."
This is what the Tulv 4th issue savs about Woods
Hole:

This village, four miles south of the shopping
center of the t^wn, besides being the terminal for
the railroad and the steamers to Nantucket, Marthas
Vineyard and New Bedford, is the home of famed
scientific institutions; — the Marine Biological l^ab-
oratory; the U. S. Bureau of Fisheries station; and
the new Woods Hole Oceanrgraphic institution. A
fascinating aquarium filled with colorful fish of the
neighboring waters is at the U. S. Bureau of Fish-
eries, open to the public. Also at Woods Hole is
Section Base 18 of the U. S. Crast Guard, with a
fleet of 20 patrol boats for guarding ships at sea;
and the U. S. Lighthouse Service depot and buoy
yard. At Nobska Light, on the point, is a weather
obsrrvatory and lighthouse, and here is obtained the
m St magnificent view in Falmouth, particularly at
sunset, overlooking Vineyard sound. Buzzards Bay,
Martha's Vineyard and the Elizabeth Islands.

On Monday, July 20th. the physiology class is
having a picnic. They leave in the morning on
the Caycd:tta going by way of Robinson's Hole
to Tarpaulin Cove for dinner.

On Tuesday the Caycdetta is taking the botany
class to Black Rock.

Posts have been erected at either side of the
drawbridge on Main street to support new gates
which are to take the place of the wooden hors?s
which now prevent traffic when the draw is open.
Tlie gates are due to arrive shortlv.

July i8, 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

"3

Church of the Messiah

(Episcopal)
Tlif Rev. James Bancroft, Rector

Holy Communion 8:00 a. m.

Morninj^ Prayer 1 1 :00 a. m.

Evening Prayer 7 :30 p. ni.

THE TWIN DOOR

RESTAURANT AND BAKERY

G. M. GRANT, Prop.

Chicken and Lobster Dinners
Waffles

Main Street

Woods Hole, Mass.

The UNIVERSITY PLAYERS, Inc.

I'reseiits

"COQUETTE"

JULY 20 — JULY 35

Old Silver Beacfi

West Falmouth

DRESSES — LINENS — LACES

Fine Toilet Articles
Elizabeth Arden, Coty

Yardley
Choice Bits from Pekin

MRS. WEEKS SHOPS

FALMOUTH

PARK TAILORING AND
CLEANSING SHOP

Weeks' Building, Falmouth

Phone 907-M Free Delivery

We Press While You Wait

(Speeia,! Riates to Laboratory Members)

WALTER O. LUSCOMBE

REAL ESTATE AND

INSURANCE

Woods Hole

Phone 622

FITZGERALD, INC.
A Man's Sliore

MEN'S WEAR

Colonial Buiding Tel. 935 Main Street

Falmouth

Visit
Malchman's

THE

LARGEST DEPARTMENT STORE

ON CAPE COD

Falmouth

Phone 116

KELVINATOR REFRIGERATION

EASTMAN'S HARDWARE

5 AND 10c DEPARTMENT

Cape Cod Distributors for

Draper Maynard Sporting Goods

SPECIAL PRICES TO CLUBS
Falmouth Tel. 407

FOLLOW THE CROWD TO

DANIEL'S

for

HOME-MADE ICK CREAM,

DELICIOUS SANDWICHES

COFFEE

PICNIC LUNCHES

114

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. _i4

Turtox PLANKTON TOWING NETS

Aside from their
use as plankton .gath-
erers these nets are
I'linnd vahiahle for
Cdllccting (hatoms, mi-
nute Crustacea, small
a(|uatic insects arcl
many nther semi-
micr()scii]iic forms.

Each net has a conical hag of Dufour standard silk holtin.'; cloth. thirt\'-'''ve inches deep,
h-ivipy thirtv-ei'iht ( very coarse ) to one hundred seventy-three (fine) meshes to the inch.
The hag is suspended on a rim of non-corroding phosphor-hronze wire, nine and one-'ha'f
inches in diameter. Three hraided copper wire leaders suspend this from a swivel hy which,
the net is dr;iwn through the water.

TURTOp^"*

^Q|)UCTS

The Sign of the Titrtox
Pleckes Absolute Sadsfaction

Write for a catalog describinsf over forty collect-
ing nets for every purpose and a complete line of
other collecting equipment.

General Biological Supply House

Incorporated
761-763 EAST SIXTY-NINTH PLACE

CHICAGO

Laboratory Crushers
Grinders and

Mills

AP.HE P.ALL :\IILLS AND CUTTING
MILLS

Bulletin No. 462 on Request

LAliORATORY COLLOID MILLS
Bulletins on Request

h'(ir inf(]rmatii)n in regards to crush-
ers, other grinders and pulverizers or
other f(irnis of lahoratory apparatus,
:idvisc rciinirenicnts.

EIMER & AMEND

Established 1S51

Incorporated 1S9T

Headquarters for Laboratorj' Apparatus and
Chemical Reiagents

Tliird Avenue, iSth to lOth Street
New York, N, V.

ECOLOGY
All Foi'ins of Life in Relation to Env'ronment

Established 1920. Quar.erly. Oflicial Puhlication of the
Ecological Society of America. Subscription, $4 a year
for complete volumes (Jan. to Dec.) Parts of volumes
at the single number rate. Back volumes, as avail-
able, $5 each. Single numbers, $1.25 jiost free. Foreign
postage: 20 cents.

GENETICS
A Periodical Record ol Investifjat'.ons bearing on
Heredity and Variation
E.s ablished IQlf.. Bimonhly.

Subscription, $6 a year for complete v. lumes (Jan. to
Dec.) Parts of v liimcs a' tli? single number rate.
SingU numbers, $1.23 post free. Rack volumes, as avail-
able. $".(JI each. Foreign postage: 50 cents.

AMERICAN JOUrvNAL OF BOTANY
Devoted to All nranchcs of Botanical Science

Established 191-!. Mon lily, except August and Sep-
tember. Ofticiai Publica'ion of the Bo*_aiiical Society of
America. Subscription, $7 a year for complete volumes
(Jan. to Dec.) Parts of volumes at the single number
rale. Volumes 1-lS complete, as available, $116. Single
numbers, $1.00 each, post free. Prices of odd volumes
'>a retpiest. Foreign jiostage: -JO cents.

BROOKLYN BOTANIC GARDEN MEMOIRS

\'ohinie 1: 2i contributions by various au hors on
genetics, pathology, mycology, physiology, ecology, plan:
M':-ography, and systematic botany. Price, $3.50 plu^
postage.

\'olume II: The vegetation of Long Island. Part L
I lie vegetation of Mon tank, etc. By Norman Taylor.
Pub. 1023. IDS pi>. Price, $1.00.

Vol. Ill: The vegetation of Mt. Desert Island, Maine,
and its environment. By Harrington Moore and Nor-
niaii Tavlor. 151 pp., '27 text- figs., vegetation map ni
Colors. June 10, I'i27. Price. $1.60.

Orders should be placed with

The Secretary. Brooklyn Botanic Garden,
1000 Washington Ave. Brooklyn. N. Y., U. S. A.

July iS, 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

115

LEICA the Universal Camera in Science

CAMERAS IN ONE

COMPACT

ACCURATE

Weighs only 15 ozs.
Focal Plane Shutter
Uses 35 mm film
Takes 8 pictures per foot
36 pictures at one loading
Interchangeable lenses

No one interested in science can afford to be
without a LEICA

With a LEICA Camera Model C you really have many cameras in one, — a micro camera, a
copying camera, a stereo camera, a telephoto camera, a camera for speed phot graphy in bad
lighting conditions, a wide angle lens camera for including larger areas, a clinical camera, a
camera for portrait photography or for general use, an aerial camera and a camera making 1 x 1%
in. negatives which are even superior in quality to many larger size cameras.

With this camera the educator or the student can make his rwn pictures from original lab-
oratory snecimens, field trips, library research work or fr^m many other sources where pictures
are the vital factors in presentinjj any subjects.

LEICA negatives produce beautiful detailed enlargements and film slide or glass slide posi-
tives. LEICA contact prints measuring 1 x 1% in. furnish excellent pictures for illustrating
special reports, letters, maps and for all types of indexing work.

With the LEICA Camera you never have an obsolete instrument. The first LEICA made
can be adapted to be just as modern as the very latest camera from our factory. The LEICA
is really a unit camera which can be applied to many photographic demands in every pr fes-
sion. Today with the recent discoveries in fine grain developers and with the new fine grain mo-
tion picture film now available, thero is no obstacle in the way of completely accepting the LEICA
as the universal camera.

For the recording or progress picture" exploration work in all sciences a camera

which is plastic enough to make general vicv/s or minute close ups.

The complete story of the LEICA Cameras and accessories is told in our new LEICA CATA-
LOG No. 1190 which will be mailed upon request.

E. LEITZ, Inc.

Dept. CN 60 E. 10th St.

New York, N. Y.

ii6

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 44

"It saved us the cost of 5 microscopes'' ?2llir:'::l::,ir^T ^"^^^-

"PKOMI" MICROSCOPIC DRAWING and
PROJECTION APPARATUS

Takes the place of numerous microscopes
and gives the instructor the opportunity of
teaching with greatest efficiency and least
confusion.

Piojects microscopic slides and living or-
ganisms and insects on table or wall for
laawing and demonstration. Also used as
a microscope and a micro-photographic ap-
paratus.

The Promi, recently perfected by a prom-
inent German microscope works, is an in-
gtni us yet simple apparatus which fills a
long felt want in scientific instruction and
research in Bacteri logy, Botany, Zoology,
Fat!:ology. Anatomy, Embryology, Histol-
ofjy. Chemistry, etc.

It has been endorsed by many leading
scientists and instructors.

AS A PROJECTION APPARATUS: It is used for prt>icctiny in actual colors on wall or
screen, uiicn)SC(;)i)ic iJrcjiaratinns, living organisms and insects for lecture room doinonstratittn and
instruction. Makes it iiussible for a group of students to examine a single siiccinien simultane-
ously. Invaluable for instructors in focusing students' attention on important features, which can-
not be demonstrated with equal facility and time saving under a microscope. Eliminates the eye
strains of niicrosci>|ic examination.

AS A DRAWING LAMP: The ilkistration shows how a microscopic specimen slide is pro-
jected in actual ct)lors on drawing paper enabling student or teacher to draw the image in precise de-
tail in black or colors. Li\ing insects or tnicrosco jiic li\ ing organisms can also be jirnjected. Ad-
justment of the size of the image is sim|>ly a matter of varying the distance to which the image is
projected. Higher magnification may be obtained by using tube and ocular aii.l uur liigli pawer ob-
jectives. Charts can readily be made for class room instruction.

AS A MICROSCOPE: By removing the bulb and atla'.-hing the reflecting mirror and inverting
the apparatus a cornpnund microscope is achieved. Higher magnification is possible by the use of
standard microscopic Iiigh power cibjectivcs and oculars.

AS A MICROPHOTOGRAPHIC APPARATUS: Microscopic preparations of slides, living or-
ganisms and insects can be pliDtngrapheil without the use of a camera.

PRICE: F. O. B. New York $100. OJ complete apparatus in polished wood carrying case. In-
cludes bulb, rheostat for 110 and 220 \olts with cords, plugs and switch for both DC and AC cu--
rent, llx objective, tube with ,Sx ucular, reflecting mirror and micro-cu\ ette. Extra equipment prices
on request. Prospectus gladly sent on request

THE "PROMAR" MICROSCOPIC DRAW-
ING and PROJECTION APPARATUS

A new instrument which has been brought
(lUt in response to a demand for a simple
apparatus like the Promi for more advanced
wiirk which requires more powerful illumi-
nation and higher magnification. The I'ro-
mar ojieratcs in the same manner as the
I'romi but is more heavily constructed and
has the following additional features as
standard equipment :

More brilliant lighting, making higher magnification possible.
Triple nose piece, facilitating use of three objectives.
Fine and coarse adjustment for focusing.
Screw, rack and pinion adjustment for light and ciindcnser.
Screw centering adjustment for light Kciohing stage.

Demonstrations will gladly be made by Mr. Robert Hugh, Rooin 217,
Main Bldg., M. B. L., Woods Hole.
Prospectus Gladly Sent on Request. Write to

117-119 East 24th Street

NEW YORK N Y.

Vol. VI. No. 5.

SATURDAY, JULY 25, 1931

Annual Subscription, $2.00
Single Copies, 25 Cts.

THE LIVING NUCLEUS AND EVIDENCE

OF ITS DIRECT ACTION ON THE

CYTOPLASM IN TISSUE CULTURES

Dr. Rinii-.KT Cii.vmbers

Professor of Biology. Washington Square College.

New York Ihvvcrsitx

Before entering into a discussion on tlie action
of the nucleus upon the cytoiilasm, I wish to pre-
sent a few oliservations on the efifect of mici'odis-
secting nuclei in diffei'ent
types of cells. The nucleus
of the fresh-water amoeha
a))pears to have the con-
sistency of a stiff jelly. ( )ne
can stretch and tear it within
the hody of the amf)eha and no
ill effects are produced. The
deformed nucleus is simply
carried ahout by the normal
streaming movements of the
amoeba and an hour or so
later may resume its original
sha|)e.

The nucleus of the Metazo-
an cells studied behaves quite
flifferently. Nuclei of eggs, of
connective tis.sue cells, of gut
and gland epithelia, nerve cells,
etc., ai"e e.xtremely susceptible
to injurv. When punctured,
the nucleus of any one of
these cells tends to collapse
and to be conveited into a ro-
agulum. The membrane wi'inkles and the nucleus
diminishes in size {Continued on Pag'^ 2I0)

M. 1. %. (!:alcn^al•

MONDAY, JULY 2", 7:30 P.M.
Semini'r. Dr. John P. Turner, "Fib-
rillar System in Euplotes."
Dr. Daniel RafEel, "Types of
Variation pn duced by Conjuga-
tion in Paramecium aurella."
Dr. Ruth S. Lynch, "Effects of
Conjugation in a Number of
Clones of Paramecium aurelia."
Dr. Tracey M. Sonneborn,
"Crcssiner Diverse Clones of Par
amecium aiirelia."

WEDNESDAY, JULY 29, 7:30 P.M.

Scientific Meeting. Under the aus-
pices of the Society of Cellular
Biology. Detailed program on
page 127.

FRIDAY, JULY 31, 8 P.M.

Lectare. Dr. H Spemann, professor
of zoology, Univerfity of Frri-
berg, "Exneriments on the Am-
phibian Egg."

THE IOWA LAKESIDE LABORATORY

OPERATED UNDER THE AUSPICES OF

THE STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA

Dr. Geo. W. Martin
Director of the Laboratory. Professor of Agri-
culture. Wasliington and Jefferson College
The Iowa Lakeside Laboratory was founded in
1909 by Professor Thomas H. Macbride, at that
time head of the Botany Department of the State
University of Iowa, later
President of the University,
and now President Emeritus.
For several years previous to
that time Dr. Macbride and
Professor Shimek had con-
ducted summer field work
in the Iowa lake country,
and both felt that it would be
desirable to have a permanent
location. Since the Universi-
ty, as such, is prevented In-
law from establishing Iiranches
outside of Iowa City, it was
necessary to secure private
support, and a group of alum-
ni organized, purchased land
;'nd liuildings, and still hold
the laboratory property, mere-
ly placing the facilities at the
disposal of the graduate col-
lege and summer session of

I the un.iversity, under whose

auspices it is operated.
The Iowa lake region is situated in northwest-
ern Iowa near the western edge of the Wisconsin

TABLE OF

The Living Nucleus and Its Action en

Cyton'asm 117

The Iowa Lakeside Laboratory 117

Genetic Continuity of the Central Bodies,

Dr. Alfred F. Huettner 121

Re\'iew of the Seminar Ponort of Dr.

Huettner— Dr. Henry J. Fry 122

Photo-electric Cell Records of Animal

I uminepcence — Dr, E. Newton Harvey. 124
Review of the Seminar Report of Dr.

Harvey — Dr. William R. Amberson.... 125

CONTENTS

The Carbon Dioxide Combining Power of

Mammalian Muscle,

Dr. Lawrence Irving 125

Review of the Seminar Report of Dr.

Iryinp-— Dr. Walter S. Root 126

Some Observations of Self-sterility in

Stvela— Dr. H. H. Plough 126

Reviews of Scientific Bo-ks 127

Kditorial Page 128

Items of Interest 129, 130

Wo-^ds H0I3 Log 138, 140

ii8

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 45

IOWA LAKESiLifc: LABOHATOKY

THE LABORATORY liUILDINO ON WEST

OKOHOJI LAKE

drift sheet, not far from the Minnesota l)irfler,
and owes its existence to the hlocking of the
oripnal drainage systems at the time of the Wis-
consin glaciation and the d-version of the
drainage channels from the Mississippi to the
Missouri River. There are three large lakes.
Spirit Lnke and East and West 'Okohoii
Lakes. Spirit Lake is the largest and extends
into Minnesota ter-itory. West Okohoji Lake,
upon the western shore of which the lahoratory is
situated, is next in size, heing ahout six mile.,
long and three miles wide, with an irregular'
shore line, and attains a depth of a hundred and
fort\- feet, being by far the drepest of the group.
East Okolioji, connected with it li\- a narrow
opening, is \oncr and narrow, .■nul for th" most
part qu'te shallow. Scores of smaller bodies of
water — lakes, ponds, and kettle holes — occur in
the vicinity and afford a wide rarge of habitats
tor atiuatic organisms. While nianv of these
have been drained s-nce the laboratory was found-
ed, the multiplication of automobiles and the
rapid develpment of giid roads have made man\-
(;thers easily available. Fortunateh-, drainage has
ceasfd and it seems unlikelv that it will lie re-
sumed on any extensive scale for many A-ears to
come, if at all.

The refion about the lalioratorv was originally
mostly prairie. It is now largely farmed, but ex-
tensive patches of nrairie still remain. The lake
shores and the valley of the Little Sioux River
were for the most part forested and nearly all of
this forest remains near the lakes, and much of
it along the river. Numerous seeps and hangin-j
bogs occur both in prairie and forest. The lab-
or.itory campus, of alxiut a hundred acres, in-
clutLs a snnll tract of mesophvtic forest, a larg-
er bit of xerophytic bur oak forest and prairie,
banging liog and marsh areas, surrounding a

shallow bay rich in aquatic phanerogams and the
associated animals and lower plants.

The laboratory building is merely a frame
shelter for workers. It has recently l)een repaired
so that it is adeijuate if not lieautiful. It is sup-
plied with running water and electricity, and a
small amount of glassware and apparatus. Pend-
ing the erection of a fireproof structure, it has
seemed advisable to ship needed supplies from the
University for the summer only. There is a large
head(|uarters cottage, with roomy, enclosed porcii
and public rooms, and a numlier of other build-
ings, including mess-hall, dormitories and small
cottages. All are located on a wooded bluff,
thirty to fifty feet above the level of the lake.

The laboratory is normally open for ten weeks,
but in recent years arrangements have frequently
been made for special work before and after the
regular sesion. For purposes of instruction the
session is divided into two terms of five week-)
each, and one ciurse in botany and one in zoology
are offered cch term. These courses are open to
both undergraduates and graduates, the accomp-
lishment expected of the latter being, of ciurse.
greater. Students register for but a single course
at a time, hence there are no schedule com|)lica-
tions The coarst work is very definitely directed
toward meeting the needs of teachers of liiologv
in the interior of the country, by eni])hasizing the
availability for study of the familiar plants and
animals of that region, many of which can be se-
cured almost anywhere. There is, of course, no
thought of disparaging the work of marine sta-
tions and all students who are not familiar with
marine conditions are urged to make every effort
to spend some time at Woods Hole or some other
seaside laboratory.

Research material available is of necessity more
limited than at a marine laboratory, but is suf-
ficiently varied to supply a wide range of prob-
lems. As examj)les of the type of problems stud-
ied at the laboratory in recent years may be cited
taxonomic studies on vascular ])lants, fish, Clado-
cera, rotifers, phyto-plankton, filamentous algae

THE LABUHATUKY
LIIOKINO Wt-STWARD ACROSS THE

July 25, 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

119

and Myxomycetes ; development studies on am-
phibians ; studies on the temperature and oxygen
changes in the lake; investigations of mycorhiza ;
the ecology of the prairie with reference to water
relations.

The phytoplankton of the Okoboji region has
been stated liy competent observers to be one of
the richest in the world, except for desmids, and
tiie animal life of the lakes, while less completely
known, is certainly rich and varied. Frogs and
salamanders are aburdant. Fish nests line the
lake frontage of the laboratory.

Situated as it is in the tension zone between.

forest and prairie, the region in the vicinity of
the laboratory offers many advantages for the
study of ecological problems. Much has been ac-
com])lished, but much more remains to be done.

The resident staiif this summer, in addition to the
director, is composed of Professor H. S. Conrad,
of Grinnell College, and Dr. Arthur P. Kelley,
in botany, and Professor Ira T. Wilson, of Heid-
elberg College, in zoology. In addition to these
men and their classes there are several research
students carrying on investigations on the fungi
and algae either independently or under super-
vision.

THE LIVING NUCLEUS ITS DIR ECT ACTION ON THE CYTOPLASM

IN TISSUE CULTURES

(Ccntinued from Page 117)

possibly because of an e.scape of fluid. It
'has been claimed that the nucleus of the Am-
phibian red blood cell is an elastic body which, on
stretching, will tend partially to return to tht'
form it possesj^ed before stretching. I am
convinced that this property of elasticity appears
only after the nucleus is dead and has become
coagulated. When the nucleus within an intact
red cell in blood serum is punctured, the nucleus
swells appreciably and the haemoglobin-colored
cytoplasm fades. Only then is the nucleus con-
verted into a semi-elastic coagulum.

The nucleus of a plant cell such as that of
onion bulb-scales is also highly reactive to punc-
ture. Sometimes it disappears completelv ; at
other times it collapses and then coagulates. When
plasmolyzed plant cells are examined (e. g. onion
cells plasmolyzed with potassium salts), the nu-
cleus is often seen to be a swollen hyaline sphere.
A puncture of such a nucleus causes it to disap-
pear completely, the c\toplasm at the same time
undergoing degeneration.

I shall not go into any detail here in discussing
the considerable evidence thus far olitaincd in de-
termining the alkalinity of the nucleus with re-
spect to the cytoplasm surrounding it. Probablv
the first person who showed this is Paul Reiss of
Strassburg. Reiss placed immature Echinoderm
eggs between a cover slip and slide in sea-water
colored with a pH indicator. On crushing the
e^afs, their nuclei took on the alk''line color of the
indicator, while the cvtrplasm assumed the acid
color. I have repeated this experiment on star-
fish eggs with the same result. The first thing
that one not'ces. r.fter crushing, is the disappear-
ance of the nucleolus and a change in volum" of
the nucleus. The nucleus shrinks and persists f o ■
some time as a hyaline nuclear remnant within
the cytolizing deliris of the cytoplasm. With
])henol red in the sea-water the debris fo*" a short
time is bright yellow facid), and the nuclear rem-
nant is rose red (alkaline).

Evidence from carefully conducted mxro-injec-

tion experiments have shown that the nucleus ex-
hibits a distinctly alkaline reaction (a pH of
aiiout 7.6) while still within a healthy appearing,
intact cell. It is interesting to note that, upon cy-
tolysis, the cytoplasm becomes more acid than be-
fore facid of injury). The nuclear remnant, on
the other hand, maintains the same alkaline re-
action possessed liy the nucleus within the intact
cell. It is for this reason that Reiss was able to
note an appreciable difference in the reaction,
when tlie cells were crushed.

I wish to present here new evidence for the
greater alkaline reaction of the nucleus in con-
trast to that of the cytoplasm. When neutral red
is injected into the nucleus, the dye quickly passes
out into the cytoplasm. On the other hand, when
methyl red is introduced into the cytoplasm, the
dye passes into the nucleus. Methyl red is the
only indicator I have found which Iiehaves in this
way in the living cell.

The possible explanation is of interest in re-
lation to the fjuestion of vital staining. Neutral
red, in an aqueous medium on the alkaline side of
pH 7,0. tends to lie present in the form of its
slightly solul)le, undissociatfd free base. On the
acid side of pH 7.0 it is far more soluble as a
dissociated salt. The tendency is for the dye to
pass from a medium in which it is less soluble to
that in which it is more solulile. Probably this is
what makes it an almost ideal vital stain, si-ice
physiological fluids which bathe cells are on the
alkaline side of pH 7.0, while the internal proto-
plasm of the cells is on the acid side. Egcs in
sea-water are readily stained with neutral red, al-
most too readily, for its tendency is progressively
to accumulate in the cytoplasm until the eggs are
overstainfd. When conditions are reversed, i. e.,
by acidifying the sea-water so that the latter is
made dii-tinctly more acid than the cytoplasm of
the eggs, no staining occurs and colored eggs
nuickly liecome destained. When we study the
distribution of neutral red between the nucleus and
the cytoplasm of the egg we find that the dis-

I20

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 45

tribiition is such as can most easily be explained
bv the differences in their acid reactions, viz.,
neutral red in the cytoplasm never passes into the
living nucleus and, conversely, when the dye is
injected into the nucleus the dye rapidl\- diffuses
out into the cytoplasm.

Methyl red is amjihoteric and its Ijasic proper-
ties are manifested only in a distinctly acid medi-
um. .\t about pH 5 it tends to form a free base.
In sea-water at the normal pH of S.2 it e.xi^ls
almost entirely as the sodium salt of its acidic
radical and as such is not a vital stain. In sea-
water, acidified to a pH of 6 the methyl red readi-
Iv diffuses into the cytoplasm and stains it. The
csgs are viable at a still lower pH. The differ-
ence lietween this dye and neutral red is that the
methyl red does not merely stain the cytoplasm
hut also diffuses into the nucleus. In methyl red
a-.id neutral red we have two dyes, one with a ten-
dency to diffuse from a more alkaline medium
and the other with a tendency in the reverse direc-
tion. Their 1)ehavior in regard to the nucleus and
cytoplasm of the starfish egg is of the same order.

I'uncturing the nucleus of the Metazoan cell
produces an extraordinary effect. Owing to the
plasticity and extensibility of the nuclear mem-
brane the nucleus can be pinched almost in two
with no dire results; Init if the needle scratches
the membrane so as to tear it, the nucleus breaks
down and cytolysis occnrs-

During this last Spring I have been working
with Dr. Fell in Cambridge. England, on tissue-
cultures under darkground illumination. The
condenser we used was a recently improved
special form with a wide angular aperture. It is
constructed to permit the insertion of micro-
needles 1 eneath the hollow cone of light for oper-
ating upon cells in a hanging drop. The illumim-
ti(m is such that we were able to use oil immer-
sion objectives, and to observe, in beautiful de-
tail, the delicate cytoplasmic structures character-
istic of tissue culture cells. On puncturing the
nuclei of the cells we obtained a very beautiful
dnrkfield picture of the changes which took place.
Tlie slightest puncture of the nucleus prrduces
almost instantly a stopjiage of all movement with-
in the cell. This came out strikingly in the iris
])igment cells in which the small pigme: t-rodlets
scurry about in groups and singly, very much like
guinea-pigs in a pen. The ne.xt thing one ob-
serves is the appearance, immediately around the
collapsed and shrunken nuclear remnant, of very
fine granules observalile only with the darkfield.
The granules progressively increase and the re-
sulting opacity of the cytoplasm around the nu-
cleus spreads until it invades the entire ce'l. An-
other change is in the mitochondria. This shows
up beautifully in the fibroblasts, where long, sinu-
ous mitochondria can he seen moving about in the
c\ toplasm. "S'ou can dig about in the cyto]T*asm
w'th the needle and nothing happens: the mito-
chondria keep on moving and they maintain their

long, sinuous shapes. But if the nucleus is punc-
tured one notices, as the fine degeneration gran-
ules appear in the cytoplasm, that the mitochon-
dria begin to be transformed into pale outlined
spherules quite different from the highly refrac-
tive fat droplets which normally occur in relative-
ly small numbers in these cells. The extended
pseudopodia slowly lose their peripheral attach-
ments and are withdrawn as the cell becomes con-
verted into a shriveled, coagulated mass with
regions here and there in which active Brownian
movement can be seen. These progressive
changes following the nuclear puncture occur gen-
erally within a period of five to eight minutes.

An e.xtraordinary phenomenon occurs when one
of the nuclei of a hinucleate cell is punctured.
Binucleate cells are frequently found in cultures
of a variety of cells. They appear to be quite
normal in all other respects. Those experimented
upon were phagocytes, fibroblasts, gut and pig-
mented epithelial cells. With a very fine-tipped
micro-needle one nucleus of a binucleate cell was
slightly (lunctured. There occurred the same se-
quence of events as previously described, but in
this case restricted to the immediate region of the
injured nucleus, viz., an immediate cessation of
movement, the gradual appearance of degenera-
tion granules, the conversion of mitochondria into
spherules and a retraction of the pseudopodia in
the vicinity of the injured and shriveling nucleus.
However, after a few m-nutes the degeneration
granules began to fade from view, the mitochon-
drial spherules disappeared, normal mitochondria
invaded this region, pseudopodia extended again,
and the cell then appeared as a normal mono-
nucleated cell, containing the shriveled remnant
of the one nucleus which had been punctured.
This is a striking demonstration to show that the
presence of one healthy nucleus can overcome the
degenerative action produced by the injury of the
other nucleus. Recovery did not always occur. In
several cases the degenerative effect of injuring
one nucleus involved the other nucleus, which, in
its turn, also degenerated, resulting in the death
of the cell.

The essentialness of the nucleus to the contin-
ued life of a cell is, of course, undisputed. More
directly it is well recognized that the elimination
of a nucleus causes the cell from which it has
been removed to lose the ability of reproducing
itself. The evidence presented in this paper still
more directly demonstrates the importance of the
nucleus by showing that the presence of a healthy
nucleus can keep a cell from destruction even
after a certain degree of cytolysis has once set in.

We know nothing of the nature of the material
which must emanate from the living nucleus to
maintain or to restore normal conditions in the
surriunding cytoplasm nor do we have an inkling
of what escapes from a punctured nucleus to in-
duce cvtolysis. All that we know is the fact of
the occurrence. Concerning the chemistry of

July 25, 193 1 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

121

the livinsf nucleus and cytoplasm the pronounced
alkalinity of the nucleus in contrast to that of the
cytoplasm is at present of no assistance in help-
ing us to arrive at any conclusion.

DiscrssiON

Question : What conception do you have of the
motility of the mitochondria ? Do you get the im-
pression that they are self-motile, or that they
move hy virtue of cytoplasmic currents ?

Dr. Chambers: The sinuous movement of the
long slender mitochondria in fihroblasts is at times
much more active than at others. As far as I
have been able to notice, the variation in their ac-
tivity seems to correspond closely vi^ith the stream-
ing movements of the cytoplasm of the cell. Mv
impression is that the mitochondria are carried
ahout passively.

Question : Have you formed any conceptions
as to the time factor in death? Do vou consider
it instantaneous or is time involved? You have
used the term intra vitam : might we use the term'
intra mortem?

Dr. Chambers: There are definite successive
degenerative changes, none of which are necessar-
ily mortal, because in the case of a binucleated
cell you get all these visible changes, but the pres-
ence of the other nucleus may result in apparent
complete recovery.

Question: What happens if you puncture the
second nucleus?

Dr. Clianibers: On puncturing the second nu-
cleus the same degenerative changes occur, w't'i
death of the cell. I am speaking of the Metazonn
nucleus; the Protozoan nucleus behaves quite dif-
ferently.

Qitest-on : You said that if vou cut off a piece
of the filiroblast it continued normal for some
time.

Dr. Chambers: Yes. That suggests that it is
not the mere presence of the nucleus, but of some-
thing emanating from the injured nuc'eus which
stoDs movement and results in degeneration of the
cell.

Question : Does Rrownian movement occur in
the degeneration process ?

Dr. Chambers : These degeneration part'cles
show very active Brownian movement in some
cases and not in others. When the cell is verv

much flattened the membrane apparently stiffens
with death and the degeneration granules adhere
to the inner surface so that no Brownian. move-,
ment is appreciable.

Question : Have you been able to inject the
nuclear contents of one cell into another?

Dr. Chambers: The difficulty lies in working
fast enough. I have done so with the fluid con-
tents of the germinal vesicle in the starfish egg.
When removed and immediately injected into an-
other egg I have obtained degenerative changes
in the second egg but such material cannot be kept
in a pipette more than a few seconds, after which
the injected material will cause no cytolytic
change.

Question : Do you get some degenerative stages
from ordinary penetration of a needle into a cell?

Dr. Chambers: Ordinarily, when a sufficiently
fine-tipped needle or pipette is used, no observable
cytolytic change occurs. With blunt tipped needles
it is very difficult to puncture manv cells because
of the extreme plasticitv of the membrane of the
cell and of its contents. With such instruments
penetration is accomplished only with distinct dis-
ruption as the needle tears its way into the cell.
Possibly the chief difficulty of many who attempt
micro-manipulation of living cells, is due to their
not appreciating the necessity of using the proper
kind of micro-needles. That the mere penetration
of a needle into a living cell produces some in-
jurious reaction there is probably little doubt. In
the starfish egg we have been able to demonstrate
that an evanescent, injurious action does occur
even when the operation is done so as to produce
no apprecialile morphological change. This has
been shown liy inserting a needle into an ei;g
which previously had been colored blue by the
injection of brom cresol purple. At the site of
penetration a distinct minute trace of vellow oc-
curs, indicating an acid of injury. Within a sec-
ond, however, the color reverts to blue, indicating
)a neutralization of the acid. This reaction of
acidity is more pronounced the more rapidlv the
needle is thrust into the egg.

In the case of tissue culture cells, the cytoplasm
could be repeatedly punctured without producintr
anv noticeable effect. It is only when the nucleus
is ptmctured that cytolysis occurs.

GENETIC CONTINUITY OF THE CENTRAL BODIES

Dr. Alfred F. Huettner
Professor of Biology, Washington, College, Nezv York University

The egg of DrosophiJa melanogastcr is ap-
proximatelv one tenth of a millimeter in thick-
ness and slightlv less than half a millimeter long.
It is centrolecithal, normally polyspermic and
with the first polar Ixidy spindle in metaphase at
the time of fertilization. Within ten minutes
after the spermatozoa have entered the egg the
second polar body is formed and the two pro-

nuclei are ready to fuse. All early cleavages are
simply divisions of nuclei within this large egg,
and only at a much later stage are cell walls
formed and still later the tissues differentiated.

The first cleavage results in two nuclei which
are imbedded in clear and separate protoplasmic
patches. These nucleated, separated protoplasmic
islands are characteristic of the cleaving insect

122

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 45

egg. As far as the thirteenth cleavage all nu-
clear divisions with the exception of the primor-
dial germ cells, are synchronous so that the same
mitotic stage can be studied on hundreds and
sometimes on thousands of nuclei in the same egg.

The Drosophila egg has to be pu'ictured while
it is immersed in the fi.xing fluid to insure rapid:
and proper fixation. However, when the punc-
ture is ver\- minute so that the fixing agent will:
enter slowly, the mitotic figures will be seen to
varv from the point of puncture to the opposite
parts of the egg. For instance, if one should
puncture an egg in which the nuclei are all in
metaphase. those nearest the puncture will be fixed
in meta])hase, but the further the figures are away,
the later they are reached and arrested in their
activity by the fixing agent, and the mitotic fig-
ures will show a gradation from metaphase into
anaphase. One may therefore oliserve the ceu-
trioles actually elongate and divide and take up
position at opposite sides of the inte-kiretic nu-
cleus. One may also observe that the centrioles
are dynamic, moving about and changing position
in the protoplasmic islands as the c\ tomechanical
processes are in progress.

I do not wish it to be understood that the cen-
tral bodies as seen in the ph(jtographs. which were
])rojected on the screen, conform preciselv to the
condition existing in the living egg. I would
hold onlv that they are definite entities of some
kind that conform to the jirinciple of genetic con-
tinuity. It is possible, even probable, that in the
coagulated cell they may have undergone ma-
terial changes. Whatever their morphologic
nature in the living cell, there seems to be no
doulrt tliat thev are definitelv organized parts of
the animal cell which, at least in the more favor-
able cases in the animal and also in some of the
lower plants, can be demonstrated to be continu-

ous. In Drosophila the evidence indicates strong-
ly that this continuity is perfect, since it seems
that the spermatozoan carries the first centriole
into the egg, and from this first one are derived
every succeeding centriole, including those of the
germ cells.

This leads to another aspect of this question
since Dr. Fry has denied the existence of the
centrioles in somatic mitoses in members of
several phyla with a strong implication that they
do not exist in any somatic mitosis. However, he
does admit their existence in the maturation div-
isions of the oocyte and spermatocyte l>ecause in
the latter they act as blepharoblasts. The photo-
graphs shown prove that in Drosophila the cen-
trioles of the somatic mitoses are the same as
those of the germ cells. Nor is it possible liere
to uphold that these definite bodies with their reg-
ular appearance, location and precise movement
are random granules or staining artifacts or focal
points of astral rays when no astral rays are pres-
ent in interkinesis. I wish to emphasize that the
photographs, which were submitted, are by no
means exceptional or specially selected for their
beauty. When photographing at such high pow-
ers one is definitely limited to one narrow focal
plane and the best evidence cannot be photo-
graphed because parts of the picture may be
slightly out of focus.

Since all the evidence gathered in Drosophila
is in full accord with that worked out hv Van
Beneden, Boveri, Brauer, Flemming, Heidenain,
Wilson, Griffin, McFarland, Mead, Coe and many
others who worked on other phyla and in diversi-
fied classes of such ]ihyla, it appears that Droso-
phila is by no means exceptional and represents
merely the most complete and most evident his-
torv of the central bodies thus far observed.

REVIEW OF THE SEMINAR REPORT OF DR. HUETTNER

Dr. Henry S. Fry
Prnfncssor of Biology, Washiiiiiton Sqit arc College. New Vorh University

Dr. Huettner's description of central body be-
havior in cleaving Drosophila eggs is a most im-
]iortant contribution to the central bodv problem.
In this species we are apparently dealing with a
typical centriole which persists as an individual-
ized structure from one cell division to the next.
In this persistence, which is independent of the
astral condition, lies the significance of the Droso-
phila material, and herein it differs from cleaving
eggs of most species, where central bodies do not
persist during the interkinetic period when asters
are absent. The question therefore arises, is
central body behavior in Drosophila different
from that of many other forms, or will future
study bring the phenomena under one categorv?

Obviously we are not dealing here with random
granules ; this point needs no further discussion.
It also seems equally apparent that the central

bodies are not just the coagulated focal area of
astral ra\s, since thev can be clearly demonstrat-
ed in fixed material when rays are absent, but
this conclusion needs further examination In
this connection the results I am now obtaining in
cleaving eggs of other forms (Pennaria, Cum-
ingia, Chaetopterus, Asterias, Cerebratulus. and
dogfish) may lie significant for Drosophila. In
them an orderly central body is present only
when distinctly organized rays reach the astral
center : in some species the rays must be coarse :
in others, a few delicate rays are sufficient; in
some cases a spindle without asters may have
such bodies, provided the fibers are sharply
focused. This body does not e.xist before the
aster arises ; it disappears simultaneously with
the breakdown of the inner ends of rays, regard-
less of their clarity in the outer parts — hence such

JrLY 25, 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

123

bodies are not present in these species from late
anaphase onwards. It is probable, therefore, that
these bodies are actually nothing but the coagula-
tion product of the area where the rays come to
a focus, an area which differs chemically and
physically from the surrounding region where
there is more or less inter-ray material. These
bodies may be large and diffuse as in Echinoderms,
or minute and period-like as in Cerebratulus and
Chaetopterus.

May the central bodies of Drosophila also he
only the coagulation product of the focal area of
rays ? Dr. Huettner presented two arguments
that apparently disprove this possibility : first,
central iiodies can be demonstrated during mitosis
whether the rays of the living aster are fixed or
not ; second, they persist during the interkinetic
period when asters are absent. These facts, how-
ever, cannot be accepted as conclusive until cer-
tain points have been cleared up whxh make the
study of central bodies in Drosophila peculiarly
difficult.

Fixation of Drosophila eggs is unusually pre-
carious and undependable. It is well known
among cytologists that in the eggs of most spec-
ies a given type of fixation at a given mitotic
phase in a certain stage of development usually
yields results that are repeatable : for example,
variations in the structure of asters, under such
conditions, among dilTerent eggs of the same fe-
male or of different females, are negligible.
Furthermore, the use of a proper reagent reveals
depend.Tbly on the fixed slide the gross condition
of the living aster, i. e., large or small, distinct or
faint. Drosophila eggs, however, present a very
different situation. As Dr. Huettner stated, they
are so impervious to reagents that each one must
be pricked individually to permit entrance of the
fluid. The results in different eggs at the .same,
stage are quite variable, due probably to differ-
ences in the size of the puncture with consequent
differences in the amount of fluid entering the egg
and the speed diffus>on. Not only are such
differences apparent between different eggs fixed
at the same stage, but in some thev exist at differ-
ent distances from the point of pricking, as pointed
out by Professor Wilson in his recent lecture. For
example, the lantern slides of anaphase figures
showed clear rays in some cases, whereas others,
in identically the same stage, as ind'cated by the
position of the chromosomes, showed no rays at
all. All astral stages exhibit variability of ray
fixation. A given mitotic stage, which undoubt-
edly has rays in the living condition, may or may
not show them after coagulation. It is at least
possible that ray material may be coagulated more
rendilv at the pster's focal region where it is more
abundant than elsewhere where there is inter-ray
material. Were such the case, it is poss-ble that
under one condition of fixation both the focal
area (central body) and the peripheral portion
are fixed, the latter showing clear rays ; whereas

under a slightly different condition of fixation, al-
though the center is coagulated as previously, the
rest is left non-radial, even though both figures
were radial in the living condition.

It would have added important information to
the discussion if Dr. Huettner had given some in-
formation concerning the fixatives used — whether
more than one reagent was employed, and if so
whether or not there are variations in the coagu-
lation products. Until fixation of Drosophila
eggs can be made so dependable that the mitotic
figures at a given stage fix in a similar manner
and adequately preserve the gross living con-
dition, conclusions concerning the presence or
ai)sence of central bodies in relation to the pres-
ence or absence of rays are necessarily uncertain.

The second difficulty lies in the unusual short-
ness of the interkinetic period when asters are
absent. In most species twenty to thirty minutes
elapse from one metaphase to another, and the
interkinetic period is about eight to ten minutes.
In Drosophila from metaphase to metaphase re-
quires only about eight minutes and the inter-
kinetic period covers at most two minutes. Such
a brief period might be overlooked if certain
classes of cells are regarded as well fixed and
others, put up at the same stage under similar
conditions, are dismissed as poorly fixed.

I recently studied forty Drosophila eggs (fixed
by a formol-alcobol-acetic mixture) having re-
formed nuclei, and showing no asters. Less than
half of the eggs showed central bodies ; whether
or not these eggs actually had asters in life which
were not preserved bv the fixation is unknown.
The impo'-tant point is that more than half had
no central bodies. Two of the latter, photo-
graphed w'th ultra-violet light by Dr. F. F. Lucas
of the Rell Telephone Laboratories, showed no
ceritral liodies. The evidence from these very pre-
liminary studies is of course not conclusive, but
it raises the possibility that in the very brief inter-
kinetic period central bodies may actually be ab-
sent. Assuming that the presence of central bod-
ies is related somehow to the presence of rays, it
would be easy to pass from the latest telophase
stage having rays in the living condition to the
earliest prophase stage having rays, unconsciously
skipping the brief interkinetic period. The whole
situation is further aggravated by the vagaries of
fixation, since the rays may or may not be fixed.

All Drosophila eggs fixed with a given reagent
at a given interkinetic period and treated in the
same manner, as far as technique permits, should
be reported. If the great majority show central
bodies at all stages, including the interkinetic per-
iod, that is one-result; if, however, as I found in
the sample of forty eggs mentioned above, a large
percentage does not show central bodies, at least
the percentage of each class should be reported.
If certain groups are dismissed as non-significani,
the reason for such action should be made clear,
in view of the brevity of the interkinetic period

124

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 45

and the uncertainties nf fixation. Possibly Dr.
Huettner has considered all this, but no informa-
tion was given on this point.

LTnfortunately, space forbids discussion of the
division of the central body during metaphase. In
some of the forms I am now studying this occurs
also, and is associated with the widening of the
spindle-end which renders the aster bifocal.
Whether the liody is a d\namic center playing
some role in effecting these changes, or whether
the centriole's change from a single to a
double condition is a passive result of the unifocal
astral area becoming bifocal due to the widening
of the spindle-end, remains to be proved.

Should further study show the central bodies
of Drosophila actually to be absent during the
interkinetic period, this would be in harmony with
the condition during maturation of Drosophila
eggs, where there are no asters and no central
bodies. It would also harmonize with the result.-;

in the other forms previously noted, where order-
ly liodies are absent during interkinesis when as-
ters are absent. If, on the other hand, further
study confirms the conclusion that we are dealing
with typical centrioles. then it must be ascertain-
ed whether or not the liehavior of Drosophila cen-
trioles is in a different category from that of the
other forms mentioned. In this connection it
may be noted that the centriole-blepharoplasts of
.sperm-forming cells show diverse behavior: in
.some species arising in late spermatogonia; in
others, in the primary spermatocytes ; in yet oth-
ers, in the spermatids. If such variability of this
structure is manifest during spermatogenesis in
different species, may not central bodies show di-
verse behavior during cleavage?

Dr. Huettner's studv is a stimulating contribu-
tion to the suliject, which will call forth further
research and contribute to the eventual solution of
this important cytological problem.

PHOTO-ELECTRIC CELL RECORDS OF ANIMAL LUMINESCENCE

Dr. E Nf.wton H.\rvey
Professor of Physiology. Princeton University

Determination of the ab,solute intensity of weak
luminescence is a difficult undertaking, since the
quality of the light is far different from that of
a comparison source. Relative intensities of
luminescences may be determined by various types
of photometers, provided the light lasts long
enough to make an eye comparison. For rapid
flashes of luminescence such as those of many
luminous organisms some sort of recording mech-
anism becomes absolutely necessary. The photo-
cell with amplification and a string galvanometer
is a convenient means of recording such flashes
of light.

The pioneer work in analysing luminescences
was carried out by Dr. W. R. Amberson who
studied the decay of luminescence when solutions
of lucifcrin and luciferase. the light-giving sub-
stance of animals, are mixed in a test tube. His
method of recording was to revolve photographic
film on a kymograph drum past a narrow slit in
the blackened test tube in which the solutions were
mixed. After development, light intensity could
be measured in terms of the lilackening of the
film. These decay curves were logarithmic, the
slope (velocity constant ) proportional to luciferase
concentration, varying with luciferin concentra-
tion, increasing 2 to 3 times for a 10" rise in
temperature and independent of stirring the so-
lutions. The time for decay was absent about S
seconds.

The photo-electric recording method allows
very rapid decays to be measured in which the
time for half decay is of the order of 1/2 to i
second. Even such short flashes of luminescence
behave in the same manner as the longer ones

studied by Amberson, giving logarithmic decay
curves A long series of records of velocity con-
stants shows that with constant luciferase con-
centration these are inversely proportional to the
square root of the concentration of luciferin plus
oxyluciferin, its oxidation product. This can be
exjilained by assuming the velocity constant as
measured by hmiinescence to depend on the luci-
ferin plus oxyluciferin adsorbed on luciferase,
the luciferin and the oxyluciferin having the same
adsorption isotherm.

A long series of studies of the flash of the
fire-fly obtained by Mr. P. A. Snell in different
oxNgen concentrations show that the normal refle.K
flash in the male is perfectly symmetrical and
looks like a normal distribution curve. The
duration is about Vc second at room temperature.
P)rown and King find the female to give an un-
svmmetrical flash with a secondary maximum.

The West Indian elaterid beetle, Pyrophorus,
gives a long lasting luminescence on stimulation.
This rises to a maximum in 0.8 to i second and
remains there with rhythmic =;% changes in light
intensity, having a period of 0.2 to 0.3 second,
which gradually becomes longer and finally
merges into a rhythmic pulsation of light of al)OUt
I second period, detectalile liy the eye. These are
ascribed to rhythmic volleys of impulses sent out
from the nerve ganglions controlling the liglit
organ.

Rapidly changing intensities of luminescence in
a suspension of luminous bacteria can be record-
ed : for example, the flash of "excess lumines-
cence" which appears when these bacteria are de-
prived of oxygen. The intensity of this flash is

Jmly 25, 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

125

about twice that of the normal light. It falls off
rapidly in intensitv and lasts some 12 seconds.
These records have not been published hut were
illustrated by lantern slides. The method will
prove as valuable in the analysis of luminescence
as the optical lever in muscle physiology.

Literature

/nbcrson, W. R., Jour. Gen. Physiol. 4, 517, 1922.
Stevens, K. P.. Jour. Gen. Physiol. 10, 859, 1927.
Harvey, E. N. and Snell, P. H., Jour. Gen. Physiol.
14. .'529, 1931.

Snell, P. A., Science, 73, 372, 1931.
Brown, D. E. S. and King, C. V., Physiol. Jool. 4,
2C7, 1931.

REVIEW OF THE SEMINAR

Dr. William
Professor of Physiology,
The application of the photo-electric cell to the
study of animal luminescence registers another
success for the use of modern phvsical apparatus
in biological research. The results described by
Dr. Harvev present us with a very accurate p'c-
tiu'e of the time relations of these rapidly chang-
ing luminescences. Although it is true that I was
able, some years ago, to discern the main re-

REPORT OF DR. HARVEY

R. Ambf.rsgn

Lhih'crsity of Tonicsscc

lationshijis now confirmed in the present study,
as Dr. Harvey has kindly indicated, it is also true
that my old method was exceedingly laborious,
and relatively inaccurate, in comparison with the
quick and easy study now made possible. Th°
new method represents an important technical ad-
vance which may now be extended to other prob-
lems in this field.

THE CARBON DIOXIDE COMBINING POWER OF MAMMALIAN MUSCLE

Dr. L.\fRENCE Irving
Associate Professor of PhvsioIoi;y, Ihiiz'crsitv of Toronto

Although muscle contains only about half as
much CC)2 as blood in each gram, the total re-
serves of muscle CO2 in the liody are aliout five
times greater. This quantity of reserve CO2 is
subject to alteration by changes in the CO2 ten-
sion of circulating blood. The relation between
CO2 content and tension may also be used to re-
present the condition of the acid-l)ase equili!)rium
and the buffering power. But it is much more
difficult to deal with an active and sensitive solid
tissue like muscle than with the fluid and rela-
tively stable blood.

The two variable factors to be determined are
(l) CO2 content and (2) CO2 tension. Th.>
first may be accurately determined by a method
developed from Van Slyke's principles of blood
analysis. There is no direct method for determin-
ing CC)2 tension in a living solid tissue. But it
is evident that the CO2 tension of a tissue must
always be greater than that of the venous blood
in order to maintain the escape of CO2 as it is
produced The circulation of mammalian muscle
is so elaborate and the diffusion of CO2 is so
easy fhat Krogh has figurefl that the difference in
tension lietween muscle and its venous lilood
cannot be perceptible. The sampling of venous
blood from a muscle and sulisequent analysis of
it in the quantity available have required the de-
velopment of special operative and analytical
technique.

The gastrocnemii of sjiinal dogs were dissected
so that the only blood passing out through the pop-
liteal veins came from the gastrocnemii alone.
Rlood samples were then d'-awn from one vein
for the determination of CO2 tension, and the
muscle was removed for analysis. These two
results showed the CO2 content of the muscle at
about a normal CO2 ten.sion. The dogs were

then either overventdated to reduce the CO2 ten-
sion or ventilated with a CO2 rich mixture to
raise the CO2 tension. After this treatment had
become effective, blood samples were drawn from
the second muscle and the muscle itself was an-
alyzed.

When the results are plotted as CO2 content
against tension, there is a definite trend that re-
sembles fhe curve for blood, Imt at a lower level
of CO2 content. The most suitable curve will he
one whicli fits the points ranging from P C02(20
to 200 mm. Hg), is reproducible, and shows the
derivatives in reasonable form. One expression
for such a curve is CO2 in cc. per 100 grams
is equal to 3.4 \' P CO2.

The curve summarizing the data can he modi-
fied to show the amount of combined CO2. This
re(|uires the assumption of a value for the ab-
sorption coefficient of CO2 in muscle. The value
selected is k38o is equal to 0.41, representing the
dissolved CO2 as if it were that which would be
dissolved in the water of the muscle. The curve
is most useful when applied to the estimation of
hydrogen ion concentration, and in this form the
pi I calculated at P CO2 is equal to 50 mm. is near
7.0. and at 200 mm. near 6.6.

The slope of the combining power curve may
also be u.sed to estimate the buffering power of
muscle. The figures show that the carbonates of
muscle are only about l/j. as effective as the otlier
buffers. Further, the buffering due to CO2 es-
cape is about as large as that of the other buffers
beside CO2. It also appears that the muscle
buffers are nearly as effective as tho.se of blood,
in spite of the lower CO2 capacity.

The analvtical results are quite satisfactory in
agreement, but the constants used in determining
the acid-base equilibrium are only reasonable as-

126

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 45

sumptions. But allowing for their subsequent
modification to give more correct absolute values,
it is clear that the carbonate system in muscle

can be compared in general character with any
carbonate system, and can be used for the deriva-
tion of the condition of the acid-ba.se equilibrium.

REVIEW OF THE SEMINAR REPORT OF DR. IRVING

Dr. Waltkr S. Root
Assistant Professor of Plivsiology. School of Medicine, Syracuse University

The report of Dr. Irving is an interesting con-
tribution to our knowledge of the acid-base equi-
librium in living tissue. Unlike similar studies
upon other tissues, gaseous equilibrium was at-
tained in vivo.

The use of the carbon dio.xide tension of the
venous blood as the carbon dioxide of muscle
probably gives values lower than these actually
present. The studes of J. A. Campbell upon
tissue gas ten^sions seem to indicate that carl ion
dioxide diffuses from the tissues under a percept-
ilile head of pressure.

The shape of the carlion dioxide dissociation
curve of nnnimalian muscle and the ]iH values
calculated from this are similar to the results oIj-
taincd i)y Fenn, .Stella, and Brody upon frog tis-

SOME OBSERVATIONS ON

Dr. H. H

Professor of Biolog

Genetic self -sterility is the inability of sperm
to fertilize eggs of the same individual even
though both sorts of gametes are capable of fer-
tilization as shown by crosses. Although common
among plants, such a condition has been demoii-
strated with certaintv in animals only in the Tuni-
cate, Ciona. This was first shown by Castle, and
the situation has been investigated by Morgan
over a long period of ye.irs. Conklin long ago
suggested that the common sea-squirt, Stycla par-
tita, showed self-sterility, and I have demonstrated
this fact for a number of years to the Embry-
ologv students here at Woods Hole. Last sum-
mer I attempted to analy.se the situation in this
sjiecies in detail and the results disclose an inter-
esting situation, especially bv comparison with
Ciona. in the latter, self -sterility is complete and
has been supposed bv Morgan to be genetically
determined. In addit'on, the physiological nnturc
of the block to self-fertilitv has been considered
M\- data bear on both these problems in Styela.

With Styela it is impossible to exci.se the
gonads or ducts in such a way as to get eggs free
of possible contamination by sperm, I therefo'e
set up the experiments in such a wav as to make
use of eggs which had been exposed to an eve 1
suspension of their own sperm before being
crossed. Single animals were allowed to shed
eggs and sperm normally in separate fingerbowls
of sea-water. From each, a thick sperm suspen-
sion was withdrawn with a fine pipette, and the
eggs and remaining sperm stirred. Equal sam-

sues. All investigators agree that the carbon di-
oxide capacity of muscle is less than that of the
blood. Apparently the carbonates of frog muscle
are more effective compared with the other buf-
fers present than is the case in mammalian
muscle.

Fiske and Subljarow .have demonstrated the
presence of a substance in mammaban muscle
which the Egglestons have called "phosphagen "
Recently Meyerhof and Lipmann, working with
frog muscle, have shown that in the presence of
carlion dio.xide "phosphagen" splits yielding base.
It is probable that the absence of a complete plat-
enu in the carbon d oxide dissociation curve is
due to this reaction..

SELF-STERILITY IN STYELA

. Ploi'Gii

y, Amherst College

pies of from 100 to 200 eggs were then picked
up and placed in 10 cc. of fresh sea-water, in as
many Syracuse dishes as there were crosses to be
made. The sperm suspensions were then diluted
and equal amounts used in making every possible
cross fertilization. The success of the self or
cross fertilizations was shown bv the number of
tadpoles in the dishes on the following morning.

.■\ number of such crosses showed quite clearly
that in Styela, self-fertile, partially self-sterile,
and completely self-sterile individuals exist side
by side. Duplicate tests indicated that the re-
sults were self-consistent when egg samples of
this size were tnken. and the .same sperm suspen-
ion used. Fuchs, working with Ciona, reported
an increase in the percentage of fertilization with
a more concentrated sperm suspension, thus rais-
ing the question as to whether samples taken at
ditTerent times might be expected to give consis-
tent results. My tests on this point are not con-
clusive as yet, because of the difificultv of getting
animals to shed more than once. A small number
of animals which shed on four different occasions
gave counts which were somewhat variable in the
actual pe'xentage of fertilization from one te.st to
another, but the relation of self and cross-fertilit}'
remained constant in every case. It appears,
therefore, that the self and cross fertility shown
by one series of adequate tests is in general a con-
sistent index of certain inherent differences in the
animals themselves.

This conclusion is made much stronger by ex-

Jl'LY 25, 103 1 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

127

periments involving a large number of crosses
simultaneously. One such series shows all recip-
rocal crosses between nine different individuals.
The percentages of fertilization show all possible
steps from complete self -sterility to complete self-
fertility, with quite marked variability in the
cross-fertility from one individual to another. In
general, the lower the percentage of self-fertility,
the greater is the number of sperm suspensions
which increase the fertility of the eggs in crosses.
The most striking fact which such a series of
tests shows, however, is that there is a negative
correlation between the fertilitv of eggs by sperm
of other individuals, and the ability of the sperm
of the same individual to produce increased fer-
tility in other eggs. St?ted more simply this
means that self-stenle individuals shed snerm
which are less likelv to Sfive increased fertilitv in
crosses than partiallv self-sterile individuals, and
the latter than self-fertile individuals. Such a
relation is in no sense inherent in the data, and
can be accounted for only bv the inherent, or
genetic nature of the animals themselves.

The simplest genet'c hypothesis which appears
to fit the facts described is that certain individuals
carry a mutant gene S, for self-sterilitv. which is
allelomor])h!C to the normal F, for self-fertility.
SS individuals are self-sterile, and will not fer-
tilize any animal bearing S genes. SF animals
may show partial .self -sterility. Such an hypothe-

REVIEWS OF SCIENTIFIC BOOKS

sis may be tested by rearing one generation of
hybrids, as I hope to do in the future. The genetic
determination of self-sterility in Styela thus ap-
pears to be far simpler than that in Ciona, where
all animals are self-sterile, and for which a com-
plex multiple factor situation has been suggested
by Morgan. It may be that Stvela shows how
the Ciona situation has originated.

A few words may be added with respect to
the physiological nature of the block to self-fer-
tilization. In Ciona, Morgan believed that the
test cells or their secretions within the membrane
prevented sperms of similar genetic constitution
from reaching the egg. This seemed justified by
his observation that removal of the membrane
mechanically made self-fertilization possible. I
have already reported that fertilization of Styela
eggs in sea water with a few drops of weak
NH4OH or NaOH (pH 8.5-8.7) made all sperm
suspensions of approximately equal fertilizing
power. By similar treatment Loeb long ago
brought about species cross fertilization, and Ten-
nent family cross fertilization in Echinoderm^.
In such experiments it has been supposed that the
change in the pH of the sea-water produced an
effect on the egg cortex. If this is the correct ex-
planation then we must look at the egg cortex as
furnishing the block to self-fertilization rather
than the egg membrane or its inclusions.

Tlie Use of the Microscope. By John Bellip-g
(Cytologist, Carnegie Institution of Washington)
McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York, 1930.

This excellent treatise, written by a skilled cy-
tologist and microscopist, is one that should be
in the hands of everyone who makes use of the
microscope, whether in research or in teaching.
It is written with commendable brevity and ab-
sence of needless technicality, and in the course
of its twenty-four short chapters deals with al-
most every aspect of microscopical research in
biology. To the reviewer its st^-ongest poirit
seems to be the numerous practical suggestions,
evidently the product of long personal experience
in the laboratory, with which its pages are every-
where crowded. It is difficult to select specific
examples of this, since it is characteristic of all
the chapters : but especial mention may be made
of those dealing with the routine microscope, il-
lumination, light filters and screens, the condens-
er, the cover-glass problem, photography, testing
and care of the microscope, and rules for high-
power microscopy. The work contains also chap-
ters on the past and future of the microscope, its
literature, discoveries due to its use, and practi-
cal exercises, including brief directions for cyto-
logical work. Novel features are a list of "prac-
tical points" at the end of each chapter and a
final list of two hundred "questions'' for a search-
ing of the souls of those addicted to the practice

of microscopic research. A useful glossary, liter-
ature list and index are appended. The book is
cordially recommended. — E. B. Wilson.

Invertebrate Zoology. Harley . Jones. Va'i
Cleave. 1931. xiv-282 pp. McGraw-Hill Book
Com]5any.

In writing and revising this textbook of in-
vertebrate zoology the author has successfully
avoided the mistake of writing for the sake of
impressing his colleagues in the field. In the re-
vision, stress has been taken from the taxonomic
organization originally employed, while general
material has been introduced such as was former-
ly found in textbooks of general zoology. The
index reveals one brief reference to the entoderm ;
the ectoderm is referred to the same page while
the mesoderm has a paragraph on the following-
page. Nematocysts are called exclusively "net-
tling" cells : cnidoblasts are not mentioned : neith-
er for that matter is the coelom given a place in
the index although it is mentioned at different
places in the text. The echinoderms are dis-
cussed between the Molluscoidea and the Mol-
lusca, and one finds scarcely a hint of the pos-
sibility of constructing a diphyletic organization
of the animal kingdom. This text must have
been found useful, otherwise a second edition
would not have been called for, and a hasty su\-
vey indicates that the revised book is an improve-
ment. — W. C. Allee.

128

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 45

The Collecting Net

A weekly publication devoted to the sclentiflc wcrk
at Woods Hole.

WOODS HOLE, MASS.

Ware Cattell Editor

Assistant Editors

Margaret S. Griffin Mary Eleanor Brown

Annaleida S. Cattell

THE BEACH QUESTION

(_)ne of the property owners on the Bayshore
heach has ol)jected to our editorial note in which
we said that their action in Mocking off a portion
of the heach was not courteous. Nothing has
taken place to change our opinion. Furthermore,
(we helieve that most of the people in Woods
Hole agree with us. In appropriating the north-
ern section of the heach for private use each
property owner is assigning himself ahout sixty-
five feet of the heach. Together they have left
Eomewhat less than half of the beach for the
rest of the people in Woods Hole. H all_ of
Woods Hole contained only five more families
the heach would he equitably divided. One day
last week there were three hundred people on
one S'de of the barrier and only one individual on
the other. This arrangement is not a democratic
one. and some change ought to be mide to relieve
the crowded conditions that have prevailed since
the erection of the fence.

BOOKS AND OUB SCHOLARSHIP FUND

We have received recently as a gift from The
Scientific Monthly a large number of books which
are now on sale for tlie benefit of The Collf.ct-
ING Net Scholarship Fund. A substantial dis-
count has been made from the publishers list
price, because we wish to sell as many as we can
during the summer. The books are of many
kinds! Some of them are technical books in the
various fields of science, but most of them are
more general in character. Everyone will find
books that are of especial interest, and a cordial
welcome is extended to membere of the scientific
institutions in Woods Hole to examine them. Our
office on Main Street is always open and we hope
that investisratnrs and students will avail them-
selves of this opportunity. They are welcome at
any time, but we expect most of our visitors in
the evening when nur typewriters have ceased
their noisv chatter.

THE NOMINATION OF TRUSTEES

Following out the suggestions contained in the
preliminary report of the special committee of the
Corporation of the Marine Biological Laboratory
(printed in The Collecting Net for July 18,
1931), the following memorandum has recently
been distrilnited to the members of the Corpora-
tion :

At the annual meeting of the Corporation of the
Marine Biological Laboratory held on August 12
1930, a special committee was appointed to work out
a representative method of making nominations for
officers and trustees to be elected by the Corpora-'
tion at the annual meeting in August. The report
of this Committee was printed during the fall of
1930 and a copy was sent to each member of the'
Corporation.

Although the provisions of this report cannot be
approved and adopted prior to the annual meeting
in August, one of them — viz. that concerning sug-
gestions and recommendations from the Corporation
at large for nominations of Officers and Trustees ol
the appropriate class, to be sent to the Chairman of
the Nominating Committee, — was sanctioned by the
Executive Committee as not inconsistent with the
present practice. The opportunity is given herewith
to carry it out.

Officers and Trustees are elected by the Corpora-
tion; members of the Corporation are elected only by
the Trustees. The new officers — viz. Treasurer and
tbe Clerk of the Corporation, are elected annually. —
Trustees are elected for a term of four years. The
oresent officers and Trustees of the Class of 1931,
any one or all of whom may be reelected, are as
follows:

1. Treasi'rer of the Corporation Lawrason Ria:gs, Jr.

2. Clerk of the Corporation Gary N. Calkins

8 Trustees of the Class of 1931

3. H. C. Bumpus

4. W. C. Curtis

5. B. M. Duggar

6. George T. Moore

7. W. J. V. Osterhout

8. J. R. Schramn

9. William M. Wheeler
10. Lorande L. Woodruff

If you wish to make suggestions for nominations,
please fill in the blank below and mail prior to July
31 to the Chairman of the Nominating Committee
for 1931. Dr. A. C. Redfleld, Marine Biological Lab-
oratory, Woods Hole, Mass.

Gary N. Cslkins,
Clerk of the Corporation.

SUGGESTIONS FOR THE NOMINATING
COMMITTEE 1931

N. B. The numbers below correspond with those
given in the list above. Nominees must be members
of the Corporation.

1. For Treasurer 2. For Clerk

For Trustees of the Class of 1935

7.

8.

9.

10.

Signature .

July 25, 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

129

ITEMS OF INTEREST

On Thursday evening, July 23, Mrs. C. E. Mc-
Clung gave a picnic to the Woods Hole memhers
of the zoology department of the University of
Pennsylvania and their families. The party was
scheduled to he held at Sippi-
wissett, hut rain interfered and
Mrs. McClung entertained in
her apartment.

Dr. L. O. Howard, who re-
cently received the Capper
Awarci, consisting of $3,000.00
and a gold medal, sailed on the
S. S. Virginia on July 11 for
Honolulu via the Panama
Canal. He will stop over a
few weeks in Horolulu, after
which he will sail for Paris
by the way of the Indian
Ocean and the Mediterranean.

Miss Agnes Addison, tlv?
daughter of Dr. and Mrs. W.
H. F. Addison is correspond-
ent for The Falmouth Enter-
prise during her trip through
Europe.

Dr. David I. Hitchcock from tlie department of
physiology of the Yale University School of Med-
icine is coming to the lal)or,-'tr ry on the first of
August. He and his family will occupy the Bud-
ington cottage on Orchard Street, Crow Hill.

WEDNESDAY, JULY 29, 7:30 P.M.

Seminar. Dr. B. Lucke, "The Mech-
anism of Bacteriotropin Action,"
Dr. M. H. Jacobs and Dr. A. K.
Parpart, "Is the Permeability of
the Erthrocyte to Water De-
creased by Narcotics?"
Dr. L. V. Heilbrunn, "The Action
of the Common Cations on the
Prot'^plasmic Viscosity of Amo-
eba."

Dr. R. Chambers, "The Forma-
tion of Ice Crystals in the Pro-
toplasm of Various Cells."

A variety of research apparatus in-
cluding some devices cf entirely
new design are now being ex-
hibited by Mr. J. H. Emerson of
Cambridge in the Old Lecture
Hall.

Miss Evelyn Howard, who has just received
her doctor's degree from the University of Penn-
sylvania, has been appointed assistant in physi-
ology at the Johns Hopkins Medical School.

Dr. Selmin A. Waksman

gave an address on marine bi-
ology at the staff meeting of
the Ocean(jgraphic Institution
held on Thursday, July 23.

The Spencer Lens Company
opened their annual exhibit at
Woods Hole in the Old Lec-
ture Hall on July 23rd. They
are showing a number of new
instruments, pre-eminent a-
mong which are two new re-
search microscopes in which
are incorporated several orig-
inal and improved features.
They are exhibiting a binocu-
lar microscope with adjustable
inclined eye-pieces. The two
new types of fine adjustments
for microscopes are being dis-
played as well as a new Delin-
eascope for color slides as used by Mr. Craske in
his lecture last Thursday evening. Mr. C. H.
Ash of the Boston office and Mr. L. M. Potter
from the Pjufifalo headquarters are in charge of
the exhibit, and will be here until August 4th.

APPLICATION FOR MEMBERSHIP IN THE

CORPORATION OF THE MARINE

BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY

At the annual meeting of the P.oard of Trustees
of the Marine Riological I^iboratory on August
II new members will be elected to the Corpora-
tion of the laboratory. '"Professional biologists
and persons who have rendered conspicuous ser-
vice to the Marine Biological Lahoratory, may
upon written application to the Clerk of the
Corporation and upon recomme'-dation of the
Nominrting Committee be elected by the Trustees
to membership in the Corporation." Applications
for membership in the Corporation must be en-
dorsed by two members of the Corporation.
Forms on which to make formal application may
be obtained from the business office of the lab-
oratory.

At their meeting last August the Trustees elect-
ed the following persons to membership in the
Corporation :

Dr. D. W. Bronk, Dr. Edouard Chatton, Dr.
A. B. Dawson, Dr. L. C. Dunn, Dr. Helen M
Miller, Dr. A. W. Pollister, Dr. Danial Rafifel,
Dr. W. S. Root, Dr. T. M. Sonneborn, Dr.
Margaret Sumwalt.

MT. D3SERT ISLAND BIOLOGICAL
LABORATORY

Dr. Samuel O. Mast gave a lecture on July
i/th at the Maine Marine Station, LaMoine,
Maine. His subject was "Function of the Eye
S|)ots in Unicellular Forms."

The third seminar of the season will he given
by Dr. Mast on Monday evening, July 27th, at
the Dining Hall.

Dr. E. M. East of the Bussey Institution visit-
ed the Laboratory on Monday, July 20th.

Dr. Esther F. Byrnes arrived at the Laboratory
July 17th to continue her researches. Dr. Byrnes
is accompanied by her sister.

The Fourth Popular Lecture will be given by
Dr. E. K. Marshall, Jr., on Tlun'sday afternoon,
July 30th.

The young people of the Laboratory gave the
first dance of the season at the Grange Hall on
.Saturday night, July l8th, in honor of the older
people. Music was imported from Bar Harbor
and refreshments from Leslie Dunton's, in Salis-
bury Cove.

Miss Kitty Marshall entertained the young
people of the Laboratory at supper on Sunday,
July iQtb. — Louise R. Mast.

I30

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 45

ITEMS OF INTEREST

Mr. Seymour M. Farber, who was awarded
one of The Cgllf.cting Net scholarships of
$100.00 for work at the laboratory this season,
plans to Ijegin work at the Marine Biological Lab-
oratory early in August.

Dr. Henry W. Scherp, a student in the physi-
ology course this summer, has been appointed as-
sistant at the Rockefeller Institute for Medical
Research. He will go to New York about
September i.

The S. S. Olympic recently reported that the
''Atlants" was 530 miles west of Plymouth, Eng-
land.

Dr.E. T- Lund, professor of physiology at the
University of Texas, and Mrs. Lund, have arrived
in Woods Hole for the rest of the summer. The\-
have taken one of the laboratory apartments.

Miss Elizabeth Ross Shaw of Winthrop, Mass-
achusetts, who has been biological prooof-reader
for the Boston office of Ginn and Company, spent
a few days this week in Woods Hole. She ex-
pects to return to Woods Hole next year to do
some work in marine biology and microscopy.

On Sunday, July 26th, Gilbert and Sullivan's
operetta, "The Pirates of Penzance," will be giv-
en in the M. B. L. Club at 8 P. M. Librettos of
the opera will lie for sale at $.25 apiece.

CURRENTS IN THE HOLE

At the following hours (Daylight Saving Time)

the current in the hole turns to run from Buz-
zards Bay to Vineyard Sound:

Date A. M. P. M.

July 25 1:16 i:2.=^

July 26 2:19 2:27

July 27 3:07 3:16

July 28 4:01 4:06

July 29 4:47 4:54

July 30 .=;:30 .■^:4i

July 31 6:09 6:23

Aug. I 6:51 7:09

Aug. 2 7:35 7:.'^i

Aug. 3 8:13 8:34

Aug. 4 8:59 9:21

In each case the current changes approximately
six hours later and runs from the Sound to the
Bay. It must be remembered that the schedule
printed above is dependent upon the wind. Pro-
longed winds sometimes cause the turning of the
current to occur a half an hour earlier or later
than the times given above.

SCBIPPS INSTITUTION OF OCEANOGRAPHY

Mr. E. H. Quayle has returned to this institu-
tion after spending three weeks on a collecting,
trip in the Chiricahua Mountains of South East-
ern Arizona. This trip was organized and
fir.anced by Mr. Joseph Sefton and the party
obtained large numbers of specimens for the Sau
Diego Society of Natural History. Since his re-
turn Mr. Quayle announces that he has received
from Arthur Wrigley, London, England eighty
specimens of European corals for comparison
with those of Southern California which are be-
ing studied by him.

Mr. A. E. Longley, botanist in the U. S. De-
partment of Agriculture, is makinsr his residence
at this institution for several months whi'e he is
engaged in special investigptions at the U. S. De-
partment of Agriculture Acclimatization Station
near Torrev Pines.

Mr. H. R. Byers of Massachusetts Institute of
Tei-hnology and Mr. G. B. Armstrong of Pomona
Collge are serving as Graduate Assistants in^
Meteorology under Dr. G. F. McFwen for the
summer.

The following dates for elcturcs at the Institu-
tion have been arranged and others will be an-
nounced as soor)' as possible. Evening lectures
will be popular or semipopular in character while
afternoon lectures will tend to be more technical.
All persons interested are cordially invited to at-
tend either.

Evening Lectures. (8 p. m.)

Monday, Tuly 20: "The Meaning aud Causes of
Cancer" Dr. Leo Loeb.

Friday, Tuly 24 : "Japanese Gardens" (Illustr-ited
by Colored Lantern Slides). Director T. Way-
land Vaughan.

Monday, July 27: ,'Denths of Penetrat'on of
Light in Sea Water in its Relation to Distribu-
tion of Organisms." Dr. Burt Richardson.

Afternoon Lect^ures. (4 p. m.)

Fridav, July 17: "The Buflfer Mechanism of Sea
Water." Dr. E. G. Moberg, Dr. D. M. Green-
berg, and Miss E. Allen.

Friday, July 24: "Five Recent Papers on Evap-
oration." Dr. Burt Richardson.

Friday. July 31 : "Notes on Recent and Current
Oceanograiihic Activities." Director T. Way-
land Vaughan.

July 25, 193 1 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

131

Carefully
Constructed

as a fine watch

Every detail, each adjustment of the 3000 Microtome is precise

is properly designed to perform its function perfectly. This instrument
is sturdy, too, to insure you long service. The working parts are com-
pletely enclosed.

This Microtome is excellent for rapid serial sectioning, cutting sections
with accuracy down to one micron in thickness. The feeding mechanism
operates automatically. The heavy knife holder holds the knife rigidly
in place. A scale provides for recording the proper cutting angle, once
it is determined. The 25 mm object disc is actuated by a balance wheel,
grooved for a belt where a motor is to be used.

Write for catalog D-21 for complete description of this and other B & L
Microtomes.

BAUSCH & LOMB OPTICAL COMPANY

675 St. Paul Street

Rochester, New York

Makers of Orthogon Eyeglass Lenses For Better Vision

132

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 45

N. E. TSIKNAS

FRUITS AND VEGETABLES

Falmouth and Wcods Hole

HEADQUARTERS FOR

STEEL FILING CABINETS, SAFES
AND OFFICE FURNITURE

LOOSE LEAF BO'>KS AND FIGURING BOOKS
FOR ANY KIND OF BUSINESS

Callanan & Archer Co., Inc.

WHOLESALE STATIONERS

10-14 So. Second St. New Bedford, Mass.

FOLLOW THE CROWD TO

DANIEL'S

for

HOME-MADE ICE CKEAM,

DELICIOUS SANDWICHES

COFFEE

PICNIC LUNCHES

TEXACO PRODUCTS

NORGE REFRIGERATORS

WOODS HOLE GARAGE
COMPANY

Opposite Station

Church of the Messiah

(Epi.scopal)
The Rev. James Bancroft, Rector

Holy Communion 8 :00 a. ni.

Morning Prayer 11 :00 a. m.

Evening Prayer 7 130 p. m.

WALTER O. LUSCOMBE

REAL ESTATE AND

INSURANCE

Woods Hole

Fhon3 622

LADIES' 2nd GENTS' TAILORING

Cleaning, Dyeing and R pairing
Coats Relined and Altered. Prices Reasonab'e

M. DOLINSKY'S

aiain St. Woods H le, Mass. CaJi 7.53

IDEAL RESTAURANT

Main

Street

Tel.

1243

Wooids

Hole

THE QUALITY SHOP

Dry Goods, ToKet Articles, Shoos and

Souvenirs

Ask for things you do not see.

Main Street Woods Hole

SANSOUCrS

BEAUTY

PARLOR

Frederic's

Permanent

and

WavCj

All Branches of Beauty

Culture

FALMOUTH

PHONE

19-M

July 25, 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

133

INTERNATIONAL
CENTRIFUGES

Man}' types oflfering a large variety
of equipment of tubes and a wide
range of speed and consequent
relative centrifugal force.

International Equipment Co.

352 WESTERN AVENUE
BOSTON, MASS.

/^^'

i

w

m

n

W

1

Spalteholi

Transparent

Preparatiuns

Human

and

Zoological

Skeleton of Fish in Case

Models, Specimens,
Charts

for physiology, zoology, botany,
anatomy, embryology, etc. Cata-
logs will gladly be sent on request.
Please mention name of school
and subjects taught, to enable
us to send the appropriate
catalog.

Visiit our New and Greatly En-
larged Display Rooms and Museum

i

i

>

Life History
of Chick

Model of Human Heart

117-119 EAST 34th STREET NEW YORK

134

THE COLLECTING NET

\ Vol. VL No. 45

COMPTON ELECTROMETER

71/4 X 71/, X 91/4
inches

weight
6 pounds

THE Quadrant Electrometer shown is primarily
due to Profs. Arthur H. and Karl T. Ck)mp-
ton. It embodies the sound detail design and
precision of construction necessary to fully real-
ize the advantages of the Compton Modifications.

The needle and quadrant adjustments are en-
tirely free from backlash or "wobble" and are
provided with accurate micrometer heads. A
small movement in the height of either changes
the sensitivity considerably. The Electrometer
has a stable zero and extremely high sensitivity.
Once set up, it can immediately be brought to
any required state of sensitivity since the differ-
ent movements can be accurately repeated from
time to time.

Send for clcctrouhctcr list C l^O

CAMBRIDGE

INSTRUMENT CP Inc

Pioneer Manufacturers of Precision Instruments
3732 Grand Central Terminal, New York

Dependable Microscope Slides

It i.s .surprising how much better a student understands
the structure of the various stages in the development of
the starfish egg if he can see the eggs in section as well
as in. toto. This is outstandingly true for the gastrula and
hlastula stages as well as for the earlier segmentation
stages. Incidentally, sections of segmenting eggs show
fair numbers of mitotic figures in which chromatin is
scarce but achromatic structures prominent.

Two good slides for demonstrating the above are:
E4.S2 Asterias, thin sections of early and late cleavage,

showing nuclei and occasional mitosis. Each 75

E4.43 Asterias, sections of blastula and gastrula. Each . . .75
Slides will be sent for examination on request.

TURTimQiUCTS

The Sign of the Turtox
Pledges Absolute Satis/action

E4.43 Asterias, section of gastrula

Ask for the TURTOX MICROSCOPE SLIDE CATALOG
listing over 2,000 preparations

General Biological Supply House

Incorporated
761-7GS E.\ST SIXTY-NINTH PLACE

CHICAGO

JiLY 25, 1931 ] THE COLLECTING NET 135

LEITZ

"ULTROPAK" EQUIPMENT

Demonstration and Lecture

at Main Laboratory

Marine Biological Laboratory
July 27th - 28th - 29th

LEITZ again leads in the development nf new Microscopical Equipment. Tlie Leitz
"ULTROPAK" Microscope Equipment is destined to completely revolutionize microscopi-
cal technique and through its application, features and details of specimen will be disclosed
which so far have been unknown. It permits observation of specimens under conditions
which were so far impossible to accomplish.

The Leitz "ULTROPAK" Micrcscope provides the following outstanding features:

1st: — The specimen needs no preparation and can be observed in its natural
state. (Such observations were impossible up to now.)

2nd: — The image discloses characteristics of the specimen which could never
- be detected heretofore for reasons that structural elements of the same
color may still show differences in their refractive, reflective and absorb-
ing properties.

3rd: — The illumination may be so adjusted that layers below the surface can
be observed without any disturbing effects being caused by intermediate
layers.

4th: — The "ULTROPAK" permits observations from the lowest to the highest
magnifications.

5th: — Due to the special construction of the optical units these observations can
be made under highest numerical apertures, consequently the highest de-
gree of definition is rendered.

6th: — The image is not always one of darkfield character since it depends upon
the properties of the specimen as well as the aperture of illumination.
This aperture can be adjusted at will to suit each special condition to the
preparation.

E. LEITZ, Inc.

60 East lOth Street New York, N. Y.

136

THE COLLFXTING NET

[ Vol. VI. No. 45

MINOT

SLIDE CABINET

11882

Designed by the late Dr. Charles S.
!Minot ; entirely of metal construction :
very compact, occupying much less space
than wooden caliinet. strop.gly made
throughout and neatly fini.shed on out-
side in maroon-colored japan with hronze
stripes, inside heing finished in black
japan ; contains 30 japanned metal trays,
each holding 24 glass slides, 75 x 25 mm.
Trays are provided with convenient
knobs and card holders. New and im-
proved construction of travs holds each
slide independently in place, preventing
shaking or slipping when trays are re-
moved. Cabinet is furnished with brass
lock. Outside dimensions: height, 14V2
inches; depth, 13 inches; width 7 inches;
capacity, 720 slides; furnished complete
with 30 trays.

11882 MINOT SLIDE CABINET

as described anove $35.00

WlLl^ COKPOKATION

LABORATORY APPARATUS AND CHEMICALS

ROCHESTEH, X."Y;

Marine Biological

Laboratory

Supply Department

FOB THE BEST

BIOLOGICAL MATERIAL

CLASSROOM MATERIAL

MICROSCOPIC SLIDES

LIVE MATERIAL

Catalogues and infcrmation furnished by

applying at Supply Department Office

Woods Hole, Mass.

THE TWIN DOOR

RESTAURANT AND BAKERY

G. M. GRANT, Prop.

Chicken and Lobster Dinners

Waffles

Main Street Woods Hole, Mass,

MRS. H. M. BRADFORD

Dresses, Millinery, Hosiery a,nd Gift Sliop
Souvenirs and Jewelry

Depot Avenue

Woods Hole

SAMUEL CAHOON

Wholesale and Retail Dealer in
FISH AND LOBSTERS
Tel. Falmouth 660 661
Wotds Hole and Falmouth

The

MRS.

G. L. NOYES

Collections Daily

LAUNDRY

Trto

C'ollrc

tlons Daily in th.->

Dorniitcries

Wtods Hole

Tel, 777

Service that Satisfies

July 2S, IQ31 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

137

The Wistar Institute Slide Tray

The ideal tray for displaying or storing slides.
It carries forty-eight 1-inch, thirty-two I'/o-
inch, or twenty-four 2-inch slides, and every
slide is visible at a glance. Owing to the
nesting feature, the trays may be stacked so
that each one forms a dust-proof cover for
the one beneath it, while the center ridges as-
sure protection to high mounts. Made en-
tirely of metal, they are unbreakable and
easily kept clean. They form compact stor-
age units. Twelve hundred 1-inch slides may
be filed in a space fourteen inches square by
eight inches high. PRICE, $1.00 EACH

Orders may he sent to

THE WISTAR INSTITUTE

Tliirty-sixth Street and Woodland Avenue,
Philadelphia, Pa.

eCLE) ^1^^ SEAL

Non Corrosive ^^J^^^X Non-Corrosive
MICKOStOPIC

SLIDES "' COVER GLASSES

Do Net Fog
At your dealer's, or write (giving dealer's name) to

in-119 East 34th Street NEW VORK

BIOLOOICAL, PHYSIOLOGICAL, MEDICAL
AND OTHER SCIENTIFIC MAGAZINES

IN COMPLETE SETS

Vulumes and Ba^'k Date Copies For Sale

B. LOGIN & SON, Inc.

EST. 1887
29 EAST 21st STREET NEW YORK

B. WESTERMANN CO., INC

13 West 46th Street,
New York City

All Scientific Books in FWeign Languages

BINOCULAR MONOBJECTIVE

RESEARCH STANDS

MODELS F

With interchangeable monocular
and liinocuLar tulte.s and complete
Alilie Illuminating i\pparatus.

MICROSCOPE FCE-6

with optics to meet exacting requirements
Magnifications: 70 to 1800 X
Large Mechanical Stage
Aplanatic Condenser n.a.1.4
Quadruple Nosepiece

Apochromatic Objectives:
10 n.a.0.30,
20 n.a.0.65

60 n.a.1.4 (Oil Immersion)

90 n.a.1.3 (Oil Immersion)

Paired Compensating Oculars:

7X, 10 X, 15 X, 20 X
Price, complete in case, $590
f. 0. b., New York
Other Outfits, ranging in price fr^m
$294.50 to $1085, are listed in Micro
catalogue 418, a copy of which will be
sent upon request.

CARL ZEISS, Inc.

485 Fifth Avenue New York

Pacific Coast Branch:
728 South Hill St., Los Angeles, Calif.

CcARLZEUti

JENA

138

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 45

THE WOODS HOLE LOG

The Southern Massachusetts Yacht Racing As-
sociation held its second annual meeting on Fri-
day, July 17, in the readins: room of the Woods
Hole Oceanographic Institution. Dclesjates were
in attendance from the vacht cluhs at Nantucket,
Ed-jartown, Vineyard Haven, Wianno, Waquoit
Ray. Ouissett, New Bedford, Mattapoisett,
Duckshury and Marion.

Vice-commodore Frank J. Frost and Edward
A. Norman, chairman of the race committee, rep-
resented the Woods Hole Yacht Cluh. A com-
mittee reported considerahle progress on the de-
velopment of uniform classes among the member
yacht clubs, with a view to permitting inter-ckil)
racing.

A three-day cruise to include the Edgartown
Regatta on August i was planned, and a number
of matters of routine business were transacted.

The new officers elected are: president, ?I. Nel-
son Emmons, Beverly Yacht Club at Marion ;
vice president, C. Gardener Aikin, New Bedford
Yacht Club ; secretary, L. W. Sargent, Edga-town
Yacht Club; and treasurer, Franklin King, Ouis-
set Yacht Cluh.

Before the meeting, the delegates attended a
luncheon at the Breakwater Hotel and were ad-
dressed by Gardner Emmons of the < )ceano-
graphic Institution in the work and plans of that
institution.

The results of the races of the Woods Hole
Yacht Club on Monday, July 20th, were as fol-
lows :

Baby Knock-Abouts
"Adios" — Morris Frost 59 min. 25 sec.

"Porpoise" — C. Glascr i hr. 2 min. 40 sec.

"Tyro" — Mrs. Crossley i hr. 2 min. 45 sec.

"Charkg" — Ogden Woodruff i hr. 2 min. 50 sec.
"Scuttlebutt" — P. Copeland l hr. 14 min. 05 sec
"Menidia" — Fred Copeland i hr. 14 min. 10 sec.

Dories
"Dorine" — George Clowes 6o min. 15 sec.

"Aunt Addie" — A. Meigs i hr. t, min. 30 sec.

"Hunky" — Kenneth Cole i hr. 18 min.

Cathoats
"Lurline" — Philip Woolworth 59 min. 55 sec.

"Dinny" — Janet Blume I hr. 21 min.

"Squido" — Marjorie Kidder I hr. 27 min.
"Lady Luck" — Mary Love I hr. 31 min.

The handicap for the cathoats is still undecided
and the time given is consequently how they
crossed the finish line.

Application blanks for permission to drive out-
of-state cars nnv be obtained from The Col-
lecting Net office.

A serious accident occurred on Wednesday,
July 22nd, when two cars crashed on the main
road just below Nobska Road. Mr. William
Hemenway of the Carpenter Shop was driving
his own truck towards Woods Hole and Mr.
Lawrason Riggs III, son of the treasurer of the
M. B. L. driving a Chrysler, was going towards
Falmouth. Mr. Hemmenway's car skidded on the
wet pavement, the two cars crashed, the truck
being jammed against the brick wall. Mr. Hem-
menway was thrown from his car and Ijadly cut
and bruised. He was taken directly to the doctor's
in Falmouth where twelve stitches had to be
taken on his forehead. According to latest re-
ports, he is doing as well as can be expected. Mr.
Hemmenway's car was so badly damaged that it
had to be towed. Mr, Riggs was not injured.

The stage at Silver Beach this week was the
scene of a stirring emotional drama of youth in
a small Southern town. We had a confidential
tip as we entered from one of the members of
the company that Peggy Sullavan's fine acting
had wrung tears from the Players' group who
were the audience at dress rehearsal ; and even
with so much to anticipate, we were not disap-
pointed.

"Coquette," by Ann Preston Bridgers and
George Abbott is emotional ; it is heavy tragedy
effectively contrasted with a bright. Southern so-
ciety first act and farcical comedy in certain of
the minor characters. For the sake of comparison
we wish we had seen Helen Hayes as Norma on
Broadway. We do not hesitate, however, to com-
mend Miss SuUavan very highly. The role is a
difficult one., demanding great versatility in act-
ing. As the flirtatious Southern belle whose love
for one outside her Social pale brings ruin to her
father, her lover, and herself, she was at one
moment utterly charming and trivial and the next,
she reached the depths of real emotion with her
interpretation. A native Virginian, she, too, was
most perfect in her Southern accent.

The entire cast was thoroughly satisfactory al-
though not all of the accents would convince a true
Southerner. Kent Smith as the father was par-
ticularly fine. Also, we have been hoping for the
opportunity of seeing Henry Fonda play a leading
role ever since his successful acting of the com-
paratively minor part in "Paris P)Ound," and so
we welcomed him in the part of the lover. Mary
Lee Logan in her first role of the season also
deserves prai.se for her able acting of the girl in
her awkward 'teens.

The Players did a difficult play surpassingly
well, and it is with interest that we are looking
forward to the production of the light French
comedv, "Her Cardboard Lover," which is sched-
uled for next week. — M. S. G.

JiLY 25, 1931 ] THE COLLECTING NET 139

Adopted by the Scientific
Book Club as the book for July

Kirkpatrick and Huettner's

FUNDAMENTALS of HEALTH

An outstanding new Isook presenting in interestins;", readable form materials
dealing with genetics, embr\ology. immunology, and endocrinology assembled bv
two well-known authorities — Professor Kirkpatrick of Columbia LTniversity and
Professor Huettner of New York University. It is a book of unusual interest,,
dedicated to the presentation of such knowledge of human life and human adjust-
ments as may aid each person in reaching opinions of his own on the importance
of keeping fit. Price $3.80 postpaid. A liberal discount for class use.

GINN and COMPANY

15 Ashhurton Place, Boston, Mass.

yir

nnouncemen

t - -

We have taken over the entire department of Scientific Equipment of the Kny-
Scheerer Corporation.

The showrooms, stock and ofTices are now located at 10-14 West 25th Street,,
New York City.

We are now in a position to offer excellent service, and carry a complete line of
Biological, Bacteriological and Chemical Apparatus, Naturalists' Supplies,
Specimens, Skeletons, Anatomical Models, Wall Charts, Glass Jars, Microscopes
and Accesories.

Mr. William G. Lebowitz formerly manager of this department of the Kny-
Scheerer Corporation, is now associated with the Standard Scientific Supply
Corporation.

We cordially invite you to visit our large showrooms and solicit your enquiries
on ajiparatus and supplies.

Standard Scientific Supply Corporation

10-14 West 25th Street New York City

I40

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 45

THE WOODS HOLE LOG

At 7 :26 on the evening of Tuesday, the twenty-
first, the fire siren sounded and all the cars in
Woods Hole turned out to follow the fire ens:ine.
After a mad dash around Crow Hill and the
Gansett section, the fire engine came to a halt,
the chief's car from Falmouth drove up, the
parade of cars stopped and as the crowd thronged
around, the Chief was heard to ask where the
fire was. The reply came from the hook and
ladder, "We don't know; we're trying to find it."
Another wild rush for cars and the procession
circled around some more and out on the point.
There the fire had heen, in the oil stove in a room
adjoining the garage on Mrs. T. H. West's place.
Though the fire was small and the damaere slight,
the chase was as exciting as if the conflagration
had heen terrific.

The rockets seen from the M. B. L. Club on
Saturday the eighteenth were sent up by a Coast
Guard boat that had become disabled near Gay
Head. It drifted as far as the Woods Hole end
of Naushon, where it was carried by the tide to-
wards Vineyard Haven. Before it had gore very
far one of its sister ships towed it back to the
Base.

On Thursday. Tuly i6th. the Boston auxiliarv
schooner, the Olive M. Williams, ran aground
early in the morning. She was discovered l)y
two Coast Guard boats ; a line was made fast
to the mainmast, another line attached to the
side and by hard pulling the vessel was finally
di.slodged at 7 .3,0 in the evening.

Reports had been current that the boat was ,^
rum runner, liut upon investigation it was found
that instead of Iieing loaded with liquor, she Iwe
a heavy cargo of ice, having discharged her boat-
load of fish in New Bedford. She is owned by
Tibbetts fisheries in Boston and carried a crew
of seven men.

The A. & P. Stores send over to Nantucket
eight tons of sugar every Wednesday to supply
the eight stores on the island. On July 22nd the
supply would have been ruined had the sudd"n
downpour in the morning occurred a few min-
utes earlier. As it was the rain held off until the
sugar was safely loaded on the steamer.

The results of the races of the Woods Hole
Yacht Club on Monday, July 20th, were as fol-
lows:

On Thursday, July 23rd, Leonard Craske,
sculptor and artist, gave a lecture in the audi-
torium of the Laboratory on "The Art and Uses
of Color Phitography." The lecture was illus-
trated.

The U. S. S. Constitution "Old Ironsides" will
make New Bedford her port from July 31st to
(August fth. The city is planning a series of
entertainments for a gala reception to the old
frigate. Friday, the day of arrival, is reception
day; Sunday, an old time ship service will be
held in the Seamen's Church ; Monday, there will
be a clambake for officers and crew of the ship,
followed by a sightseeing trip and a dinner for
the officers ; Tuesday is the gala day when all
New Bedford is expected to turn out in a street
parade ; Wednesday, whaleboat races ; and Thurs-
day, "Old Ironsides" departs.

The Church Work Association of the Church
of the Messiah holds weeklv meetings every
Thursdav afternoon in the parish house. Summer
residents are cordially invited to attend.

Mrs. R. S. Thayer and family of Lancaster
have taken the Sargent Cottage on Nob.ska Road
for the summer.

Mr. and Mrs. West and family from Philadel-
phia have taken Mrs Frank Handy's house on
Piuzzards Bay Avenue for the summer.

On Friday, July 31st, the Walter Main Circus
will put on a show in Falmouth for one day only.

The board of Governors of the Woods Hole
Yacht Club has called the Annual Meeting for
Saturday, August 8th, at 8:15 P. M. at the Club
Station.

On Wednesday afternoon, July 22nd, the Meth-
odist Episcopal Church held its annual .sale of
flowers, aprons, home-cooked food, candy and ice
cream in the vestrv of the Church.

TIDE TABLE AT BREAKWATER BEACH

At the following hours (Daylight Savipg Tims;
it is high water at the Breakwater B^ach:

Date A. M. P. M.

July 25 S'04 F^'--

July 26 (5:03 6:13

July 27 6;54 7:10

jiily 28 7:47 7:54

July 29 8:30 8:jo

July 30 9:16 9:26

July 31 9:54 10:0^,

Aug. I 10:39 10:48

Aug. 2 11:1,3 11:30

Aug. 3 ii:S9

Aug. 4 12 :ii 12 :40

Approximately six hours later, the tide is low.

Jl-LY 25. I93I ]

THE COLLECTING NET

141

The UNIVERSITY PLAYERS, Inc.

Presents

"HER CARDBOARD LOVER"

JULY 27 — AUG. 1

Old Silver Beach West Falmouth

FALMOUTH PLUMBING AND
HARDWARE CO.

Agency for

LYNN OIL RANGE BURNER

Falmouth, opp. the Public Library Tel. 261)

DRESSES — LINENS — LACES

Fine Toilet Articles
Elizabeth Arden, Coty

Yardley
Choice Bits from Pekin

MRS. WEEKS SHOPS

FALMOUTH

MUNSON & ORDWAY
THE BRAE BURN SHOP

Fresh Killed Poultry — Fruit & Vegetables

Butter, Eggs & Groceries

Home Cooked Food and Delicatessen

Falmouth opp. Post Office Tel. 354-VV

'i Deliveries Daily in Woods Hole

FITZGERALD, INC.

A Man's Store

MEN'S WEAR

Colonia.1 Buiding Tel. 935 Main S.treet

Falmouth

PARK TAILORING AND

CLEANSING SHOP

Weeks' Building, Falmouth

Phone 907-M Free DeUvery

We Press While You Wait

(Special Bates to Laboratory Members)

Queen's Byway
near Filen^'s

Main Street
near A & P

J A X

FEMININE FOOTWEAR

$4.45 to $7.45
Two Falmouth Shops

AFTER THE MOVIES

LAWRENCE'S SANDWICH SHOP

FALMOUTH HEIGHTS

The Whaler on Wheels

"Our Wandering Book Shop"

Miss Iinogene Weeks Miss Helen E. Ellis

Mr. John Francis

Will be at Woods Hole Mondays

tlirougliout the summer

season.

THE WHALER BOOK SHOP

lOG SCHOOL STREET NEW BEDFORD

Telepliione Clifford 110

Visit
Malchman's

THE

LARGEST DEPARTMENT STORE

ON CAPE COD

Falmouth

Phone 116

KELVINATOR REFRIGERATION

EASTMAN'S HARDWARE

5 AND 10c DEPARTMENT

Cape Cod Distributors for

Draper Maynard Sporting Goods

SPECIAL PRICES TO CLUBS
Falmouth Tel. 407

142

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 45

^ Whittlesey House _

brinsjs to your attention

The Scientific Book Club

Selection for May

BIOLOGY

in

HUMAN AFFAIRS

Edited iiy Edw,\rd M. East
Professor of Genetics. Harvard University

A series cf twelve relatively non-technical dis-
cussions, by twelve leading scientists, of the
present conditions of several of the more im-
portant sub-divisions of biology, emphasizing
recent advances and expressing a few con-
servative predictions as to probable future
trends.

Tlie Scientific Bonk Chih rcviciver says of

East's BIOLOGY IN

HUMAN AFFAIRS

"This composite book, like so many others
of the kind that have been appearinsj of late,
is an admirable illustration of what the sci-
entist means when he speaks of progress

The present volume deals with some of the
most important applications of the newer
knowledge of biology, psychology and

sociology to human affairs Much of the

material included here is not generally
known, e.xcept to specialists, and demon-
strates the ingenuity and sportsmanship of

scientists in the face of difficulties the

reader may rest confident that the total
effects of his reading will lead unerringly to-
ward a tru^r appreciation of what the bio-
logical sciences have done and can do for
human welfare."

399 pages. 6 .r 9, $3.50
^ii' WHITTLESEY HOUSE -^^

Trade Division ol

McGRAW-HILL BOOK Co., Inc.

370 SEVENTH AVENUE NEW YOKIi

APPARATUS

FOR DETERMINATION OF UREA
IN BLOOD

Ref. : Journal of Biological Chemistry, Vol.
LXXXIII, No, 2, August, 1929. "A Rapid and
Accurate Method for the Determination of
Urea in Blood." By S. L. Leiboff and Bernard
S. Kahn. Our reprint forwarded on request.
DESCRIPTION
Consists of Leiboff Pressure Tubas and a
Compact Oil Bath for heating the tubes.
The urea is hydrolized in the presence of
sulfuric acid, without the use of urease,
under the pressure generated in the Lei-
boff Tubes at 150 degrees C.
Direct Nesslerization is possible and the
process of distillation or aeration is elim-
inated.

Determination requires only 10 minutes.
Writ* for further particulars

EI/HEP & A/ViENP

Established 1851 Incorporated 1897

HEADQUARTERS FOR LABORATORY

APPARATUS AND CHEMICAL REAGENTS

Third Avenue, 18th to 19th Street
NEW YORK, N. Y.

ECOLOGY
All Forms of Life in Relation to Environment

Established l'J2U. Quarterly. Ofllcial Publication of the
Ecnlntjical Society of America. Subscription, $4 a year
for Complete volumes (Jan. to Dec.) Parts of volumes
at the single number rate. Back volumes, as avail-
able, $5 each. Single numbers. $1.25 post free. Foreign
postage: 20 cents.

GENETICS
A Periodical Record of Investigations bearing on
Heredity and Variation
Established 1916. Bimonilily.

Subscription, $6 a year frir complete volumes (Jan. to
Dec.) Parts of volumes at the single number rate.
Single numbers, $1.25 post free. Back volumes, as avail-
able, $7.00 each. Foreign postage: 50 cents.

AMERICAN JOURNAL OF BOTANY
Devoted to All Branches of Botanical Science

Established I'Jl-l. Monthly, excei)t August and Sep-
tember. Official Publication of the Botanical Society of
America. Subscription, $7 a year for complete volumes
(Jan. to Dec.) Parts of volumes at the single number
rate. Volumes 1-18 comjjlete, as available, $146. Single
numbers, $1.00 each, post free. Prices of odd volumes
on request. Foreign postage: 40 cents.

BROOKLYN BOTANIC GARDEN MEMOIRS

Volume 1; 33 contributions by various au hors on
genetics, pathology, mycology, physiology, ecology, plant
geography, and systematic botany. Price, $3.50 plus
postage.

Volume II: The vegetation of Long Island. Part I.
The vegetation of Mont auk, etc. By Norman Taylor.
Pub. 1923. 108 pp. Price, $1.00.

Vol. Ill: The vegetation of Mt. Desert Island, Maine,
and its environment. By Barrington Moore and Nor-
man Taylor. 151 pp., 27 text- figs., vegetation map in
colors. June 10, 1927. Price, $1.60.

Orders should be placed with

The Secretary, Brooklyn Botanic Garden,

1000 Washington Ave. Brooklyn, N. Y., U. S. A.

Forging to New Heights of Leadership

in

MICROTOME
CONSTRUCTION

New

SPENCER

Medium Sliding MICROTOME No. 850

A new Microtonif* — Spencer quality — to meet the need of a moderate priced high
grade sliding microtome, built low and compact for comfortable operation.

In this microtome is incorporated the great features which have accounted for the unusual success
of all Spencer Sliding Microtomes: i.e., the sturdy main frame, the inflexibility of the knife and
knife block, and the accuracy and rigidity of the feed mechanism.

The main body of the instrument is 14i'2" long. 5%" high, and 7"'o" wide at the base. As on all
sliding microtomes the knife block, which is 5>4" long, 3" wide and 1%" high, rides on a horizontal
surface at the top of the main casting. The c-hesion of nearly 12 square inches (three times as
much as on any ordinary microtome) of oil contact on the accurately scraped surfaces holds the
block very firmly to the main frame. An additi' nal fortification against any possible Jumping of the
linifc block is provided by opposing bearings.

This combination, which is on all Spencer microtomes rnly, insures accuracy in the movement of the
knife b'ock, which can be attained in no other wav. The smoith even draw is a delight to the touch.
A rigid and free moving object block accurately fitted and carefully scraped surfaces insures feeding
and holding the object, however hard it may be, delinitely to t^e knife edge for accurate cutting rf
thin sections. The feed screw is li" in diameter. The notched wheel of this feed mechanism provides
for cutting sections in steps of 2 microns up to 40 microns. The feed is operated by hand or auto-
matically. There is n back lash or spring. The specimen must move up the distance for which the
section thickness is set. The total upward excursion is much greater than on other makes of micro-
tomes which are priced higher. On No. 850 this distance is 33 millimeters.

It is provided with the standard Spencer ball and flange object clamp which has been so popular. It is
easily riented by means of three screws. One reason for the accuracy of these microtomes is the
fact that no split nut is involved. The nut is heavy and thick enough to cover twenty threads. When
the upper limit is reached the object clamp is quickly lowered by means of a crank at the back of the
microt me. This crank also provides a quick means for bringing the object into the desired relation
to the knife edge before cutting.

No. 850 Microtome complete with knife, knife clamp, handle and back for
sharpening — now ready for shipment — .$200.00

ON DISPLAY AT OUR EXHIBIT IN OLD LECTURE HALL.
M. B. L. JULY ZSrd to AUG. 4th.

Campmu^

NEW YOR.K

144

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 45

r

BF>3

1

""

1 ^K

IP

1

1

HRpM^

&i

m

' 1

, • - --- ' '

/^^

J

m-

''It saved us the cost of 5 microscopes'' ?nTnlir:'Xu,l'tT '''''''-

"PKOMI" MICKOSCOPIC DRAWING and
PROJECTION APPARATUS

Takes the place of numerous microscopes
and gives the instructor the opportunity of
teaching with greatest efficiency and least
confusion.

Projects microscopic slides and living or-
ganisms and insects on table or wall for
urawing and demonstration. Also used as
a microscope and a micro-photographic ap-
paratus.

The Promi, recently perfected by a prom-
inent German microscope works, is an in-
gcnjrus yet simple apparatus which fills a
long felt want in scientific instruction and
research in Bacteriology, Botany, Zoology,
Pathology, Anatomy, Embryology, Histol-
ogy, Chemistry, etc.

It has been endorsed by many leading
scientists and instructors.

AS A PROJECTION APPARATUS: It is used for projcctint' in actual colors on wall or
screen, microbe* >iuc prcparalnais, li\ iiig organisms and insects for lecture room demonstration and
instrurtion. Makes il possible for a group of students to examine a single specimen simultane-
ously. Invaluable for instructors in focusing students' attention on important features, which can-
not be dcnioiistratcd \:-ith ctpial facility and time sa\iug umler a microscope. Eliminates the eye
strains of micrnscnpe examination.

AS A DRAWING LAMP: The illustration shows how a microsc<j])ic specimen slide is pro-
jected in actual colors on drawing jiaper enabling student or teacher to draw the image in precise de-
tail in black or colors. Living insects or microscopic living organisms can also be projected. Ad-
justment of the size of the image is simply a matt cr of varying the distance to which the image is
jirojected. Higher magnification may be obtained by using tube and ocular ami our liigli power ob-
jectives. Charts can readily be made for class room instruction.

AS A MICROSCOPE: By removing the bulb and attaching the rcllecting mirror and inverting
the ajiparalus a cniupduiid microscope is achic\ed. Higher magnification is possible by the use of
standard niicroscupic liigli power ohjvclixcs ami "culars.

AS A MICROPHOTOGRAPHIC APPAP.ATUS: Microscopic preparations of slides, living or-
ganisms and insects can be photographed without the use of a camera.

PRICE: F. O. B. New York $103 03 complete appa-atus in polisheil wond carrying case. In-
cludes bulb, rheostat for 110 and 220 \olts with cords, plugs and switch for both DC and .'XC cur-
rent, llx objective, tube with ,Sx ocular, reflecting mirror and micro-cuvette. Extra equipment prices
on re(|uest. Prospectus gladly sent on request

THE "PROMAR" MICROSCOPIC DRAW-
ING and PROJECTION APPARATUS

A new inslrinnent wlilcli has hi-eii hrMught
out in rcsiionse to a demand fur a simple
ap]iaratus like the Promi for more a<l\anced
work which requires more powerful illumi-
nation and higher magnification. The Pro-
mar operates in the same manner as the
I'roml but is more heavily constructed and
has the following additional features as
standarfl equipment :

More brilliant lighting, making higher magnification jiossible.
Triple nose piece, facilitating use of three objectives.
Fine and coarse adjustment for focusing.
Screw, rack and pinion adjustment fur light and condenser.
Screw centering adjustment for light. I\e\nl\iug stage.
Demonstrations will gladly be made by Mr. Robert Rugh, Room 217
Main Bldg., M. B. L., Woods Hole.
Prospectus Gladly Sent on Request. Write to

Sni^A^lMP ®@WmlvW^

117-119 East 24th Street

NEW YORK, N Y.

^

Vol. VI. No. 6.

SATURDAY, AUGUST 1, 1931

Annual Subscription, $2.00
Single Copies, 25 Uts.

A SCIENTIST'S IMPRESSIONS OF THE

PROGRESS OF EDUCATION AND

SCIENCE IN RUSSIA

Dr. Sixm.vn a. W'aksman
Professor of Microbiology, Rutgers Unifersitv
It is very difficult in a brief space to give any
fair idea of the nature and extent of the experi-
ments which are being carried out at present in
Kussia and which are. no
(li)ulit, bound to prove of
the greatest consequence in
history. These e.xperiments
are a result of a revokition,
not only political hut social,
economic and intellectual in
nature; they affect every
phase of hiunan Hfe. In order
to understand the full signifi-
cance of the Russian Revolu-
t'on, it is not sufficient mere-
ly to describe certain observa-
tions or to draw certain con-
clusions, for any conclusions
are boimd to be superficial,
unless one is able to comyjare
conditions in Soviet Russia,
not with those in Western
luirope and in America, Intt
with those in Russia before

THE DESERT LABORATORY OF THE

CARNEGIE INSTITUTION OF

WASHINGTON

Dr. Forrest Shreve
Director of the Laboratory
The word ''desert" commonly brings to mind a
picture of vast expanses of drifting sand almost
wh lly devoid of plant and animal life. Areas
of this character may be foimd
in the Sahara and the Desert
of Gobi, but they are the
mo:~t extreme manifestations
of the desert. The arid and
semi-arid regions comprise
nearly one third of the land
surface of the earth and they
exhibit contrasts and variety
to even a greater extent than
do the forested portions of the
earth. The deserts of the
United States and Mexico are
of the less extreme type, for
the most part, supporting veg-
etation and animal life of siu"-
prising abundance.

The definition of "desert" is
not simple. Like a good spe-
cies it can be delimited only
on the basis of a group of
the Revolution. I shall attempt to limit myself here characteristics. Deficiency of rainfall is the most
only to the conditions under which the student important, but an amount of precipitation found
and iirofessor live (Continued on Page 149) in a desert at low latitudes will support forests

M. ®. I. Calcnftar

TUESDAY. AUGUST 4, •J:30 P M.

Seminar. Dr. Eugene F. DuBois,
"Surface Temperature and the
radiation of Heat from the Hu-
man Body."

Dr. Pierre Rijlant, "Oscillograph-
ic Study of the Cardiac Ganglion
of Limulus Polyphemus."
Dr. D. M. Whitaker. "The Change
in Rate of Oxygen Consumption
at Fertilization of the Eggs of
Chaetopterus, Cummingia, Ner-
eis, ArlDacia and Fucus."
Dr. R. W. Gerard, "Phospho-
creatin in Nerve in Relation to
Activity."
FKIDAY, AUGUST 7, 8 P. M.

Lecture. The Reynold A. Spaeth
Memorial Lecture. Dr. R. G.
Harrison, professor of compara-
tive anatomy, Osborn Zoological
Laboratory, Yale University.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

A Scientist's Impressions of the Progress
of Education and Science in Russia
Dr. Selman A, Waksman 145

The Desert Laboratory of the Carnegie
Institution of Washington,
Dr Forrest Shreve 145

The Composition of Bene Ash,

Di Sergius Morgulis 151

Bile Salts,

Dr. Shiro Tashiro and L. H. Schmidt. . . 153

The Enolization of Gelatin by Neutral

Salts,

Dr. J. M. Johlin 154

Oxidations Produced by Gonococci,

Dr. E. S. Guzman Barron 154

Book Reviews ., 155

Editorial Page 1.56

Currents in the Hole 156

Items of Interest 157

Woods Hole Log 166, 168

146

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 46

THE DESERT LABORATORY OF THE ( AKNEtilE INSTITUTION OF WASHINGTON

at hiijlier latituiles. Iliyh temperatures are prev-
alent in (lesert.s, liut extremely low ones also oc-
cur. Each of the great desert regions of the
world has its own group of climatic conditions.
They have many features in common, notahly
rainfall which is insufficient in anmunt cir irregu-
lar in distrihution, great range of daily tempera-
tures, low relative humidity, high total wind
movement, and high percentage of sunshine. As
a direct or indirect result of these characteristics
the streams of the desert are intermittent, the
soils are highly charged with soluble salts and
are poor in organic matter, the surface of the soil
is gravelly or stony, and erosion by water and
wind is active. The vegetation of the desert is
composed of a relativelv small number of domi-
nant plants; their stature is low and ciimnuinities
which they form are sparse and open. It is cus
tomarv to regard the plants of the desert as highlx
specialized, Init the structures and activities which
lit them for a successful e.xistence in the desert
are no more unu.sual than those found in the
plants of rain-forest, salt marsh or ])ond, albeit
they are familiar to a small number of liiologists.
The Desert Laboratory of the Carnegie Institu-
tiim of Washington is located in one of the rich-
est and most diversified desert areas in North
America, at Tucson, Arizona, within 65 miles of
the Mexican border. The laboratory buildings
are situated two miles from Tucson in the midst
of a tract of 840 acres of virgin desert at an alti-
tude of ^.663 feet. The laboratory .grounds have
l:ecn iircitected from grazing and trespass for
twenty-four years, and afford a A-ariety of tyi^es of
surface, soil and vegetation fur observation, col-

lecting, anil instrumental nr experimental wnrk.
Desert plains e.xtend from Tucson to lower and
higher altitudes, and .several mountain ranges are
accessible which reach 8,000 to ij.ooo ft., as well
as numerous hills and small mount;iin ranges of
varied mineralogical cf)mposition.

The rainfall at Tucson, chiefly in midwinter
and midsummer, averages 10.5 inches for the
year. The winters are variable in temperature,
but minima of 250 F. are usually registered from
two or three to 10 or 13 times. The summers are
warm, with the daily maximum sometimes above
100 ' for 20 or 30 days in succession, but the tem-
])erature rarely rises above loS^J. The low at-
nnisiilieric humidity does much to counterbal-
ance the high temjieratures, as far as human cimi-
tort is concerned.

Tucson is a verv ancient tfiwn, with Indian.
Mexican and American traditions, anil a ])0])ula-
tion of 40,000 persons, in which these ele-
ments are rather ec|ually mixed. Its location
on the main line of the Southern Pacific Railway
and on the Borderland Highway gives easy ac-
cess to it from the East and the \\'«st: Tucson is
the seat of the University of Arizona, the Arizona
Experiment Station, the Southwestern Forest and
Range Ex])eriment Station of the U. S. Forest
Service, the Magnetic Station of the U. S. Coast
and (ieodetic Survey, and of the Desert Sanator-
ium and Research Institute of Southern Arizona.
Important wr)rk is also maintained there by the
I'. S. I'iological Survey. These organizations
bring together a grouii of over 80 persons inter-
ested in various phases of liiological work in its
scientific and practical aspects.

August i, 193 i ]

THE COLLECTING NET

147

The Desert Laboratory is open throughout the
year. At present there are four resident investi-
g'ators, and every year there are generally four or
five visiting investigators vi'ho remain from two
or three months to a year. No lectiu'es or courses
are given, and there is no way in which universit\-
credit can he secured for work done there. The
facihties of the laboratory are open to accredited
investigators who make a|)plication three months
in advance, and present plans for their work on
which apiiroval of their prospective residence can
l)e liased. Preference is given to those whose
work is most closely related to the current in-
vestigations of the laboratory staff. The numbci
of persons that can be accommodated is depe'"dsnr
on the character of their work and needs. Those
whose work is chiefly in the field can almost in-
varialily 1)e accommodated and given a table.

There are no living or dining facilities at the
Desert Laboratory, but houses or rooms can eas'lv
be secured in Tucson. From the office of the lab-
oratory a regular bus line is operated to the latsi-
ness district. The long distances which are in-
volved in living arrangements, field work or con-
tacts with other institutions lead most of the in-
vestigators to purchase cars, therebv saving much
time and energw Excellent stores make it un-
necessary for the visitor to bring with him any-
thing hut the most unusual items needed.

The equi])ment includes two stone laljorntorx-
Imildings with 12 rooms, a small frame labora-
tory, a shoo, a greenhouse, a number of lath and
screen shelters, and a '"cave" with nearly con-
stant temperature conditions. All of the ap-
pliances and supplies commonly needed in morph-

ological and i)hysiological work are on hand, but
unusual pieces of equipment are secured onI>'
when needed in a particular investigation. A
small library is maintained with files of the prin-
cipal botanical, physiological and ecological jour-
nals, as well as those of general scientific inter-
est. There is also a small collection of texts, hand-
Iiooks, reference works, floras and Ijooks relating
to the desert regions of the world.

The work of the Desert Laboratory centers
around the ecology and physiology of desel't
plants with the chief emphasis on their water re-
lations. The importance of water to the living
organism, vital as it is throughout nature, as-
sumes a new emphasis when those parts of the
world's surface are considered in which it is so
scarce. Its importance in connection with growth,
respiration, photosynthesis, movements and other
physiological phenomena liecomes more critical.
The availability of water to the plant is seen to
affect its germination, its success in giving new in-
dividuals a start in life, its distributional move-
ments, its genetical behavior, its response to path-
ogenic organisms, its intricate relations with in-
sects and other animal life, and the whole trend
of evolutionary development. The flora of the
southwestern states and of northwestern Mexico
comprises a very high percentage of plants re-
stricted to that region, a considerable number of
genera not found elsewhere, and even some si.x
families of plants which have come about in this
relatively small area. The great majority of
l)lants confined to the desert region are so intri-
cately adjusted to its conditions that they have
not spread into adjacent, more moist, regions.

ItrlwWI

Wf^

*\i

i

^^^^^^KHKSI^H^K^^^SSS^m^S^^

IbB3

H^^^^^^^^^. '"""-'■ ti^'-^frnf^M

'm

r^?v*>^#j^

^m^'

^HHHiliP^.^"' W^#^:

W^tM

VEiJETATION IN THE VICINITY OF THE LABORATORY

148

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 46

and none of them, except certain tropical cacti,
have become spontaneous weeds in other places.
The consideration of the desert flora not only em-
phasizes the deep-seated influence of the scarcity
of water, but also indicates that Arizona, Sonora
and the adjacent regions have been desert for a
very long time.

Broadly conceived biological work must keep
in view the larger procession of nature, and the
complex relations between the various groujis of
organisms and the multifarious physical con-
ditions, as well as the intimate physiological pro-
cesses of the individual organism. An effort to
understand the life of the desert, like that of the
ocean, is an extremely complex task. William
Keith lirooks used to say to his students, "My
hand is related to everything in the universe." In
studying the life of desert or ocean it becomes
oln-ious that no feature of them is without po-
tential influence ujion the particiflar problem that
is being investigated.

Two of the most striking features of the vege-
tation in the Tucson region are the gradual
changes encountered in climbing any of the larg-
er mountains, and the abrupt changes that w'l!
be noted in going from one type of soil to another
on the floor of the desert. The mountains present
a panorama of plant life extending from the
cacti, diminutive trees and thorny shrubs of the
desert, through the region of yuccas and century
plants, the open groves of evergreen oaks, and
the forests of yellow pine, to the heavy stands of
spruce, Douglas fir and aspen. The desert dis-
plays a simple pattern of vegetation in which a
relativelv small number of species form a still
smaller number of communities, each distinctive
and each occupying areas of different physio-
graphic history and different soil characteristics.
Some of the earlier work of the laboratory was
concerned with the mountain panorama and the
relation existing between the vertical distrilm-
tion of the vegetr>tion and the gradients of con-
ditions. At present, attention is being given to
the desert floor, the distribution of some of its
commonest plants, and the investigation of the
conditions which appear to be concerned in the
limitation of these plants to certain habitats. The
perennial plants of the Tucson region fall into
two groups which are very shaq)l\' marked.
These are the succulent plants, represented almost
solelv by the cacti, and the non-succulents, rep-
resented by plants of a wide range of relation-
ships. There are a number of very marked dif-
ferences between these groups, not only in their
structure and anatomy, but in their relation to
environment and in their physiological behavior.
The cactus is shallow-rooted, presents a transpir-
ing surface which is very small with respect to its
volume, thereby reducing its chlorophyll-bearing
surface as well, and by every feature which con-
serves water also retarding the gas exchanges be-

tween its tissues and the atmosphere. Through
its capacity for the rapid and considerable storage
of water, it is enabled to meet its needs by util-
ization of the moisture that is available in the
surface levels of the soil for a very brief time
after every rain. The non-succulent plants have
not the uniformitv of structure and behavior of
the cacti, liut thev are alike in their dependence
on the more deep-seated water of the soil. They
diiifer among themselves in the extent of their
leaf surface, in the seasonal diu'ation of their
foliage, in the location of their chlorophyll-bear-
ing tissues, as well as in the character of their
root systems. Experience has shown the great
plasticity of these plants with respect to water
supply. Many of them are able to live for weeks
in a soil which has fallen below the moisture con-
tent that is theoretically presumed to cause wilt-
ing, at the same time that they are exposed to hot
dry air which is in almost constant motion. Under
such conditions all growth is in abeyance, many
leaves fall and even twigs and branches may die.
■| he water content of the leaves and stems falls
to a low level, and the ])lant is in a state of dor-
mancy which in many ways resembles that of a
seed, except that there is the small but inevitable
loss of water day by day. On the other hand, if
an abundant and constant supjily of water is given
to one of these hardy plants, it will grow rapidly,
soon exceed its normal size, present a larger leaf
surface and produce vastly greater crops of seed.
It must, however, have a well drained soil, with
favorable conditions for oxygen sujiply to the
roots.

One of the commonest plants in southern Ari-
zona is the creosote bush, which ranges from
southern Nevada to central Mexico, growing in
extensive pure stands in some of the most tm-
favorable parts of this great desert domain. As
a plant which hps successfully solved the difficul-
ties of a low and uncertain water supply and a soil
highlv charged with salts or impregnated with
calcareous hardpan, the creosote bush is calciflated
to elicit the admiration of the i)lant student. ;\Iuch
of the work at the Desert Laboratory is concen-
trated at the present time in an attack on the eco-
logical and physiological behavior of this ever-
green bush. While the cactus is drawing water
from its succulent tissues for its current needs,
the creosote bush, like all of its non-succulent fel-
lows, is making a struggle each day to maintain
a balance between its water income and its water
expenditure. The progress that is being made in
this work leads to the hope that some of its re-
sults may serve as a kev to a better understanding
of the non-succu!ent plants in general. The sap
of the foliage of the creosote bush has, much of the
time, a very high osmotic value as compared with
that of other plants. An extended study is being
made of the dififerences in the osmotic value of
the sap of plants in ditfei-ent habitats, favorable

August i, 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

149

and unfavorable, and this work is being carried
through several seasons, coupled with an investi-
s^ation of the moisture and salt content of the soil
in which the bushes are growing. At the same
time an investigation is under way that will be-
tray the manner in which the shrul) handles its
water, the course of the daily fluctuations of
water in stem and leaf, and the influence of ex-
perimental conditions on the ability of the plant
to maintain its water solvency.

Another plant of the desert which is under ob-
servation and investigation is the ocotillo, a large
meml)er of a very small family, which Dr. W. T.
llornaday aptly descril)ed as looking like a "bunch
of loosely held wands." Its branches have little
green color, and beneath their liark is a horn-like
layer which serves as insulation against loss of
water. The leaves appear shortly after every rainy
period, and are thin, soft and well provided witli
stomata. A few days after the soil begins to dr\-
out at a depth of 15 cm., the leaves turn yellow
and fall. If it rains again, two weeks later there
will be another crop of leaves, perhaps there will
be a dozen crops of them in a year. When it is
in leaf the ocotillo uses large quantities of water
and is in fact a moi.st-country plant. When the
leaves fall it becomes an ideal desert plant. Sev-
eral pieces of work have been done on the ocotillo
at the Desert Laboratory, notably on its trans-
piration and stomatal movements. Work now
under way is furnishing a much more precise
basis for our understanding of the habits of both
])liases in the life of this ])lant.

As a iiackground for all of the investigations on
plants, continuous records are lieing kept of the
principal climatic and environmental conditions.
The importance' of the seasonal distribution of
rainfall and its efTects on the great reservoir of
water in the soil has led to detailed instrumenta ■
tion in these fields. In addition to an electric
recording rain gage in the laboratory garden,
there is a series of thirty six gages in different
parts of the laboratory grounds, sixteen of them
arranged in a 300-meter square for the determina-
tion of the local variability of the rainfall and
eight of them at 100-meter intervals on the slopes
of Tumamoc Hill, for the recording of vertical
differences in each shower. In addition, two lines
of long-period gages extend west and southwest
from Tucson, to Yuma and the Gulf of Califor-
nia, bv which semi-annual readings are secured

from these very arid and thinly settled regions.
A percolimeter is in operation for the measure-
ment of the run-ot¥ and penetration in each
shower, and fortnightly readings of soil moisture
are taken at eight depths to two meters, and oc-
casionally to four meters. The temperature of
the soil is also being followed at depths of one
and two meters in connection with this work.
Records have been taken over long periods of the
temperature of the air and soil, humidity, evap-
oration, wind and sunshine, as well as many rec-
ords designed to show in what manner and de-
gree the conditions in certain habitats differ from
the climatic conditions of the region.

Records are being kept of the fluctuations in
plant life as well as in the climatic conditions.
.Several small areas on the laboratory grounds
were carefully charted in 1906, and are perma-
nently marked so as to make possible for many
years a study of the changes taking place. Other
areas on several types of soil are used for a cen-
sus of the short-lived plants which appear after
the summer and winter rainy periods. Areas are
also under observation on which the creosote
bushes have been charted, and the rate and man-
ner of reproduction and establishment are being
followed from year to year. On some of the.se
areas the old hushes have been removed, and vari-
ous modifications of the natural surface have been
made, as by raking, spading, or covering with soil,
with a view to shedding light on the very poor
natural reproduction of this plant. Soil cultures
of the creosote bush are also being carried on. witli
soils differing in texture and in the amounts of
calcium, these being designed to give data on
comparative growth, and also to supply material
for a study of their water behavior under the dif-
ferent soil conditions.

Visitors who are seriously interested in the
work of the Desert Lalioratory are always wel-
come. The time given to them is amply repaid
by the fact that they are able thereafter to vis-
ualize much better the work that is going on, and
are able to read more understandingly the publica-
tions from the laboratory. Those who are inter-
ested in the work, but who are unable to see it
in person, should apply for copies of the annual
report, reprinted from the Yearbook of the Car-
negie Institution, for an illustrated booklet on
the lalioratory, or for such separates of journal
articles as may !)e available for distribution.

A SCIENTIST'S IMPRESSIONS OF THE PROGRESS OF EDUCATION AND

SCIENCE IN RUSSIA

( Continued from Page 145 )

and work in Soviet Russia. On the portals of
the First University of Moscow, the oldest uni-
versity of Russia, there is written the following
motto: A'auka Tnidiastchiinsia. or "Knowledge
inr Those that Labor." The university whicli.

less than fifteen years ago, admitted only the very
rich, with very few exceptions, and where a labor-
ing man or a peasant had little chance indeed of
ever lieing admitted, unless special circumstances
favored him. has now a sine qua non requiremerit

i.SO

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VI. No. 46

for admission that the candidate be one who
labors, with his hands or with his brains. This
motto can serve as a device for the whole Russian
situation at the present time.

Following the World War and the Revolution,
many Russian scientists left their country and
went to seek a home on other shores. This, as
well as the fact that numerous new institutions of
higher learning have been opened, accounts for
the great shortage of professors and scientists in
.Soviet Russia, as a result of which one professor
usually occupies more than one position. A well
known physiologist enumerated to me seven po-
sitions which he holds and to which he has to
devote a certain amount of his time. In most
cases these duties are limited to attending con-
ferences once a week or once a month. However,
he has to supervise the work of several assistants
in at least four institutions, each of which would
well require the service of his full time.

The younger generation of scientists has not
arrived yet, at least not in sufficient numliers.
This is due largely to the ravages of the War, the
Revolution and the Famine, which led not only to
a direct destruction of many promising youths,
but also to the crippling of the institutions of
higher learning, for a few years. However, one
encounters everywhere enthusiastic groups of
voung men and young women, recently graduated
from the universities, eager for knowledge and
for new ideas and willing to sacrifice all material
comfort for an opportunity to devote their life
to scientific work.

The term University or Polytcchuicum has dis-
appeared from the Russian vocabulary and has
been replaced by the term Vu::. which desig.iates
merely an institution of higher learning. To be
admitted to one of these now numerous institu-
tions one must be a graduate of a gymnasium,
with a seven-year course, only little less vigorous
in its training than formerly, or of a technical
school, with a five year course, or of a rahfak. or
workers' faculty, with a three or four year course.
The latter is especially interesting, because this
tvpe of school originated since the Revolution. It
is an attempt to give workers and peasants a pre-
paratory education, in concentrated form, em-
iiling them to enter a I'l/J as soon as possilile.
There are now in Russia nearly one hundred such
schools or workers' faculties with about 50,000
students : while few of the students in the other
two types of schools, especially in the first, re-
ceive stipends, practically all of the students in
tlie latter school receive stipends of forty rubles*
per month. This is about sufficient to cover the
cost of books, clothing and living expenses.

When a worker is taken from the factory and
is sent to the rahfak or to the vttz he is given the
full wage during his entire cour.se of study which
he was earning at that time at the factory. He
* An equivalent of twenty dollars.

is encouraged in every way possible to continue
his training and education. Probably two-thirds
or more of all the students in the vuscs hold
stipends, these ranging from forty rubles per
month and up to two hundred rubles per month
during the last one or two years of training. Out
of this the student has to pay for his meals and
books. He usually obtains a free room in one of
the dormitories and pays a nominally low price
for his meals. This enables him to devote him-
self entirely to his studies. When he graduates
from the znis, there is no difficulty in obtaining a
position. As a matter of fact, in many instances,
especially in the case of engineers, he has already
been engaged by some factory a year or so be-
fore he graduates. If he wants to continue fur-,
ther training, in order to devote himself to re-
search work or to teaching, opportunity is given
either at the same institution or at one of the
numerous investigational institutions.

It is interesting to note that most of the men
usually take up technical courses, engineering and
agronomy courses, while the women go into med-
icine, nursing and biology.

The courses of study in the higher institutions
are highly specialized ; the students in agriculture
receive, for example, a three-year course in prac-
tical subjects with only a glimpse into the funda-
mentals : the students in engineering receive a
five-year course in some specialized branch. The
more brilliant students, however, can be left for
another three }ears as candidates, then receiving
a salary of two hundred rubles a month and
specializing in one particular branch of science ;
these students or candidates may later qualify as
professors.

As to the professor himself, his salary and liv-
ing conditions are favorable when compared witli
those of the meml^ers of the working class, peas-
antry and intellectuals. His salary ranges from
300 to 1200 rubles per month, depending on the
number of positions that he holds and their
nature. He has also larger and more convenient
living quarters, and is allowed a three-months
vacation instead of the ordinary two to four
weeks. As long as he keeps away from political
activities, if he is not a communist, and devotes
himself to his duties as investigator or teacher, he
is not onlv left alone but even variously encour-
aged. The director of the institution is usually a
worker appointed by the government, but he inter-
feres very little with the research activities of the
faculty, as long as the members do not indulge
in underground political activities. It is interest-
ing to note that the student body has something
to say concerning the election of the professors
and the nature of the courses to be given. Strik-
ingly enough, it is this bodv that usually insists
that the courses be made stiffer and the students
be held more to their tasks. If a professor is
discharged, for one reason or another, the great-

Auf;u<;T i, 193 1 J

THE COLLECTING NET

i^i

est punishment usually consists in sending him
out of Leningrad or Moscow to a corresponding
chair in a provincial university.

The scientific institutes are very well equipped
with apparatus and supplies. They have been
completely reorganized since the Revolution and
are actively supported, esiiecially those institutes
which deal with natural sciences, industry and
a.griculture. Some of them would do honor to
any country in Western Europe or America, es-
pecially those dealing with biological, chemical
and soil studies.

Consideralile emphasis has been placed recently
in the newspapers on the fact that Russian scien-
tists are requested to keep in clrse touch with the
practical and applied. This is, to a certain extent,
correct. There are, however, two justifications
for this tendency. With the large numbers of
growing industries and with the rapid develop-
ment of scientific agriculture in a ' large rural
countrv, in which ninety per cent of the popula-
tion was illiterate only a dozen years ago, it is
quite natural that emphasis should be laid upon
])ractical problems. There is a tremendous need
in Russia for practically trained men and women ;
numerous new problems arise daily which require
immediate solution. Where are th'-se problems
to be solved and where are the men to be trained
if not at these institutions? Further, the Russian
scientist has frequently been accused of lacking
direct contact with the practical and of tending
to be too theoretical. For a poor countrv, w'th
great daily needs, tb.is is too much of a luxury.

unless certain returns to the practical can be made.

There is no doubt that the engineer, chemist
and agronomist receive primary consideration and
are accordingly free in their expressions as well.
The scientist, and especially the economist, phil-
osopher and historian, are more limited in op-
portunities and in freedom of expres.sion. How-
ever, with all the forces driving toward the prac-
tical, there is still considerable evidence of oppor-
tunities for research in various fields. This i.-^
shown by the numerous scientific publications ap-
pearing at present in Soviet Russia. To pa;-s
judgment upon the merits of many of these is
beyond my scope ; similar criticism could be a|)-
plied to various scientific bodies in other countries
as well.

One must also call attention here to the great
IM-ogrcss made in lower education, with the result
that within a brief period of time, the percentage
of illiteracy has been greatly reduced. The most
pi pular corner at a railway station or a club is
the bookshelf full of new books and journals, sold
at comparatively low cost, which are eagerly ex-
amined by jieople, most of whom could not dis-
tinguish one letter from another ten years ago,

Russia lives at present under a terrific strain
in an attempt to change completely its economic
and social structure. Everything that one needs
to satisfy ones physical and spiritual needs is
lieing dished out in minimum doses. The scientist
and p-ofessor are not those that suiifer most from
this economic reorganization.

THE COMPOSITION OF BONE ASH

Dr. SiiRGius MoR<;ui.T.s
-Projcssor of niodicniistrw School of Medicin'. Unlvcrsitv of Nebraska

The investigation of the composition of hone is
one of the earliest attem])ts at the study of the
chemistry of animal tissues. The great prepon-
derance of mineral matter in bony structures
made it the favorite material for chemical analy-
sis long before the other tissues of the organism
were studied from this viewpoint. Theo'der
chemists have foinid that the mineral com]ionents
of the bone contained a |)reponderance of basic
radicles, but, dominated l)v a preconceived idea
that the bone salts must be neutral, they have
spared no effort to find extra acid radicles to ac-
count for the discrepancy. The result of th-s was
rather disastrous .so far as attaining a clear under-
tanding of the chemical nature of the bone is con-
cern:ed.' Only since the ideas and principles' of
physical chemistrv have assumed a dominant role
in the study of biochemical jiroblems has there
been a revival of interest in the chemistry of
bone. The phvsical chemist, however, has at-
tacked the fundamental problem of how a struc-
ture consisting of insoluble salts could be derived

from soluble components dissolved in the circu-
lating blood without the fundamental knowledge
of the nature of the salts which constitute the
mineral matter of hone. This and the lack of
appreciation of the biological factors involved in
■bone formation such as vitamin, hormonal and
jxissibly also enzyme factors has had the inevit-
able consequence. The prolilem, instead of hav-
ing been clarified through the application of
ph\sico-chemical princijjles and methods, has bee'i
thrown into com|>lete confusion. The extremely
contradictory findings from' this angle have finally-
forced even the physical chemist to realize that
these findings may be independently correct and
yet have nothing to do with the question of how
the insoluble bone salts were deposited from the
serum. A more recent attempt at a solution of
the problem of 'the nature of the bone ash salts
was inspired by the x-ray spectrophotometric an-
alysis of crystal structure. It is still too early to
appraise the true significance of the results of
these x-rav spectrophotometric studies. Of the

152

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 46

very few studies so far made, some think defi-
nitely to have established that the basic component
of the bone ash is of the nature of an apatite
mineral, Ca[ (Ca3(P04)2)3]C03, i. e. a com-
plex salt of CaC03 and Ca3 (P04)2, thus ac-
cepting the view which was proposed by Hoppe
some seventy years ago.

When one considers what different calcium
salts constitute the basis of the tone ash (and
quantitatively these represent by far the largest
part), thei-e is no doubt as to the presence of
CaC03, but with regard to the Ca3 (P04)2
some doubts have been raised. The chief objection
to the latter, apart from purely physico-chemical
considerations, is the fact that a pure compound
of this nature is not known to exist. One can
readily accept this as a valid objection without,
however, Ijeing obliged to resort to an hypothesis
that, instead of a tricalcium phosphate, secondary
calcium phosphate, CaHP04, is the substance
constituting the bone ash in combination with
CaO. All the evidence, both from spectrophoto-
metric and from chemical analysis, fails to sup-
port the idea that CaHP04 is a component of
the tone salts. Is the apatite structure of the
bone ash salts, namely, the complex calcium
lihospbate-carbonate, the only other alternative?
Does the chemical analysis of the bone ash su])-
port such a hypotheis?

As a result of our study of the composition of
the ash from the vertebrae of a large series of
animals, from cartilaginous fish to mammals, we
came to the conclusion that the bone ash cannot
be a compound like Ca[ ( Ca3( P04)2 )3]C03.
Our analyses were made on the bone salts after
the organic matrix had been leached out by
means of alkaline glycerol at about 250°. The
ash so prepared and dried to constant weight was
analyzed for Ca, Mg, K. P, CO2. In addition, th?
ash solution made by dissolving a weighed quanti-
ty in a definite amount of o. i N HCl was titrated
back with o.l N NaOH using methyl orange as
indicator. In this way we were able to determine
the balance of acid and basic equivalents in the
ash. We found the following outstanding facts
in our comparative analyses. The chemical com-
position of the salts of vertebrae is remarkably
uniform. The only striking diflference occurs
lietween the vertebrae of the marine fishes and
tliose of all other vertebrates examined, and this
consists in the much lower CaC03 content
found in the marine fishes. Whereas the calcium
phosphate : calcium carbonate ratio is. on the
average, 12 :i in marine fishes, in the other ver-
tebrates it is 6.6:1. The other significant fact re-
vealed by the analyses is the excess of calcium
which cannot be accounted for either as phosplnte
or as carbonate, thus indicating that a third tvi^e
of calcium compound must exist in the l)one ash.

Finally, it was found that the basic equivalents
exceed the acid equivalents, the ratio between
these two being, on the average, 19 to 18. We
are therefore led to believe that the bone ash con-
tains Ca(OH)2 in addition to CaC03 and Ca3-
(P04)2. The fact that the residual Ca over
residual P ratios in our analyses range from 1.99
to 2.13, whereas if the residual salt were only
Ca3( P04)2 this ratio would be 1.94. also shows
unmistakably that another calcium salt must be
present in the bone ash.

In spite of the opinion, presumably sustained
by x-ray spectrophotometric studies, that the
CaC03 and Ca3(P04)2 are present in bone as
an apatite compound, we must decline to sub-
scribe to such a view for the following reasons.
On the assumption of an apatite crystalline struc-
ture such as Ca[ (Ca3( P04)2 )3]C03, one would
expect that the phosphate : cartonate ratio in
bone ash would be 9.3. As a matter of fact we
have seen how in marine fishes this ratio is con-
siderably higher while in the other vertebrates
much lower than the theoretically expected ratio.
Furthermore we know that this ratio also varies
under pathological conditions as well as with age,
mode of nutrition, etc. This would hardly be ex-
pected if the CaC03 and Ca3(P04)2 were parts
of a definite crystalline compound. Finally, as
will be shown presentlv. the carbonate and phos-
phate do not stand in a definite and simple molar
ratio as would be expected from a chemical com-
|)ound as distinguished from a mixture. Accord-
ing to our analytical results, the average compo-
sition of the bone ash of marine fishes cor-
responds to: 82.15% Ca3fP04)2, 7.00% CaC03
and 3.74% Ca(OH)2. In terms of mols these
values are 82.15/310, 7.00/100 and 3.74y74, thus
giving a molar ratio of 6.00:1.37:1.13. Similarly,
the average composition of the ash for all other
vertebrates examined is 77.20% Ca^(P04)2,
11.81% CaC03 and 3.13%. Ca(OH)2. cor-
responding to a molar ratio of 6.00 : 2.82 : 1.02.
It is interesting to observe in this connection that
similar ratios mav be obtained from bone analyses
published by other investigators, and al.so from
analyses of so-called tricalcium phosphate. The
btter which we analysed so far may be of two dis-
tinct tvpes, consi.sting of Ca3(P04)2 either with
Ca(OH)2 or with CaHP04, but in either case
in a molar ratio of 6.00 : i.oo. Obviously, there-
fore, a simple compound Ca3(P04)2 does not
exist by itself but always occurs as part of a com-
plex salt, and in bone ash the evidence indicates
that the same complex salt e.xists. It will be
noted that lietween the carbonate and idiosjihate
neither the molar ratio demanded bv the hvpo-
thfsis of the ajiatite structure nor any other defi-
nite molar ratio can be shown. The chemical
analvfes suggest that the basic complex salt com-
posing bone ash is Ca[ ( Ca3(P04)2)6] (OH)2.

August i, 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

153

BILE SALTS

Dr. Shiro Tashiro

Professor of Biochemistry, University of Cincinnati

L. H. Schmidt

School of Medicine, University of Cincinnati

While studying the toxic action of hile salts, we
fonncl that the administration of thyroid principle
to the guinea pig increased the toxicity of the hile
salts in much the same manner as Hunt foimd
some years ago that the similar treatment in-
creased the susceptihility of the rat to the toxic
action of acetonitril. This increased sensitiv-
ity which, liy the way, can also be demonstrated
with artecia and fish emhryos, under limited con-
ditions, is the most pronounced in the gastric ulcer
producing action of hile salts in the guinea pig.
Some of you probably know that Sellard dis-
covered years ago that when a small amount of
hile salts is injected into a rabbit or a guinei
pig, ulcerations are jiroduced in their stomach.
The lethal dosage for this action is quite sharp
under a given condition. In normal male guinea
pigs, an intraperitoneal injection of less than 20
nigs, per icxj gms. body weight will not produce
these ulcerations, but in the pig, fed with 0.2 mgs.
of thyroxin twice or more, even 15 mgs. per unit
weight will cause the lesion. With a greater thy-
roxin feeding and a smaller injection of l.nle salts,
we find interesting results. With 12 mgs. of bile
salts per unit weight, no guinea pig shows ulcer
when the thyroid principle is fed once: when fed
five times, 62% showed the lesion; and when fed
ten times, 83% showed a positive lesion. I may
add here that the thvroid administration not only
increases susceptibility of the pig to the toxic
action of bile salts, but it also produces a type of
pathological picture which is similar to that found
in the very acute gastric ulcer of man.

As to the mechanism liy wh'ch the toxicity 01
bile salts increases under the thyroxin treatment,
we are of an opinion that a change in lipoidal. or
I should .say, lipid metabolism, must be respon-
sible. There are several lines of evidence to sup-
port this view. In the first place, it has been
found in our laboratory that certain lipids such
as lecithin, cephalin, sul]iholipid (Tsuruta) and
cholesteryl oleate ( Ishii ) are the only compounds
which have power to protect the animal from this
toxic action of bile salts.

In the second place, any conditions, iihvsiolog-
ical or otherwise, such as sex and seasonal varia-
tion, in which the lipid content of the body is dif-
ferent, manifest a different degree of resistance
to the toxic actions of liile salts. For instance,
sartorius muscle of a male frog requires less bile
salts to produce tetanus than that of a female.
The toxic dose required to produce ulcer in a

male guinea pig is much smaller than in a female.
Not only are these minimum toxic doses different,
but also the amount of lipids required to neutral-
ize the toxic effect of the bile salts differs with sex.
It requires more lipids to antagonize the same
amounts of bile salts with male than with female.
The muscle of a winter frog is more resistant to
bile salts than that of a spring frog. The more
of these lipids the body contains, the more resist-
ant it is toward toxic action of bile salts.

Since phospholipids are the most outstanding of
all the antagonizers both in effectiveness as antag-
onizers and in the quantity occurring naturally in
the body, we have attempted to discover whether
or not the decrease in plios|iholipid alone can be
responsible for the increased susceptibility of thy-
roid-fed animals to bile salts. The normal male
guinea pig requires 18 mgs. of lecithin to antag-
onize 20 mgs. of bile salts, and the pig, fed with
the effective amounts of thyroxin, requires 44
mgs. of lecithin to neutralize the same amount of
bile salts. Therefore thyroxin treatment must
have decreased antagonizers which correspond to
26 mgs. of lecithin in each 100 gms. of body
weight, or 1 mg. of lecithin phosphorus. But the
guinea pig contains only 8 mgs. of lipid phos-
phorus per 100 cc. of blood and consequently only
0.6 mgs. of blood lipid phosphorus per loO gms.
of body wei.ght. In other words, the thyroid-fed
animal must have lost about twice as much phos-
liholid as contained in whole blood before treat-
ment.

As a matter of fact, we found in rabbits that
the decrease in blood phospholipid under similar
thyroxin treatment is aliout 22%. Although it is
highly probable that a rabbit and a guinea pig
may not act in exactly the same manner, we are
inclined to believe these data suggest very strong-
ly that the decrease in phospholipid alone could
not be responsible for this increased susceptibilitv.
And certainly the thyroid administration must
also diminish other antagonizers such as choles-
tryl oleate, but how much has not yet been de-
termined. At any event we are certain that the
l)hospholipid content of the body is a correct in-
dex of its resistance against bile salts. From
these and other evidences, that I can not go into
now, we wish to conclude that the gastric ulcer in
the bvmnan is a metabolic disease involving lipids,
and that hyperthyroidism is one of the most ag-
gravating conditions for the gastric ulcer, par-
ticularlv in the male.

154

TIIR COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 46

THE ENOLIZATION OF GELATIN BY NEUTRAL SALTS

Dr. J. M. JoHLiN
/Issoc. Professor of Biochemistry, School of Medicine, J 'anderbilt University

Loelj's well known studies show that the action
of neutral salts on gelatin can be accounted for
on the basis of Donnan's theory of membrane
equilibria and can be predicted and quantitativel\'
expressed by a mathematical equation. These
explanations, however, do not hold in the case of
gelatin which contains neither acid nor base. The
writer has found, for instance, that a neutral salt
added to a solution of gelatin, which is entirel>'
free of acid and base, or contains but vei-y small
amounts of these reagents, increases rather than
decreases the viscosity of such a solution. Loeb
found that a neutral salt added to a solution of
gelatin at a pH of 3.0 did not ailfect the hydrogen
ion concentration. The writer has found that
when no acid, or when but small amounts are
liresent. a neutral salt increases the hydrogen ion
concentration of such a solution.

Aside from any consideration of the jirobable
effect of a neutral salt on the hydrogen ion activ-

ity of gelatin it seemed possible that this increased
acidity might be due to the enolization of the gel-
atin by the neutral salt. Such an effect had, so
far as is known, not been observed before. Pauli
and his co-workers had, on the contrary, found
that neutral salts do not affect the optical activity
of proteins. The writer found in his experiments
that a considerable number of neutral salts great-
ly afifected the optical rotation of solutions of ash-
free gelatin and that small amounts of acid pro-
duced no similar effect.

This action of neutral salts, which is assumed
to be that of a tautomeric displacement involving
the equililirium between the keto and the enol
forms of the protein, is proportionate to the salt
concentration. The explanation given for this ef-
fect does not exclude Hardy's postulation of a
union between the neutral salt and the nitrogen of
the protein.

OXIDATIONS PRODUCED BY GONOCOCCI

Dk. E. S. Guzman Barron
Assistant Professor of Bioclicmistry, Universitx of Cliieago

It is well known that many bacteria possess the
power of oxidizing not only the simple carbohy-
drates Init also their fermentation products, since
aerobic growth is known to occur on lactate,
acetate, succinate, glycerol, etc., when these form
the only source of carlion. During the last years
those investigators concerned with the ]iroblem
of cellular oxidations, have studied some bacterial
oxidations with great detail. It seems obvious
that for a comprehensive study of cell o.xidations
we ought to look for those cells possessing an oxi-
dation mechanism as simple as possible, uncompli-
cated liy oxidation processes beyond the investiga-
tor's control, such as endogenous oxidations.

A suspension of gonococci washed twice in sa-
line solution {0.154 M NaCl), and buffered at
different pH's from 4 to 10, does not show any
appreciable oxygen consumption when the proper
aseptic precautions have been taken. This ab-
sence of endogenous respiration renders the ma-
terial an excellent one for the study of cell oxida-
tions. The following substrates have been used:
glucose, Na lactate, pyruvate, acetate, formate,
succinate; glycoccoll, d-alanine, all of which are
oxidized by B. Coli according to Cook and
Stephenson. Gonococci are able to oxidize only
the first three sulistrates. None of them is oxi-
dized to completion. One mole of glucose takes
up two moles of ox}gen ; one mole of lactate
takes up one mole of oxygen, and one mole of
pyruvate requires one atom of oxygen. The ve-
locity of oxidation of these sulistrates is as fol-

lows : lactate < glucose ■c pyruvate. The effect
of pM on the activity of oxidation of these sub-
strates has been studied. Cducose and lactate
show an optimum activity from pH ((.3 to 6.9:
Pyruvate from 6.5 to 7.0. From this optimum
plateau the velocity of oxidation falls asxmptoti-
call\-. Glucose and pyruvate are rot oxidized at
pH's 3 and 9. Lactate is oxidized within wider
limits: from pH 4.6 to pH 10. At pH's 5 and 9
lactate is oxidized to pyruvic acid. By changing
the pH of the bacterial suspension it is possible
to dissociate the process of lactic acid oxidation in
two steps : first step, lactic to pyruvic ; second
step, pyruvic to acetic. We can therefore picture
the chain of reactions taking place when one mole
of glucose is oxidized bv gonococci, as follows:

G(iH,20,; gives JCH3CHOHOHCOOH (Hy-
drolysis )

2CH3CHOHCOOH plus Oo

gives 2CH3COCOOH plus 2H2O

2CH3COCOOH plus O, gives
2CH3COOH plus 2CO2

KCN at o.ooi M concentration inhibits the ox-
idation of these three sul)strates, although at dif-
ferent levels. The oxidation of glucose and py-
ruvic acid are inbiliited about 80 per cent. The
oxidation of lactate is almost completely inhibited.

Reversible dyes act in the same manner as in
norni:d tissues ; they increase the oxygen con-
sumption only when the oxidizing enzymes have
been inhibited bv cyanide.

August i, 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

15s

SCIENTIFIC BOOKS

.IdvcHtures in Biophysics. A. V. Hill. 162 pp.
University of Pennsylvania Press. $3.00.

This book contains five lectures given by Pro-
fessor Hill during the autumn of 1930 in Phila-
delphia under the auspices of the Johnson Foun-
dation for Medical Physics. Not all of Hill's un-
usual appeal as a lecturer, his magnetic person-
ality, his sense of the value of "human interest,"
has been lost in the fixation of these lectures on
the printed pages. Roth the general physiologist
and the biochemist will read the book with a fas-
cination that makes its title, "Adventures,"' seem
well chosen.

The i^\t lectures are entitled : I. Some Ad-
veHures with Vapor Pressure; IL The State of
Water in Tissues; HL The Conception of the
Steady State; IV. The Time Relations of the
Events in Muscular Contraction and V. The Me-
chanics of Muscular Contraction and Other Mat-
ters.

In the first lecture, he explains how some an-
omolous results in experiments on the heat pro-
duction of muscle, measured with a delicate ther-
mcjpile, proved to be due to the change in vapor
jiressure of muscle flu'd as its osmotic pressiu'e
rises during activity. This apparent defeat was
turned into victory and the very delicate instru-
ment "made to expiate its crimes" by using it as
a convenient and sur])risingly accurate means for
measurement of small differences in osmotic p-es-
sure. Applications of this method are the chief
subject material of the second lecture which
brings out the idea that, contrary to much of the
recent tendency of adsorption theories, nearly all
of the water of muscle and other tissues appears
to be "free" in the sense that it can act as a
solvent.

The third lecture develops the thesis that the
steady state in living things must be regarded as
<lynamic, as due to sustained expenditure of en-
ergy, not as equilibrium. The experiments chosen
to prove and illustrate this idea are mostly thos-:
dealing with osmotic pressure differences and ad-
justments but they cover a wide range of biologi-
cal material. The varied mechanisms of these ad-
justments "will provide an excuse for many of
us, for some time \et, to work in laboratories by
the sea."

In the fourth lecture, Hill presents interesting
and suggestive new ideas concerning the problems
of muscular contraction, while pointing out how
far we are from an understanding of either its
chemistry or its mechanics. He pays considerable
attention to the relative significance of phos-
jjhagen breakdown and lactic acid production both

in this and in the last lecture which is chiefly
concerned with the relations between total energy
liberation and the heat production during muscu-
lar contraction.

To research workers, the book should be useful
practically, because of descriptions of special in-
strumets and an excellent bibliography; inspira-
tionally, because of its unbiased presentation of the
present unsatisfactoriness of theories of muscu-
lar contraction and of dynamic equilibrium, while
clearly pointing out for these mysteries some of
the clues which hold promise for immediate in-
vestigation. — Philip H. Mitchell.

Heredity. A. Franklin Shull. 2nd ed. xv-345
pp. McGraw-Hill. $3.00.

The new edition of "Heredity" by Dr. A.
Franklin Shull shows several points of improve-
ment over the first, excellent as that was.
Designed as a text for a lecture course for be-
ginners, it fulfills its purpose admirably. The
chapters are concise, unified and clearly written,
the illustrations well chosen and not too numer-
ous, the subject matter up-to-date and critically
selected. The introduction of material on chro-
mosomes and sex in plants and especally the ad-
dition of problems at the end of each chapter are
to be highly commended. Other changes, all for
the better, are the expansion of the first chapter
fin Rise of Knowledge of Heredity, the revision of
chapters on Immigration, Population Problems,
Evolution and Heredity in Man, the addition of
sections on multiple allelomorphs and lethal
homozygotes. The discussion of human heredity
and of eugenics is critical and restrained.

Two impressions given are questioned : one, the
restriction of the use of the term Fi to genera-
tions or individuals derived from homozygous par-
ents and of Fj to progeny of such heterozygous!
Fi individuals : the other, the statement in the
chapter on linkage that "several instances of link-
age in man are known." The reviewer has
supposed that although sex linkage has been
proved in man. not even the various sex-linked
factors have been proved to be linked with each
other. The reviewer has also found rt more
satisfactory in teaching to introduce multiple al-
lelomorphism and sex-linkage after monohybrid
crosses and to postpone a discussion of evidence
for location of genes in chromosomes until after
the preentation- of linkage and sex-linkage, since
these phenomena strengthen the discussion.
These are, however, merely points of order and
in no way lessen the value of the book for the
purpose for which it is intended

Anna R. Whiting,

156

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 46

The Collecting Net

A weekly publication devoted to the scientific w. rk
at Woods Hole.

WOODS HOLE, MASS.

Ware Cattell Editor

Assistant Editors

Margaret S. Griffin Mary Eleanor Brown

Annaleida S. CattclI

THE COLLECTING NET SCHOLARSHIPS

I'-ach summer for the last three years The
Collecting Net has been successful in accumu-
lating the sum of five hundred dollars for its
scholarship fund. In the Fall the money is
awarded in the form of five one hundred dollar
scholarships to assist promising students financial-
ly at Woods Hole during the following summer.

These five scholarships will be available again
this year for work at one of the local scientific
ins'titutions in 1932. They will be assigned in
September by a committee of senior investigators.
Any student taking a course at the Marine Bio-
logical Laboratory and having the following
c[ualificati()ns is eligiljle for the award :

The student must show evidence of al)ility to
engage in research work. Judgment of this
ability will in part be based on a written report
(jf prol)lem work done at Woods Hole during the
summer. Such work need not necessarily be
done in connection with the course. Preference
will be given to students who without such
financial assistance would be unable to attend the
1932 session of the laboratory. The student must
engage in a full-time research problem at the Ma-
rine Biological Laboratory for a period of at least
six weeks during the summer of 1932.

Application blanks may be obtained from the
director of any course or from the office of The
Collecting Net. A summary of work accom-
plished during the period in which the scholar-
ship is held will be printed in our magazine.

Professor Hans Spemann, who is now visiting
the Marine Biological Laboratory, comes to us
with no need of an introduction. He is an out-
standing student of the physiology of develop-
ment. Trained by Boveri at Wurzburg, he spent
his earlier years instructing in the laboratory of
his teacher. Later he accepted an appointment at
the Ka'ser \\'ilhelm Institute fur Biologie at
Rerlin-Dahlem, where he shared in the director-
ship of the labciratiiries. From Dahlem Professor
Spemann went to Freitiurg in Breisgau where he
is director of the Zoological Institute. There he

and his students are continuing his studies of de-
velo]:imental phenomena in the newt, Triton. In
a series of experiments extending over a thirty-
year period, he has tested the relationships be-
tween the parts of the developing amphibian
germ. The results have demonsti^ated the wide
ap])lication of the principle of induction as a
fundamental process in development and the value
of certain units as centers of organization. Pro-
fessor Spemann's contributions are among the
most stimulating to all students of developmental
problems.

The Collecting Net is indebted to Mr.
Charles P. Titus of Carl Zeiss, Inc. for the use
of his telephone. Through his accommodation.
The Collecting Net may be reached by calling
Falmouth 993-M.

Dr. Helen Miller of Johns Hopkins University,
Baltimore, has had her National Research Fel-
lowship in zoology renewed and will spend the
coming year in the department of Professor L.
L. Woodruff at Yale. Dr. Daniel Raflfel, a
National Research Fellow in the department of
genetics, Johns Hopkins University, has been re-
appointed and will continue his work in Profes-
sor Woodruff's laboratory at Yale.

Mr. lohn A. Kyle, manager of the Natural
Science Department of the Clay-Adams Company,
is now vacationing at Woods Hole. He is staying
at the Column Terrace, Falmouth.

Dr. A. K. Parpart, who received his doctor's
degree from the University of Pennsylvania this
Spring, has accepted an appointment as instruc-
tor in the department of physiology at Princeton.

I

CURRENTS IN THE HOLE

At the following hours (Daylight Saving Time)
the current in the hole turns to run from Buz-
zards Bay to Vineyard Sound:

Date A. M.

Aug. 1 6:51

Aug. 2 7:35

Aug. 3 8:13

Aug. 4 8:59

Aug. 5 9:45

Aug. 6 10:32

Aug. 7 1 1 :20

Aug. 8 12:01

Aug. 9 12:55

Aug. 10 I :52

Aug. II 2 :43

P.M.

7:09
7:51
8:34
9:21
10:14

11 :07

12 :i6
I :io
2:03

2 :5i

In each case the current changes approximately
six hours later and runs from the Soimd to the
Bnv. It must be rememberrd that the schedule
printed above is dependent upon the wind. Pro-
longed winds sometimes caiL-^e the turning cf the
current to occur a half an hour earlier or later
than the times given above.

August i, 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

157

ITEMS OF INTEREST

MT. DESERT ISLAND BIOLOGICAL
LABORATORY

Admiral Byrd was present at a picnic supper
held on the shore by Dr. and Mrs. Warren H.
Lewis, Tuesday, July 21, 1931.

Dr. and Mrs. Homer W. Smith of New York
I'niversity have applied for the Laboratory lot
adjacent to that of Dr. Robert He.gfner. Dr. and
Mrs. Smith expect to build a summer cottage in
the near future.

On Thursday, August 6th, Dr. Warren H.
Lewis will give the fourth lecture in the Popular
Lecture Course. His subject is "Cancer Prob-
lems" and he will show motion pictures.

Dr. and Mrs. William Wherry of Cincinnati,
Ohio, are entertaining the Laboratory at a barn
dance, Saturday, August ist.

Dr. and Mrs. E. K. Marshall, Jr. invited the
older members of the Lalioratory to tea Sunday
afternoon, July 27th

The Monday evening seminar will be given on
August 3rd by Dr. Harold D. Senior of New
"S'ork I'niversity and Dr. A. Defrise of the Uni-
versity of Milano, Italy.

Frances R. Snow, Secretary.

Mr. and Mrs. Henry Finch announce the en-
gagement of their daughter, Kathleen May, to
Dr. Lester G. Barth. The marriage will take
place the latter- part of August at the Finch's
home in Boston. After a motor trip to Detroit
and Chicago, the couple will return to New York
City where Dr. Barth will be an instructor in
zo(;logy at Columbia University.

Miss Cornelia L. Carey, professor of bacteri-
ology at Barnard College, after having been West
for several weeks, has arrived at her home in
Quissett to spend the rest of the summer.

Dr. Florence Peebles, professor of biology at
the California Christian College, Los Angeles, has
returned to the laboratory after two years ab-
sence. She is planning to work on the trans-
planting of organizers in Fundulus eggs. Dr.
Peel)les is living at Charles Grinnell Jr.'s house,
having recently sold her cottage, "The T^antern,"
on (lardiner Road, to Dr. May Wilson of the
Medical School of Cornell Universitv.

Miss Jean Henderson, a lecturer in the depart-
ment of zoology, McGill University, is spending
the summer as an investigator at the Bermuda
l')ii,logicrd Station for Research.

CORNELL UNIVERSITY BIOLOGICAL FIELD
STATION

Dr. Umma Shuma Sharga has recently arrived
from the University of Edinburgh to study en-
tomological control methods in this country be-
fore returning to India. He will remain in
Ithaca about a year. At jiresent he is making a
study of the aquatic populaton of our waterfalls.

Dr. Elizabeth Genung of Smith College ad-
dressed a meeting of Sigma Delta Epsilon,"Grad-
uate Women in Science, on July 20th, on her
African travels.

Mr. Alexander B. Klots has accepted a position
with Wards Natural Science I^stablisbment as
head of the Entomological Department. He will
also be an Associate in Entomology at the Uni-
versity of Rochester.

Dr. Cl\de Fisher of the American Museum of
Natural History is teaching in the University
Summer Session, in the absence of Prof. E. L.
Palmer who is at the University of Hawaii.

Prof. J. C. Bradley left this week for a few
weeks of Entomological collecting in Florida.

Prof, and Mrs, Needham are receiving con-
gratulations on the birth of a second grandchild.
James George Needham II is the son of Mr. and
Mrs. William R. Needham.

— Elsie Brou(^iiton Klots.

On Tuesday, July 2Sth. Miss Ida T. Genther
was married to Mr. L. Herbert Schmidt at 10:30
in the Church of the Messiah. Miss Centher will
be remembered as one of the investigators at the
Laboratory last summer. She has lieen doing re-
search work in Cincinnati this past year. Mr.
Schmidt, who is a research fellow in biochemistry
at the Medical School at the University of Cin-
cinnati, is working with Dr Tashiro at the Lab-
oratory this summer. Miss Sybil Street was the
bride's only attendant and Mr. E. M. Adams was
the best man. The ceremony was ])erformed by
the Rev. James Bancroft.

Dr. Eugene DuBois will be the speaker of the
afternoon at the weekly forum on Suntlay after-
noon, August 2nd at Dr. Warbasse's estate on
Penzance Point. His talk will be on ".Some Phys-
iological Aspects of Submarines and Deep Div-
ing."

On Sunday, August 2nd, Gilbert and Sullivan'.'?
operetta, "The Mikado," will be given in the M.
B. L. Club at 8 P. M.

On Thursday evening, August 6th, at 8 p.m.
there will be a victrola concert in the M. B. L.
Club. Sibelius' Symphony No. i and Stravinsky's
Fire-Biid will be presented.

158

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 46

PHYSICIAN'S

AND LABORATORY

MICROSCOPE

ESC-106

Magnification: 5()-900X
Fixed Stage, 12cm. square
Illuminating Apparatus with Rack and
Pinion,
Condenser 1.2 with Iris.
Triple Revolving Nosepiece.
Fine adjustment with graduated drum.
Achromatic Objectives:
8 n.a. 0.20
40 n.a. 0.65
90 n.a. 1.25 cil im.
Huvfjens Oculars: 7X and lOX
Price: f.o.b. New York, $128

A good dark field outfit is obtained by adding:

Cardioid condenser, $22, extra for iris for
oil im. $4. Compensating ocular 13X: $8.50.

A satchel type of carrying case can
be supplied instead of the standard

cabinet at an additional cost of $4.00.

CARL ZEISS, Inc.

485 Fifth Avenue

New York

Pacific Coast Branch:
728 South Hill St., Los Angeles, Calif.

[gflRLZElSti

JLNA

ECOLOGY
All Forms of Life in Relation to Environment

Established 1920. Quarterly. Official Publication of the
Ecological Society of America. Subscription, $4 a year
for complete volumes (Jan. to Dec.) Parts of volumes
at the single number rate. Back volumes, as avail-
able, $5 each. Single numbers, $1.25 post free. Foreign
Iiostage: 20 cents.

GENETICS
A Periodical Record of Investigations bearing on
Heredity and Variation
Established 1916. Bimonthly.

Subscription, $6 a year for complete volumes (Jan. to
Dec.) Parts of volumes at the single number rate.
Single numbers, $1.25 post free. Back volumes, as avail-
able. $7.00 each. Foreign postage: 50 cents.

AMERICAN JOURNAL OF BOTANY
Devoted to All Branches of Botanical Science

Established 1914. Monthly, except August and Sep-
tember. Official Publication of the Botanical Society of
America. Subscrii)tion, $7 a year for complete volumes
(Jan. to Dec.) Parts of volumes at the single number
rate. Volumes 1-18 complete, as available, $146. Single
numbers, $1.00 each, post free. Prices of odd volumes
on request. Foreign postage: 40 cents.

BROOKLYN BOTANIC GARDEN MEMOIRS

Volume I: 33 contributions by various authors on
genetics, pathology, mycology, physiology, ecology, plant
geography, and systematic botany. Price, $3.50 plus
postage.

Volume II: The vegetation of Long Island. Part I.
The vegetation of Montauk. etc. By Norman Taylor.
Pub. 1923. 108 pp. Price. $1.00.

Vol. Ill: The vegetation of Mt. Desert Island, Maine,
and its environment. By Barrington Moore and Nor-
man Taylor. 151 pp., 27 text -figs., vegetation map in
colors. June 10, 1927. Price, $1.60.

Orders should be placed with

The Secretary, Brooklyn Botanic Garden,

1000 Washington Ave. Brooklyn, N. Y., U. S. A.

Non-€orrosive ^^j^^^^ Non-Corrosive
MICROSCOPIC

SLIDES "J COVER GLASSES

Do N<t Foff
At your dealer's, or write (giving dealer's name) to

117-119 East :j4th Street NEW VOKK

Visit
Malchman's

THE

LARGEST DEPARTMENT STORE

ON CAPE COD

Falntouth

Phone 116

Aui;usT I, 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

159

'■^^ SPENCER MICROSCOPE

SPENCER MICROSCOPE No. 34 M-H

Equipped with mechanical stage, oculars 6X and
lOX, triple revolving nosepiece, achromatic objec-
tives 16 mm. 4 mm. dry and 1.8 mm. immersion,
foilt-type substage with condenser NA 1.20, iris dia-
phragm. Complete in mahogany cabinet .... $135.00
In leatherette carrying case, extra $2.00

Sf.

HCMCl^

BUFFALO

No. 34 M-H

for

Medical Student

and

Laboratory

Increased size and new beauty
has been added to outstanding
performance without increase
in price.

Appreciating the varied and precise
needs of the medical student, his
desire to carry his microscope back
and forth between laboratory and
home, we have built a new micro-
scope which will perfectly meet his
needs. It's not so large as to he
cumbersome and heavy to transport
and >'et it is slightly larger, slightly
heavier and a bit more rugged than
most instruments previously offered.

It has all the advantageous features :

I. Chromium plated objectives and
adjustment buttons.

II. Long distance (95 m.m. ) from
arm to optical axis.

III. Fork-type substage with divis-

ible condenser N.A. 1.20.

IV. Fixed mechanical stage suitable

to handle large micro glides.

V. Solidarity exemplified and grace-

ful lines characteristic cf all
Spencer Microscopes are fea-
tured.

VI. New SPENCER INCLINOCU-
LAR. Inclined eyepiece built for
this microscope to provide great-
est possible comfort in use.

NEW YOR.K

i6o

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 46

Spalteholz

Transparent

Preparatiuns

Human

and

ZoolOKical

Skeleton ol Fish in Case

Models, Specimens,
Charts

for physiology, zoology, botany,
anatomy, embryology, etc. Cata-
logs will gladly be sent on request.
Please mention name cf school
and subjects taught, to enable
us to send the appropriate
catalog.

Visit our New and Greatly En-
larged Display K»onis and Museum

Life History
of Chick

Model of Human Heart

CxAY-AoAldS' €'QMR4NY

117-119 E.\ST 34th STREET NEW YORK

Just Published

Revised, up-to-date SECOND EDITION

HEREDITY

By A. Fr.\nklin Shull,
Professor of Zooloc/v >» the Vnivcrsil':
of Michigan

MoGravv-Hill Publications in the
Zoological Sciences

TTHIS is a sound and thorough treatment
■'■ of the principles of biological inherit-
ance. The purpose of the book primarily is
to cover those phases of the subject of es-
pecial interest to mankind. Besides this
chief emphasis on human heredity, however,
the book also covers enough of the phenom-
ena of heredity in plants and animals to
serve as necessary foundation study.

In this edition all of the many recent

advances in the field are covered that are

valuable in connection with the aim of the

book.

345 pages, 6x9, 143 illustrations, $3.00

Send for a copy on approval

McGRAW^HILL BOOK CO., Inc.

370 SEVENTH AVENUE

NEW YOKK

Marine Biological

Laboratory
Supply Department

FOR THE BEST

BIOLOGICAL MATERIAL

CLASSROOM MATERIAL

MICROSCOPIC SLIDES

LIVE MATERIAL

Catalogues and information furnished by

applying at Supply Department Office

Woods Hole, Mass.

August i, 193 i ]

THE COLLECTING NET

161

When you

make

Photomicrographs

The Model K Camera has been developed for
routine photomicrography. It is simply con-
structed for use with any standard microscope
and light source. An observation eyepiece per-
mits the specimen to be examined and photo-
graphed without altering the position of either
the microscope or the camera, and the specimen
may be observed while the exposure is being
made.

The camera body is supported entirely inde-
pendently of the microscope and its weight does
not rest on the fine adjustment.

Model K is an all metal camera. It is adjustable
upon a steel rod, which is mounted upon a cast
iron base. The camera back is of standard form,
and takes a 3^4 x 4^4 double plate holder, a cut
firm holder, a film pack adapter or a roll film
holder.

Write for complete information.

BAUSCH & LOMB OPTICAL COMPANY

675 St. Paul Street « » Rochester, New York

Makers of Orthogon Eyeglass Lenses for Better Vision

1 62

TIIF. COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 46

THE WOODS HOLE LOG

The Woods Hole Choral Clul) gives its fifth the hoat were uninjured although Mr. Aranaze's

Annual Concert Saturday evening, August 8, at Iwir viras singed and his companion was hlown

eight-thirty in the Auditorium. Most of the fifty out of the boat. The present owners carried no

singers who have been practicing during July are insurance,
biologists, but membership is not limited to Lali-

oratory workers: the club i'; open to all who like The laurels of this week's production at the
to sing and who are willing to practice for an University Players' Theatre go to Petei Wa\'ne,
hour after the Tuesday and Friday lectures. "the cardboard lover" himself, in Jacques Duval's
Mr. Ivan Gorokhoff, director of choral music clever little skit of that name. The adaptation by
at Smith College, is again the conductor. He is Valerie Wyngate and P. G. Wodehouse is very
remembered by the older laboratory workers as witty and although the plot is a totally trivial
the leader of the Russian Cathedral Choir which love intrigue, the play affords a delightful even-
gave a concert at Mr. Crane's residence some ing in the true French manner,
vears ago. .Simone divorced her liusband, Tony, for his
The program consists of two parts; sacred infidelity, though she still loved him. When he
music, mainly from the .service of the Russian conies back to seek her again for his wife, she
Church, and secular songs. The German com- hires the young Andre to be her lover only in
poser Handel is represented by four choruses name, as a protection to .save herself from giving
from some of his less known operas and oratorios. in to Tonw Andre, the cardboard lover, is only
Here is the complete program. too faithful in carrying out his duty of inter-
Cherubim Song Musitchcskoo ru])ting her tete-a-tetes with Tony and the comedy

Only Begotten Son Gretchaninoff revolves in a whirl around these three; Simone

O praise ye the Name of the Lord Kastalsky who wants Tony and regrets the day she hired

Then round about the starry throne Handel Andre to be her "shadow ;" Tony, the egotist, who

The heart that's contented Handel wants Simone and is used to being irresistible to

May no rash intruder Handel women; and Andre, poor, in love with Simone,

The foolish lover squanders Handel who is forced hy his contract into an unusual and

Wassail Song ll'illiains false position.

P)\'linka Kastalsky Simone, as played by Katherine Hastings, was

The Rrook Arkhangelsky delightful, though a little too much the young.

Dusk of Night Arkhaiu/rlskv impetuous, American college girl to be truly con-
Tickets for the concert will be on sale soon for vincing as a French madame. Henry Fonda as
$.SO and $1.00. Andre was thoroughly satisfactory and looked the

part of a French monsieur. Freida Altman, who

On Thu"sda\-, August 6th, Falmouth wl'l be played one of the leads in 'Tnterference," made a

gay with the annual fete .for the benefit of the sujierb French maid.

Nursing Association. From three u'nil eleven I'eter Wayne as Andre played an unconvincing

thirty p. m.. the town will be busy raising money role in a convincing manner. Though the part

to support the organization during the coming did not enable him to reach the heights of chir-

year. Booths will be installed on the Village acter-acting that he attained as Philip Voaze in

Green and, as a special attraction, th'-re will be "Interference," he, nevertheless, made the most

bl(jck dancing with the i.^th Regiment Bard of of his role.

Whitman supjilying the music. The sets were very efifective but there is one

complaint to be made against all the scenery of

Earlv Tuesdav evening the fire si'-en summoned the season and that is the poor construction of

most of Woods Hole to a spectacular boat fi'e at the doors. They are amateurish and do not close

the wharf beside the Penzance Garage. A s])eed and open with facility and without causing a

boat, owned by Mr. Aranaze of Falmouth, caught trembling of the adjoining walls,

on fire when the eni,nne backfired over by Ca- The Plavers are busy now rehearsing "The

boon's wharf. The boat could have been saved Trial of Mary Dugan" with Cvnthia Rogers in

by efficient handling, but instead they took her the title role. The cast reciuired is so large that

out in the breeze and managed to get her over to jiractically the entire group will have to take

the dock behind the Fire House. The insignifi- parts and the stage will be enlaryed. The busi-

cant blaze became serious when the gasoline tank nrss in the court room will begin at 8:m next

exijloded and by the time the fire was put out, week, althou"^h the action of the play itself will

tlie boat was a total ruin. The two occupants of not start until the usual time of 8:30. — M. S. G.

August i, 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

163

FITZGERALD, INC.

A Man's Store

MEN'S WEAR

Colonial Buiding Tel. 985 Main Sitreet

Falnvouth

The

UNIVERSITY

PLAYERS

Inc.

Presents

"THE TRIAL OF MARY DUGAN" |

AUG. 3 -

AUG. 8

Old Silver Beach

West

Falmouth

DRESSES — LINENS — LACES

Fine Toilet Articles
Elizabeth Arden, Coty

Yardley
Choice Bits from Pekin

MRS. WEEKS SHOPS

FALMOUTH

Queen's Byway
near Filene's

Madn Street
near A & P

J A X
FEMININE FOOTWEAR

$4.45 to $7.45
Two Falmouth Shops

The MRS. G. L. NOYES LAUNDRY

Collections Daily

Two Collections Daily in the Dormitories

Woods Hole Tel. 777

Service that Satisfies

THE TWIN DOOR

RESTAURANT AND BAKERY

G. M. GRANT, Prop.

Chicken and Lol>8ter Dinners

Waffles

Main Sitreet Woods Hole, Mass.

WALTER O. LUSCOMBE

REAL ESTATE AND
INSURANCE

Woods Hole

Phone 622

SAMUEL CAHOON

Wholesale and Retail Dealer in
FISH AND LOBSTERS
Tel. Falmouth 660-661
Woods Hole and Falmouth

The Whaler on Wheels

"Our Wandering Book Shop"

Miss Imogene Weeks Miss Helen E. EUis

Mr. John Francis

Will be at Woods Hole Mondays

throughout the summer

season.

THE WHALER BOOK SHOP

106 SCHOOL STREET NEW BEDFORD

Telephone Clifford 110

TEXACO PRODUCTS

NORGE REFRIGERATORS

WOODS HOLE GARAGE
COMPANY

Opposite Station

KELVINATOR REFRIGERATION v

Eastman's Hardware

5 AND IOC DEPARTMENT

KITCHEN FURNISHINGS

Pyrofaix Gas and Glenwood Ranges
Falmouth Tel. 407

i64

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VI. No. 46

THE WOODS HOLE LOG

A protest against the present prices of gasoline
on the Cape has been tiled by the Cape Cocl
Chamber of Commerce, which contends that the
higher prices prevailing here are harmful to trade
in general.

tiasoline prices on the Cape average about 17V2
cents a gallon, which is from four to five cents
higher than other parts of the state. The retail
]nice is based on the firms' prices to filling sta-
tions. Gasoline officials claim that prices on the
Cape are normal but that prices in New Bedford,
Boston and other cities are abnormal at the pres-
ent time because of a price war between rival
companies.

H. S. Dowden, secretary of the Cape Cod
Chamlier of Commerce sent the following tele-
gram to the Federal Trade Commission :

The Cape Cod Chamber of Commerce calls
your attention to the price of gasoline on Cape
Cod, four and five cents higher per gallon than
all other points in the state. This is harmful
to all trade here and it gives the impression
that other commodities are in the same pro-
portion.
Following the telegram, a letter was dispatched,

as follows :

Confirming our telegram, the Cape Cod
Chamber of Commerce urges your assistance in
adjustment of the price of gasoline on Cape Cod,
which is four and five cents higher than in all
other points in the state.

I am enclosing a map showing the towns af-
fected. In the town of Bourne, the price is 13 Vs
cents and 14I/2. Other points on the Cape
range from 17.4 cents to 17.6. In New Bed-
ford gasoline is selling for 12 li cents to 13 'o in
company owned stations.

This is very harmful to all trade here as it
gives the impression, especially to our summer
visitors, that all other commodities are in the
same proportion.

Last October the Cape Cod Chamber of Com-
merce and the Selectmen's x^ssociation launched
a drive against the high price of gasoline and
within a week the price fell between two and
four cents.

The Cygnet, a two masted au.xiliary schooner
yacht, seventy-five feet long, bound on a sword-
fishing trip, i-an aground at Chilmark early Wed-
nesday morning, July 23rd. Captained by John
Carr of New York City, the vessel was headed
for Vineyard Sound when she ran ashore in a
dense fog. Captain Carr and his crew of four
were forced to swim about twenty-five feet to
shore; and in the dash for safety one of the
crew sprained an ankle and was removed to the
Vineyard Haven Marine hospital. Two patrol
l»ats from the base here at Woods Hole went
to the rescue and finally towed her in to New
Piedford, arriving about nine o'clock at _riight.

On Monday evening, July 27th, the Coast Guard
received a call from H. W. Morse whose yawl,
"Onawa," went aground at the entrance of Ed-
gartown harbor. In less than an hour after the
call was received, the yawl was pulled oft", un-
damaged, by the patrol boat, C. G. 286.

Recently two members of the Marine Biological
Laboratory sailed to Martha's Vineyard. On
their return trip, the boat was incapacitated and
they were picked up by a fishing vessel. The
young man amused himself by taking pictures of
the girl with the members of the crew. One of
the fishermen asked to have a picture sent to him,
leaving his name and address with the girl.

When the pictures were developed, the girl sent
one to the fisherman. A few days later, the ad-
ministration office opened a letter addressed to
"The Marine Biological Laboratory, Woods Hole,
Mass.," and were surprised to find the following:

Whoever opens this letter will you please
place the letter and the picture in the hands of
the lady whose face appears in this snapshot.
I admire your nerve in addressing my husband
with such affectionate terms as "My Dear Mr. — "
and telling him you had net forgotten him but
my advice to you is to forget him and not to
correspond any further with him. Maybe you
did not know he was married but I am telling
you new that he is. I am sorry I can't address
you by name but my husband tore ycur sig-
nature from the letter, thinking I would not be
able to write you. (Signed) Mrs, George P. — ,
Provincetown, Mass.

( )n Sunday. August 2nd the Rev. Mr. Herman
R. Page, rector of St. Paul's Church, Dayton,
Ohio, will preach at the 1 1 o'clock service at the
Church of the Messiah. He is spending the sum-
mer at Vinevard Haven.

TIDE TABLE AT BREAKW.\TER. BEACH

At the following hours (Daylight Saving Time)
it is high water at the Breakwater Beach:

Date A. M. P. M.

Aug. I 10:39 10:48

Aug. 2 II :i3 II :03

Aug. 3 11:59

Aug. 4 12:11 12:40

Aug. 5 12:59 1:25

Aug. 6 1:46 2:11

Aug. 7 2:43 3:00

Aug. 8 3:40 3:54

Aug. 9 4:34 4:47

Aug. 10 5:31 5 :4'^

.■\ug. 1 1 6 :28 6 :40

Approximately six hours later, the tide is low.

August i, 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

165

Church of the Messiah

(Episcopal)
The Rev. James Bancroft, Rector

Holy Communion 8 :00 a. m.

Morning Prayer 11 :00 a. m.

Evening Prayer 7 :30 p. m.

FALMOUTH PLUMBING AND
HARDWARE CO.

Agency for

LYNN OIL RANGE BURNER

Falmouth, opp. the Public Library Tel. 360

FOLLOW THE CROWD TO

DAN BEL'S

HOME-MADE ICE CREAM,

DELICIOUS SANDWICHES

COFFEE PICNIC LUNCHES

MRS. H. M

BRADFORD

Dresses, Millinery,

Hosiery a,nd Gift Shop

Souvenirs

and Jewelry

Depot Avenue

Woods

Hole

N. E. TSIKNAS

FRUITS AND VEGETABLES

Falmouth and Wcods Hole

Zoologist, Ph. D. Nine years teaching experi-
ence which has included administrative respcnsi-
bilities; especially trained in General Biology, Cy-
tology, Invertebrate Physiology, Embryology,
Genetics and Anatomy; desires position in an
accredited college. For further details inquire
at the Collecting Net office.

BIOLOGICAL, PHYSIOLOGICAL, MEDICAL
AND OTHER SCIENTIFIC MAGAZINES

IN COMPLETE SETS

Volumes and Back Date Copies For Sale

B. LOGIN & SON, Inc.

EST. 1887
29 EAST 21st STREET NEW YORK

«6

Desk Type

For the Critical Scientist or the Beginning Student
— A Dependable Embedding Oven in which the tem-
perature does not have to be constantly watched.
This is a great advantage over any other oven manu-
factured today and has been thoroughly tested.
This oven is built on the same principles as all other
Asta ovens. It has been designed by Prof. Alfred F.
Huettner, Washington Square College, New York
University, where this oven is now used in the cy-
tology laboratory.

The following new features are incorporated in this
oven:

1. Automatic heat control by means of thermo-
stat, ranging from room temperature to
80'C. Pilot Light indicating when heat is on

2. Removable tank for filtered paraffin attached
to the rear wall. Filtered paraffin always ob-
taina.ble from this tank through a small tap.

3. Solid paraffin automatically filtered to supply
tank.

4. Paraffin glasses rest en a grid over a drain
board, eliminating untidy appearance of heat-
ing chamber. Imbedding dishes never stick
when oven is cold.

5. Large heating chamber unobstructed by heat-
ing lamps or utensils.

6. Cylindrical Heating Unit is attached to the
upper part of the front wall of the heating
chamber, allowing the maximum of space for
manipulation within the heating chamber.

7. Heating unit can be pulled out cf the oven in-
stantly to be used in keeping- paraffin in
liquid condition while imbedding outside of
the heating chamber.

8. Drying Chamber, accommodating two slide
boxes (50 slides), attached to the right.

Cata,logue No. 3000 $30.00

These are some cf the major features in which this
oven differs from others; there are other minor ad-
vantages which will be appreciated by cytologists
and histologists. Investigators who employ the
Feulgen reaction will be able to use this even in
place of an incubator by simply changing the tem-
perature control temporarily to 40'C.

STANDARD SCIENTIFIC SUPPLY CORP.

10-14 W. 2.5 ST. NEW YORK CITY

1 66

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 46

TIJCT€X NEWS

MAILED WITHOUT CHARGE TO OVER 30,000 BIOLOGISTS IN THE UNITED STATES

AND FOREIGN COUNTRIES

The principal purpose of Turtnx News is to announce new Turtox products and new
develojiments in the Tiu'tox lalioratories. It is not, however, our pohcy to mal<c tiiis ]iubh'ca-
tion a purely advertising medium, and in every issue are pulilished short articles and notes
of interest to biologists. These articles are all of a biological nature, but cuver a wide range,
including ecology, pedagogy, nature study, travel, laboratory methods, etc. They are written
in some cases by members of our staff, in other cases bv teach.ing Biologists.

TURTOX^""*

The Sifjn of the Turtox
Pledges AbsoUttc Sati^fiicdon

If you are not receiving Turtox News regularly, just
send us a postal, asking us to place your name on
the mailing list.

General Biological Supply House

IncoTporated
7C1-7G3 EAST SIXTY-NINTH PLACE

CHICAGO

The Wistar Institute Slide Tray

The ideal tray for displaying or staring slides.
It carries forty-eight 1-inch, thirty-two 1';.-
inch, or twenty-four 2-inch slides, and every
slide is visible at a glance. Owing to the
nesting feature, the trays may be stacked so
that each one forms a dust-proof c"ver for
the one beneath it, while the center ridges as-
sure protection to high mounts. Made en-
tirely of metal, they are unbreakable and
easily kept clean. They form compact stor-
age units. Twelve hundred 1-inch slides may
be filed in a space fourteen inches sauare bv
eight inches high. PRICE, $1.00 EACH

Orders niav be sent to

THE WISTAk INSTITUTE

Thirty-sixth Street and Woodland Avenue,
Philadelphia, Pa.

HYDROGEN ION
APPARATUS

tolnrimctric and Elcclroiiiclric
Hcllif/c~-LaMotfc—Pifsrhncr

llelhge Colorimetric Comparators em])loy
Permanent Non-F'ading Glass Standards.
The regular outfit includes the Comparator
proper with special Prism, one Color Scale,
one bottle of Indicator Solution, Mixing
I'ipette, Graduated Test Tubes and Frosted
(ilass Plates.

Write for Pjulletin No. 440 which gives de-
tails, and also for Bulletin No. 442 which
gives details of ap])aratus for water testing.

EIMER & AMEND

Established 1851

Incorporated 1897

Headquarters for Liiboratorv ApparatiLS and
Clieniical Reagents

Third Avenue, i8th to 10th Street
New York, N. Y.

August i, nj^i ]

IF, COLLECTING NET

167

LEITZ

WIDE riELD MICKCSCCPE

A New AFodf] with

AUTCMATIC MULTIPLE
€EJECTIVE NCSELIECE

/// roinirrfioii with Wide Field Biiiiiciilar Microscopes
of other iiialce. the one or other method of interchaiu/-
ing objectives has been offered. . These ivere foiind to
have shortcomings in being cither rcstrict^ed to the use
of special objectives or to a limited number of them.

The Leitz Works have succeeded in providing an

AUTOMATIC MULTIPLE OBJECTIVE NOSEPIECE

WHICH PERMITS THE USE OF THE STANDARD

PAIRED OBJECTIVES

This multiple Objective Nosepiece provides an auto-
matic interchang'e of three pairs of objectives at one time.
The prism body, resembling in its general construction
the b^dy of the well-known series of Leitz Wide Field
Binocular Microscopes, is provided with oculars of large
diameter. To this body is atttached the Automatic
Multiple Objective Nosepiece. A pair cf objectives IX is
permanently mounted to the nosepiece while two dove-
tailed tracks serve to accommodate any two pairs of ob-
jectives of the available series..
The track on which the objective carriage gl ides is provided with three steps. When sliding
the carriage back and forth to change from one objective to another, the carriage spring engagos
these stops. The right hand side of the obj;ctive carriage is equipped with a spring handle. Upon
releasing this handle, tha carriage automatically moves forward to be arrested at the next stop,
thus placing the second objective into the optical center. The same procedure is repeated for
placing the third objective in position. The bac kward motion of the objective carriage is ac-
complished in, an identical manner: each of the three objectives can successively be located within
the optical field.

An important feature is offered by the rapid and exceedingly simple manner in which the
change from one objective to another is accomplished, this by means of a spring arresting^ the
objective aiutomatically within the optical center. The convenience of this device can readily be
appreciated through actual use of the microscope.

A permanent alignment of the optical system is assured by means of the rigid mounting by
which the objectives are attached to the carriage and furthermore, the fact that, when shifting
the objectives, they are not touched by hand and not the least pressure is exerted upon them or
upon the optical axis, respectively.

IVe

belie

Z'C

that «'

th th

' /))/

■oduction

of this Automatic

Nosc-

piece, zi'c lui

'C

contril

uted

;((;/(

riallv to2i.

mrds enhancing tl

e use-

fulness

of ..

idl

' Field

Hino

■ulai

Microscopes.

WRITE FOR PAMPHLET NO. 1183 (ON I in which five different microscope models equipped
with the Automatic Multiple Objective Nosepiece are listed.

E. LEITZ, Inc.

60 East lOtli Street New York. N. Y.

1 68

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VI. No. 46

''It saved us the cost of 5 microscopes'' ?r:iTnaeir2lVu,lttT ''''''-

"PKOMI" MICROSCOPIC DRAWING and
PROJECTION APPARATUS

Takes the place of numerous microscopes
and gives the instructor the opportunity of
teaching with greatest efficiency and least
confusion.

Projects microscopic slides and living or-
g-anisms and insects on table or wall for
drawing and demonstration. Also used as
a microscope and a micro-photographic ap-
paratus.

The Promi, recently perfected by a prom-
inent German microscope works, is an in-
genious yet simple apparatus which fills a
long felt want in scientific instruction and
research in Bacteriology, Botany, Zoology,
Pathology, Anatomy, Embryology, Histol-
ogy, Chemistry, etc.

It has been endorsed by many leading
scientists and instructors.

AS A PROJECTION APPARATUS: It is used for projecting in actual colors on wall or
screen, micrnscupic iirciiaratinns, li\iiii; organisms and insects for lecture room demonstration and
instruttiun. .Makes it ii(.>ssiblc lor a tirouii of students to examine a single specimen simultane-
ously. Invaluable for instructors in focusing students' attention on important features, which can-
not be demonstrated with equal facility and time saving under a microscope. Eliminates the eye
strains of microscopt' examination.

AS A DRAWING LAMP: The illustration shows how a microscopic specimen slide is pro-
jected in actual colors on drawing paper enabling student or teacher to draw the image in precise de-
tail in black or colors. Living insects or microscopic living organisms can also be projected. Ad-
justment of the size of the image is simply a matter of varying the distance to which the image is
projected. Higher magnification ma.v be obtained by using tube and ocular and our high jiiiwer ob-
jectives. Charts can readily be made for class room instruction.

AS A MICROSCOPE; By removing the bulb and attaching the reflecting mirror and inverting
the apparatus a CMni|>onnd microscope is achieved. Higher magnification is possible by the use of
standard inicr, .scdpic hi.uli p.iwer "bicctivcs and nculars.

AS A MICROPHOTOGRAPHIC APPARATUS: Microscopic preparations of slides, living or-
ganisms and insects can be photographed without the use of a camera.

PRICE: F. O. B. New York $100.09 complete apiiaratus in polished wood carrying case. In-
cludes bulb, rheostat for 110 ami 220 \olts with cords, plugs and switch for both DC and .^C cur-
rent, llx objective, tube with 5.x ocular, riHectint; niirmr and micro-cuvette. Extra equipment prices
on request. Prospectus gladly sent on request

THE "PROMAR " MICROSCOPIC DRAW-
ING and PROJECTION APPARATUS

A new instrument which has been brnnght
out in rcsiKinse to a demand for a simple
apparatus like the Promi for more advanced
work which requires more powerful illumi-
nation and higher magnification. The Pro-
mar ojierates in the same manner as the
Promi but is more heavily constructed and
has the following additional features as
standard equiimient :

More brilliant lighting, making higher magnification possible.
Triple nose piece, facilitating use of three objecti\es.
Fine and coarse adjustment for focusing.
Screw, rack and pinion adjustment for light and condenser.
Screw centering adjustment for lij^ht. kevi>l\ini; stage.
Demonstrations will gladly be made by Mr. Robert Rugh, Room 217,
Main Bldg., M. B. L., Woods Hole.
Prospectus Gladly Sent on Request. Write to

117-119 East 24th Street

NEW YORK, N.

A

^^^^* W^^^

Vol. VI. No. 7.

SATURDAY, AUGUST 8, 1931

Annual Subscription, $2.00
Single Copies, 25 Cts.

EXPERIMENTS ON THE AMPHIBIAN
EGG

Dr. H.\ns Spkmann
Director of the Zoological Institute at Freihiiri;
It ,c:ives me great pleasure, and I consider it a
high honor, that I may speak to you of my ex-
periments. I see amongst you some of those men
who, from the earhest days of my scientific
career, I always looked upon
as upon heroes of our science :
I see voimg scientists whom I
wish to fiil with enthusiasm
for the experimental emhry-
ology.

First, hefore entering on my
lecture, I wish to acquaint you
with a good old friend of mine
— the newt's egg — which has
accompanied me for the great-
er part of my life. These
eggs of the newt may always
lie found during spring and
earh' summer in the aquaria
where the adult animals are
kept, attached hy the female
to leaves of water plants. The
egg is covered hv a thin vitel-
line membrane and hy an out-
er shell of elliptical shape, very
soft immediately after the egg
has been laid, hut soon becoming rather hard and
elastic. In order t(i [Cniifiuiicd on Page 173)

M- % % Calcnbar

TUESDAY, AUG. 11, 7:30 P.M.

Seminar. Dr. W. H. F. Addison,
"Aquatic Mammals — A Descrip-
tion of a Special Cell type in
the Cerebellum."
Dr. C. C. Speidel, "Living Nerve
Sprouts."

Dr. J. E. Kindred. "Histologi.?
Effects of Ligation of the Vasa
of the Spleen of the Albino Rat."
Dr. G .S. deRenyi, "The Effect of
Radium Irradiation upon the Ov-
aries of the Albino Rat."

FRIDAY, AUG. 14, 8:00 P.M.
Lecture. Dr. F. L. Hisaw, profes-
sor of zoology. University of
Wisconsin, "The Corpus Luteum
and Anterior Lobs Hormones
and their Physiological Interre-
lationships."

THE UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN
BIOLOGICAL STATION

( ii-.oKiii'; k. LaRui-;
Director of the Laboratory
The University of Michigan Biological Station
had its origin in 1909 when Professor Reighard,
now Professor Emeritus of Zoology in the Uni-
versity of Michigan, and Professor Burns, now
Professor of Botany in the
University of Vermont, with
a group of 13 students be-
came interested in making an
intensive study of the animals
and plants of Alichigan in their
natiu'al surroundings. It was
desiral)le to establish a station
within a region as little dis-
turbed by man as possible and
at the .same time readily acces-
sible for transportation of
supplies and equipment.

During the twenty-three
consecutive years of its exis-
tence the Biological Station as
a phvsical plant has grown
from a few tents to 125 build-
ings of wood, concrete and
steel construction. The faculty

has been increased from two

to fifteen members and the
student bodv from 13 to 107 students. The mem-
bership of the .Station including students, faculty.

TABLE 01

ExDeriments on the Amphibian Egg,

Dr. Hans Spemann 16S

The University of Michigan Biological Station,
George R. LaRue 169

The Formation of Ice Crvstals in the Pro-
toplasm of Various Cells,
Dr. Robert Chambers ITT

CONTENTS

Scientific Book Reviews 179

The Directory for 1931 180

Picnic Parties on Naushon and Nonamesset 182

Dr. Fry and the Forty Drosophlla Eggs,

Dr. Alfred F.' Huettner 182

Currents in the Hole 182

Items of Interest 183

lyo

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 47

LABORATORY BUILDINGS OVERLOOKING DOUGLAS LAKE

A viKW (II' THi'. ^^I(■HIl;.\N Bioi.iniri ai. siaiihn I'KdM Tin: hili.sidi-: back of tiii-: campl's

investigators, and the various staff memliers and
families now numbers more than igo people.

The Station is situated on the shores of Doug-
las Lake on the tip of the Lower Peninsula of
Michigan and is almost equidistant from Cheiiov-
gan, Mackinaw City and Petoskey. It is located
on the Hogardus Tract, an area of more than.
3,300 acres of land which extends from Douglas
Lake to Burt Lake on the south, and has a com-
l)ined frontage on the two lakes of more than six
miles. The Hogardus Tract is the propertx' of
the Univer.sity of Michigan and is occupied ex-
clusively by, and devoted to, the Biological Sta-
tion. Except for two small summer resorts on
Douglas Lake, the region for miles about is al-
most uninhabited.

The Dougla.s Lake region is peculiarly well
adapted for biological studies. This part of
Michigan is diversified by hills and vallevs, and
was formerly covered by virgin forests of hard-

woods and conifers. Small tracts of the former
remain. Over most of the area second growth
forests are becoming well estalilished. The region
contains many lakes of clear water, unsiu'passed
in the .State for size, depth, and beauty of setting.
Douglas Lake is of irregular outline, two and one-
half miles wide and four miles long. Its wooded
shores are in some places low and receding; in
others they rise in terraced lilufifs seventy feet
high. The beach is of clean sand or stony, and
the lake bottom, excejit for occasional alirupt
drops, slopes gradually into deep water. This
great variety of conditions ranging through a
comijlete series of situations from lakes to hills
and in the transitional zone supports a large num-
ber of species of plants. For these reasons, also,
the region is equall\' well supplied with a varied
animal population, Ijeing particularly rich in its
imertebrate fauna.

The Station is located on a narrow strip of

THE DINING ROOM AND THE BOTANY LABORATORY

TIM, lll-.ALTH SF.RVRE COTTACICS MAY BK .SF.KN IN THE DISTANCE BETWEEN THE

TWO BUILDINCS IN THE FOREGROUND

August 8, 193 1 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

level ground along' the south shore of the east
end of Douglas Lake. The plan consists of two
streets isaralleling the shore and connected hy
cross streets. There are three main divisions of
the Station, the central portion or campus, the
west end or residence areas for men and married
.students, and the east end or residence areas for
women students, faculty, other staff members, in-
vestigators and health service. The entire Station
is adequately supjilied with a sanitary system and
a water system. The campus and the west resi-
dential area are equijiped with electric lights and
it is hoped that in the near future the lighting
system can l)e extended to the east residential
areas as well.

The residence cottages are of two types, wood-
sheathed with metal covering, or wood-sheathed
and covered with slate-surfaced roofing felt.
All have concrete floors, screened windows,
screened doors, and stoves. They are equipped
with beds, tables, chairs, and other necessary fur-
niture. The cottages occupied by the men and
married students are of the wood and metal type,
14 X 14 feet square in floor dimensions, and
equipped with electric lights. All other cottages
have the slate-surfaced roofing felt covering.
Those occupied by the women students and the
investigators are 14 x 16 feet, and those occu-
pied by the faculty families are 14 x 34 feet in
floor dimensions.

(^n the campus proper are located the build-
ings used in common by all members of the Sta-
tion. The largest of these is a two-story adminis-
tration Iniilding of steel and concrete construc-
tion, housing the administration offices, photo-
grajihic rooms, stock rooms, store, post-office and
kitchen storage below, and a kitchen and dining
room above. Tiiere are nine laboratory Ijuildings
housing 13 laiwratories, a liljrary building, an
aquarium, an insectary, an animal house, a club
house, shop, tool room, garage, and keeper's house.
Near the campus to the east are the hospital,
physician's residence and office, and to the west
a boathouse with a covered harbor.

The Station is adequately equipped to care for
the demands of students and investigators. For
transportation of classes and su])plies the Station
owns three trucks, several launches, outboard
motors, and rowl)oats. Other equipment for class
use includes nets, seines, traps, cameras, field
glasses, microscopes and accessories, microtomes,
aquaria, pens, cages, a large supply of minor
equipment and a good working liljrary. The zo-
ological laboratories have large collections of
bird skins, mammal skins, and skulls and many
preserved specimens of reptiles, amphibians, fish
and parasite worms. The herbarium includes
ne'irly all of the flowering plants of the region.

At the Station class work is conducted in si.x
courses in botany and seven courses in zoology,
and in addition many students and faculty mem-
bers are engaged in special prolilems of investi-
gation in both botany and zoology.

The botanical faculty consists of four mem-
bers; Dr. John H. Ehlers, assistant professor of
botany, in charge of systematic botany, Dr. Carl
D. LaRue, assistant professor of botany, in charge
of work in plant anatomy, both from the Uni-
versity of Michigan ; Dr. Frank C. Gates, profes-
sor of botany in the Kansas State Agricultural
College, in charge of work in plant ecology, and
Dr. Hempstead Castle, assistant professor of
botany in Yale University, in charge of the work
in lower plants. Professor Castle is new at the
Station this summer, having been called to take
over the work of Professor George E. Nichols,
also of Yale, who was unable to return to the
Station this year on account of ill health.

The zoological faculty is made up of eight
members whose fields of interest follow their
names. From the University of Michigan are:

PLAN OF THE BIOLOGICAL STATION

Dr. George R. LaRue, professor of zoology. Di-
rector of the Station and directing research in
animal parasitology; Dr. Paul S. Welch, profes-
sor of zoology, directing class and research work
in limnology ; Dr. Frank N. Blanchard, assistant
professor of zoology, ornithology ; and Dr. Frank
E. Eggleton, instructor in zoology, limnological
methods. Those from other universities are; Dr.
Herbert B. Hungerford, professor of entomology
in the L'niversity of Kansas, entomology; Dr.
William W. Cort, professor of helminthology
in Johns Hopkins University, parasitic worms ;
Dr. Charles W. Creaser, associate professor of
zoology in the College of the City of Detroit,
vertebrates other than birds ; and Dr. Lyell J.
Thomas, assistant professor of zoolcgy in the
University of Illinois, working with Professors
LaRue and Cort in helminthology.

Other new members of the staff are Alfred H.
Stockard, instructor in zoology in the University
of Michigan, Secretary of the Station ; Jewel F.
Stockard, dean of women, substituting for Grace
Walker Nichols, who was unable to be preseiit

172

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 47

at the Station this year; and Dr. Maurice R. Mc-
Garvey, physician at the Health Service in the
LTniversity of Michigan, Station Physician.

With a teaching staff composed of men of rec-
ognized authority in their fields and drawn from
several leading universities, the Station is given
the advantages hoth of excellent teaching and
direction of research, and of broader contacts
with scientific spirit and progress over the coun-
try than could be had from a stafT drawn from
any one university. The coming together each
summer of the staff from the several parts of the
country brings something of the spirit of a scien-
tific meeting in that thought and discussion for
the entire summer are centered on the various
phases of biology.

The courses taught at the Biological Station
deal with those phases of biology which can best
be learned bv close contact with the undisturbed
plants and animals in their natural habitats; or by
the study of those plants and animals in the lab-
oratory in relation to their natural habits and
habitats. All courses essentially systematic in
nature, as systematic botany of the flowering
plants, ferns,' mosses and algae, entomology, ich-
thyologv, herpetology, ornithology and mammal-
ogy, as well as plant anatomy, are conducted with
considerable emphasis placed on living appear-
ances, habitats, and natural histories of these
forms. The Station is particularly suitable for
the ecological studies — plant ecology, limnology
and parasitology.

The student population of the Biological Sta-
tion is an inspiring study within itself. Of the
107 students enrolled this summer eighty-four, or
■]■]%, are graduate students, and twenty-three
are undergraduates. Thirty-si.x; of them, or one
third, claim Michigan as their home state. Of
the remaining seventy-one, fourteen come from Il-
linois, nine from Ohio, nine from Pennsylvania,
six from Minnesota, five from Indiana, four from
Wisconsin, three from Iowa, three from Massa-
chusetts, two each from Connecticut, Mississippi,
( )klahoma and West Virginia, and one each from
California, Georgia, Kansas, Missouri, North
Carolina, Tennes.see, Texas, and Utah, and one
from China.

While the large number of out of-state students
at the Biological Station entails considerable ad-
ditional expense to the State of Michigan, the
contributions of these students are worthy of
consideration. In the same way that the faculty
members from various parts of the country bring
contacts and ideas of the progress of the country
with them, the students make the Station a cos-
mopolitan institution. Many of the graduate
students as well as the faculty and visiting in-
vesti.gators. both while here and back at their
winter residences, are engaged in working out

))rol)lenis concerning animals and plants of this
part of Michigan, and as a result the biological
situation of the Douglas Lake region is perhaps
lietter known than that of any other region in
North America, excepting that of Woods Hole.

Many productive botanical investigations are
being carried out at the Station. The situation
and equipment are best adapted to work in plant
ecology, ta.xonomy, and physiologjical and eco-
logical anatomy, and many contributions in these
phases of the subject have been produced. At
present twelve investigators are working in bot-
any with very encouraging results.

Because of its large variety of plant habitats
the Douglas Lake region is particularly suitable
for work in fresh-water algae and bryophytes.
Over one hundred genera with 450 species of
algae and 282 species of bryophytes are found
there. Of these bryophytes 115 have not been
recorded from other parts of Michigan.

With the great variety of habitats, the richness
of the plant life and the abundance of ecologically
related invertebrate fauna always on hand, work
of an ecological nature is pursued to excellent ad-
vantage. These conditions also provide an
abundance of material for investigation, both in
the laboratory and in the field, in ecological and
physiological anatomy.

General entomology is receiving a good share
of the attention of investigators. Contributions
from the Station in this field have been numer-
ous, and the solution of each problem unearths
new problem.s for solution. This summer five
investigators are conducting research in ento-
mology.

The opportunities for investigations in limnol-
ogy are very favorable. At the present time eight
people at the Station are pursuing problems in
this field, five in general limnology and three in
aquatic entomology. The limnological situation
and equipment are quite adequate for the de-
termination of life-histories and ecological re-
lationships.

Researches in parasitology have been particu-
larly productive, and at present fourteen peo])le
are carrying on investigations in parasitology. The
subjects under investigation by this group are
quite varied. The largest number on any one
phase of the subject are working on the life cycles
of the digenetic trematodes, including studies on
the further development of holo.stome, schisto-
some and stylet cercariae. Another group is
studying the life cycles of tetraphyllidean ces-
todes. Other problems on the helminths are con-
cerned with cestcde and nematode morphology
and with the life cycles of several nematodes in
aquatic hosts. An interesting investigation on a
lilood-inhabiting protozoon, Leucocytozcon, is be-
ing carried out. Life history studies seem to

August 8, 193 1 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

173

be best suited to the location and equipment of the
Biological Station. The life cycles of a con-
siderable number of parasitic forms have already
been worked out and others are in the process of
solution.

Attendance at the Station is a distinct advan-
tage to the student. Students are constantly
searching for appropriate problems for investiga-
tion, and many problems are being discovered at
the Station as the biological situation there is
more and more completely analyzed. The teach-
ers of biology in the public schools are find'ng
the Station to be a particularly valuable source of
training for their work. A first hand knowledge
of a large number of living things, both jilant and
animal, in their natural habitats and under nor-
mal conditions is of prime importance for doing
the type of teaching required in the public
schools. The usual college courses in biological
subjects do not give this type of training. Two
or three summers of attendance at the Biological
Station give the desired training, and it stimu-
lates an invaluable enthusiasm for biological
work.

While the predominating spirit of the Station
is one of work, the ])lay side of life is by no
means neglected. The entire Station population
is brought together for meals in the large dining
hall. Positions are reassigned by chance once
each week so that the student population is con-
stantly being shifted and new acquaintances are
being formed. With the excellent water and an
ideal sand beach and lake bottom, swimm'ng is
an attraction in the late afternoon. On the
Fourth of July the annual picnic is held on top
of a large hill overlooking the Station and lake.
Here games ^.nd contests of various sorts are
held, followed by a picnic supper, an initiat'on
parade for the new students and a party or dance
in the clubhouse in the evening.

On each Saturday night of the session an en-
tertainment of some sort is given at the club-
house. Bridge, stunt parties, "dress-up" parties,
community singing, and dancing all have their
turns. These attractions are very popular with
the entire Station population, the only problem
being that of room to accommodate the attend-
ance.

During the summer several Sunday excursions
are conducted to points of interest in this region.
This summer on July ig a group journeyed over
the Michigan Inland Water Route starting at
Conway and passing through Crooked Lake,
Crooked River, Burt Lake, Indian River, and
Mullet Lake to Topinabee. and return. On Aug-
ust 9 an e.xcursion will visit historic Mackinac Is-
land and Les Cheneaux Islands in Lake Huron.
On August 16 the annual photographic exhibit is
held at the Station. This is a display of any
pictures of general interest which may have been
taken by members of the Station, and oppor-
tunity is given for exchanges or purchases of
prints.

Perhaps the feature event of the summer is
the annual Visitors Day, which was held this
year on the afternoon of August 2. On this date
the Station held open house for the benefit of
any visitors who wished to become acquainted
with the Station and its work. The various build-
ings and laboratories are thrown open and sam-
|)les of the class work and research are placed on
display and qualified persons are present to ex-
plain or demonstrate each exhibit. This has come
to be an interesting and enlightening attraction
for people in this portion of the State, and th;
types of work are so varied and the number of
workers is so great that, indeed, the memliers of
the Station look upon this day as an opportun-
ity to make themselves acquainted with the work
done at the Station.

EXPERIMENTS ON THE AMPHIBIAN EGG

(Continued from Page 169)

operate on the egg, this shell must be taken
off before cleavage begins ; then the eggs are kept
in the vitelline membrane up to the time of the
operation.

When I began my experimental work, the sci-
entific world was roused by that famous contro-
versy between W. Roux on the one side, and H.
Driesch and O. Hertwig on the other. W. Roux,
in his classical pricking experiments on the frog's
egg, had found that after killing one of the first
two blastomeres with a hot needle, the other sur-
viving" cell would form half an embryo; from this
he derived his conception of self-differentiation.
H. Driesch, on the other hand, had stated that
each of the first two blastomeres of the sea-urch-

in's t%%, when separated, would form a whole
embryo, half-sized, but normally proportioned.
From this he derived his notion of the harmonic-
equipotential system. O. Hertwig tried to separate
the two first blastomeres of an amphibian egg,
the egg of Triton taenmtus. He was not success-
ful in this, but his method turned out to he of
great importance.

My first experiment was to test Roux's results
on the amphibian egg. Instead of killing one of
the first two l)lastomeres, I tried to retain its de-
velopment by means of low temperature. To do
this I first constricted the eggs of Triton with a
fine hair loop. I soon found that, in case of con-
striction along the median plane, either twins or

174

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 47

double monsters may be produced. Endres and
Herlitzka had done the same thing a short time
before me.

These e.xperinients occupied me for several
years. Their results did not at first go far be-
yond those which Driesch had found in the egg
of the sea-urchin. I followed this author in test-
ing the critical period of determination.

When an embryo of a somewhat later stage,
for instance, with the tail bud just visible, is cut
in two along the median plane, two half embryos
will be formed ; when the same is done in the
two-cell stage, two whole embryos will develop.
Between these two stages, there must be
a critical point or a critical period in which
the one way of development is turned into
the other. I found that this period coin-
cides with the period of gastrulation. The
left and right halves of a very young gastrula will
form whole embryos, more or less symmetrical.
The more gastrulation proceeds, the greater is the
defect on the inner side of the embryos ; when
gastrulation is finished, the axial organs can no
longer be doubled. Later on, this experience led
me to choose the early gastrula stage for my
transplantation experiments.

Another series of experiments, those on the
lens of the vertebrate eye, led me to the concept
of induction. The single parts of the vertebrate
eye develop, as you know, in close relation of
space and time to one another. Just at the spot
where the anlage of the retina, the primary eye-
ball, touches the epidermis, and just in the mo-
ment it does do so, the lens is formed. Both pro-
cesses seem to be connected as cause and eff^ect.
This may be tested by experiment. If the forma-
tion of the lens depends on some influence from
the eye-ball, destruction of the latter should pre-
vent formation of the former. In consequence
the anlage of the eye-ball was eliminated, either
early in the neurula .stage, or later, after closure
of the medullary folds. The effect is different in
different amphibian genera. Nay even in differ-
ent amphibian species. In Raua tcmporaria, a
European frog, no lens was formed ; Bomliinator
behaves in the same way. On the other hand. H.
D. King found in an American frog, that lens
formation may occur after destruction of the e\e-
ball ; I could later confirm this in another Euro-
pean species of frog, Ratia esculenta. The dif-
ference seems to be only a gradual one. Even
Bombinator shows slight indication of lens for-
mation. The same was observed by v. I'bisch in
Rcitm tcmf'oraria.

Instead of elimination of the eve-ball. I .sug-
gested settling the question by bringing the eye-
ball in contact with alien epidermis from other
parts of the embryo. F. W. Lewis made this ex-
periment by trans]ilarting the eye-ball under the

skin of the trunk. I later transplanted the skin
on the eye-ball. These experiments, and many
others performed since then, proved that the eye-
ball may induce formation of a lens in parts of
the epidermis that would normally not have
formed one.

It is a fact of great theoretical importance that
this faculty of inducing a lens in alien epidermis
may be possessed by the eye-ball even of those
species in which the lens may develop independ-
ently. Filatow showed this in the case of the
epidermis of Bufo, brought in contact with the
eye-ball of Raiia cscnlcuta. In this frog, as I
showed, the lens may lie formed after destruction
of the eye-ball ; yet this same eye-ball of R. esctl-
Icnta was shown b)- Filatow to have the power
of inducing a lens in the trunk epidermis of a
toad's embryo. This was one of the first cases
of what was called "principle of double insur-
ance" by W. Rhumbler and H. Braus, a principle
that has since turned out to be of great import-
ance in development, and even in physiology. This
concept means that there is a double factor of
safety; as, for instance, when a bridge which is
intended to carry one thousand people is built to
carry two thousand. So, the lens might be formed
without the eye-ball out of the proper region of
the skin, yet the eye-ball has the faculty of form-
ing lens out of perfectly indifferent skin. We will
encounter this principle again in the normal for-
mation and the experimental induction of the
medullary plate.

The combination of these two series of experi-
ments led me to the discovery of the "center of
organization" and the "organizer." To make this
quite clear, we must consider the fir.st steps in the
development of the amphibian egg.

The fertilized egg, as you know, is trans-
formed, by segmentation into the blastula ; the
blastula, liy invagination, into the gastrula. The
outer layer of the gastrula, the ectoderm, is go-
ing to form in its dorsal part the medullary plate,
the anlage of the central nervous system and of
the eye-balls. If one marks a point of the ecto-
derm, near the animal pole, by staining it vitallv,
as W. Vogt did, one may find the mark just in the
fore end of the medullary plate; the marked re-
gion has developed into medullary plate, it has
been presumptive medullary jilate. A second re-
gion of the gastrula. a little more in front, will
form epidermis; it ma\- be called presumptive
epidermis.

Now the median constrictions proved that in
the early gastrula stage the single regions can-
not be determined, at least not irrevocably, as to
their later fate: Ihev must be able, at least to a
certain degree, to fill out each other's place. It
should be possible to test this by actually putting-
one in the other's |ilace, that is by transplantation.

August 8, 193 1 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

175

This may be dune by means of tine instruments
made of glass, namely by micropipettes, by glass
rods drawn out to very fine points or by hair
loops mounted on the capillary tip of glass tubes.

In this way presumptive medullary plate and
presumptive epidermis of the early gastrula may
be exchanged. They develop, not according to
the old region they come from, but according to
the new region into which they are brought : that
is, presumptive medullary plate will form epider-
mis ; presumptive epidermis, medullary plate.
This may he seen clearly when the germs used
for the experiment were of somewhat different
color either by nature or by vital staining.

It is an important fact that such transplanta-
tions may be performed not only between germs
of the same species ( homoeoplastically ) ; but also
1)etween those of different species ( heteroplasti ■
cally) ; for instance, between Triton tacniatiis and
T. cristafus. The eggs of the former species are
more or less pigmented, while those of the latter
are of a greenish white and almost free of pig-
ment. In consequence, the transplanted pieces
may be clearly distinguished, even in sections,
throughout the early development. Here, too, the
transplanted piece will adapt itself to its new sur-
roundings; but in doing so, it will still retain its
specific characteristics. Presumptive medullary
plate of T. taeiiiatus, for instance, will form epi-
dermis of the gills, when brought into the region
of the presumptive gills in a gastrula of cristatiis:
hut it will preserve the specific characters of the
tacniatiis epidermis of the gill region; the gills
covered bv it have the form of taeiiiatus gills of
that early stage.

O. Mangold showed that presumptive epider-
mis may not only form medullary plate but al-
most anything else ; somites, nephridia, intestine,
etc.

However there is one region in the early gas-
trula the parts of which behave in a totally dif-
ferent way. If a piece of the u])per lip of the
blastopore or of its immediate surroundings is
transplanted into the ventral side of a gastrula,
it does not follow its new neighborhood in its
development, but sticks to its own way. More
than that, it forces its neighboring cells to follow
it ; it organizes its new surroundings and gives
origin to a secondary embryo, partly built up by
the cells of the implant, partly induced by them
in the host's tissues. The chimaerical condition
of such induced secondary embryos may be clear-
ly demonstrated by heteroplastic transplantation,
as Hilde Mangold has done in her beautiful ex-
periments.

Because of this organizing faculty the region
of the upper lip of the blastopore was called
"center of organization." and the cells composing
it, "organizers."

The next step in analyzing this center was to
determine exactly its limits. This was done by
H. Bautzmann. He found that all material of
the dorsal and lateral lips of the blastopore will
induce a medullary plate, which is invaginated dur-
ing gastrulation to form the notochord and the
mesoderm of the embryo. This was in full ac-
cord with a statement made a short time before
in my laboratory by A. Marx, that the mesoderm-
al roof of the archenteron has the power of induc-
tion. In both series of experiments the pieces of
mesoderm were inserted into the coelom of a
young gastrula through a slit in its upper part,
and so came to lie, from the beginning, under the
ectoderm of the embryo. This method was used
in many of our later experiments.

These experiments were a starting-point for
several lines of investigation which I have fol-
lowed, together with an increasing number of
young friends, during the last ten years. As the
time is passing, I must restrict myself here to
outlining briefly the most important results.

The first, almost perfect embryo induced bv
Hilde Mangold had a medullary tube without
eyes, but with two ear vesicles, a notochord and
two rows of somites. The secondary ear vesicles
lay almost exactly in the same level with
the primary ones. This suggested the question of
the regional determination fif the induced em-
liryo. There might lie a gradient of some sort,
a head region and a trunk region either in the
ectoderm or in the underlying mesoderm. If the
latter were true, we might speak for the moment
of a head organizer and a tnmk organizer, words
to which no deeper meaning is attributed. The
head organizer would pass first around the upper
lip of the blastopore, to be pushed forward to the
region of the later brain, with its eyes in front
and its ear vesicles on the posterior end. After
this the trunk organizer would be invaginated, in-
cluding that material that comes to lie under the
medullary tube. In consequence, the upper lip
of the Ijlastopore of the gastrula just beginning
to invaginate, consists of the head organizer, at
the end of the gastrulation of the trunk organizer.

In view of this four series of experiments were
made : ( i ) The head organizer was made to work
on the head region, (2) The trunk organizer on
the trunk region, (3) The head organizer on the
trunk region, and (4) The trunk organizer on the
head region. The result was that the head or-
ganizer always induces brain, with normal or with
cyclopical eyes, either in the head or in the trunk
region ; the trunk organizer induces spinal chord
without eyes aud ear-vesicles in the trunk region,
but it induces brain with eyes and ear-vesicles in
the head region. From this the conclusion may
be drawn that there is a gradient of some sort,
or rather, as I think, some brain-forming factor

176

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 47

in the ectoderm as well as in the underlying meso-
derm. Each of them is sufficient to warrant the
formation of a brain; in normal development both
work together to the same end. The fact that
their effects are not cumulative seems to show
that they are qualitative rather than quantitative.

One might feel inclined to assume that the
whole development of the newt's egg is composed
of single processes, one inducing the other. A
good example would be the induction of the eye-
anlage by the mesoderm, followed by the induc-
tion of tiie lens by the eye-iiall. The latter, itself
induced, goes on to induce; it might therefore be
called a "secondary organizer" or an "organizer
of second grade." Such a secondary organizer
could be produced experimentally in the follow-
ing way. A piece of ectoderm, presumptive epi-
dermis or medullary plate was transplanted in
the upper lip of the blastopore. It was invagi-
nated together with the surrounding material and
would have formed notochord. After invagina-
tion it was taken out again and transferred into
the blastocele of another gastrula. Originally it
would not have had the power of inducing a me-
dullary plate; but in its new mesodermal sur-
roundings it had apparently acquired this faculty;
it induced a very beautiful medullary plate. It
had become a "secondary organizer."

If this were of general occurrence, one might
conclude that the whole development were purely
epigenetical. But there are certain facts which
will make us cautious. The lens, for instance,
may be induced by the eye-tell ; yet, in some
species, at least, a lens may also originate without
an eye-ball. The medullary plate might liehave
in the same way; though it can be induced by the
underlying mesoderm, it might besides be able to
originate without it. Recent experiments of
Goerttler and especially of Holtfreter point in
this direction ; they show that presumptive me-
dullary plate of the early gastrula, when isolated,
mav form nervous tissue. As it develops by self-
differentiation, it must have been determined : but
as the same material might have been induced to
form epidermis, this determination cannot have
been an irrevocable one. This case and other sim-
ilar ones seem to justify the concept of "labile
determination."

In normal development, presumptive medullary
])late capable of self-differentiation, is in contact
with mesoderm capable of induction — again a
.striking example of double insurance. One might
speak of a "svnergetical principle of develop-
ment."

Little is known as vet about the structure of
the center of organization and its means of induc-
ing new structures. A rather radical way to test
both is to destroy its structure and .see what sort
of an effect is left. Pieces of presumptive meso-

derm were boiled, frozen, dried out, cut in very
small pieces or pressed between a slide and cover
glass. Only the mechanical methods have yielded
positive results as yet. Organizers, finely chopped
and mixed, or squeezed hetween glass slides, may
induce a medullary plate. Besides that, they may
exhibit a most wonderful power of self-regula-
tion, which reminds one of the sponge experi-
ments of H. V. Wilson. In two cases almost per-
fect embryos resulted, with medullary tube, noto-
chord and two rows of somites. The medullary
tubes were certainly induced. The mesodermal
parts might have been induced ; but most probably
they were formed out of the implanted material
itself.

Let me now, in conclusion, hint at some ex-
periments which are just now going on in my
laboratory. You remember the effect of hetero-
plastic transplantation : ectoderm of Triton
taoiiatus, transplanted into Triton cristatus, will
adapt itself to its new surroundings and will form
just the organs that are wanted in its new place ;
l)ut it will form them in its own way, as taciiiatits,
not as cristatus. Now, if it were possible to com-
bine in this way germs of different genera or
even of different orders, as of an urodelan and an
anuran amphibium, very interesting results might
be expected. The larva of Triton has little teeth
in its mouth, of a structure like other vertebrate
teeth, while the tadpole has horny jaws. Triton
has balancers below the eyes while the tadpole
has suckers. Now, if ectoderm of a frog's gas-
trula is transplanted in the presumptive mouth
region of the gastrula of a newt, what will be
formed later? Will there be formed any part of
the head armature at all and it in what sort?
Teeth and balancers, or horny jaws and suckers?
I can answer the question only for the latter or-
gans, and even there only with a certain reseive.
But I may say that just in the last days before
my departure I saw beautiful suckers, in living
specimens, in one case in sections, in the operated
larvae of Dr. Schotte, with whom I am working
on this problem. When these results have been
worked out, they may throw some light on the
nature of the stimulus thrt effects induction of
organs. It is as if some key word were given :
"mouth armature" : the response depends on the
quality of the reacting material. But this way
of looking at the things surpasses, at least for
the moment, the limits of e.xact knowledge. It
is my personal conviction that the processes go-
ing on in the living matter mav be comiiared with
nothing else so well as with the workings of our
own mind. To deal with the living organism as
if it were animated unto its last fibers, seems to
me the best way to understand it and to help it.

That is all that I wish to tell you about my
own experiments. But perhaps you will allow

I

August 8, 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

177

me as a foreign guest to add a few personal words
in conclusion. You will realize that a German
who loves his country could not leave it light-
heartedly just at the present moment. I would not
have done it simply for my own pleasure. But I
knew I was going to friends, and the welcome
you have given my wife and myself has shown
me that I was not mistaken. But I was welcomed
by America even hefore I came to her shores, in
a most wonderful way. In the reading room of
our steamer, the "Europa," I saw in the four
corners, four heroes of spirit, two German and
two American, placed fraternally together: Kant

and Goethe ; Emerson and Walt Whitman. Few
of us have studied Kant, but his spirit still per-
vades our life. Goethe is not dead amongst us;
many of his works I know by heart. But besides
Goethe, no authors of world literature have in-
fluenced me as much as Emerson and Whitman.
If you were to look in my library, you would see
that there are no books so well-thumbed as Emer-
son's Essays and the good grey poet's Leaves of
Grass. When I think of them, I see two stars
shining over your country: their names are free-
dom and comradeship. I wish to say to you that
I feel happy under your stars.

THE FORMATION OF ICE CRYSTALS IN THE PROTOPLASM OF

VARIOUS CELLS

Dr. Riibkrt Chambers
Professor of Biology. Washington Square College. New York Uni^'ersity

This past spring I had occasion to visit the
Low Temperatures Station in Cambridge, Eng-
land. The station, under the directorship of Sir
William Hardy, has s])lendidly equip])ed labora-
tories, and in the basement are a dozen or more
large rooms which can be maintained at various
constant low temperatures. There I became inter-
ested in the question of what happens to proto-
plasm on freezing. At what temperature dojs
freezing occur and what form do the ice crystals
take within the cell? Do they form in such a
way as to give one an inkling as to the existence
of internal structure? In collaboratif)n with one
of the members of the Station, Mr. H. P. Hnle,
I started a series of experiments on muscle,
amebae, and the epidermal cells of the red onion.
These e.xperinients were performed as follows :
A muscle fiber of the sartorius of the frog was
removed and placed in a dish of liquid paraffin,
where it was pas ed back and forth several times
to rid it of interstitial fluids. The fiber was then
placed on a coverslip and inverted over the moi'^t
chamber of the micromanipulator which had been
placed in a rrom of the desired temperature the
night before. Fir.e thermocouples were used for
determining the temperature of the hanging drop
and the experiments were always performed in a
room the temperature of which was several de-
grees lower than desired. By means of cold filters
and by using a low ]>ower substage condenser, we
were able to maintain fairly constant conditions
in the drop. We worked mostly in a room the
temperature of which was about — 6°C. The drop
could I)e warmed when desired by a fine loop of
heated platinum. For the purpose of inoculating
supercooled material we used a micropipefte filled
with water which was frozen so that a micro-
column of ice protruded through its tip. After
the muscle fiber had been allowed to over-cool as

it lay in the oil surrounded liy a thin film of
serum, the ice-tipped pipette was brought against
the fiber, whereupon freezing took place. Fine
flakes of ice spread over the surface of the fiber
until the cut ends were reached. The ice at the
cut ends initiated the formation of slender ice
columns which ran in parallel linear lines along
the interior of the fiber. The tips of the cfilumns
were ])ointed and they advanced regularly and
progressively.

These experiments bring out two interesting
]5oints : ( I ) the ease with which the internal ice
forms as slender columns running lengthwise
within the mu.scle fiber. Apparently there is some-
thing which resists the formation of ice in the
transverse but not in the longitudinal direction.
This argues for the interior of the muscle fiber to
consist of linearly arranged solid and liquid areas.
The lower the temperature at which this internal
freezing is brought about, the more rapidly grow
these columns and the more slender and numer-
ous they are. We also froze some fibers over the
open top of a Ixjttle containing liquid air. A
photograph of such a fiber which had been ac-
cidentally liroken across the middle, showed tiny
columns projecting from the broken ends in the
space caused by the break.

(2 ) The other interesting point about these ex-
periments is the difference in temperature at
which surface and internal freezing occurred. We
obtained external freezing at about — 1.80C., but it
was not until the temperature was lowered still
more that we secured internal freezing. This is
interesting because Mr. T. Moran of the Low
Temperature Station, has found that muscle is
irreversibly affected when frozen below a tem-
perature of — 1.5° to — 2.0°. As the muscle was
thawed, those fibers which had had columns of ice
formed inside, contracted irreversiblv, while the

178

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 4;

fibers which had been frozen at the surface only,
would be contractile at a temperature as low as
— 10°.

Our other experiments Were on the ameba.
Several organisms were placed in a drop of water
on a coverslip. The drop was ringed with oil and
as much water as possible drawn off, leaving the
ameliae flattened against the coverslip. A drop of
oil was then deposited so as to touch the ring, and
to enclose the amebae in a thin film of water. The
coverslip was then inverted and brought to the
low temiierature. When the over-cooled water
around the amebae was touched with the ice-
tipped pipette, ice spread in several sheets from
the site of seeding. On approaching the amebae
the ice sheets grouped about them and spread un-
til all of the water was frozen except for a nar-
row zone around the organisms. Freezing con-
tinued until finally this also was frozen. Oc-
casionally the resulting compression was so great
as to burst the amebae, whereupon they froze.
Amebae which were not compressed sufficiently to
cause bursting remained quiescent, with their
pseudopodia extended and firmly embedded in ice.
By raising a microneedle from below and pushing
against the ameba. the granules within could be
moved about. The temperature at which the cul-
ture-medium froze was in the neighborhood of
— 0.30C. We had to drop the temperature consid-
erably below this before we secured internal freez-
ing of an intact ameba. This was done by in-
serting an ice-tipped pipette into the ameba,
whereupon fine, feathery ice crystals would grow
through the interior and stop inside the mem-
brane. After a few minutes the crystals ran to-
gether into blocks of ice, squeezing the cytojilas-
mic granules into spaces between the blocks. It
made a striking picture to observe amebae, as one
after another was punctured. The unpunctured
amebae were translucent and one could see the
nucleus and contractile vacuole. LTpon punctur-
ing, the entire amebae at once became opaf|u?.
The ice crystals as they formed, could be seen to
run around the contractile vacuole, and then after
a bit this, too, would freeze.

We obtained analogous results with plant cells.
Strips of the epidermis of the common red onion
were placed in liquid paraffin and frozen bv touch-
ing with an ice-tipped pii^ette. Freezing of the es-
caped sap first occurred over the surface of the
strip and then in the cavities of the dead cells.
Ice crystals would form under the cellulose wall
of normal ajjpearing cells, resulting in a dimin-
ution of the vacuole. The protoplasm progressive-
ly shrank as the color of the contained sap be-
came intensified, suggesting the e.xtraction of
water, (^n thawing, the water was reabsorbed.
In other words, with freezing it is possible to ob-
tain reversible plasmolysis. At temjieratures be-

tween — 8° C. and — 10" C. spontaneous freezing
of the sap within the vacuole may occur, but
above — 8° C. freezing of the sap occurred only
when the protoplasm had ruptured. This suggests
that plant cells, as well as the ameba and the mus-
cle fiber, possess a membrane which can prevent
external freezing from inoculating the interior.
In the case of the ameba and of the muscle fiber,
it is of interest to note that the type of crystal
formation within the former denotes a lack of
definite structure, while the reverse is true inv the
latter.

Discussion

Question : I wonder if these results are not sim-
ilar to what \ou get in fine capillaries where there
is supercooling and then a small crystal of ice is
added? At 5" or 6° lielow zero the whole thing
solidifies.

Dr. Chambers : It is true that the capillary di-
mensions of the droplets I used made it far
easier to induce supercooling than if the fluids
used had been in greater amounts.

Question : As I understand it, the ice crystals
did not form, at least in muscle cells, unless they
came in from the outside. You had no formation
of ice crystals inside when the membrane was in-
tact ?

Dr. Clwiiibers: Occasionally we obtained spon-
taneous freezing of a cell but that was only when
the temperature was considerably below the freez-
ing [joint of the interior. However, at a tem])er-
ature at which external freezing occurred no in-
ternal freezing could be induced even when a
piece of ice was inserted into the interior. At a
temperature still lower, seeding the interior in-
duced internal freezing.

Qu:stiou: When you had actually penetrated
the membrane, did the ice columns proceed strict-
1\ longitudinally, or did they ever extend trans-
versely ?

Dr. Chambers: If the seeding occurred at the
cut end of a fiber, the ice columns started at that
spot and advanced in parallel, longitudinal lines
along the interior of the fiber. If the seeding oc-
curred at a tear in the sarcolemma on the side of
the fiber, the columns started at this spot and
sprayed out in curves from there, then running
along in the two longitudinal directions to the
two ends of the fiber.

Question : Would you draw the conclusion that
outside freezing does not extend through to the
inside ? How would you interpret this as relating
to the pore theory?

Dr. Chambers: The surface of the cell appar-
ently serves as a liarrier against seeding of the
interior from the outside. I do not know wheth-
er a pored membrane would act in a similar man-
ner.

Question: Is anything known about the be-

August 8, 193 1 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

179

havior of artificial membranes? Will freeziiisj
pass through them?

Dr. Chambers: lilocks of orelatin will freeze if
the tem|)erature is lowered sufificiently. At a rel-
atively high temperature there will he surface
freezing, extraction of water, and shrinking of
the gelatin. Ry lowering the temperatu"e the
freezing will sjiread into the gelatin block.

Comment: It seems to me that it would be a
good thing to make experiments with memliranes
having pores of known sizes. I do not believe
the gelatin membrane would help mvich because
we know that that is mostly water. A dried col-
lodion membrane, for instance, is extremely per-
msabie. If it should turn out that freezing would
or would not go through a collodion membrane,
it might throw a great deal of light on the que.<^
tion.

Question : How do you interpret the longitudin-
al spread of freezing with reference to the in-
ternal structure of the fiter?

Dr. Chambers: The myofibrils are longitudinal-
ly arranged, solid elements, immersed in a more
fluid medium ; and the whole is surrounded by a
membrane which resists the inoculation of freez-
ing from without.

Question : Did the ameba show reversal, and
the muscle fiber also ?

Dr. Chambers: None of the amebae we ob-
served showed recovery from internal freezing.
They were irreversibly coagulated. Unfrozen am-
ebae, kept in solid ice at — 30C. for 3 hours, may
recover on thawing. When an internally frozen
muscle-fiber was thawed an irreversible shorten-
ing always took place.

SCIENTIFIC BOOK REVIEWS

The Laboratory Mouse. Its Origin. Heredity
and Culture. Clyde E. Keeler. 81 pp. Harvard
University Press. 1931.

A brief statement of the geographical distribu-
tion of the mouse is followed by an informing
account of the antiquity of the fancy mouse. It
appears that dominant spotting, albinism, and
waltzing were all recorded before the present era.
The other breeds were distinguished much later.
Since in the classical literature the same word
Mils was used for both the mouse and the rat, it
is only possible to determine which is meant by
the help of indirect evidence.

Some twenty-four breeds of mice are briefly
described and these descriptions followed by a
useful table, listing for twenty-seven varieties the
fanciers' term, the scientific term and the genetic
formula.

The genetics of normal and abnormal inherit-
ance are then considered, and the book closes with
a chapter on the laboratory breeding and care of
these animals.

Twenty-one life-size figures, in black and white,
indicate the habit and coat color in the several
breeds. — H. H. Donaldson.

Laboratory Studies in Zoology. H. D Reed a'ifl
B. P. Young. 1930. viii plus 121 pp. McGraw-Hill
Book Company.

This laboratory manual has grown out of the
elementary course in zoology at Cornell. Approx-
imately half the book is devoted to outlines for
the study of the frog. Keys are given for student
identification of Protozoa and for ''the laref'r
groups of animals." This adds another to the
distinctly teachable laboratory outlines in ele-
mentary zoology for the incre-'sing nimiber of
teachers who dislike to "roll-their-own "

— W. C. Allee.

The Genetics of Domestic Rabbits. A Manual
for Students of Mammalian Genetics and an Aid
to Rabbit Breeders and Fur Farmers. W. E.
Castle. 31 pp. 39 figs. Harvard University
Press. 1930.

This brochure is a pendant to Castle's larger
book on genetics. It deals only with the rabbit
and its immediate purpose is indicated in the
subtitle.

Twelve mutations are precisely described in
four groups under: "Color Mutation," "Spotted
Coat," "Structure of Coat" and "Color of Fat."
The genetic constitution of each of the various
breeds is given in detail. There follows a chap-
ter on Iwdy size and ear length The figures are
ercellent and the book forms a handy compendium
for those concerned with the rabbit in any way.
— H. H. Donaldson.

Te.vtbook of Histology. Eugene C. Piette, AL D.
450 pp. 1931. F. A. Davis Company.

This elementary text is made short and simple
to meet needs of medical and dental classes, hut
merits wider usage. The style is crisp, the 277
illustrations are admirably chosen and spaced.
Ke\' words and phrases on every page are set in
bold face type to save the student time in re-
viewing. There is more material of general bio-
logical interest than in many medical texts, and
an effort has been made to include recent work in
the various fields. Histological techniques are
briefly and neatly described in an introductory
chapter. Forty pages are given over to cytology,
a hundred and fifteen to general histology, and
the rest to special histology. ,

In common with so many American ,scie itiftc
books, this text is printed on glossy paper. Glossy
paper was invented by the devil to blind the eves
of those who read at night. ^W. W. Ballard.

iSo

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 47

THE DIRECTORY FOR 1931

{ ADDITIONS )

This list contains the names of the workers at the
laboratories in Woods Hole which were not included
in the first number of THE COLLECTING NET.

KEY

Laboratories

Botany Building Bot

Brick Building Br

Fisheries Laboratory. .FL

Lecture Hall L

Main Room in Fisheries

Laboratory M

Old Main Building . . .OM
Rockefeller Building, Rock

Resilience

Apartment A

Dormitory D

Drew House Dr

Fisheries Residence. . .F

Homestead Ho

Hubbard H

Kidder K

Whitman W

In the case of those individuals not living on"
laboratory property, the name of the landlord and
the street are given. In the case of individuals living
outside of Woods Hole, the place of residence is in
parentheses.

THE MARINE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY

Investigators
Alderman, Evangeline grad. asst. Wellesley. Br 204.

W a.
Anderson, R. S. res. assoc. Princeton. Br 110. Mc-

Innes, Millfield.
Ashkenaz, D. M. asst. biol. New York. Br 328. Cav-

anaugh, High.
Atlas, M. asst. emb. Columbia. Br 314. Dr 14.
Austin, Mary L. asst. prof. zool. Br 217B. Nickerson,

Quissett.
Baikwin, H. asst. prof, pediatrics New York. OM 38.

Tinkham, Gardiner.
Bakwin, Ruth instr. pediatrics New York. OM 38.

Tinkham, Gardiner.
Ball, E. G. instr. phys. chem. Hopkins Med. Br 110.

Veeder, West.
Beck, L. V. grad. asst. phys. New York. Phys. Lab.

McLeish, Millfield.
Beutner, R. prof, pharmacology, Louisville Med. Br

325. Lewis, Buzzards Bay.
Biddle, R. asst. gen. Col. Inst. Tech.
Borodin, D. N. invest, plant phys. Yonkers, N. Y.

Bot. Hilton, Millfield.
Buck, Louise H. asst. cytol. New York. Br 343. D 10.'5
Butt, C. res. asst. Princeton. Br 116. Sylvia, Millfield.
Carabelli, A. A. med. stud. Pennsylvania. Br 114.

Addison, Gosnold.
Carlson, J. G. instr. biol. Bryn Mawr. OM 33. K7.
Castle, W. A. instr. biol. Brown. Br 233. Kittila, Bar

Neck.
Chor, H. neurol. Washington Med. (St. Louis) Br

223. (Falmouth).
Clark, Frances M. Lilly Res. Labs. Br 328B. Howes,

Main.
Coldwater, G. instr. zool. Missouri. Br 335.
Corey, H. Irene res. asst. Pennsylvania. Br 219.

Purdham, Main.
Cowles, R. P. prof. zool. Hopkins. Br 336. D 101.
Curtis, W. C. prof. zool. Missouri. Br 335. Dr 211.
Dearing, W. H. grad. cytol. Pennsylvania Med. Br

220. Elliot, Center.
Dunbar, F. F. grad. asst. zool. Columbia. Br 333.

Wallace (Falmouth I.

Ea,stlick, H. L. grad. asst. zool. Washington (St.

Louis) OM Base. Dr. 7.
Einarson, L. res. fel. Harvard Med. Br 108. A 107.
Eyre, Sara W. res. asst. Long Island. OM 45. D 209.
Favilli, G. asst. Inst, of Gen. Pathology, Royal ( Flor-
ence, Italy) Br 208. Elliot, Center.
Francis, Dorothy res. asst. Memorial Hosp. (N. Y.I

Br 329. W f. "
Fniser, Doris A. asst. anat. Pennsylvania Med. Br

114. Addison, Gosnold.
Gayet, D. dir. Lab. Physiologic Pathologique (Paris)

Br 109. Broderick, North.
Graham, C. H. Nat. Res. fel. Pennsylvania Br 231.

Hilton, Main.
Green, Arda A. res. fel. phys. chem. Harvard Med.

Br 108. Grinnell, West.
Greenwood, A. W. lect. Inst. Genetics (Edinburgh)

Br 123.
Hartline, H. K. fel. med. physics Pennsylvania. Br

231. McLeish, Millfield.
Hitsehler, W. J. grad. Pennsylvania. Br 117. Wilde,

Gardiner.
Hodge, C. Jr. instr. zool. Virginia. Rock. Rohmeling,

Pleasant.
Hodge, Ruth P. grad. bot. Virginia. Bot. Rohmeling,

Pleasant.
Heiss, Elizabeth M. grad. asst. biol. Purdue. Phys.

Lab. W g.
Jackson, J. P. grad. asst. bot. Missouri. Bot. Dr 2.
Johnson, H. H. Col. City N. Y. Br 315. White, Mill-
field.
Jones, N. scientific artist. Br. 211. A 201.
Kille, F. Rt assoc. prof. biol. Birmingham Southern.

OM Base. D 307.
Kostir, W. J. asst. prof. zool. Ohio State. Bot G.

Gifford, Juniper Point.
Lambert, Elizabeth F. tech, phys. Harvard Med. Br

107. Young, West.
Lewis, I. prof. bot. Bot. Virginia, Hubbard, East.
Loebel, R. O. Russell Sage fel. Cornell Med. Br 340.

Nickerson, Church.
Margolin, S. grad. proto. Columbia. Br 314. Avery,

Main.
Metcalf, M. M. res. assoc. zool. Johns Hopkins, High.
Moor, Carmen, Sec. to Dr. Bronfenbrenner. Gifford,

Juniper Point.
Moor, W. A. tech. bact. Washington (St. Louis) Br 2

Gifford, Juniper Point.
Morris, Helen grad. Columbia. Bot. Mclnnis. Millfield.
Nelsen, O. E. instr. zool. Pennsylvania. OM 21. K 9.
NicoU, P. A. grad. zool. Washington (St. Louis) OM

Base. Dr. 7.
Oltmann, Clara Columbia. OM 34. W h.
Reznikoff, P. instr. med. Cornell Med. Br 340. Mc-

Kenzie, Pleasant.
Risley, P. L. instr. zool. Michigan. L 21. Gifford,

Juniper Point.
Ru<;h, R. instr. zool. Hunter. Br 217M. D 303.
Schiiuffler, W. G. physician. Princeton. L 24. Fish,

Woods Hole.
Schmidt, Ida Genther jr. res. fel. Children's Hosp.

(Cincinnati) Br 110. Neal, Woods Hole.
Sohniuck, Louise grad. cytol. Johns Hopkins. Br

343. H 2.

AunusT 8, 103 1 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

181

Schuett, J. F. zool. Chicago. Br 332. North.

Scott. Florence M. asst. prof. bid. Seton Hall. Br

217D. Nickerson, Millfleld.
Shore, Agnes instr. chem. Bellevue Med. (New

York) Br 310. A 206.
Sickles, Grace asst. bact. N. Y. State Dept. Health.

Br 122. Young, West.
Smith, Suzanne Instr. zool. Missouri. Br 335. Erskine.

Woods Hole.
Snyder, C. D. prof. phys. Hopkins Med. Library, Mc-

Kenzie, Pleasant.
Spemann, H. dir. Zool. Inst. (Freiburg) Br 306.
Steinbach, H. B. grad. zool. Pennsylvania. Br 220.

Elliot, Center.
Stewart, Dorothy R. asst. prof. biol. Skidmore. Br

222. White, MiUfield.
Stokes, Julia C'. res. asst. Washington Med. (St.

Louis) Br 2. Hamilton, Main.
Taift, C. H. Jr. assoc. prof, pharmacology Texas Med.

L 32. Whitman.
Tocker, A. J. res. asst. bacteriol. Washington Med.

(St. Louis) Br 2. Dinsmore, School.
Tohyama, G. asst. prof. Tokio Imperial. L 31. Ca-

hoon. Main.
Turner, J. P. instr. zool. Minnesota. Br 217n. Grin-

nell. West.
Tyler, A. instr. emb. California Inst. Tech. Br 315.

"GoflSn, Miimeld.
Tyler, Betty S. res. asst. emb. California Inst. Tech.

"Br 315. Goffin, Millfield.
Walker, P. A. grad. Bowdoin. OM 41. Thompson,

Main.
White, Edna tech. Hopkins. Br 343. Moses, Agassiz.
Wolf, E. A. asst. prof. zool. Pittsburgh. OM 43.

Elliot, Center.

U. S. BUREAU OF FISHERIES

Investigators

Cobb, Margaret V. res. assoc. Education. Harvard.

M. Howes, Main.
Hooker, C. W. grad. zool. Duke. FL 54. F 149.
Long, Margaret E. tech. Duke. FL 149. Lewis. High.
Parr, A. E. asst prof. zool. Yale. FL 141. F 2.

OCEANOGRAPHIC INSTITUTION

Bigelow, Elizabeth 109. Luscombe, Main.

Borodin, N. A. Museum Comp. Zool. (Cambridge)

107. Lewis, Buzzards Bay.
Lambert, Anne 105. Young, West.
Redfield, A. C. prof. phys. Harvard. 103. Price,

Church.

INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY

Instruction Staff

Bissonnette, T. H. prof. biol. Trinity. OM 26. D 108-

109.
Cole, E. C. assoc. prof. biol. Williams. OMB 24. D 304.
Coonfield, B. R. instr. zool, Brooklyn. OM 29 D 306.
Daiwson, J. A. asst. prof. biol. Col. City N. Y. OM

28. A 302.
Hadley, C. E. asst. prof. biol. N. J. State Teachers'

(Montclair) OM 32. Hilton, Main.
Nplson, O. E. instr. zool. Pennsylvania. OM 21. K 9.
Parks, Elizabeth K. grad. asst. Oberlin. OM. W d.
Pollister, A. W. instr. zool. Columbia. OM 44. D 314.
Sayles, L. P. instr. biol. Col. City N. Y. OM 25. D 214.
Severinghaus, A. E. asst. prof. anat. Columbia. OM

31. K 12.

Students
Aguayo, C. G. asst. prof. biol. Havana. Clough, Mill-
field.
Anthony, Elizabeth S. grad. Browm. H 7a.
Bachrach, Josephine E. Vassar. Grinnell, West.
Baker, E. G. S. stud. asst. anat. and emb. De Pauw.

K 6.
Barron, D. H. asst. Yale. Cowey, Depot.
Belcher, Jane C. Colby. Cowey, Depot.
Brewster, J. R. ed. Univ. Film Found. Avery, Main.
Chase, H. Y. grad. Howard. Dr 8.
Chen, H. Harvard. Dr 9.

Chinn, M. Priscilla grad. Goucher. Cowey, Depot.
Clark, Adele F. Tufts. Kittila, Bar Neck.
Clark, Jean McN. Wilson. Hilton, Main.
Clausen, R. G. instr. biol. Union. Smith, Glendon.
Cohen, B. M. asst zool. Johns Hopkins. Nickerson,

Millfield.
Corey, H. Irene res. asst. Pennsylvania. Purdham,

Main.
Croley, J. T. Dartmouth. Dr.
Dimick, Helen Wellesley. H 7.
Drew, R. W. Wesleyan. K 5.
Drugg, Helen Vermont. Sanderson, High.
Easitlick, H. L. grad. asst. zool. Washington (St.

Louis) Dr 7.
Ellis, Lolj>, M. asst. biol. Southwestern. W c.
Fish, H. S. grad. Harvard. Crowell, Main.
Forhan, Laura Montana, Broderick, North.
Fuchs, B. American (Washington, D. C.) Dr attic.
Gerstell, R. Dartmouth. Dr 1.
Glidden, Dorothy P. grad. Smith. W e.
Hegner, Isabel Radcliffe. Conklin, High.
Hetrick, L. A. Jr. asst. biol. American (Washington,

D. C.) Dr. 3.
Howard, J. W. Hamilton. K 8.

Hussey, Kathleen L. fel. zool. Ohio Wesleyan. W c.
.lefferson, Margaret D. Pennsylvania Col. for Women

Broderick, North.
Johnson, Arlene C. Wheaton. H 6.
.Jones, E. K. lect. biol. Dalhousie. (Halifax) K 8,
Kilgore, B. Butler. Kobinson, Quissett.
Kramer, T. C. res. asst. biol. Western Reserve. K 7.
Lrigstroth, Muriel A. Dalhousie (Halifax) Gray,

Buzzards Bay.
Mann, D. R. grad. asst. zool. Duke. Hall, Millfield.
Melvin, G. grad. De Pauw. K 7.
Metzner, J. fel. zool. Col. City N. Y. Young, West.
Moment, G. B. fel. zool. Yale. Cowey, Depot.
NicoU, P. A. Washington (St. Louis) Dr 7.
Pomerat, C. A. asst. biol. Clark (Worcester) Hig-

gins. Depot.
Raye, W. H. Jr. Amherst. Dr 6.
Rosenbaum, Louise lab. asst. zool. Pennsylvania.

Sanderson, High.
Rountree, Kathorine E. instr. biol. Wesleyan. W b.
Sanders, R. grad. Yale. White, Millfield.
Smith, O. R. grad. Cornell. Supply House.
Solberg, A. N. instr. zool. North Dakota Agricultur-
al. Avery, Main.
Stewart, P. A. Rochester, K 6.
Thomas, T. B. grad. asst. Oberlin K 5.
Warters, Mary asst. prof. biol. Centenary (Shreve-

port. La.) k 2.
Westkaemper, Remberta instr. biol. St. Benedict.
Nickerson, Millfield.

Willard, W. R. Yale Med. Dr 2.

Wismer, Virginia asst. bot. Pennsylvania. Sander-
son, High.
Young, D. G. Acadia. McLeish, Millfield.

1 82

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 47

The Collecting Net

A weekly publication devoted to the scientific work
at Woods Hole.

WOODS HOLE, MASS.

Ware Cattell Editor

Assistant Editors

Margaret S. Grifiin Mary Eleanor Brown

Annaleida S. Cattell

EDITORIAL NOTES

Three more numbers of The Collecting Net
will be published this season, the last one beinjj;
issued on Saturday, August 29. Material for pub-
lication in this issue cannot be accepted after
Monday, August 24.

The plan of selling books to obtain money for
The Collecting Net Scholarship Fund has been
a successful one. A sum of over one hundred
dollars has already been realized from this source.
We still have a large collection of books for sale
at reduced prices. Books on Cape Cod and a fev/
of the current magazines can be purchased at the
publisher's list price. We are under obligations
to Miss Ruth Ann Johlin for the poster of the
darky holding the announcement of our sale.

Several young biologists who would like to ob-
tain positions this winter have placed informa-
tion about themselves on file in our office. This
is available for consultation by individuals who
might l)e concerned with their appointment.

PICNIC PARTIES ON NAUSHON AND
NONAMESSET

The following statement has recently been re-
ceived by the .Marine Biological Laboratory from
Mr. Ralph K. I'orbes, Managing Trustee of the
Forlies Estate :

The Trustees of Naushon have had under con-
sideration the matter of permitting the landing of
picnic parties at different parts of their property
and they have decided to modify the regulations
which have been in force for some years.

On account of the building of two new houses bv
members of the family, one on Nonamesset over-
looking Inner Hadley Harbor and one on Goat's
Neck, it has been decided to cancel the general per-
mission given to the public to land on the so-called
Wild Duck Wharf on Goat's Neck and in the stead
thereof, to authorize the landing of oicnic parties
on the white sand beach on the North side of No-
namesset near the old Nonamesset House; and the
other point where picnic parties may land is the
small Cove which faces South on the Sound at the
extreme Eastern point of Nonamesset; and on the
island of Naushon, permission is given the public to
land on the white sand beach at Tarpaulin Cove,
but with this proviso in both cases, — that picnic

parties of more than twenty-five persons are re-
quested to notify Mr. Allan the foreman at Naushon
Farm and obtain from him the permission of the
trustees for landing such large parties.

The lighting of fires without permission, on any
land of the Naushon Trustees, is prohibited.

We wish at this time to express our appreciation
of the consideration which has been shown by the
members and students of your school, in clearing up
the traces of their picnic parties in the past. Other
picnic parties have frequently been less considerate
and we find it important to make more strict rules
than in the past.

Will you kindly inform those who wish to land
and make use of the privileges of Naushon and
Nonamesset, of the new regulations which we are
putting in force ?

DR. FRY AND THE FORTY DROSO-
PHILA EGGS

Dr. Alfred F. Huettner
Professor of Biology, Washington Square Col-
lege, New York University
In his review of my recent seminar report Dr.
Fry criticized my observations on the Drosophila
egg by comparing my data with his own which
he obtained from forty Drosophila eggs. He
found that only half of this number of segment-
ing eggs showed centrioles during interkinesis,
and the reader is left with the impression that I
must have had similar results and that I must
have withheld such negative evidence in my re-
cent report.

I have studied thousands of Drosophila eggs,
and I have coagulated them with a large variety
of fi.xing agents, beginning with Weismann's heat
coagulation and ending with the specialized tech-
niques of Mottier and Kopsch. Invariablv all
segmenting Drosophila eggs show centrioles dur-
ing interkinesis when coagulated with the .stand-
ard fi.xing agents commonly used in cvtologic
technique, and I am willing to demonstrate this
fact to anyone who is interested in this problem.
— Alfred F. Huettner.

CURRENTS IN THE HOLE

At the following hours (Daylight Saving Time)

the current in the hole turns to run from Buz-
zards Bay to Vineyard Sound:

Date A. M. P. M.

Aug. 9 i-:.S5 1:10

Aug. 10 1:52 2:03

Aug. II 2:43 2:51

Aug. 12 3:33 3:48

Aug. 13 4:21 4:34

Aug. 14 S:io .S:24

Aug. 15 6:01 6:19

Aug. 16 6:44 7:05

Aug. 17 7:36 8:00

Aug. 18 8:23 8:28

August 8, 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

1S3

ITEMS OF INTEREST

SCRIPPS INSTITUTION OF OCEANOGRAPHY

Mr. R. D. Norton, Palaeontologist of the Texas
Company, Shreveport, Louisiana, visited the In-
stitution last week to consult Director T. Way-
land Vaughan concerning certain problems of for-
aminifera and marine sediments.

Dr. F. S. Brackett, Chief of the new Division
of Radiation and Organisms of the Smithsonian
Institution of Washington, delivered a lecture at
tht Scripps Institution on Wednesday afternoon
of last week. His suliject was "Study of the
effect of radiation on plants," and he devoted con-
siderable time to explanation of methods of in-
vestigation being developed by his Division. He
showed that already they have obtained remark-
ably accurate measurements of the use of light by
a ])lant both in respect to the common rays of
"white light" and in respect to the color com-
ponents (red, blue, ultra violet, etc.) of such rays.
He was accompanied by Prof. A. R. Davis of the
Department of Plant Physiology of the Uni-
versity of California at Berkeley.

Mr. H. B. Foster, Engineer of the Comptrol-
ler's office of the l''niversity of California at Ber-
keley, visited the Institution on I'niversity busi-
ness from Saturday of last week to Tuesday of
this week.

On Wednesday evening of this week Prof. W.
P. Kelley of the Department of Agricultural
Chemistry in -the Citrus Experiment Station at
Riverside delivered a lecture on '"Bafe exchange
in soils." This lecture was especially interesting
to members of the scientific staff of the Institu-
tion because a number of the problems discussed
are similar to those encountered in study of ma-
rine sediments.

Mr. and Mrs. James Leach, Teaching Fellows
in the Departments of Zoology and Palaeontol-
ogy, respectively, of the University of California
at Berkelev, were week-end guests of Mr. and
Mrs. E. H. Myers.

On Saturday of last week Mr. Harry Reddick.
City Engineer of Santa Paula, arrived by aero-
plane to spend the week end with h's cousin, Mr.
L. D. Barber, Superintendent of Conftruction at
the Institution.

On Monday evening, August t,, at 8:00 p.m..
Dr. F. B. .Sumner will deliver a lecture in the In-
stitution library entitled "Some results of seven-
teen years study of geographic races of mice."

MT. DESERT ISLAND BIOLOGICAL
LABORATORY

Dr. and Mrs. C. C. Plitt of the University of
Maryland arrived August 4th, 1931. They will
be at the Laboratory for the rest of the summer.

Mrs. William H. Cole arrived August ist. Dr.
Cole is working at the Lalwratory this summer.

Dr. and Mrs. A. Mansfield' Clarke of The
Johns Hopkins Medical School visited Dr. and
Mrs. Warren H. Lewis over the week-end.

The Monday evening seminar on August 3rd
will lie in charge of Dr. H. D. Senior of New
York University who will speak on "The radical
difference between the arterial anomalies of the
human upper and lower extremities.", and Dr. A.
Defrise of the University of Milan, whose su!)-
ject is "Sytophysiology of Kidney."

Miss Miriam F. Clarke who is now a student
in the Department of Biochemistry at Yale Medi-
cal School, has been visiting her brother, Mr.
Robert Clarke for a few days.

Dr. and Mrs. William Wherry entertained tlie
members of the Laboratory at a barn dance on
August 1st. Prizes for the best costumes were
won by Dr. Esther F. Byrnes aiid her sister. Miss
I'yrnes, who appeared as bugs ; Mrs. W. L. Holt,
Jr,, who dressed as a mummy; Dr. Homer W.
Smith, as an organ-grinder : Miss Frances Snow,
as an old-fashioned lady ; Mr. William L. Doyle
as a pirate ; Mrs. E. K. Marshall, Jr., as a little
girl. Miss Louise Mast and Mr. Heinz Specht
were given a prize for the dirtiest costumes.
Prizes were also given to the Misses Louise and
Elizabeth Mast and Mr. Robert F. Mathews for
stunts. — Louise R. M.\st.

Miss Louise Schmuck and Dr. Helen Smith
have returned to work in Dr. Metz's laboratory
after a month's vacation. They were guests of
the Right Reverend Mr. and Mrs. Schmuck in
Laramie, Wyoming, and motored with them to
Yellowstone National Park and other western
points of interest.

The M. B. L. Club has announced the two fol-
lowing programs for this week's victrola con-
certs : Sunday, August 9 : — 8 :oo P. M. Egmont
Overture, Beethoven ; Rosamunde Ballet Music,
Schubert ; L'Apres-midi d'un Faune, Debussy ;
Symphony No. 5, Beethoven.

Thursday August 13 — 8:00 P.M. Clarinet
Quintet, Brahms ; Passacaglia, Bach ; Quartet,
opus 133, Beethoven.

The music begins promptly at 8 :oo P. M.

1 84

THE COLLFXTING NET

[ Vol. VI. Nn. 47

SSBKSSIirTrSSByT'TB^B^BEFiaBSS

Spalteholz

Transi>arent

Prei>aj-atiuns

Human

and

Zoological

'^^hu^^ i®

Model of Human Heart '

Skeleton of Fish in Case

Models, Specimens,
Charts

for physiology, zoology, botany,
anatomy, embryology, etc. Cata-
logs will gladly be sent on request.
Please mention name cf school
and subjects taught, to enable
us to send the appropriate
catalog.

Visit our New and Greatly En-
larged Display Rooms and Museum

117-119 EAST 24th STREET

>

Life History
of Chick"

NEW YORK

€VEN

W'e cordially invite you to a dem-
onstration of this oven designed by
Dr. Huettner at the Collecting Net
office on August 13 to 15th.

Our ;\Ir. W. Lel)owitz will he
in charge of this demonstration.

STANDARD SCIENTIFIC SUPPLY CORP.

lUnlogical, Bacteriological and Chemical A (^paratus. Naturalists' Supplies, Speciiiieiis,

Shcletons, Anatomical Models, Wall Charts, Glass Jars. Microscopes

and Accessories.

10-14 WEST 25th STREET

NEW YORK CITY

August 8, 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

1S5

LEITZ

ROLL FILM
ATTACHMENT

Camera

This Camera is inserted into
the Microscope Tube after the
ocular has been withdrawn.

Attacliahle to any Standard Microscope

THIS CAMERA USES
STANDARD
CINEMA FILM

Specimen of image produced
with Roll Film Micro At-
tachment Camera. The
characteristics under which
this photograph was taken
are as follows:

1. Standard type microscope;

2. Achromatic objective 16mm;

3. "Periplan" ocular 8X;

4. Magnification 27X;

5. Low voltage lamp as illuminant;

6. "Lifa" filter No. 200b;

7. Exposure 1-10 second;

8. Condenser diaphragm closed one-half

9. Film used: Leitz special cinema film.

Heretofore, the demonstration of microscopical specimens through projection was solely con-
fined to the use of lantern slides. Aside from lantern slides being costly to produce, they are
easily broken and represent a bulky collection while transporting them from one lecture room to
another. This obstacle is quickly recognized amongst scientists who have to do with lecture work
and the reason for an ever- increasing use of film slides (film rolls) for projection is therefore
readily conceived. So far, no camera has been available for taking pictures of microscopical speci-
mens upon film slides, and with the introduction of the Leitz Boll Film Micro Attaiohment Cam-
era, a long felt demand has been complied with..

This new camera consists principally of a m ?tal housing and within its chamber, the film is
carried by magazines made of brass. Each magazine contains standard perforated cinema film in
lengths of approximately 51,4 ft., for 36 pictures each measuring 36 x 24 mm (double cinema frame
size). The magazine, however, may be loaded with any strips of shorter lengths. The exception-
ally fine grain of the cinema film and the favorable size of the picture produced by the camera
render the negatives available for extensive enlargements.

The magazines are loaded in daylight by using film supplied by us in daylight packing. A
counter tally disc is provided at one side of the camera housing and this disc registers auto-
matically the number of exposures made. The conical adapter attached to the camera contains a
lens combination to render the magnification at tn:? nira one-third in value of the niagnitication
obtained with the microscope.

Attached to the conical adapter are a side telescope and shutter. This side telescope permits
constant observation of the object while taking photographs. "Periplan" Ocular 8X is best adapt-
ed for photographs with this camera and is included in the standard equipment. Focusing the
camera is accomplished in a very simple manner and the photographs it obtains are exceedingly
sharp and brilliant.

The negative film slides, prepared through the use of the camera, can readily be copied upon
positive film for protection. For this purpose, we offer a simple model of contact printer. For
projecting the positive film slides, we recommend our Film Slide Projector "Uleja".

Write for Pamphlet No. 1142 (CN)

60 East 10th Street

E. LEITZ, Inc.

New York, N. Y.

iS6

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 47

INTERNATIONAL
CENTRIFUGES

Many types offering a large variety
of equipment of tubes and a wide
range of speed and consequent
relative centrifugal force.

International Equipment Co.

353 WESTERN AVENUE
BOSTON, MASS.

Tlie Wistar Institute Slide Tray

The ideal tray for displaying or storing slides.
It carries forty-eight 1-lnch, thirty-two 1%-
inch, or twenty-four 2-inch slides, and every
slide is visible at a glance. Owing to the
nesting feature, the trays may be stacked so
that each one forms a dust-proof cover for
the one beneath it, while the center ridges as-
sure protection to high mounts. Made en-
tirely of metal, they are unbreakable and
easily kept clean. They form compact stor-
age units. Twelve hundred 1-inch slides may
be filed in a space fourteen inches square bv
eight inches high. PRICE, $1.00 EACH

Orders ni;iy be sent to

THE WISTAR INSTITUTE

Thirty-si.xth Street and Woodland Avenue,
Philadelphia, Pa.

Marine Biological

Laboratory

Supply Department

FOR THE BEST

BIOLOGICAL MATERIAL

CLASSROOM MATERIAL

MICROSCOPIC SLIDES

LIVE MATERIAL

Catalogues and information furnished by

applying at Supply Department Office

Woods Hole, Mass.

August 8, 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

1R7

Setting the Pace in
Kesearch M.icroscope I^esign

When Bausch & Lomb designed the DDE,* placing the arm at the front, an instru-
ment was made available to the research scientist that wsis truly revolutionary. This
construction brought greater convenience by allowing free access to the stage, ob-
jectives, substage and mirror. It brought comfort, because the inclined binocular
body tube gives relief from neck and eye strain. The specimen is always viewed
with the stage horizontal.

The DDE is complete in every
right eyepiece by a quarter turn of
formed into a monocular instrument
The complete substage is equipped
swung into position when changing
of changing the focus of the con-
denser.

You are cordially invited to at-
tend an exhibit of Bausch &
Lomb Instruments from August
6 - 15 in the Old Lecture Hall.

respect. It is possible to direct all light into the
an adjustment button. It can be quickly trans-
for photomicrography by changing body tubes,
with a supplementary condenser which can be
from high to low power, eliminating the necessity
Write for catalog D-164, which
will give you a complete descrip-
tion of the DDE.

^Suggestions of Drs. L. W. Sharp
and L. F. Randoljili iif Cornc-ll
University.

BAUSCH & LOMB

671 St. Paul Street

Rockester, N. Y-

i88

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 47

BINOCULAR ATTACHMENT
"BITUKNI"

I HE Bitukni tube attachment
^ serves for stereoscopically
viewing microscopic objects with
the aid of a single objective. It
enables the observer to look
obliquely into the microscope
without inclining it atout its
hinge, thus retaining the conven-
ience of a horizontal stage for
manipulation of the specimen.

Price $86 f.o.b. N. Y.

including one pair of compen-
sating eyepieces. {jx, lox, or

Additional compensating eye-
pieces, $18 a pair.

CARL ZEISS, Inc.

485 Fifth Avenue
New York

Pacific Coast Branch:
728 South Hill St., Los Angrelcs, Calif.

[ tftRLZEisri

JE.NA

GCLDl^^ SEAL

Non-Corrosive ^^^^^ Non-Corrosive
MICROSCOPIC

SLIDES -J COVER GLASSES

Do Net Fog
At your dealer's, or write (giving dealer's name) to

NEW YORK

BIOLOGICAL, PHYSIOLOGICAL, MEDICAL
AND OTHER SCIENTIFIC MAGAZINES

IN COMPLETE SETS

Volumes and Back Date Copies For Sale

B. LOGIN & SON, Inc.

EST. 1887
29 EAST 21st STREET NEW YORK

B. WESTERMANN CO., INC

13 West 46th Street,

New York City

All Scientific Books in Foreign Languages

DRESSES — LINENS — LACES

Fine Toilet Articles
Elizabeth Arden, Coty

Yardley
Choice Bits from Pekln

MRS. WEEKS SHOPS

FALMOUTH

Available: as research assistant after August
first. Have A. B. and M. A. degrees in zoological
sciences and wish to continue in Woods Hole.
Willing to act as assistant in any capacity. Local
references as to qualifications if desired. For
further information inquire at
THE COLLECTING NET ^Jane Carpenter

HKADDUARTERS FOR

STEEL FILING CABINETS, SAFES
AND OFFICE FURNITURE

LOOSE LF.AF B01KS AND FIGURING BOOKS
FOR ANY KIND OF BUSINESS

Callanan St Archer Co., Inc.

WHOLESALE STATIONERS

10-14 S"- Second St. New Bedford, Mass.

August 8, 1931 ]

THE COLLFXTING NET

189

Turtox Products for Biology

APPARATUS FOR BIOLOGY

BOTANICAL MATERIAL

CHARTS

COLLECTING EQUIPMENT

CULTURES

DISSECTIONS

EMBRYOLOGICAL MATERIAL

ENTOMOLOGICAL SPECIMENS

INJECTED MATERIAL

For C/omparative Anatomy
JEWELL MODELS
LANTERN SLIDES
LIFE HISTORIES
LIVING SPECIMENS
MICROSCOPIC SLIDES
MUSEUM PREPARATIONS
PARASITOLOGY MATERIAL
RESEARCH SERVICE
SERVICE DEPARTMENT
SKELETONS

STAINS AND REAGENTS
TAXIDERMY
ZOOLOGICAL MATERIAL

Turtox Publications

Supplied free of charge to teachers of Biology. Yours
will be mailed to youi' teaching address on request.

Turto.v News. Published monthly and mailed to over
20.000 Biologists.

Turto.x Serviop Leaflets. Offering suggestions and in-
formation on laboratory and field work in Biology.
Turtox Biological Red Book. A 232 page, illustrated,
book listing dissection and demonstration specimens for
Biology, Zoology, Comparative Anatomy, Entomology,
Embryology and Parasitology.

Turtox High School Biology Catalog aitid Teachers'
Manual. 1931 edition. a" 300-page, illustrated book
prepared primarily for the use of High School teachers.
Lists dissection and demonstration specimens, micro-
scope slides, lantern slides, charts, models and ap-
paratus.

Turtox Microscope Slide Catalog. 1931 edition. Lists
over two thousand different prepared slides for Bac-
teriology, Botany, Plant Pathology, Zoology, Histology
and Neurology. Many illustrations from original photo-
micrographs.

Turtox Visual Education Catalog. (Ready in Septem-
ber.) This book will not only list lantern slides and
film strips for Botany, Zoology, Bacteriology, Histology
and related subjects but will also catalog sources from
ivhich visual aids may be obtained on a loan or rental
basis.

Jewell Model Catalog. We are the sole manufacturers
of these famous Biological models. This catalog is il-
lustrated in color.

Turtox Apparatus Catalog. Instruments, equipment
and apparatus for the Biology sciences. (New edition
ready in September.)

Dependable Quality

Prompt Service

turt[|%g|ucts

The Sign of the Turtox Flcd^^es .Ihsolute Satisfaction

General Biological Supply House

Incorporated
761-763 EAST SIXTY-NINTH PLACE

CHICAGO

igo

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 47

STAINING DISH

15659

15658

15657

This staining dish consists of a rectangular
glass jar measuring 4I/8 1\V iVi ''>' 2%
inches over all. The cover is provided with
a slight flange which sets inside the dish.

The removahle glass tray has provision for
taking 20 slides hack to hack and a nickel
spring wire holder is provided for lifting the
jar out of the staining solution. This dish
accommodates slides 3 inches in length and
any width up to 2 inches.

This type of staining dish is economical of
reagents and by having extra glass tra\v.
available, a very great number of slides ma\-
be stained with convenience and economy,
and further washed and counter-stained in
different dishes.

15652 STAINING DISH. Coraplet3 with glass
dish, removable tray and wire holder. .$2.00

15657 GLASS DISH only. For above 1.00

15658 GLASS TRAY only. For above. . . .90

15659 WIRE HOLDER only. For above. . .25

■ sag

WlLI^ (TOHPOKATION

LABORATORY APPARATUS AND CHCMICAUS

RO C HE STEH, Jf."Y;

Church of the Messiah

(Episcopal)
The Rev. James Bancroft, Rector

Holy Communion 8 lOO a. m.

Morning Prayer 11 :00 a. m.

Evening Prayer 7 :30 p. m.

IDEAL RESTAURANT

Main Street

Woods Hole

Tel.

1243

LADIES' and GENTS' TAILORING

Cleaning, Dyeing and K2palring
Coats Refined and Altered. Prices Reasonable

M. DOLINSKY'S

Main St. Woods Hie, Mass. Call 752

TEXACO PRODUCTS

NORGE REFRIGERATORS

WOODS HOLE GARAGE
COMPANY

Opposite Station

August 8, 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

191

SPENCER RESEARCH MICRO-
SCOPE No. 7

Designed under direc-
tion o[ Pro[essor
C. F. McChing.
University of
Pennsylvania

SPENCER N0.7LH RESEARCH MICROSCOPE

Equipped with new Inciitiocular body, meohanical stage,
complete fork-type substage, a<"hromiitic condenser
N.A. 1.30, triple nosepiece, achromatic objectives IG
mm and 4 mm dry and 1.8 mm immersion, paired'
eyepiece 6.\ and lOx, complete in mahogany

cabinet $368-"0

Single body tube (if wanted) extra l.'j.OO

10(7;^ discount to Schools and Colleges.

Has met a demand that has no parallel
in research microscope history.

There is now scarcely a college, uni
versity or research laboratory in Amer-
icn, that does not possess at least one.

It is now fitted with

SPENCER
INCLINOCULAR

BOD I AS ONE OF

Three Types Supplied

'I'liis Inclinocular Body has been
desifined for comfort and efficiency
in binocular work, where the stage
of the microscope must be horizon-
tal, for example in examination of
liquids, etc. It is an inclined eye-
piece binocular body taking the
place of regular binocular body or
the combination body.

The oculars are at the ordinary
ilistance from the table.

The angle of inclination is suited
lo the comfort of the observer at
the ordinary height.

The superior optical qu.alitics of
Spencer optics are preserved when
Ihe new Inclinocular is used.

NO COMPENSATING LENSES
ARE NECESSARY BECAUSE OF
ADDED TUBE LENGTH.

The size of the field is the same as
with ordinary binocular body.

The Spencer converging oculars, ex-
clusive on Spencer microscopes, are in-
corporated in the new Inclinocular

The inclinocular is as easily placed on
or removed from the microscope as is
the ordinary binocular cr single tube.

Ask far new Bulletin i!f-45

192

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 47

THE WOODS HOLE LOG

On Tuesday, August 4th Coast Guard Base 18
at Woods Hole c^lelirated its 143rd liirthday. The
Base was open to the pubHc during the day and
many members of the Laljoratory, as well as oth-
ers, visited the Base and were shown over the
patrol boats liy a member of the Coast Guard.
The boats were gaily decorated with flags. A
water sports program was held in the morning;
in the afternoon the Base 18 baseball team played
a team from the Coast Guard cutter, "The Acush-
net ;" and in the evening a dance was held in the
Community House.

Traffic must be slow both under and over the
drawbridge on Main Street. Ca]5tain John J.
Veeder, harbor master, has had signs placed at
the entrance to the Eel Pond limiting the speed
of boats to five miles per hour. The wash of
swift boats is threatening to undermine the bridge
while heavy trucks rolling over it cause a vibra-
tion that is also weakening it. The word "slow"
has been jiainted in large yellow letters on the
surface of Main Street at the approach to the
bridge and signs have been posted setting the
speed limit for cars at ten miles per hour.

Heavy frosts this past winter have also weak-
ened the bridge, cracking pieces of the counter
balance weight and making it lighter, necessitating
the addition of two thousand pounds of pig iron
to the balance weight. This, and the gates for
keeping back traffic when the draw is open, rep-
resent part of the improvements provided by the
$3100 ?»j)propriation voted for the bridge in town
meeting this year.

On Friday afternoon, July 31st, Old Ironsides
passed by in full view of Woods Hole harbor.
From then until Thursday of this week, she has
made New Bedford her port and people have
poured from all over the Cape to see the historic
old frigate. On Sunday 11,906 people visited her
and several hundred were turned awav from the
gangplank as the crew closed the ship for the day.

On July 31st, Mr. Inglis Moore Uppercu of
New York City president of the Uppercu Cadil-
lac Corporation, sailed into Great Harbor in his
square-rigged sailing vessel, "The Seven Seas."
He anchored for the night and sailed the follow-
ing morning for New ^'ork.

The Y. P. L. Girls of the Methodist Episcopal
Church are giving a picnic to the children of the
Sunday School and their parents at Old Silver
Beach ne.xt Wednesdav afternoon.

The annual flower show of the Cape Cod Horti-
cultural Society will be held this year in Falmouth
on August 12, 13 and 14th on the Village Green.

The University Players Theatre this week was
turned into a courtroom when the case of the
People against Mary Dugan came up for trial.
At 8:15 the cleaning women and the court at-
tendants began to get ready for the big case and
at 8 130 the court convened.

Bayard Veiller's dramatic recording of "The
Trial of Mary Dugan" is good theatre. The
cast is very large and yet each person in the cast
is a distinct character. There are fine chances
for dramatic interpretation even in the most
minor parts. The Players did a good piece of
work. Notably Bretaigne Windust, as District
Attorney Galway, left nothing to be desired.
From the moment when he presented the case to
the jury-audience he was lawyer through and
through and, in a way, he it was who held the
whole play together and was responsilile in large
measure for its success. Two other parts were
completely satisfying. Elizalieth Fenner as the
murdered man's wife and Christine Ramsey as
Marie, her volulile French maid.

The Players were attempting a tremendous feat
this week. They played under a handicap in fol-
lowing so closely on the heels of a Broadway pro-
duction which was pretty nearly perfect and they
must pay the penalty for this by having the
audience, of necessity, make comparisons. Cyn-
thia Rogers as Mary Dugan was good but there
was something lacking in her rendition. You
could forget, as she sat quietly listening to the
testimony of witnesses, that she was a kept-
woman on trial for her life for the murder of
her lover. Even on the witness stand tlie mo-
ments were rare when she made the audience
feel her struggle as a girl of fourteen to bring
up a young brother and her solution of financial
worry by becoming mistress to a wealthy man.
There were times when she succeeded in project-
ing this stage personality across the footlights
but her character was not sustained throughout
the performance. Henry Fonda as her younger
brother, Jimmy, who took over h's sister's case
as lawyer, was more satisfactory, though he didn't
look as lioyish as the role requires.

The minor parts were excellentlv characterized
throughout. The stage was much enlarged and
the set effective.

Next week Elizabeth Fenner and Kent Smith
will take the parts played in New York by Lynn
Fontanne and Alfred Lunt in the production of
Ferenc Molnar's satire on the home life of an
actor, "The Guardsman." — M. S. G.

August S, 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

193

The UNIVERSITY PLAYERS, Inc.

Presents

"THE GUARDSMAN"
Aug. 10 — Aug. 15

Old Silver Beach West Falmouth

For Reservations Call Falmouth 1250

FALMOUTH PLUMBING AND
HARDWARE CO.

Agency for

LYNN OIL RANGE BURNER

Falmouth, opp. the PubUc Library Tel. 260

GEORGE

A.

GRIFFIN

CIVIL ENGINEER

(Massachusetts Institute

of Technology,

•07)

High

Street

Tel.

Woods
T[74-W

Hole

Quee
near

n's Byway Main
Fllene's near
J A X

FEMININE FOOTWEAR

$4.45 to $7.45
Two Falmouth Shops

Street
A & P

FITZGERALD, INC.

A Man's Store

MEN'S WEAR

Colonial Buiding Tel. 935 Main Street

Falmouth

MRS. H. M. BRADFORD

Dresses, Millinery, Hosiery and Gift Shop
Souvenirs and Jewelry

Depot Avenue

Woods Hole

Available as instructor or research assistant in
physiology or general zoology for the academic
year 1931-32. Have M. S. degree in zoology from
the University of Pennsylvania. Refer to Dr.
L. V. Heilbrunn, Br. 221

— S. A. CORSON.

Compliments of

PENZANCE GARAGE

WOODS HOLE, MASS.

Day or
Phone

Night
652

A. L. A.
Towing

The Whaler on Wheels

"Our Wandering Book Shop"

Miss Imogene Weeks Miss Helen E. EUUs

Mr. John Francis

Will be at Woods Hole Mondays

throughout the summer

season.

THE WHALER BOOK SHOP

106 SCHOOL STREET NEW BEDFORD

Telephone Clifford 110

KELVINATOR REFRIGERATION

EASTMAN'S HARDWARE

5 AND 10c DEPARTMENT

Cape Cod Distributors for

Draper Maynard Sporting Goods

SPECIAL PRICES TO CLUBS
Falmouth Tel. 407

Visit
Malchman's

THE

LARGEST DEPARTMENT STORE

ON CAPE COD

Falmouth

Phone 116

194

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol, VL No. 47

ave you seen

MILLER'S

Plant Physiology

with reference to
the green plant.

By Edwin C. Millkr

Professor of Plant Physiology. Kansas State

/li/ricitltiiral College, and Plant Physiologist,

Kansas .Igrieultural Experiment Station

McGKAW-HILL PUBLICATIONS IN THE
AGRICULTURAL and BOTANICAL

SCIENCES

900 pages. f> x 9. 38 ilhistrations. $7.00

THIS book is planned to bridge the gap in the
literature of plant physiology left by books
which summarize the work that has been done on
the continent, but which fail to cover adaquately the
contributions of American and English plant physi-
ologists. These contributions during the past two
decades have been outstanding and dominate in
many cases the work along certain lines.

In this book the field of plant physiology is com-
pletely surveyed in a comprehensive and minutely
detailed treatment that makes it suitable both as a
text for advanced college students and as a refer-
ence work for investigators. The work is confined
entirely to the physiology of the green plant; the
findings of the leading American, English and con-
tinental investigators are summarized.

The tables are numerous and complete; illustra-
tions are original with but few exceptions. Each
chapter is followed by extensive bibliographies giv-
ing the full citation of each reference, including sub-
ject, date, volume and pages.

Send for a copy on approval.

McGRAW'HILL BOOK CO., Inc.

370 SEVENTH AVENUE NEW YOKK

ECOLOGY
All Forms of Life in Relation to Environment

Established 1920. Quarterly. Official Publication of the
Ecological Society of America. Subscription, $4 a year
for complete volumes (Jan. to Dec.) Parts of volumes
at the single number rate. Back volumes, as avail-
able, $5 each. Single numbers, $1.25 post free. Foreign
postage: 20 cents.

GENETICS
A Periodical Record of Investigations bearing on
Heredity and Variation
Established 1916. Bimonthly.

Subscription, $6 a year for complete volumes (Jan. to
Dec.) Parts of volumes at the single number rate.
Single numbers, $1.25 post free. Back volumes, as avail-
able, $7.00 each. Foreign postage: 50 cents.

AMERICAN JOURNAL OF BOTANY
Devoted to All Branches of Botanical Science

Established 1914. Monthly, except August and Sep-
tember. Official Publication of the Botanical Society of
America. Subscription, $7 a year for complete volumes
(Jan. to Dec.) Parts of volumes at the single number
rate. Volumes 1-18 complete, as available, $146. Single
numbers, $1.00 each, post free. Prices of odd volumes
on request. Foreign postage: 40 cents.

BROOKLYN BOTANIC GARDEN MEMOIRS

Volume 1: 33 contributions by various autlmrs on
genetics, pathology, mycology, physiology, ecology, plant
geography, and systematic botany. Price, $3.50 plus
postage.

Volume II: The vegetation of Long Island. Part I.
The vegetation of Montauk, etc. By Norman Taylor.
Pub. 1923. 108 pp. Price, $1.00.

Vol. Ill: The vegetation of Mt. Desert Island. Maine,
and its environment. By Barrington Moore and Nor-
man Taylor. 151 pp., 27 text- figs., vegetation ma]) in
colors. June 10. 1927. Price, $1.60.

Orders should be placed with

The Secretary, Brooklyn Botanic Garden,
1000 Washington Ave. Brooklyn, N. Y.. U. S. A.

FREAS

LOW TEMPERATURE

INCUBATOR

WITH CONSTANT TEMPERATURE
CONTROL

Operates from 10° to 60° C.

Similar to improved Freas Incubators and
( )vens, see liuUetin No. j4(), but in ad-
dition bas electric refrigerator.

iMitire operation is automatic.

Write for new Iiulletin No. 466 wbicb gives
full information.

In ortlering. give complete details of your
electric current.

EIMER & AMEND

Established 1851

Incorporated 1897

Headquarters for Laboratory Apparatus and
Chemical Reagents

Tbird .Avenue, i8tb to lotb Street
New York, N. Y.

August 8, 1931 ] THE COLLECTING NET 195

Ready in
September

OUTLINE

COMPARATIVE

By AUTE RICHARDS

Professor of Zoology and Head of Dcpt.

Dircrlor of Biological Survey, Uiiizrrsity

of Oklalio)na

Tin's textbook presents an extensive summary of the types of cleavage,
lilastulae, germ layer formation, and mesoderm formation for the entire
animal kingdom, as does no other book written in English. It is intended
chiefly for college-of-Arts courses in embryology as distinguished from
medical courses. Also as a preparation for medical courses, and for pro-
fessois of medical emliryology the book will l)e extremely valuable.

The first part of the book discusses the principles of early development
for the entire animal kingdom and the relation of different types to each
other is lirought out. The second part discusses topics of embryologicai
interest about which every embryologist and zoologist knows something but
most f)f which has never l)een brought together in a form available for
English speaking students. Tables are included which contain a great
amoimt of information summarized and condensed into consultation form.
They include: events of importance in the history o f embryology ; tables
showing cell lineage; types of invertelirate larvae: chart summarizing em-
bryologicai conditions found in various phyla of animals; table of animal
classification shf)wing the systematic positions of forms of embryologic ini-
jiortance : tables showing occurrence of embryonic membranes fif mamma.'s.

There are two glossaries and a comprehensiye bibliography, and 224
figures illustrate the te.xt. As a reference book in addition to its class room
use it will l)e found of great use.

Probable Price $5.00

JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC.

'^^Ci Fourth Avenue New YnrU

ic/t

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 47

''It saved us the cost of 5 microscopes'' Srd?„rwr Lu/h^tr ^"^^'"-

"PUOMI" MICKOSCOPIC DKAVVING and
PKOJEC'TION APPARATUS

Takes the place of numerous microscopes
and gives the instructor the opportunity of
teaching with greatest efficiency and least
confusion.

Projects microscopic slides and living or-
ganisms and insects on table or wall for
drawing and deinonstration. Also used as
a microscope and a micro-photographic ap-
paratus.

The Promi, recently perfected by a prom-
inent German microscope works, is an in-
genicus yet simple apparatus which fills a
long felt want in scientific instruction and
research in Bacteriology, Botany, Zoology,
Pathology, Anatomy, Embryology, Histol-
ogy, Chemistry, etc.

It has been endorsed by many leading
scientists and instructors.

AS A PROJECTION APPARATUS: U is used for projecting in actual colors on wall or
scrcL'ii, micriiscoiiii: inciiaratunis, li\ iii,^ organisms and insects for lecture room demonstration and
instruction. .Makes it possible lor a .group of students to examine a single specimen simultane-
ously. Invaluable for instructors in focusing students' attention on important features, which can-
not be dcmonstratcfl with equal facility and time sa\ing under a microscope. Eliminates the eye
strains of niic. osciin- cxaniinalion.

AS A DRAWING LAMP: The illustration shows how a microscopic specimen slide is pro-
jected in actual colors on drawing paper enabling student or teacher to draw the image in precise de-
tail in black or colors. Living insects or microscopic living organisms can also be projected. Ad-
justment of the size of the image is simply a matt er of varying the distance to which the image is
projected. Higher magnification may be obtained by using tube and ocular and our high power ob-
jectives. Charts can readily be made for class room instruction.

AS A MICROSCOPE: By removing the bulb and attaching the reflecting mirror and inverting
the appaialus a coiii|)oini(I microscope is achieved. Higher magnification is possible by the use of
standaril niirrosco|iic hv^h power nbjrcli\'cs and oculars.

AS A MICROPHOTOGRAPHIC APPARATUS: Microscopic preparations of slides, living or-
ganisms and insects can be jihcitographcd without the use of a camera.

PRICE: F. O. B. New York $103.09 complete apparatus in polished wood carrying case. In-
cludes bulb, rheostat for 110 and 220 \.ilts with cords, plugs and switch for both DC and AC cur-
rent, ll.\ objecti\e. tube with .^x ocular, rcili-cting mirrcir and micro-cuvette. Extra equipment prices
on rc(|nost. Prospectus gladly sent on request

THE "PROMAR" MICROSCOPIC DRAW-
ING and PROJECTION APPARATUS

A new iiistrununt which has been brou.ght
out in response to a demand for a simjile
apparatus like the Promi for more advanced
work which requires more powerful illumi-
nation and higher magnification. The Pro-
mar operates in the same manner as the
1^-omi but is more heavily constructed and
has the following additional features as
standard equipnieiU :

More brilliant lighting, making hfghcr magnification possible.
Triple nose piece, facilitating use of three obiccti\cs.
Fine and coarse adjustment for focusing.

Screw, rack and pinion adjustment for light and condenser.
Screw centering adjustment for light. Kevohing stage.
Demonstrations will gladly be made by Mr. Robert Rugh, Room 217,
Main Bldg., M. B. L.. Woods Hole.
Prospectus Gladly Sent on Request.

Write to

117-119 East 24tli Street

c

NEW YORK, N. Y.

Vol. VI. No.

SATURDAY. AUGUST 15, 1930

Annual Subscription, $2.00
Single Copies, 25 Cts.

IS THE PERMEABILITY OF THE ERYTH

ROCYTE TO WATER DECREASED

BY NARCOTICS?

Drs. AI. H. Jacobs and A. K. Parpart
University of Pouisylvaiiia
Among the evidence cnmnioiily cited in .supjioi't
of the theory that naixosis is associated with a
deci'eased celhilar pei'meahihty is the fact oh-
served hy Ai^rhenius and Bu-
hanovic, Jarisch and others,
that narcotic agents, such as
ether, chloi-oform, various al-
cohols and urethanes. etc. tend
in certain concentrations to
oppose osmotic hemolysis.
This result has been interpi'et-
ed as indicating a lowei'ed per-
meal)ility of the cell to water
in the presence of narcotic
agents. An examination of
the data published hy the
workers in question, however,
shows that no clear disti'nction
was made by them lietween
the degi'ee of hemolysis ulti-
mately attained, which prob-
ably has little to do with per-
meability to water, and the
rate at which the final equi-
librium position of the system
was reached, which conceivably may have some
such connection. {Coutinucd on Page 201)

. % %. (Halcnbar

rUESDAY, AUGUST 18,8:00 P.M.

Seminar. Dr. Helen B. Smith, "Gen-
etic Studies on Selective Segre-
gation of Chrosoraes in Sciara."

Dr. C. B. Bridges, "Specific Mod-
ifiers in Drosophila Melanogas-
ter."

Dr. P. W. Whiting, "Local and
Correlative Gene Effects in Mo-
saics of Habrobracon."

FRIDAY. AUGUST 24, 8:00 P.M.

Lecture. Dr. C. R. Stockard, Pro-
fessor of Anatomy, Cornell Med-
ical School, "An Experimental
Dog Farm for the Study of Form
and Type."

THE MARINE ZOOLOGICAL LABORA-
TORY AT THE ISLES OF SHOALS

Dk. C I*". Jackso.ni
Director oj tlic Laboratory
The Lsles of Shoals ai^e a group of eight rocky
islands lying about ten miles out fi^om Poiis-
miiutli. New Hampshire. They ai'e of varying
size, the largest lieing aliout a mile in length while
the smallest is scarcely a few
hundred yards across.

Very little is known of the
early history of the Isles of
Shoals. Befoi-e the appear-
ance of the white settlers, it
is quite possible that the In-
dians "lay have used the is-
lands as a fishing place ; com-
ing thither in canoes and
camping until the season's
catch was sufficient to meet
their needs. Champlain and
de Monts may have seen the
islands in 1605 during their
exploration of the New Eng-
land coast. Captain John
Smith gave them his name in
1014, and when members of
his expedition proposed to di-
vide his discovei'ies, he des-
; ;.' crilies the islands thus: "But

no lot for me l)ut Smith's Isles which are a
manv of liarren iTicks, the most overgrowne with

TABLE OF

Is the Permeability of the Erythrocyte to

Water Decreased by Narcotics?

Drs. M. H. Jacobs and A. K. Parpart 197

The Marine Zoological Laboratory at the

Isles of Shoals,

Dr. C. F. Jackson 19'''

The Fibrillar System of Euplotes,

Dr. John P. Turner 202

Types of Variation Produced by Conjuga-
tion in Paramecium Aurelia,

Dr. Daniel Raffel 203

CONTENTS

Effects of Conjugation in a number of

Clones of Paramecium Aurelia,

Drs. T. M. Sonneborn and Ruth S. Lynch 205
Cross-Conjugation in Paramecium Aurelia.

Drs. T. M.. Sonneborn and Ruth S. Lynch 208

Scientific Book Reviews 211

Meals of Corporation Members 212

Review of the Seminar Reports of Drs.

Lynch and Sonneborn, Dr. J. A. Dawson 212

Directory Additions 212

Items of Interest 213

198

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 48

THE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY
SPRING HARBOR

AT COLU

HUGO FRICKE,
L.VBOR.^TORY.

DIRECTOR OF THE BIOPHY.'ilCS
IN HIS RESEARCH ROOM.

such shrubs and sharp whins }-ou can hardly pass
them, without either grass or wood, but three or
four short shrul)li_v old cedars."

The hrst impression of these islands is their
barrenness, — rough, irregular rocks jutting up out
of the sea. Low shrubs cover the islands with a
sparse carpet, the bayberry, poison ivy, and bhie-
herrv being perhaps the most common, while in
the crevices of the bare rocks, the tiny blossom
of the scarlet pimernel adds a touch of color.

In his "American Note-books." Mr. Nathaniel
Hawthorne (lescril)es these i.slands as he says: "It
is quite impnssilile to give an idea of these rocky
shores, — how confusedly they are bound together,
lying in all directions: what solid ledges, what
great fragments thrown out from the rest ! — -But
it is vain to try to express this confusion. As
much as anything else, it seems as if some of the
massive materials of the world remained su])er-
fluous after the Creator had linished, and were
carelessly thrown down here, where the millionth
part of them emerge from the sea, and in the
course of thousands of years have liecome par-
tially bestrewn with a little soil.

It is impossible to descrilie the real beauty of
the place. The barren wilderness surrounded on
all sides hv the gray sea gives it a charm that is
peculiar to no other spot. Mrs. Celia Thaxter,
the island poetess, has written : "There is a
strange charm about tliem, an indescribable in-
fluence in their atmosphere, hardh- to be ex-
plained but universally acknowledged."

( )f the eight islands l)elonging to this group.
White Island lies farthest out to sea and is the
most barren of the group. Indeed, it is little
more than a rock cliff, rising sheer twenty-hve
feet out of water on one side, with more gradual

slopes on the others. On the east side a bay is
formed, where floating seaweeds collect and fill
the water with color as they are moved aliout by
tiie tide. The rocks are smoother and less hroken
up than on the other islands, and the few pools
which do occur are at the low tide level. Animal
life is abundant around the island. The rocks are
covered with colonies of Coclenterates of several
species and the waters aliound in the common
sjjiecies of fish. From the rocky cliffs on the
.south side, the Irottom drops rapidly to a depth of
nearly two hundred feet. Here are found had-
dock, hake, codfish, and occasionally one or an-
other species of deep sea sculpin.

Londoner's is the next i.sland and is somewhat
larger than White Island. There are two high
sections separated by a lower narrow strip of
sandy l)each formed largely of small pelibles and
ln'oken shells. This is one of the few islands
wiiere summer residents live. There is one small
cottage on the north section of Londoner's, occu-
pied for a few weeks during the summer.

Hundreds of terns nest yearly on Londoner's
Island in the heavy brush which covers the island,
or in depressions of the bare rocks which form a
generous liorder of shore. This colony is com-
posed largely of the common tern, Sterna hiruiido,
Imt there are also found a few pairs of the more
vmcommon roseate terns. Before the advent of
the summer residents, this was a very large and
interesting colonv composed of several thousand
individuals. The number is rapidly decreasing
under continuous persecution and will undoubted-
Iv be driven from the island within two or three
years. Aside from the terns, this island holds
little of interest for the biologist.

Star Island boasts the Oceanic Hotel where

THE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY AT COLD

SPRING HARBOR

THE CHEMISTRY LABOR.\TORY IN THE NEW

BIOPHYSICS BUILDING.

August 15, 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

199

summer conferences of the Unitarian Association
are held. The island itself is composed almost en-
tirely of hare rock with very little soil or vegeta-
tion. There are a few small swampy areas of
fresli water on the island to which a lusty colony
of frogs claim first rights. The shore drops off
rapidly into deep water except on the east side
where a hreakwater and the neighboring islands
make a friendly harbor for fishing ships. Gos-
port Harlwr is a splendid collecting ground. At
the upper end of the harbor nearest the break-
water, depths of only a few feet occur, the bottom
gradually sloping into depths of one hundred feet
or more near the mouth of the harbor. This is a
large sedimentation liay and numerous species of
an'iri:ds are found here which do not occur at an\'
other point at the Isles of Shoals. Within the
sheltered waters of the harbor, flounders, skate,
wolf-fish, and many species of invertebrates can
usuillv be secured for laboratory purposes.

Cedar is connected with Star Island by a break-
water. It is a small round island with no out-
standing characteristic. Two families of lobster
fishermen make their home but they apparently
disturb very little the animal life which is of
interest to the biologist.

Smuttynose, so named Ijecause the long ridge
of rock which runs out into the ocean appears
black to pa' sing ships, is flatter and has a m:ire
regular surface than any of the other islands.
About a third of the island is taken up by a rock\'
shore. In the center of the island is a fresh
water swamp. The transition from the shore in-
to deep water is more gradual he'e than on Star.
White, or Lo"doner's Island and huge patches of
Fucus break the force of the waves which pile
up on its shores.

This i.sland is a paradise to the biologist. Its
interior is inaccessible to the average tourist anfl
it pre ents more nearly unspoiled conditions than
any of the other islands. Piirds of numerous
species nest here in abundance, particularly the
song sparrow and the spotted sandpiper, and dur-
ing the migration season, many unexpected vis-
itors are found. In the rockv crevices along the
shore, Leucoslenia, the finger sponge, and Coe-
lenterates occur in abundance. Great colonies of
hydrokls, Metridium, and associations of starfish,
and sea urchins may be found in the tidepools.
Just offshore is a variety of sea bottom rangi ig
from Cedar Island Ledge, which is exposed at
low tide, to depths of nearly fifty fathoms. Th;
bottom is of various types: sand, mud, bare rocks,
and dense beds of Fucus. Off the shore of
Smuttynose may be found colonies of .^ea cu-
cumbers, blood stars, Ascidians, and many species
of interesting deep-sea molluscs. A great variety
of Crustaceans also occur both in the deep water
and along the shore. These include, in addition

to lobsters and the common rock crab, the inter-
esting spider crab, deep water hermit crabs, and
a great host of pelagic forms.

Duck Island lies about a mile northeast from
the rest of the group. It is composed of broken
rocks between which are narrow channels or pas-
sages. The largest of these rocks is only a few
hundred yards in extent. The entire group is
drenched from time to time during periods of
heavy storm. This group of rocks is the home of
thousands of herring gulls. Their nests and
young cover the rocks so that one must walk with
care in order not to crush them. When an in-
truder lands on the island, during the breeding
season the air is filled with thousands of adults.
Their screams can be heard almost continuously
day and night at the laboratory, a mile distant.
There is little in the way of vegetation on Duck
Island. During the migrating season, thou.sands
of ducks of various species collect in the vicinity
of these broken rocks, where they find an abund-
ance of food in the sheltered bays and channels.
Duck Island is a wonderful collecting ground for
invertebrates, especially those inhabiting compar-
atively shallow waters. An abundance of fish
common to the shallow waters of the Shoals is
found here. Gunners occur in enormous num-
bers and pollack, herring, and mackerel are fre-
fiue;itlv found in the surface waters around Duck
Island;

Appledore Island is the largest of the Isles of
Shoals group. It is about a mile long and a half
mile wide. It is very roughly triangular in shape,
with the apex towards the mainland. The nar-
rowest part and also the lowest, is near the north-
ern end, and during bad winter storms, is some-
times completely submerged, dividing the island
into two portions. Appledore is higher than most
of the other islands, the highest elevation being
about sixty-seven feet above mean tide-level. The
shoreline on Appledore Island is very irregular.
( )n the west side the rocks are less broken and
they slope off gradually into deep water towards
Portsmouth Harlxir. On the north and east
shores the rocks are very irregularly scattered and
high cliffs drop off precipitously into deep water
of narrow ravines or into the open sea.

Along the shore, numerous tidepools of great
beauty and interest are found. They range in
size from tiny crevices that hold the water from
one tide until the next, to large pools where
abundant plant and animal life remain permanent-
ly, probably finding better protection than in the
surf, yet gaining the benefits of the shallow water.
These pools are filled with an abundance of Coel-
enterates. Molluscs, and other littoral forms.

Vegetation is relatively' abundant on Appledore
Island and many species of shrubs find it an ex-
cellent environment. A fresh water pond on the

200

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 48

higher portion of the island and a fresh water
swamp at the opposite end give variety to the hfe
that exists here. All of the different forms of
invertebrates already mentioned are found in the
vicinity of Appledore. Within five minutes walk
the student from the laboratory may find a suf-
ficient amount of material to employ his time for
the remainder of the day.

The Marine Laboratory at the Isles of Shoals
is an outgrowth of the regular summer school
work at the University of New Hampshire. The
Laboratory was established four years ago by a
Sroup of advanced students in zoology who felt
that advantage should be taken of our proximity
to salt water. We were particularly fortunate in
securing a set of well built, although somewhat
neglected, buildings formerly connected with the
Appledore Hotel. These buildings have been
thoroughly renovated and painted, and have been
ecjuipped with electric lights, running water, and
modern improvements. Since the equipment of
the zoology department on the universitv campus
is only a few minutes from tide water, it is pos-
sible to secure any emergency supplies directly by
boat from the University.

Owing to the generous support of the Uni-
versity authorities, and together with the coopera-
tion of the Star Island Corporation, who had
control of Appledore Island, practically the en-
tire island was leased and is now constituted into
a large field laboratory. Unhampered liy any out-
side diversions, students are aljle to carry on eight
weeks of study under ideal conditions.

The Lalioratory is devoted primarily to the
work of the undergraduate and first year gradu-
ate student. In this field there is little competi-
tion since most of the great marine laboratories
are centers of advanced research work. Th?
number at the Lalioratory is limited to about
thirty, although it is hoped in the near future to
increase the facilities to accommodate a larger
number of students.

The work is divided roughly into two fields. ■
One is for the premedical student and includes
comparative anatomy, histology, and embrvologv.
It might seem that a marine laboratory is ill
adapted to pre-medical work. However, the
students find here an abundance of fresh material
for the study of comparative emliryology, com-
pai"ative histology, and comparative anatom\'.
Furthermore, work in a research laboratory in
contrast to a vocational environment, is of great
value to the pre-medical student.

The second field covered is that of ecology and
oceanography. Although this is of a very ele-
mentary nature, seniors and first year graduates
are enabled to carry through many independent
lines of investigation.

Some of the problems which are now in pro-

gress are as follows :

1. Ecological associations of deep sea areas in
the vicinity of the Isles of Shoals. Apparently
very little work has been done on deep sea ecology.
The general oceanography of the Gulf of Maine
has been thoroughly investigated. Animal com-
munities, however, in water of more than two
fathoms in depth are difficult to investigate. It
is ho])ed that some interesting information may
be secured along this line.

2. Ecological Studies of high tide pools. A
paper on the physical, chemical, and biotic as-
sociations of high tide pools is nearing comple-
tion. Some interesting differences in the biota of
certain of these pools have been found.

3. Ecological studies of marine sponges. A
systematic and ecological study of the marine
sponges of the Isles of Shoals has been carried
on for the past four years. It is hoped that this
will be extended to include all of the sponges of
the Gulf of Maine.

4. Ecological studies of the fish of the Isles of
Shoals. The Shoals were at one time noted as
the center of the fishing industry for the south-
ern portion of the Gulf of Maine. A consider-
able change has taken place in the relative abund-
ance of certain species of fish : some having dis-
appeared entirely, while others have apparently
become more abundant. The entire problem of
the fish population of the Isles of Shoals is being
investigated.

5. Ecological survey of the birds of the
Isles of Shoals. The Isles of Shoals are
most favorably situated for the study of
the l)ird population. This is especially true of
those forms which follow the coast line in their
migratory flight. B\' glancing at the map, it will
be seen that these islands lie within the Gulf of
Maine, having land to the northeast and to the
southeast. Birds flying in a direct line from
Cape Elizabeth to Cajie Ann pass within a com-
paratively short distance from the Isles of Shoals
and great numl^ers make this a resting place.
Owing to the sparse vegetation, liird study is
rendered comparatively easy and a census of the
relative abundance at any given time may be
readily taken. Preliminary papers on bird mi-
gration and the general ecology of the resident
Iiirds are now practicallv ready for the press.

(>. Embryological studies of the herring gull
have been carried on for the past two years. The
abundance of material on Duck Island has made
this a profitable line of work.

7. A study of the fresh water Protozoa of Ap-
pledore Island has been carried on, revealing,
however, little unexpected material.

8. An attempt is being made to determine the
possible effect on the embryological development
of the albino rat when carbon mono.xide is ad-

August 15, 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

201

ministered to the mother during the period of
gestation. This is a prohlem connected with the
pre-medical work and will h.e continued on the
canv.His. Preliminary experiments seem to show
tint death or weakening of the offspring occurs
when the mother has heen sul)mitted to sufificient
quantit'es of this gas.

0- Studies on parasitic protozoa are in pro-
gress. Dr. Swan of Trinity College is renderin;;
valuaiile assistance in this work.

Minor prohlems in the taxonomy of various
groups, histology, and experimental embryology
are being carried out by undergraduate students.

An experiment which has been in progress
during the past three years is an attempt to es-
talili.sh a tern colony on north head of Appledore
Island, ^'oung liirds have been brought over
from Londoner's and raised to maturity. We are
ftill uncertain whether or not the colony will l)e
permanent.

A complete liiological and ecological survev of
the Isles of Shoals is contcmplatrd in the near

future. Much of the material from the above
problems will ultimately be incorporated in this
survey. With this in view a set of problems of
strictly oceanographic nature have been outlined
including the determination of depths and bottom
within a three mile radius, water analysis, cur-
rents, temperatures, and the relation of these fac-
tors to the distriliution and migration of fish and
certain of the invertebrates. Plancton studies will
also accompany this work.

Nothing of originality is claimed for the work
of this laboratory. It is hoped that it will be
primarily a stimulus to the young investigator
who may go on in productive re.search. The time
may come when our facilities can be increased
to accommodate the seasoned biologist. Until
diat time, it is felt that the Laboratory is per-
forming a real service in an attempt to stimulate
interest in research work both in those planning
to enter the medical jirofession and in those
students interested in the purely scientific phase
of zoology.

IS THE PERMEABILITY OF THE ERYTHROCYTE TO WATER
DECREASED BY NARCOTICS?

(Continued from Page 1971

In the absence of this necessary information,
hemolysis experiments are entirely useless for
the purpose of measuring cell ])ermea!)ilit\-.

In the work here reported, advantage was taken
of a method previously described by one of the
authors (Biological Bulletin. 1930) which per-
mits the entire course of the hemolytic process in
such experiments to be followed and recorded
over a period of several hours. Inspection of the
records so obtained in the presence and absence
of several narcotics shows immediatelv that what
was observed by Arrhenius and Bubanovic and
other workers as a result of the presence of such
substances was not a change in the rate of hemo-
lysis, and, therefore, by implication, a change in
the rate of penetration of water, but rather a
r ere change in the degree of hemolvsis ultimate-
ly attained ; that is, in the osmotic resistance of
the c"lls. Exviermients of the type p'-eviously re-
]iorted, therefore, give no clear evide.ice either
for or against the "pei'meabilitv" theory of nar-
cr sis.

That a decreased permeability of the cell ma\'
be produced bv narcosis is, however, suggested
by results obtained with very strongly hypotonic
s^lut'ons in which true rates of hemolysis may be
measured with considerable accuracy by a modifi-
cation of the method already described. In such
experiments the presence of phenvl or iso-amyl
urethane in concentrations lying within the phys-
iological narcotic range produce a slowing of
heme lysis which, though comparatively slight, is
nevertheless easily measurable. It is entirely pos-

sible, therefore, that such narcotics may slow the
rate of entrance of water into, or the escape of
hemoglobin from the erythrocyte, or both, in the
manner demaneled l)y the permeability theory of
narcosis. It should be emphasized, however, that
such results by no means prove that a condition
of narcosis is generally, or even sometimes, pro-
duced by a decreased cellular permeability ; it is
possible merely to state that the facts here re-
ported are not incompatible with such a theory.

A provisional, though purely hypothetical ex-
planation of the effect of narcotics, both on the
rate of hemolysis and on the po.sition of final
equilibrium of the system, may be given in terms
of the so-called "pore" theory of permeability, if
it l)e assumed that molecules of the narcotics are
adsorlied bv the erythrocyte in such a way as to
diminish the effective diameter of the "pores".
The effect of such a change, in the pathways by
\-hich water might be assumed to enter the cells,
on the rate of hemolysis is obvious. An e.xplan-
ation of its effect on the degree of hemolysis ul-
timatelv attained could similarly be furnished by
imagining a sufficient degree of blocking of the
enlarged "pores" in a swollen erythrocyte, to
maintain their normal impermeability to hemo-
globin molecules. In the absence of conclusive
evidence of the' presence of such "pores" in the
surface of the erythrocyte, such an explanation
is, of course, to be treated merely as a conven'ent,
though rather crude, working hypothesis, which
might re"dily b.e abandoned without in any way
changing the significance of the observed facts.

202

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 48

THE FIBRILLAR SYSTEM OF EUPLOTES

John P. Turxkr
Instructor of Zoology, University of Minnesota

apparatus of the ciliate

lietter known than that of

-which, after all, is not say-

1 he neuromotor
I'.itfiotei is probahh'
any other protozoan-
iiig a great deal.

Following the original description by Sharp in
1914 of the neuromotor apparatus of the ciliate
Diplodinium, an inhaliitant of the stomach of the
cow, Yocum in 1918 described the neuromotor
system of Euplotes patella, which is similar to
that of Diplodinium in that it consists chiefly of
fibers extending from a coordinating center, the
motorium, to the motor organelles.

Taylor, in 1920, demonstrated the co-ordinat-
ing nature of this system b)- cutting various fillers
and observing the subsequent lack of coordination
between the cirri and membranelles to which the
fibers had extended. Rees, MacDougall and
others have followed with descriptions of neuro-
motor systems of various degrees of complexity,
some with and some without a definite motorium.

Klein has recently called our attention to the
delicate system of fibrils near the surface of cili ■
ates which he calls the "silver line system" from
his methcd of demonstrating it with silver im-
pregnation. He pictures the lines following the
basal bodies in the rows of cilia. These ciliary
rows have been known, of course, for many years,
and partly descrilied.

One of the forms which Klein studied was
Eufilotcs karpa.

In applying his method to Euplotes patella I
have Iieen unable to obtain satisfactory prepara-
tions. However, by modifying his technique suf-
ficiently I have obtained some striking prepara-
tions.

I'.ear in mind that Euplotes has ro cilia on the
dorsal surface. Nevertheless, the lines are pres-
ent. FurtlT-rmore. they connect up rows of gran-
ules, arranged in rosettes, which some believe to
be basal bodies of ance-tral cilia. If th's as-
sumption is correct, the\' have changed their size,
arrangement, function and affinity for stains. Data
regarding these points will lie discussed in a
future publication.

There are nine longitudinal rows of these
rosettes, each row containing about twenty-five
rosettes. The rosettes in turn are each composed
of from si.x to twelve large granules.

Griffin, in 1910, described sensory bristles pro-
truding from the rosettes in Euplotes ivoreesteri.
Klein, with his silver method, shows only single
blots for the rosettes in Euplotes harpa.

As can be clearly seen even in photomicro-
graphs, the dorsal surface of Euplotes patella

shows nine longitudinal fibrils which connect up
the rosettes. These I have called the primary
fibrils. There are also less re.gular but quite dis-
tinct secondary filirils which are between and par-
allel to the primaries. In addition, there are com-
missural fibrils extending across from the pri-
maries to the secondaries, creating a veritable
network or latticework which varies from one
organism to another remarkably little.

In every case, the rosettes are located between
the intersections of the commissural with the pri-
mary fibrils, which indicates that they are nut
merely nodes of attachment. The entire network
is connected anteriorly with the membranelle fiber
of the neuromotor system.

The network of the ventral surface of Euplotes
patella is much more comjilicated than that of the
dorsal side. Instead of the fibrils forming
squares and rectangles in parallel rows, they are
arranged in an irregular fashion, forming long,
slender rectangles, pentagors. hexagons, etc., ac-
cording to their location. This gives somewhat
the appearance of badly treated chicken wire.
The pattern, however, is constant and character-
istic. The baspl plates of the rdoral membranelle^.
the slender rectangles formed by the fil]rils jios-
terior to the peristome, and the more regular pat-
tern in the region of the oral lip are particularh'
noticeable.

Now questions naturally arise as to the mean-
ing of all this fibrillar network. Is it an artifact?
If not, what is its function? Is it a part of the
neuromotor apparatus ?

I lielieve it is not merely an artifact, for three
reasons :

(1) Because of its constant and regular ap-
pearance when impregnated with silver in either
unfixed, dried material, according to Klein's
method, or in material fi.xed with osmic vapor.

(2) The entire system appears clearly in ma-
terial stained only with thionin.

(3) I have seen the primary fibrils in living ma-
terial stained with neutral red. They appear as
delicate threads extending through the rows of
rosettes. The rosettes show b.ejiuti fully in neu-
tral red stained material.

If we accept these facts as evidence of the
reality of the network, what can we say of its
function ?

Klein believes it is a primitive nervous system
with both motor and sensory functions, and he
interprets Taylor's results as the effect of cutting
the network. He also states that it, in some wa\',
initiates division of the cell (I believe I can show

I

August 15, 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

203

this is not true.) He assigns various other func-
tions to the network, hut, in all cases, what little
evidence he presents is not convincing.

There is, however, a suggestion as to its pos-
sihle function. Yocum and Taylor descrihe one
row of filirillar hexagons in the oral lip of
Euplotcs patella which arises from the neuro-
motor apparatus, 'i'his they helieve to have a
sensory function and Taylor demonstrated that
tiie oral lip is the most sensitive part of the ani-
mal. Now these hexagons are only a small,
though easily demonstrahle, part of the filirillar
network. We see then that the network is inti-
mately connected with the neuromotor system and

that at least a part of it seems to have a sensory
function.

As I have already pointed out, Griffin states
that sensory hristles protrude from the rosettes in
Euplotes ivorcesteri.

So it may be that the fibrillar network in Eu-
plotes is sensory in function and supplements the
neuromotor system as a sensory apparatus. It is
just under the pellicle where one would expect
to find such a system.

This possibility needs testing, of course, and I
hope to find methods which will yield further evi-
dence.

TYPES OF VARIATION PRODUCED BY CONJUGATION IN
PARAMECIUM AURELIA

Dr. Daniix Raffel
National Research Council felloTi.' in Biology, Johns Hopkins Unii'crsitv

The object of this paper is to give a general
account of the types of variation which were pro-
duced by conjugation in a clone of Paramecium
aurelia in an investigation which Professor Jen-
nings, Drs. Lynch and Sonneborn, Mrs. Rafifel
and I began here last summer.

The members of a clone of Paramecium, i. e.
the individuals descended from a single organism
in the absence of conjugation are remarkably uni-
form in their characteristics. However, Jennings
found in 1913 that after conjugation occvu'red in
such a clone this uniformity is destroyed. He
found that the variability of the fission rates in
such a population is much greater than in a popu-
lation composed of individuals of the original
clone which had not lieen allowed to conjugate. I
recently undertook a reinvestigation of this prob-
lem, using such methods of cultivation as to elim-
inate the ])ossibility of environmental factors in-
fluencing the results obtained, and my results en-
tirely confirmed those of Jennings. Therefore it
seemed of great interest to ascertain what types
of variation are produced by conjugation, i. e.,
what kinds of characteristics are inherited by
Paramecium.

A single individual of P. aurelia was isolated
from a mass cultu'^e in the laboratory and its pro-
geny were allowed to multiply until a great num-
ber had lieen obtained. Then conjugation was in-
duced in this clone and 258 pairs were obtained.
After the memljers of the pairs had separated,
they were isolated and from each of the 516 or-
ganisms a single line of descent was kept. These
516 lines were cultivated for ten days and records
were kept of their fission rates and any obvious
peculiarities of any of the lines which were ob-
served. At the end of the ten days, all but 40 of
the lines were discarded. Further intensive studv
was devoted to the 49 lines which were retained.

I made an intensive study of 11 of these clones
and it is with the results which these clones
yielded that this paper will treat. In general 24
lines of each clone were carried for the ne.\t 40
days. The results are based almost entirely on
the data which I collected on these clones. These
data are tvpical of the results which all of us ob-
tained.

The clones differed in many respects : namely in
their (i) general vitality, (2) fission rates, (3)
reactions to endomixis, (4) sizes and shapes, (5)
uniformity (6) the production of abnormalities,
(7) the effect of conjugation on them, and (8)
reactions to different changes in their environ-
ments.

In the fir.st place, striking diversities were
shown in the general vitalities of the different
clones. After conjugation there were 516 ex-
con jugants. Of these, 96, or nearly 20%, died
in a short time without dividing. In addition to
these, 179 lines of ex-conjugants died out within
9 days of the time they conjugated. Some of
these latter lines were, from the beginning, weak
and sickly — they divided slowly and produced
weak and often abnormal offspring; others of
these clones appeared vigorous for a few days
and divided frequently, only to die in a short
time. Other clones lived for longer periods, de-
clined in vigor and died. Still others of appar-
ently low vitality lived for long periods but di-
vided very slowly during the ten months that they
were studied. Finally, other clones were ex-
tremely healthy and vigorous and the one such
clone which wjis kept lived for more than 300
days without showing any decrease in vigor.

Some idea as to the diversities in vitality of
the group which lived for longer periods of time
is given by the diversities in the rates of repro-
duction among the dififerent clones. The eleven

204

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VI. No. 48

clones varied in their daily fission rates from 1.08
fissions per day to 2.IQ fissions per day for a per-
iod of 60 days during' the greater part of which
time 24 lines of each were carried. There was a
rather complete series of fission rates hetween
these two extremes. The dififerenccs in fission
rates persisted and the clones with the higher fis-
ion rates reproduced more rapidly during the suc-
cessive periods than the clones with the lower
mean fissi(5n rates. Thus we see that conjugation
certainly produces clones which differ in their
rates of reproduction.

Another interesting diliference hetween the
clones was found in their reactions to endomixis.
Some of the clones showed no indication of any
depression during endomixis. Their fission rates
fell ofT l)Ut slightly for a day or two and then
rapidly recovered. These produced few if any
abnormalities and on the whole were relatively
unafi^ected hy endomixis. Other clones were
seriously depressed for several days and produced
many ahnormalties while they were inidergoing
this process. In some of these, endomixis was
such a serious process that it was at times doubt-
ful whether they would survive. In one clone
which had manifested the highest degree of vital-
ity of any, endomixis proved fatal.

The clones varied greatly in their tendencies to
produce abnormal individuals ; some produced
many such individuals, others produced some per-
iodically, while still other clones produced very
few abnormal individuals or none at all.

There were also dift'erences in size and form
apparent among the dift'erent clones. Most of
these differences were small and they were not
studied intensively. However, one clone dift"ercd
greatly from all of the others. This was only
•about one half as long as the others and had a
spindle-like shape. A comparison of this clone
with any of the others shows great diversity in
size and form which conjugation can produce.

A very unexpected and interesting difference
which was found between the clones was the di-
versity in their uniformity. Jennings found in
190R that they were very uniform in their char-
acteristics. In these clones this was generally
true. A clone called i2Sa, however, occasionally
produced lines which differed from the other lines
of the same clone in their size, shape and rate of
reproduction. These a!)errant lines were in every
case similar and never were known to revert.
This type of variation is quite dift'erent from that
produced by conjugation. Conjugation produces
a number of clones which differ from each other
in varying degrees while in this case all the des-
cendants of the clone 128a are of one of the two
kinds. One other clone which I .studied also pro-
duced aberrant branches from time to time. How-
ever, in most of our work we obtained the same

kinds of results that Jennings had earlier — clones
are uniform and selection is ineffective.

Clones vary in the effects that conjugation
have on them. Dr. Ruth S. Lynch is giving a
full report of this type of variation so I shall say
r.othing about it here.

Jennings in 191 3 came to the conclusion that
conjugation within a clone produces a varied
population containing many diverse clones some
of which will thrive under one set of conditions
and others under different sets of conditions. In
order to test this hypothesis I made a study of the
reactions of a few clones to different environ-
mental conditions. The first comparison which
was made was with respect to a general dift'er-
ence. I cultivated my organisms in a salt solu-
tion to which cultures of known liacteria and al-
gae were added. The details of this medium
have been published.* The others working in this
investigation used an oat infusion to which the
same algae were added. Lhi fortunately we de-
voted our attentions to different clones so that,
when we came to make the comparison, there
were only two clones on which we both had suf-
ficient data to compare. These two. however,
showed a marked difference in their reaction to
the two media. In the oat infusion they made
records which were practically identical. In the
salt solution, on the other hand, one clone repro-
duced much more rapidly than in the oat infusion
and the other reproduced much more slowly. Ob-
viously then, conjugation produces clones which
react diversely to different media.

I |)erformed a series of experiments to deter-
mine the reactions of the different clones to small,
known dift'e'/ences in the environment. The first
of these experiments was designed to test whether
the different clones would react diversely to a
decrea.se in the quantity of bacteria which was
sujiphed in the medium. In carrying out this in-
vestigation two sets of media were prepared daily.
Each set was made in a tube containing about 15CC.
of the sterile culture solution. To these were
added approximately the same quantity of Sticli-
ocnccus bacillaris. To the tube of control medium
a pipette (appi-ox. 1 cc.) of a rich suspension of
Achrouwhacter caudicaiis was added while to the
tube containing the experimental medium only a
single drop was added. Sister individuals of the
24 lines of each clone to be tested were transfer-
red into this medium. Then both sets were cul-
tivated for 15 days using the necessary precau-
tions to exclude bacteria. In calculating the re-
sults, this 15 day period was divided into two of
7 and 8 days each. The clones differed greatly
in the extent to which their rates of reproduction
were depressed by this decrease in the quantit\-

*Raffel, D.. The effects of conjugation within a clone
of Paramecium aurelia. Biol Bull, 5S: 293 312, 1930.

August 15, 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

205

of l)actei"ia in the medium. The extent of the de-
pression in the two periods was very similar in
the case of most of tiie clones. There was, how-
ever, some variation in the extent of the depres-
sion in the two periods in some of them. This
was due probably to the occurrence of endoniixis
and was not sufficient to obscure the variation
which was apparent in the reactions of most of
the clones to this change in environment. The
evidence is clear that some of the clones do differ
in their reactions to a decrease in the quantity of
bacteria supplied to them.

Another environmental agent tested was a de-
crease in temperature. The control group was
cultivated at a temperature varying from 25° to
270 while sister animals were cultivated in the
identical medium at 1X.5 to 20.0°. Three experi-
ments were performed to test the reactions of 5
clones to this decrease in temperature. The re-
sults which were obtained were similar to those
obtained from a decrease in the quantity of bac-
teria. The five clones which were tested varied
greatly with respect to the degree to which this de-
crease in temperature depressed their fission rates.
The three experiments showed the same differ-
ences between the clones. The one which was
most depressed during the first exiieriment was
most depressed during the second and third. In
the same way the one which was least depressed
during the first experiment was depressed least
in the others. The other three were also de-
pressed in proportional amounts during the three
experiments except that two were interchanged
during one period. Thus conjugation produces
clones which vary in the extent to which this de-
crease in tempeVature will depress thein.

The third environmental difference which was
studied was a decrease in the pH of the medium.

In the three experiments which were then per-
formed on this difference, 24 lines of each clone
were cultivated in the usual medium which had
a pH of 7.2, and in a medium which was the
same in every respect except that it had a pH of
6.8. The results of these three experiments
showed that the clones differed greatly in their
reactions to this decrease in pH. One of the
clones was not depressed in any of the three ex-
periments, one was very slightly depressed in all
three, others were more depressed in varying de-
grees. A few of the clones showed different re-
actions in the three different experiments, prob-
ably due to the effects of endoniixis which oc-
curred during the progress of these experiments.
These experiments demonstrated that the clones
produced by conjugation dift'er in their reactions
to a decrease in pH.

The study of these eleven clones demonstrates
beyond a doubt that conjugation produces varia-
tion in vitality, rate of reproduction, reaction to
endomi.xis, size and form, uniformity, production
of abnormalities and reactions to various differ-
ences in the environment. These differences are
independent of one another and are not all
l)hases of differences in vitality. Clones which
were of high vitality and reproduced rapidly were
often depressed more by endoniixis or various
environmental agents than were others of lower
vitality.

It is obvious that conjugation within a clone of
Parmncciuni aurclia produces manv clones which
dififer in numerous respects. Each of these eleven
clones is different from each of the others in one
or more ways It seems probalile that, by using
a sufficiently large number of criteria, each ex-
conjugant could be shown to give rise to a unique
biot\pe.

EFFECTS OF CONJUGATION IN A NUMBER OF CLONES OF
PARAMECIUM AURELIA

Dr. T. M. Sonnkborn,
Research Associate in Genetics, Johns Hopkins University
AND Dr. Ruth Stocking Lynch,
luslructor in Genetics, Johns HopI;ins University
( Reported by Dr. L}nch )

Dr. Raffel has described the types of varia-
tion brought about in Paramecium aurclia as a
result of conjugation. I shall attempt to show
how some of these types of variation (diverse
fission rates, varialiilities, and mortality percent-
ages) are manifested in closely related clones of
the same species.

Conjugation effects have generallv heen con-
sidered identical for all species of ciliate Proto-
zoa, although it has been suggested that the vari-
ous species might differ in this regard. But the
idea that conjugation might affect various stocks

of the same species differently has been little con-
sidered. However, certain results obtained by
Calkins on Uroleptus : by Woodruft' and Spencer
on Spathidium ; by McDougall on Chilodon ; and
hy our own group in work still unpublished,
strongly support the idea that such a diversity in
effects of conjugation may occur even within a
single species. Such diversity, particularly if it
is found to be wide-spread, might account for
the conflicting results obtained by various in-
vestigators and the consequent diversity of their
theories of conjugation.

206

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 4S

For this reason, among others, the variability
of conjugatinn effects in closely related clones
was studied by Dr. Sonneborn and myself during
the past winter. The problem was attacked in
three ways. A study was made, (l) of repeated
conjugations within one clone; (2) of simultane-
ous conjugations in si.x closely related clones; (3)
of repeated simultaneous conjugations in two
closely related clones.

Clone 247a, one of the forty-eight clones used
in the investigation described by Dr. Raffel, was
the parent of all the clones studied. It was kept
under examination during the entire course of the
investigation. Three successive conjugations
were induced in a portion of this clone on October
I and 16, and on December q, 1930. In each
case, after fourteen or more days of examina-
tion, all the resulting daughter clones were dis-
carded, with the exception of si.x from the last
conjugation which were kept for use in the sec-
ond set of experiments.

This second set of experiments consisted of the
induction and study of simultaneous conjugations
in these six sister clones. All of the resulting
28S daughter clones were discarded at the end
of the experiment, and all but two of the parent
clones. Two of the parent clones, Ejoa and
E8ia, were kept and studied throughout the rest
of the investigation.

The third and last set of experiments consist-
ed of a series of three more simultaneous conju-
gations, induced in these two sister clones.

The rest of this rejiort is a consideration of the
results of these fifteen conjugations.

In the first conjugation induced in a ])art
of cone 247a, 116 lines, one from each member
of the 58 pairs isolated, were studied. Their
mean total numlier of fissions was 15.7010.16*;
the mean total number of fissions in th'?
co-existing non-coniugant lines was 15.7S|
0.29, almost exactly the same; their ratio is 1,00.
In the second experiment, the mean total number
of fissions for 100 conjugant lines was 13.87 +
0.27; that for the co-existing non-con jugant lines
was 13.7410,21 ; their ratio is i.oi. In the third
experiment the mean total number of fissions for
the 194 conjugant lines was 19.26J0.23 ; for the
non-conjugant lines, 18.32J0.17 their ratio is 1.05.
It is quite clear that the mean fission rate of the
clone 247a is unaffected by conjugation.

The second method, the study of simultaneous
conjugations in a number of sister clones, was a]i-
plied to the descendants of six conjugants from
the last experiment. Conjugation was induced in
all six on January 12 to 14, and the descendants
of 48 pairs of each group of conjugants. together
with non-con jugants of each parent clone, were
studied for fourteen da>s.
" This symbol "t" indicates "plus or minus."

In mean total number of fissions the six groups
of conjugants fall into two classes; Class i con-
tains five of the groups : Class 2 contain only the
E8ia grou]5. The five memliers of Class i show
l)Ut slight differences. For the members (E4ia
and l'"8ob) showing the highest and lowest mean
total nvmiber of fissions in Class i the means for
the first five-day period were 16.69fo.19 and
16.38J0.19. In the E8ia group (Class 2) th?
mean total numlier of fissions was 7.46J0.42 ; less
than htdf that of every msmber of Class i. For
the two representatives of Class i in the second
five-day period, the m;an total numl)er of fissions
was 13.66J0.18; and 13.26J0.2.;. In the E8ia
group the total number was S.39jo.5,9 ; again less
than half those of Class i. For the total time,
the mean for the highest memljer of Class i was
30.46J0.34; for the lowest member, 29.76Jo.i<o.
For the one member of Clafs 2, it was 15.06J
1.04; again half as high. These two classes of
conjugants from sister clones show a difference
of 100% in their mean fissions rates.

This difference Iretween the groups of conju-
gants is paralleled by the difference between their
relations to their groups of non-con jugants.
These relations are expressed by the. ratios of
conjugant total number of fissions over non-con-
jugant total number of fissions. The ratios for
the group E4ia are i.oo, i.oi, i.oi ; its mean
fission rate has been unchanged liv co.ijugation.
It is similar in this respect to clone 247a, the
first clone .studied. The corresponding" ratios for
the group E8ob are 1.12, 1.02, and 1.07; its fis-
sion rate has been slightly but consistently raised
by conjugation. The rat'os for E8ia, on the other
hand, are 0.54, 0.61, and 0.70. Its mean fission
rate has been consistenth' and markedly loiiK'rcd
by conjugation.

This simultaneous comparison of the effects of
conjugation in six sister clones demonstrate that
conjugation does not have the same effect on
mean fission rate in all clones; in some clones,
conjugation raises the mean fission rate (re-
juvenescence) ; in other clones, conjugation low-
ers the mean fission rate (depression); in still
others it leaves the mean fission rate ab-
solutely unaltered. Some groups of conjugants
may have a fission rate twice as high as the rate
in other groups. It is apparent that each of the
different results obtained by different investiga-
tors can be attained by studying the appropriate
race ; the effects of conjugation on mean fission
rate depend on the nature of the race which con-
jugates.

In variability these six grouiis again fall into
three distinct classes : (Class l) those whose vari-
ability is low; (Class 3) those whose variability
is high; (Class 2) those with an intermediate
variabilitv.

August 15, 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

20;

In Class 3 are the conjugants of E81a; their
standard deviations of 3.98J0.30 for the first
period, 3.S6I0.41 for the second, and 6.56I0.74
for the total time, show a variability distinctly
higher than that of any other group. In Class 1
are the conjugants of E40a, with standard devia-
tions most unlil<e those of E8ia; they were tlie
lowest found (1.44I0.07, 1.60J0.08, and 2.68t
0.14.) The intermediate class is represented by
E4ia, its most consistent member; its values are
2.66J:o.i4, 2.52J0.14, and 4.63I0.24. These con-
jugant groups, derived from sister clones, show
variabilities of widely different degrees.

Dii¥erence in iiiciciisc in variation is shown
most clearly by the clones E4ia and E40a. In
these two clones the ratios between the standard
deviations of the conjugant groups and the cor-
responding non-conjugant groups show that con-
jugation increased absohite varial)ility about twice
as much in the clone E4ia as in tlie clone E40a.
(The ratios for the two five-day periods and
total time are: 2.74 as compared with 1.32; 1.91
as compared with 1.04; and 2.82 as compared
with 1.23).

These results are another instance of disagree-
ment of data obtained from different clones. An
experiment on E40a alone would have led to the
conclusion that conjugation dees not increase var-
ialiility; but an experiment on E4ia alone would
have led to the conclusion that conjugation great-
ly increases variabilit\. The present experiment
shows tliat neithe" conclusion tells the whole truth.

In percentage mortality the six groups of con-
jugants again fall into three classes. In Class 3
are the conjugants of clone ESi, with a very high
mortality: 81.3%. In Cla,ss i are those from
E4oa and E4ia, with a very low mortality : 1 1.5%
and 12.5%. The other groups fall into the inter-
mediate class, with a mortality percentage ranging
from 24.2% to 37.5%. It is evident that mor-
tality, also, varies with the clone ; in some clones
conjugation results in a very great mortality; in
other clones, in very little.

The differences between the mortalitv percent-
ages of the conjugants and the mortality percent-
ages of the non-conjugants bring out the same
type of relations. Conjugation lowered mortal-
ity in E8ob (0.8%) ; left it alisolutely unaltered
in E85b; slightly raised it in E46b (10.7%),
E4ia (11.5%), and E40a (12.5%); and raised
it greatly in E8ia (43.8%). Non-conjugant
members of both ES^b and E8ia had a mortality
of 37-5% ; conjugation increased this to 81.3%
in daughter clones of ESia, but left it unchanged
at exactly 37.5% in the daughter clones of ER^b.
In some clones conjugation increases the moi'-
talitv ; in others, it leaves it unaffected.

The third method was carried out on the two
parent clones of the second experiment which had

shown the greatest diversity in all effects of con-
jugation studied: E4oa and E8ia. This study of
repeated simultaneous conjugations in these two
sister clones was designed to answer the question :
What ditference between E4oa and E8ia in the
effects of conjugation will be found repeatedly
and at dilferent times?

The first conjugations studied simultaneously
occurred of course in the second set of experi-
ments just described. The second were induced
February 9 to 12; 48 pairs from the E40a clone
and 44 pairs from the E8la clone and their des-
cendants were studied. The third occurred Feb.
15 to 18, and 48 pairs of E40a and 96 p,airs of
E8ia and their descendants were studied. On
March 11 to 16 the fourth and last simultaneous
conjugations were induced and 20 pairs of E40a
conjugants and 21 pairs of E8ia conjugants and
their descendants were studied.

In every period the mean total number of fis-
sions of the conjugants of E40a is significantly
higher than the mean total numlier of fissions of
the conjugants of E8ia: i6.26|o.io as compared
with 7.46J0.42 ; 13.70to.12 as compared with
S-39to.39 ; 5.51 Jo.ib as compared with 2.83I0.27 ;
and 10.41 to.32 as compared with 6.00I0.30.
There can be no doubt that conjugation in the
clone E40a yields groups of conjugants with
higher mean fission rates than does conjugation in
the clone E8ia.

The coefficients of variation also show consis-
tently significant differences. The coefficients of
the Ejoa groups of conjugants are alwavs less
than the coefficients of the E8ia groups: 8.87^
0.46 as compared with 53.38I4.98; 11.6910.62 as
compared with 68.36]: 10.69 ; 38-43|2.28 as com-
pared with 77.38I9.99; 30.5212. 34 as compared
with 52.08I4.31. Obviously, conjugants from the
clone E8ia are relatively much more varial)le in
fission rate than conjugants from the clone E40a.

A comparison of these conjugant values with
the corresponding non-conjugant values brings
out characteristic effects in each clone. The mean
total number of fissions for E4oa in the first
period of the first experiment is 14.25I0.26; for
its conjugants, i6.26|o.io — the fission rate has
been slightly raised by conjugation; the ratio be-
tween the two totals is 1.14. This is also true of
the second period in which the ratio is 1.04. In
the third experiment it has been slightly lowered :
the ratio is 0.90 ; in the second experiment, low-
ered still more: the ratio is 0.60. In E81a. on
the other hand, the total number of fissions for
the conjugant' group is always considerably less
than that for the non-conjugants: the ratios in
every case are close to one half; and, in every
period, they are almost exactly half the ratios for
E4oa. They are 0.54. 0.61, 0.33, and o.^S.
It is clear that in E4oa the fission rate is usually

208

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 4S

little affected. In E81a, it is regularly about
halved.

The same thing is true for varial)ility. The
ratios for E8ia are in every case greater ; in three
cases, over twice as great: 4.18 as compared with
1. 16; 1.O9 as compared with i.oo: 10.87 ^^ com-
])ared with 5.38; and 4.16 as compared with 2.01.
Variaijility in E8ia has been regularly increased
by conjugation to a much greater extent than in
E40a.

The two clones show similar differences in ef-
fect of conjugation on mortality. In every ex-
periment the mortality of the E4oa group of con-
jugants is very much less than the mortality of
the E8ia group of conjugants: 12.5% as com-
pared with 81.3% ; 14.3% as compared with
40.97f ; 71.9% as compared with 99.5%;
47.5% as compared with 92.9%. For the four
experiments the average mortality among the con-
jugants of the group E8ia was 81.3% as com-
pared with 36.1% for the conjugants of the
clone E40a. There can be no doubt that conju-
gation results in a very much greater mortnlity in
the clone E8ia than in the clone E40a.

A comparison of the differences between mor-
tality percentages of the non-conjugant and conju-
gant groups l)rings out specific effects in each
clone. In E40a, the conjugant percentage is
greater in the first experiment by 12.3% in the
second, by 14.3% ; in the fourth, by 7.5%. In
the third experiment, the mortality of the conju-
gants is less liy 3.1%. It is evident that mor-
tality in E40a is little affected by conjugation. In
E8ia, however, the mortality percentage is regu-
larly considerably higher in the conjugants:
43.8% in the first experiment; 40.9% in the sec-
ond, 18.0% in the third, 22.1% in the fourth. In
E8la conjugation regularly and significantlv in-
creases mortality.

Thus repeated comparison of successive groups
of conjugants from the two clones E40a and
ESia as well as the study of successive groups of
conjugants from 247a has fully established that
each clone shows certain characteristic effects of
conjugation. Conjugants from clones 247a and

CROSS-CONJUGATION IN

Dr. T. yi. SONNKEORN .\Nn

Johns Hopk
(Reported by
Although cross-breeding experiments are ob-
viously important for genetic analysis, only three
cases in which cross-breeding is definiteh' known
to have occurred are to be found in the whole of
protozoan literature. The best of these is the
cross made by Pascher between two .species of
Chlamydomonas. This, however, will not be
described, as the present account will be confined
to the ciliate Protozoa, in which the phenomena
of mating are verv different from those in fiagel-

E40a have a high fission rate similar to that of
their parent clones; conjugants from E8ia, a low
fission rate, about half that of their parent clone.
Conjugants from E40a have a low variability,
slightly greater than that of their parent clone ;
conjugants from E8ia a high variability, con-
siderably greater than that of their parent clone.
Conjugants from E40a have a low mortality, like
that of their parent clone; conjugants from E8ia
a high mortality, well above that of their parent
clone.

In conclusion it may be stated that in this in-
vestigation, fifteen conjugant groups from seven
closely related clones were found to l)e verv di-
verse in fission rate, varialiility, and mortality,
(iroups of conjugants obtained over a period of
three months from two sister clones differed con-
sistently in fission rate; the ratio of the slower
over the faster never exceeded 0.58. Differences
of similar degree were found in varia1)ility and
mortality, extending over the same three months
period.

The relations between conjugant groups and
parent clones were also very diverse. Most clones
showed no effects, or very slight effects, in their
fission rates. In others, the fission rate was
raised by conjugation ; in one it was strikingly
reduced. The same is true for mortality. Varia-
bility was usually increased, but to very diverse
degrees in the several clones. We found no uni-
form conjugation effects in the species Paraincc-
iuin aurclia.

However, within each of the three clones in
which three or more successive conjugations were
studied, certain characteristic effects of conjuga-
tion were demonstrated repeatedly. In one clone
(E8ia) fission rate was halved; mortality was
greatly increased; and variability was doul^led. In
two clones, (247a and E40a ) fission rate was un-
affected ; in one of these two (E4oa,) mortality
and varialiility were also little increased.

In general, then, according to these results, con-
ju','ation effects are specific for certain clones of
Paramecium aurclia, but are highly diversified .in
the species.

PARAMECIUM AURELIA

Dr. IviTii .S. Lynch.

ins I'liii'crsity

Dr. Sonneborn)
lates like Chlam\domonas. The first clear case
of cross-breeding in ciliate protozoa is the single
]iair of cross-conjugants of S/^athiclium spathula
obtained by Woodruff and Spencer in 1924. The
descendants of this one pair were compared for
25 days with the descendants of two pairs of in-
bred conjugants from each parent clone. No sig-
nificant differences in fission rate were found.
The only other case is the work of Miss Mac-
Dougall on Chilodon. Fifty pairs of cross-conju-

August 15, 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

209

gants between a normal and a tailed race were
obtained, but every one of these died before
they could be studied She states, however, that
another type of cross has been more successful ;
l)ut no account of this has yet been pulilished.
These two cases of WoodrulT and Spencer and
of Miss MacDougall cxliaust the literature on
cross-breeding ciliate Protozria.

In an attempt to help fill in this gap in the
genetics of these organisms, a method was de-
veloped by which clones of P. aurcUa, with dif-
ferent genotypes, could be cross-bred. The chief
difficulties in achieving this are due to the facts
that conjugation is ordinarily induced in mass
cultures and that, in mafs cultures, the two clones
to be crossed cannot usually l)e distinguished
with ce-'tainty. These difficulties mu'-t be over-
come either l)y artificially marking in different
ways the two clones to be crossed, before mixing
them in mass cultures; or by devising some meth-
od wherebv conjugation can ht induced in isola-
tion cultures containing only two individuals —
one from each clone. Both methods were tried
and tiie latter found to be far more satisfactory.

The method finally used was essentially this :
Conjugation was induced synchronously in sep-
arate mass cultures of the two clones to be
crossed. Then, pairs consisting of one non-con-
jugating individual from each of the two clones
were isolated together in the smallest possible
.nmount of fluid taken from one of the conjugat-
ing cultures.

After this technicjue had been successfully em-
ployed, it was discovered that Woodruff and
Spencer had obtained one pair of cross-conju-
gants (the one already mentioned) by the use of
a somewhat similar method. The essential dif-
ference in method is that they set up pairs in or-
dinary culture fluid instead of in fluid from the
conjugating cultures. This difference may ac-
count for their failure to get more than one pair
of cross-conjugants.

That the method here employed will probabl\'
be found to be of wide-spread usefulness is indi-
cated by the facts that we have olitained crosses
among five genotypically dififerent clones of P.
aurcliii. and Mr. Cohen, using the same mstlu.d,
has just succeeded in crossing dift'erent races of
a very dififerent species : Euplotcs patella.

Of the different crosses we have obtain.ed, one
was done on a large enough scale to yield results
of interest. The experiment was performed on
two of the clones of which Dr. Lynch has iust
given you an account: The clone E^oa, which,
when inbred, yielded groups of ex-conjugant
clones with high mean fission rate and high via-
bility: and the clone E8ia, which, when inbr-d,
yieWed groups of ex-conjugant clones with low
mean fission rate and low viability.

During the fourth of the comparisons of the

effects of inbreeding which we made between
these two clones, we also studied twenty pairs of
crosses between the two clones. The conjugants
of the three groups were obtained at the same
time. From each e.x-conjugant we ran two lines
of descent, so that we had eighty cross-bred lines
to compare with eighty inbred lines from one
parent and eighty inbred lines from the other
parent. The experiment thus consisted of 240
lines. These were compared for twenty daj's.
The present report will be limited to a discussion
of two characteristics: Fission rate and viability.

In mean fission rate, the three groups difl^ered
greatly. The inbred E40a parent yielded a group
of e.x-conjugant lines with means of 10.61, 9.48,
10.77, <i"'-l 1^-5- fissi(jns for the four successive
five-day periods, respectively. The inbred ESia
clone yielded a group of ex-conjugant lines with
means of 3.77 and 4.58 fissioais for the first two
periods, respectively. (The means for the last
two periods for this group are not given because
the descendants of only three ex-con jugants sur-
vived thee periods, and their means are obvious-
ly insignificant.) The cross-bred group yielded a
group of e.x-conjugants with means of y.y2< 7-S7<
/.<jy, and 9.28 fissions for the four successive five-
day ])eriods, respectively. Period by period, the
means of the cross-bred group are lower than the
means of the inbred E40a clone (by a total of
10.8 fissions for the 20 days of the experiment),
and higher than the means of the inljred E8ia
clone { by a total of over 7 fissions for the first
10 days of the experiment.)

It is important to inquire into the possibility
that the intermediate results of the cross-conju-
gants are due to the fact that half of the ex-
conjugants descended from one parent have its
characteristic fission rate: and the half descend-
ed from the other parent, its characteristic fission
rate. The group as a whole would then be inter-
mediate also. The means of the means of the two
parents, 7.19 and 7.0.3 for the first two periods,
are indeed very close to the means of the cross-
bred group.

That this resemblance is not due to the pos-
sibilitv just suggested, is shown by figure I. On
these graphs the percentage of each group is plot-
ted against fissirjn totals. The first set of curves
fire for the first five-day period; the second set,
for the second period. The broken curves repre-
sent the inbred E8ia group; their curves show
tb,'.t the great majority (71% and 67%) of Ibis
group fell in the class having less than 5 fissions
in five days. The dash-dot curves represent the
inbred E.'Oa group; their curves show that the
great majority (Cyofc and 67%) fell in the class
having more than 10 fissions in five days. The
solid curves represent the cross-bred group : their
curves show that the peaks (41% and 58%) fell
in the intermediate class having between 5 and

210

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 48

lUrcb II-IT. 1«31

70*

- A

?

- A -J-

, \ no. / ;

!'•

- 1 / /\/ .■■■■ \ \

h"

-/■/ M' V

-/''■'/ y ' n\\

'/ ^ v

8 . nil. ! njTBT — lo.D-irr"

10 fissions in five days. The dotted curves are
the means of the curves of the two inbred par-
ents ; these curves are Ijitnodal with the two modes
falling in the two extreme classes, the minimums
in the intermediate class. The curve for the
mean of the two parents and the curve for the
cross between the two parents are thus exactly
opposite in character; the low points of the cross
curves fall where the high points of the parental
curves are, and the high points of the cross curves
fall where the low points of the parental curve
are. Clearly, then, the cross-bred group resembles
neither parental group nor the sum of half of
each of the two parental groups. Its distribution
of fission rate is characteristically intermediate
between those of the parents.

The situation with respect to mortality is quite
diff'erent. The mortality of the cross-bred group
was almost exactly like the mortality of the in-
bred E.^oa group at every stage of the experi-
ment, and very difl'erent from the mortality of the
inbred E8ia group. At the end of 20 days, the
mortality among the inbred E-joa group was
47.5% and among the cross-bred group, 52.6% ;
but among the inbred E8ia group, 92.9%. Mor-
tality of the cross-bred group is not intermediate,
like fission rate, but is for practical purposes the
same as the mortality of the more viable parent
and very difl"erent from that of the other parent.

There is one further question of much im-
portance which the present experiment clearly
answers: Do the results of conjugation in a given
type of individual depend on the genetic constitu-
tion of its mate, as well as on its own? Dr. Lynch
reported our experiments which demonstrated
that the results of inbreeding are characteristical-
ly ditiferent in different types of individuals, sucli
as those of the clones E^oa and E8ia. W'e can
now compare what happens when an individual
of the clone E8ia mates with another individual
of the same clone, with what happens when it
mates with an individual of the very different
clone E40a.

This can be done in the following ways. Al-
though we have no way of telling which mem-

bers of the pairs of cross-conjugants came
from the clone EBla, we know that one mem-
ber of each pair came from this clone. So. we
can find the minimum possible mean fis-
sion rate of these by averaging together
the values attained by the slower mem-
bers of all pairs. The average thus found may be
lower than the true average of the E8ia descend-
ants in the cross-bred group, but it cannot be
liigher. Calculation made in this way shows that
the minimum possible mean fission rate for the
cross-conjugants derived originally from the clone
E8ia is 5.1 fissions in five days. The correspond-
ing value for those derived from inbreeding the
clone E8ia was 3.8 divisions in five days. Thus,
by conjugating with E40a instead of its own
sisters, the mean fission rate of the descendants
of E8ia has been increased, at the very least, by

35%-

The difference in viabilit\- due to the sams
cause can be demonstrated in the following way.
The minimum possiMe viability of the E8ia
members of the cross-conjugant group can be cal-
culated by counting as survivors only those
whose mates also survived. Obviously, one
member of each of these pairs must have
been descended from the clone E8ia. We thus
find that the minimum possible viability of the
descendants of E8ia in the cross-bred group to
have been 25%. When ESia was inbred, only
3% survived. Thus, by conjugating with E4oa
instead of with its sisters, the viability, as meas-
ured by survival, of E8ia has been increased
from 3% to 25% — an increase of 2.57%.

It is thus clear that in respect to both fission
rate and viability the results of conjugation in
any individual depend not only on the genetic
constitution of that individual, but also on the
genetic constitution of its mate. This elementary
and fundamental principle of protozoan genetics,
though often assumed, has never before lieen
demonstrated experimentally in ciliate Protozoa.

Noic : Since the above report was made, the
experiment has been repeated on two new clones
with characteristics similar to the ones previously
studied. In the repeated experiment, it was pos-
sible to distinguish through and after conjuijation
the two parents entering into the formation of
the hylirids, by a clear-cut dififercnce in size. It
was thus possilile to demonstrate, lieyond doubt,
that crossing a clone characterized by low viabil-
ity and low fission rate with a clone character-
ized by high viability and high fission rate re-
sulted in increasing the viability and fission rate
of the poor clone and decreasing the viability and
fission rate of the good clone. The result pre-
viously reported (that the effect of conjugation
in a given type of individual depends not only on
its own genetic constitution, but also on the con-
stitution of its mate) has therefore been fully
corroborated.

August 15. 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

211

SCIENTIFIC BOOK REVIEWS

ChUdroi iriio Run on all fours. Ales Hrdlicka.
XX + 418 pp. Illustrated. $5.00. Whittlesey
House. McGraw-Hill Book Co.

The modern student of children has come to
realize that their characteristics in lioth structure
and liehavior give at a very early pe4Mod strong-
indications of their future personalities.

They appear to he horn with their main traits
already determined, their behavior already far
more set than many parents realize. Much time
and effort have l)een wasted by such adults in
trying to bend the little fixed organisms to im-
agined ideal standards entirely unsuited to their
type. Tragedies have often thus resulted.

l)Ut the key to types is not yet always easily
found since variation and intermixing of traits
often obscure their identities. Hence it is of
special interest and helpfulness when certain chil-
dren are found distinguished l)y an early definite-
ness of organization and habit, which can lie tabu-
lated and analysed.

Dr. Ales Hrdlicka first observed with surprise
some thirty years ago in our western country a
little Indian l)aby running on all fours like an
animal. Since then he has seen many other cases
in the course of extensive travels throughout the
world, and lias collected through correspondence
nearly four Inmdred records of cases apparently
well authenticated.

The attitude and liehavior of these children was
so unusual as to attract attention ; but though a
numlier of scientists are quoted as observers of
occasional cases like these and of associated ani-
mal-like habits, the book before us seems to be
the first serious attempt to bring the available,
much scattered data together in s\'stematic form
with an effort at scientific estimation of their
meaning.

"Children Who Run on all Fours" is a
relatively small volume of about four hundred
pages with almost tliree hvmdred pages de-
voted to the data furnished by most interesting
letters and reports concerning individual children.
Three hundred and eighty-seven children have
been thus carefully recorded, 369 being of the
white race. As the author says, these detailed
first-hand accounts are found to be of much and
varied interest — not mere statistics. They form
the vital part of the book.

A reading of the letters leaves the impression
that much more extensive studies should lie car-
ried on, extending the scope of this suggestive lie-
ginning. The first one hundred pages give a
review of the field and discu;s the cases ar-

ranged. In the second part, the relations of the
phenomena to race, sex, heredity, general health
and physical and physiological traits are dis-
cussed briefly. The variations in performance
and in its appearance, as well as other animal-like
haliits which seem associated, are considered and
there is a special section on the "mentality" of the
children. Many excellent photographs are repro-
duced which add much of interest.

In the section on "Mentality" correlations with
animal habits, musical rhythm, etc., the author
touches on a variety of topics, and suggests meth-
ods and rules of value in following up and ex-
tending his studies. There seems to be over-
whelming testimony rating children of this type
as decidedly aliove the average mentallv as well
as physically. Dr. Hrdlicka feels we have here
retained in a few modern children (the per-
centage not yet known) a conspicuous definiteness
of neuro-motor coordination and control which
was once common property. It is not an atavistic
nor a degenerative phenomenon. It looks as if
this extraordinarily efficient motor control is ac-
complished by the develoiiment of a better than
usual mind already exceptionally adjusted at birth.
The reviewer has been lucky in knowing two
children of this type and is strongly impressed, in
addition to their motor effectiveness, by their
early precision and clarity of thought and ex-
pression which continues as they grow older.

The author is certainly right in his conviction
of the importance of this field. It should be de-
veloped much further. There is promise of new
data on inherited traits and capacities of children
for guidance in the better understanding of vari-
ous types.

It seems to me that the author's non-technical
presentation of tlie cases and advice as to meth-
ods of observing should be exceptionally useful in
enabling the average person to observe and record
much useful data which is now lost. Parents will
certainly discover through this little book a new
world of interest and suggestions for dealing with
their children. — Henry McE. Knower.

An Introdiictinu to Ncurolos:y. C. Tudson Her-
rick. Fifth Edition. Revised. W. B. Saunders
Company. 1931-

All students of neurology will welcome the
fifth edition of this very excellent text. It is too
well known to need comment. The present edition
hns been carefully revised and brought up to date
and maintains the high standing of the earlier
imprints. ■ — G. H. Parker.

212

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 48

The Collecting Net

A weekly publication devoted to the scientific work

at Woods Hole.

WOODS HOLE, MASS.

Ware Cattell Editor

Assistant Editors

Margaret S. Griffin Mary Eleanor Brown

Annaleida S. Cattell

MEMBERS OF THE CORPORATION AND THE
MESS HALL

Workers at the three scientific institutions at
Woods Hole receive their board at the Mess Hall
for $7.00 a week. Members of their immediate
families (wives, husbands or children) are also
given meals at this rate.

This arrangement is held to rather rigidly, and
there are people who feel that certain exceptions
should be made. As things now stand, any mem-
ber of the Corporation of the Marine Biological
Laboratory who comes down to attend the official
annual meeting of that l)ody in August is classed
as an "outsider" and charged for his meals at the
rate of $10.00 a week. This holds true even
though, in addition, he has come back to the lal)-
oratory to write a scientific paper in the library.

Membership in the Corporation is limited to
those "professional biologists and persons who
have rende-ed conspicuous service to the Marine
Biological Laboratory." This institution should
therefore welcome the opportunity of making its
Corporation members feel at home when they re-
turn to the lalioratory, which, in the last analysis,
they own and control. A contribution in this di-
rection would be to extend the privileges of the
"$7.00 a week rate" to them.

In its oflice The Collecting Net has some of
the current magazines for sale as well as a num-
ber of new books on Cape Cod, including one
entitled "Jane's Island," by Mrs. W. C. Allee.

Copies of the twelve-page reprint on "Formulae
and Methods" used in the Chemical Room of the
Marine Biological Laboratory (Edited by Dr.
Oscar W. Richards) may be obtained in our
office.

An appropriation of $750,000.00 was author-
ized recently for the work of the National In-
stitute of Health by Congress. The Institute is
under the administrative direction of the Surgeon
General of the U. S. Public Health Service. Its
purpose is defined as aiming to advance "pure
scientific research to ascertain the cause, preven-
tion and cure of diseases affecting human beings."

REVIEW OF THE SEMINAR REPORTS
OF DRS. LYNCH AND SONNEBORN

Dr. J. A. D.vw.suN
.Isxixtaiif Professor of Biology, Co!lc(/c of the
City of Netv York
Drs. Lynch and Sonneborn have re-opened, with
the aid of the improved culture technique devised
by Dr. Raffel.the question of the effect of conjuga-
tion in the ciliate protozoan, Paramecium aiircHa.
Dr. Lynch's paper in general supports the earlier
experimental findings of Dr. H. S. Jennings on
the effects of conjugation in Paramecium. The
method wherebv conjugation between closely re-
lated clones of Paramecium is secured almost at
will by Dr. Sonneborn is a noteworthy contribu-
tion in protozoology as it opens the field for suc-
cessful genetic studies in the protozoa. It is to
lie hoped that some method of determining ac-
curately the identity of the individual e.x-conju-
gants can be devised.

DIRECTORY ADDITIONS

THE 1VL\KINE BIOLOGK'AL LABOK.^TORY

Investigators
Adams, E'izabeth prof, zool, Mt. Holyoke. Br 109.

Shore (Falmouth. I
Crurver, G. L. prof. biol. Mercer. Br 315. D 316.
HendiTson, Jean instr. zool. McGill. Phys. Lab. Grin-

nell, Bar Neck.
Ifcefe, A. M. rector and prof. biol. St. Norbert. Hot.

5. White, Millfleld.
Moreran, Ann prof. zool. Mt. Holyoke. Br 109. Shore

(Falmouth.)
Sellnieyer, B L. prof. biol. Loyola. Bot 5. White,

Mil'lield.
Speicher, B. R. grad. asst. biol. Pittsburg-h. Rock 7.

K 14.
Vicari, Emilipj M. res. assoc. anat. Cornell Med. Br

317. H 8.
Wcdon. A D. prof. zool. North Dakota State. CM

39. Dr 201.

CURRENTS IN THE HOLE

At the following: hours (Daylight Saving Time)

the current in the hole turns to run from Buz-
zards Bay to Vineyard Sound:

Date A. M. P. M.

Aug. 1.=; 6:01 6:19

Aug. 16 6:44 7:05

Aug. 17 7:36 8:00

Aug. 18 8:23 8:.S8

Aug. 19 9:13 9:.S4

Aug. 20 10:10 10:.S6

Aug. 21 11:11 11 :.';9

y^ug. 22 12:10

Aug. 23 1:05 1:16

Aug. 24 2:05 2:09

Aug. 25 3:01 3:07

In each rase the current changes approximately
"■■-r hours later and runs from the Sound to the
Bay.

August 15, 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

213

ITEMS OF INTEREST

Dr. Calvin B. Bridges, who for many summers
has heen carrying on investigations at Woods
Hole, has received an invitation from the Rus-
sian Soviet government to visit Russia early this
fall to work on some of the agricultural prol)lems
with which the Stalin administration is faced.
Dr. Bridges is a memher of the Carnegie Institu-
tion of Washington and for the past three years
has been working in the biology department of
the California Institute of Technology. He ex-
pects to sail for Russia early in October for a
four months' stay. Officially a "learned special-
ist," the highest post to which a scientific worker
may l)e appointed in the Russian institutions, he
will have his head([uarters at the Academy of
Sciences in Leningrad where he will continue his
studies in theoretical genetics. He exjiects to de-
liver a series of lectures on genetics to the staff
of the University of Leningrad as well as consult
with workers in various agricultural stations on
specific problems of plant and animal breeding.

Dr. Helen Morris received her Ph.D. in botany
at Columbia L^niversity in June. The second
honor that came to her this Spring was election
to membership in Sigma Xi.

Mr. Seymour M. Farber, who was expecting
to begin work at the Marine Piiological Labora-
tory early in August, has just written that illness
will prevent him from utilizing The Collecting
Net scholarship, which was awarded to him last
year. Mr. Farber plans to continue his research
problem at the laboratory next summer.

Dr. Carl V. Smythe has completed his first
year as a National Research Fellow in the lab-
oratory of Dr. Leonor Michaelis at the Rockefel-
ler Institute and has been appointed to a foreign
fellowship for 1931-32. He sailed for Germany
on July 2nd where he will continue his work on
fen ic compounds in Warburg's laboratory at the
Kaiser Wilhelm Institute fur Biologic at Dnhlein.

Dr. Henry B. Bigelow, director of the Oceano-
graphic Institution, addressed the members of the
Kiwanis Club of Falmoutli and their guests at a
lobster supper at Handy's Tavern at the end of
July. He spoke on oceanographic work in gen-
eral as well as about the new laboratory here.

Dr. Harry H. Charlton, who in the past has
worked manv summers at the iMarine Biological
Laboratorv, has been promoted to a full profes-
sorship in the Department of Anatomy at the
University of Missouri.

MT. DESERT ISLAND BIOLOGICAL
LABORATORY

Dr. James Murphy and Dr. E. M. East con-
ducted the seminar on August 5th at the Jackson
Memorial Laboratory.

Dr. Warren H. Lewis delivered the fourth
lecture in the M. D. 1. B. L. Popular Lecture
Course on Thursday afternoon, August 6th. His
subject was ''Cancer Problems'' and was illus-
trated by motion pictures.

On August 7th the members of the Laboratory
were entertained at the Marine Biological Lab-
oratory at Lamoine, Me. An exhibition of spec-
imens was given by the students. The visitors
were invited to inspect the buildings and grounds.
Tea was served at the dormitory.

Dr. and Mrs. W. H. Lewis entertained the
Laboratory at a picnic on August Sth.

The Monday evening seminar on August 10th
was in charge of Dr. William Wherry who spoke
on "Biological Control of Bubonic Plague" and
Professor Ulric Dahlgren whose subject was
"Disease among Invertebrates."

— Louise R. Mast.

scripps institution of oceanography

From S. J. Cook, General Secretary of the
Fifth Pacific Science Congress to be held in Vic-
toria and Vancouver, B. C, in May-June, 1932,
Director T. Wayland Vaughan has just received
a letter asking him to organize the program for
a divisional meeting of the Physical Sciences
dealing with the general subject of "Recent
soundings, gravity investigations, and mapping of
sea floors."

Last week Dr. O. T. Black, Biochemist in the
Bureau of Plant Industry of the U. S. Depart-
ment of Agriculture, arrived at the Institution
to make use of its Laboratorv facilities for some
special investigations which he has in hand, in
collaboration with Dr. W. T. Swingle. The pri-
mary object of these investigations is to find plants
favorable for producing certain kinds of chemi-
cal .substances (e. g., certain kinds of drugs) in
commercial quantities and to increase production
in others.

Dr. F. S. Brackett, Chief of Division of Rad'a-
tion and Organisms in the Smithsonian Institu-
tion at Washington, D. C, visited the Institution
last week. He was especially interested in the
work of Mr. Burt Richardson on penetration of
light into sea water and in investigations on solar
radiation. He was accompanied bv Dr. W. T.
Svingie of the U. S. Experimental Date Farm
at Invo, California.

214

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No, 48

Spalteholz

Transparent

Prei>a,ratiuns

Human

and

Zoological

Skeleton of Fish in Case

Models, Specimens,
Charts

lor physiology, zoology, botany,
anatomy, embryology, etc. Cata-
logs will gladly be sent on request.
Please mention name cf school
and subjects taught, to enable
us to send the appropriate
catalog.

Visit our New and Greatly En-
larged Display Booms and Museum

Model of Iliuiian Heart

117-119 EAST 24th STREET

Life History
of Chick"

NEW YORK

McGraw - Hill — 3ZI

brings to your attention ,,^,

n new scrond edition of

INVERTEBRATE
ZOOLOGY

By H.\Ri.EV JoNE.s Van Cle.we
Professor nf Zoology, IJmvcrsity of Illinois

McGraw-Hill Public.itions in the Zoological
Sciences

282 pages. 6 .r 9, 122 iUustnitious
$,100

This is a thorough textbook on the struc-
ture, development, and relationships of in-
vertebrate animals. Greater clarity is given
this edition by the substitution of classifica-
tion summaries of classes, subclasses and
orders at the end of each phylum, instead of
specific sections on the orders in the chapters.

See a copy on approval.

McGRAW-HILL BOOK Co., Inc.

^^^^^"^ Penn Terminal Building

^^^^^^^™"^ 390 Se\enth Avenue

^^^^^^^^^■^^"■°"*" New York

Marine Biological

Laboratory

Supply Department

FOB THE BEST

BIOLOGICAL MATERIAL

CLASSROOM MATERIAL

MICROSCOPIC SLIDES

LIVE MATERIAL

Catalogues and information furnished by

applying at Supply Department Office

Woods Hole, Mass.

August 15, 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

215

PKESENTATICN

— the Ke}' to Interest

THE Overhead Projector gives an
instructor cr lecturer a new ad-
vantage. He can present his
subject, illustrated witlh lantern slides,
while at his desk facing his hearers.
By an arrangement of mirrors he
cperates his own Balopticon which
projects the pictures on to a screen
above his head. The slides are in-
serted right side up, so that tihe lec-
turer sees them exactly as he does
his audience. Features in the
picture which hs wishes to
stress can be pointed cut on
the slide with a pencil, in-

stead cf using a pointer on the screen.

This attachment is particularly de-
signed for use witih Balopticons Model
B and BDT which are slide projectors
of the highest order. Its attachment
to these models is a matter of moments.
It can be used with practically every
model Balopticon.

Write for literature giving a complete
description and setting forth
^X^v the many advantages of the

Overhead Projector.

BAUSCH €> LOMB

671 St. Paul Street

Rochester, N. Y.

216

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 48

JEWELL MODELS FOR BIOLOGY

Jewell Models for Biology are now be-
ing used in practically every university and
college in this country. Their wide accept-
ance is proof of their scientific accuracy and
of the e.xcellent workmanfhip and quality of
materials used.

The mitosis set illustrated is in use in
over 500 American high schools, universities
and colleges, as well as in many schools in
foreign countries.

JM 320 MITOSIS

TURT0X%QiUCTS

The Sign o/ the Titrtox
Pledges Absolute Satisfaction

For detailed descriptions, illustrations and prices of our complete
line of these models write for our Jewell Models Catalog with
Supplements.

General Biological Supply House

Incorporated
761-763 EAST SIXTY-NINTH PL.^CE
CHICAGO

The Wistar Institute Slide Tray

The ideal tray for displaying or storing slides.
It carries forty-eight 1-inch, thirty-two lli-
inch, or twenty-four 2-inch slides, and every
slide is visible at a glance. Owing to the
nesting feature, the trays may be stacked so
that each one forms a dust-proof cover for
the one beneath it, while the center ridges as-
sure protection to high mounts. Made en-
tirely of metal, they are unbreakable and
easily kept clean. They form compAct stor-
age units. Twelve hundred 1-inch slides may
be filed in a space fourteen inches square by
eight inches high. PRICE, $1.00 EACH

Orders niav be sent to

THE WISTAR INSTITUTE

Thirty-sixth Street and Woodland .Avenue,
Philadelphia, Pa.

Non-Corrosive ^Ij^^P*^ Non-Corrosive
MICROSCOPIC

SLIDES -J COVER GLASSES

Do Not Fos
At your dealer's, or write (giving dealer's name) to

NEW VORK

HE.^DOUARTER.'^ FOR

STEEL FILING CABINETS, SAFES
AND OFFICE FURNITURE

LOOSE LEAF BOaKS AND FIGURINfG BOOKS
FOR ANY KIND OF BUSINESS

Callanan St Archer Co., Inc.

WHOLESALE STATIONERS

10-14 So. Second St. New Bedford, Mass.

August 15,

1931

THE COLLECTING NET

217

Stability and Dependahility

CHARACTERIZE

SPENCER

The Ideal Standard Microscope
FOR

COLLEGE AND HIGH SCHOOL
GENERAL LABORATORY WORK

Among' its many .advantageous features
are these :

I. Objective lenses mounted directly into
tiie metal mount, avoiding tlie use of
Canada Balsam to hold tliem.
II. Fine adjustment so constructed as to
avoid breakage of cover glass when
focused dcwn upon it.

III. A fool-proof fine adjustment, with 34
threads of the screw always engaged
instead of but one or two.

IV. Its ruggedness in design makes it
abundantly able to stand the rough and
tumble of student usage.

MICROSCOPE

No. 64

It has found its way to more than
3000 of the best high schools
and colleges in the United States.
What better recommendation?

SPENCER Microscope No. 64E

equii)ped as shown with lOx ocular,
double nose piece, two achromatic ob-
jectives 1 {) mm and 4 mm, iris dia-
jjliragm complete in wooden cabinet.

$71.75

Allowance for cabinet $.3. .50, objective
boxes each $0..'!5 if not wanted.

io% Discount to Scliools and CcUcf/rs

Samples submitted for tests

Catalog and Quotations Sent on Request

Sp£Mr£/? Im^ (//mpfJMM

E W YORK

218

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No, 48

Church of the Messiah

FOLLOW THE CROWD TO

(Episcopal)

DANIEL'S

The Rev. James Bancroft, Rector

HOME-MADE ICE CKJiAM,

Holy Comiminion 8 :00 a. m.

DELICIOUS SANDWICHES

Morning Prayer 11 :00 a. m.

Evening Prayer 7:30 p. m.

COFFEE PICNIC LUNCHES

N. E. TSIKNAS

FRUITS AND VEGETABLES

Falmouth and Weeds Hole

TEXACO PRODUCTS

NORGE REFRIGERATORS

WOODS HOLE GARAGE
COMPANY

Opposite Station

SAMUEL CAHOON

Wholesale and Retail Dealer in

FISH AND LOBSTERS

Tel. Falmouth 660-661

Woods Hole and Falmouth

PARK TAILORING AND
CLEANSING SHOP

Weeks' Building, Falmouth

Phone 907-M Free Delivrry

We Press While You Wait

(Special Rates to Laboratory Members)

When in Falmouth Stop at
ISSOKSON'S

GENERAL MERCHANDISE

Shoe Repairing Done While U Wait
A. ISSOKSON

IDEAL RESTAURANT

Main

street

Tel.

Woods
1243

Hole

Compliments of

PENZANCE GARAGE

WOODS HOLE, MASS.

Day or
Phone

Night
652

A. L. A.
Towing

H. M. HOWES & SON CO.

Choice Meats, Groceries and Vegetables

WOODS HOLE, MASS.

Telephone 695

CURRENT MAGAZINES

and BOOKS ON CAPE COD are

for sale .-\t

The Collecting Net Office

August IS, 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

219

The MRSw

G. L. NOYES LAUNDRY

Collections Daily-

Two Collections DaUy In the Doniiitories

Woods Hole

Tel. 777

Service that Satisfies

WALTER O. LUSCOMBE

REAL ESTATE AND
INSURANCE

Woods Hole

Phon? 622

THE TWIN DOOR

RESTAURANT AND BAKERY

G. M. GRANT, Prop.

Chicken and Lobster Dinners
Waffles

Main Street

Woods Hole, Mass.

THE QUALITY SHOP

Dry Goods, Toilet ArticlBs, Shoos and
Souvenirs

Ask for things you do not see.
Main Street Woods HoIp

LADIES' and GENTS' TAILORING

Cle^,,ning, Dyeing and Repairing
Coats Relined and Altered. Prices Reasonable

M. DOLINSKY'S

Main St. Woods Hole, Mass. Call 752

THREE SPECIAL APOCHROMATIC

OBJECTIVES

Each of these tl-tree objectives represent an outstand-
ing achievement in the special field for which it is
intended.

Price f.o.b. New York
Apochromait 5 n.a. 0.15 $ 34.00

Apochromat 60 n.a. 1.4 oil im. 108.00

Apochroniat 120 n.a. 1.3 oil im. 9.5.00

Apochromat 5 was introduced to meet the demand
for a highly corrected objective of low magnification.
To obtain corrections of the desired high order it
was necessary to increase the length of the objective
to an extent that it cannot be made par-focal with
other objectives.

Apochronrat 60 n.a. 1.4 is a homogeneous immersion
system of highest numerical aperture. It is recom-
mended for examinations calling for greatest re-
solving power in the objective. Apochromat 60 n.a.
1.4 should be included in the equipment of every high
gi'ade research microscope. The front lens is more
firmly mounted than that of Apochromat 90 n.a. 1.4,
and its relatively great working distance provides
for comfortable use. With reasonable care it can be
safely employed in routine work.

Apochromat 120 n.a. 1.3 is of interest to those
who require an objective with exceptionally high
primary magnification. The corrections of this ob-
jective are such that, given a suitable specimen and
proper illumination, an ocular magnification of 30 x
can be employed without the image showing disturb-
ing defects. A magnification up to 3600 x is useful
at times for special purposes such as counting, mak-
ing camera lucida drawings, etc. This magnification
is far in excess of the so-called "upper limit of use-
ful magnification." and it is to be noted, finer de-
tails can be resolved with an objective having an
n.a. of 1.4.

A copy of Micro catalogue 367 containing detailed

data for objectives and ocu'.ars will be

supplied upon request.

CARL ZEISS, Inc.

485 Fifth Avenue
New York

Pacific Coast Branch:
728 South Hill Street, Los Ange'.es, Calif.

220

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 48

THE WOODS HOLE LOG

THE CHORAL CLUB CONCERT

The program presented Saturday evening, Auj;-
ust 8, was a glorious treat to the largest crowd
that has thus far attended a Choral Cluh Concert.
To critique such a performance is not easy.

Opening with a feeling of restraint that showed
more lack of confidence than of training, the
first number was perhaps the weakest on the
program. One could see the audience settle itself
for "another one of these programs" and polite
applause.

Then came a surprise. The masterly "Cheru-
bim Hymn" of Musitcheskoo, in its dramatic in-
tensity, swept the singers out of themselves and
caught up the audience as well in its enthusiasm.
Whether the rounds of applause were due to fa-
miliarity with this number and unfamiliarity with
its predecessor is an oiien question. To one hearer,
at least, Kastalsky has always seemed more or
less ineffectual. This is especially evident when
one compares the opening number of the program
with the stirring setting given it by Ivanofif.

The Gretchaninofif number, a sort of abbreviat-
ed "credo," was smoothly rendered and interest-
ing by reason of its recitative quality. It was fol-
lowed by Handel's "Then Round About the
Starry Throne," reminiscent, in its contrapuntal
passages, of Bach, and quite as effective.

As encore for the first section of the program,
"Gospodi Pomiluy," the hymn from the (iood
Friday Service of the Russian Liturgy, won in-
stant favor. It is sometimes rendered at a less
speedy tempo, but the ritual melodies of the < )r-
thodo.x, as well as the Latin church, are sus-
ceptible to a wide variety of interpretations — and
that is the affair of the Director, not the audience.

The second part of the program opened with
three more numbers from Handel. The first and
third were characteristic of the early attempts to
graft English words on an Italian operatic stvle,
and consequently pleasant to hear but, in count-
less repetitions, utterly unhapp\' as to sense. The
second number, a serenade, was much better and
the singers showed themselves more at ease.

Another high sjwt on the evening's program
was the "Wassail Song." Here was music which
both audience and singers understood, appreciated
and took unto themselves. A picture of Yule in
old England with carollers heard in the distance,
approaching, singing their good wishes and go-
ing on into the distant silence — and its naivete in-
creased its hold on the imagination.

The last two numbers by Arkhangelskv were
pleasing revivals from previous years. Different
alike in thought and melodic theme, thev were,
in the faultless rendition by tlie club, characteris-

music, like Schumann's, is noted for its descrip-
tive ixjwer.
tic e.xamples of the great Russian genius whose

That Mr. Con.khofif continues to return to
Woods Hole is a tribute to his pulilic spirited
interest in our scientific colony. It is, likewise, a
tribute to the spirit of cooperation shown In' the
Choral Club members. Without their regularity
at rehearsal and fine feeling for interpretation,
the efforts of any director would be wasted. Nor
can the intsUige.it assistance of Mrs. Moser,
Schweitzer at the i)iano be overlooked. She is one
of those rare accompanists who reallv accompany
and do not lead.

It is to be hoped that Mr. Gorokhoff will con-
tinue to inake tlie Woods Hole Choral Club the
exponent of the choicest Russian music and that
he will continue to vary his programs with num-
liers from the old and modern English music, not
only of Vaughn Williams, Hoist, and Gilliert and
Sullivan, but also fi'om William Byrd, Orlando
Gibbons and the rest of that group which made
Elizal)ethan England a "nest of singing birds."

— Dr. a. M. Keefe.

On Saturday night, August 8th, the Coast
Guard burned and sank a rum boat ten miles off
Vineyard Light, after a hard chase. The Eaglet,
an eighty-foot craft from Tiverton, R. I., h.id
long been under suspicion. The CG-813 sighted
and hailed her, and when she increased her speed,
fired a shot across her bow. The Coast Guard
the.i opened fire with the machine gun, wounding
three of tb.e Eaglets crew and puncturing her
fuel tank. The seven memliers of the crew and
nine cases of Canadian liquor were rescued be-
fore the boat finally burned and sank. The crew,
who had on board about 1500 cases of liquor,
have been turned over to the police in New Bed-
ford for arraignment in the Federal Court.

On Monda\' afternoon, August 10th, the
\\ oods Hole ^'acht Club again held races. The
winners were : Morris Frost in iiis baby knock-
about, "Windwaid;" Wistar Meigs in his dory,
"Aunt Addie;" and Philip Woolworth in his cat-
boat, "Lurline."

This past week, the University Players have
reached a high point in both acting and produc-
t'on in I'erenc Molnar's satiric little play, "The
Guardsman." Elizabeth Tenner as the actress-
wife disi)layed an even greater versatility and
charm than usual and Kent Smth proved himself
both a good actor, and an adept at foreign ac-
cents. Next week the Theatre at Silver Beach
will present "Juno and the Paycock," by the gift-
ed Irish dramatist, Sean O'Casey. - — M.S.G.

August 15, 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

221

The UNIVERSITY PLAYERS, Inc.

Present

"irNO AND THE PAYCOCK"

Aug. 17 — Aug. 22

Old Silver Beach West Falmouth

For Re.servation.s Call Falmouth 1250

BIOLOGICAL, PHYSIOLOGICAL, MEDICAL
AND OTHER SCIENTIFIC MAGAZINES

IN COMPLETE SETS

Volumes and Ba*k Date Copies For Sale

B. LOGIN & SON, Inc.

EST. 1887
39 EAST 31st STREET NEW YORK

Queen's BJ^vay RLvin
near Filene's near
J A X

FEMININE FOOTWEAR

$4.45 to $7.45
Two Falmouth Shops

Street
A & P

DRESSES — LINENS — LACES

Fine Toilet Articles
Elizabeth Arden, Coty

Yardley

Chcice Bits from Pekin

MRS. WEEKS SHOPS

FALMOUTH

Visit
Malchman's

THE

LARGEST DEPARTMENT STORE

ON CAPE COD

Falmouth

Phone 116

KELVINATOR REFRIGERATION

EASTMAN'S HARDWARE

.5 AND 10c DEPARTMENT

Cape Cod Distributors for

Draper Maynard Sporting Goods

SPECIAL PRICES TO CLUBS
Falmouth Tel. 407

EMBRYOLOGICAL

SLIDES

We present in this list choice microscopic

preparations in Frog Embryology

i

prepared by a leading

embryologist :

E 1 (a) Frog, testis

$0.75

E 2 (b) Frog ovary, young eggs with

follicular layer

1 00

E 3 (CI Frog, fertilized ovum

1.00

E 4 (d) Frog, fertilized ovum with pen-

etration path or first spindle

(rare)

3.00
be

Several of these preparations should

used for demonstration. (Marked slide.) ||

E 5 ( e ) Frog, first cleavage

1.00

E 6 Frog, second cleavage

1.00

E 7 Frog, third and fourth cleavages. . .

1.00

E 8 Frog, later cleavages

1.00

E 9 Frog, blastula

1 00

ElO Frog, early gastrula, longitudinal

section

1.00

Ell Frog, entire early gastrula, serial

longitudinal

2.00

E12 Frog, late gastrula, longitudinal

section

1.00

E13 Frog, entire late gastrula, serial

longitudinal section

2 00

E14 Frog, gastrula hemisected longitud-

inal (two halves) . . .

1.75

E15 Frog, formation of neural folds,

transverse section

1.00

E16 Frog, formation of neural folds,

serial transverse section

2.00

E17 Frog, formation of neural folds.

longitudinal hemisection (two

halves)

1.75

E18 Frog, formation of neural folds,

serial longitudinal section ....

2.00

E19 Frog, 4-5 mm. larva serial sections:

Transverse

2.30

Longitudinal

2 00

Horizontal

2.00

E20 Frog, 6-9 mm. larva serial sections:

Transverse

2.75

Longitudinal

2.00

Horizontal

2 00

E21 Frog, 10 stages of development in

toto, in small vial.

We offer other preparations such aa

the

embryology of the chick, maturation

di-

visions of Ascaris and the development

of

the holoblaster egg of Cerebratulus.

A

list of these preparations will be mailed ||

gladly upon request.

Standard Scientific

Supply Corp.

10 - 14 W. 25th ST. NEW YORK CITY

222

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 48

CAMBRIDGE ELECTROMETERS

Llndemann Electrometer with
Grouading Switch,

314" .\ 1" High

The application of Electrometers to the
measurement of small electrical quantities has
increased rapidly in recent years.

Among the more prominent electrometer
uses are researches in radio-activity, spectro-
scopic investigations and many uses in conjunc-
tion with photo-electric measurements.

The Lindernann Electrometer (illus-
trated) is an exceptionally compact and
robust instriunent of high sensitivity,
short period and low capacitance and
does not require levelling.

List 169 describes in detail th? Lind3-
miuin, Tilted Gold Leaf, String, DolezQ,-
lek. Recording Quadrant, and Oonipton Electro-
meters.

Pioneer Manufaeturers
of Precision Instruments

CAMBRIDGE

INSTRUMENT CP Inc

3733 Grand Central
Terminal, New Vorli

FREAS

ELECTRIC WATER

BATH

WITH CONSTANT TEMPERATURE
CONTROL

Supplied in three different Sizes.
Accurate to 0.2° C.

ll'ritc for further information and
prices.

ElMER &L AMEND

Established 1851 Incorporated 1897

Headquarters for Laboratory Apparatus and
CheniicaJ Reagents

Third Avenue. i8th to TQth Street
New York, N. Y.

ECOLOGY
All Forms of Life in Relation tn EnvVonment

Esrablishcd l')2U. Ouarierly. Ofhci.il Publication of the
Ecological Society uf America. Subscription. $4 a year
for complete volumes (Jan. to Dec.) Parts of volumes
at the single number rate. Back volumes, as avail-
able, $5 each. Single numbers, $1.25 post fr.^e. Fur.ign
jiostage: 20 cents.

GENETICS
A Periodical Record of Investigations bearing on
Heredity and Variation
Es'abli^hed Vn(,. Bimonihly.

Subscrii-tion, $6 a year for complete volumes (Jan. to
Dec.) Parts of volumes at the single number rate.
Single numbers, $1.25 post free. Back volumes, as avail-
altle, $".1X1 each. Foreign postage; 50 cents.

AMERICAN JOURNAL OF BOTANY
Devoted to All Branches of Botanical Science

Establii^hed l'*l-l. Monthly, except August and Sep-
tember. (_)11icial Publication of tlie Botanical Society of
America. Subscription, $7 a year for complete volumes
(Jan. to Dec.) I'arts of volumes at the single number
rate. Volumes 1 - IS complete, as available, $1-16. Single
numbers. $1.1IU each, post free. Prices of odd volumes
on request. FLireign jiostage: -10 cents.

BROOKLYN BOTANIC GARDEN MEMOIRS

Volume 1: li contributions by various au.hors on
genetics, pathology, mycology, physiology, ecology, plant
geography, and systematic botany. Price, $3.5U plus
postage.

Volume II: The vegetation of Long Island. Part I.
The vegetation of Mont auk, etc. By Norman Taylor.
Pub. 1923. lOS pp. Price, $1.00,

Vol. Ill: The vegetation of Mt. Desert Island, Maine,
and its environment. By Barrington Moore and Nor-
man Taylor, 151 pi>., 27 text- figs., vegetation map in
colors. June 10. 1927. Price, $1.60.

Orders should be placed with

The Secretary. Brooklyn Botanic Garden,
1000 Washington Ave. Brooklyn, N. Y., U. S. A.

August 15, 1931

THE COLLECTING NET

223

LEICA the Universal Camera in Science

IN ONE

COMPACT

ACCURATE

Weighs only 15 ozs.
Focal Plane Shutter
Uses 35 mm film
Takes 8 pictures per foot
36 pictures at one loading
Interchangeable lenses

Depth of focus scale on lens
mount for quick reference.

No one interested in science can afford to be
without a LEICA

With a LEICA Camera Model C you really have many cameras in one, — a micro camera, a
copying camera, a stereo camera, a telephoto camera, a camera for speed photcgraphy in bad
lighting conditions, a wide angle lens camera tor including larger areas, a clinical camera, a
camera for portrait photography or for general use, an aerial camera and a camera making 1 x IV2
in. negatives which are even superior in quality to many larger size cameras.

Many new photographic thrills can now be expei ienced in three dimensional forms when using
the new STEREOLY attachment for the LEICA Camera and viewing the positives in the LEICA
Stereo Viewer. Here is an attachment which will greatly extend the applications of the Univer-
sal LEICA Camera which is now in constant use for every photographic purpose.

When using the STEREOLY it is possible to photograph action pictures as well as still ob-
jects, and preserve all the natural depth of the third dimension just as seen with the eyes. The
pictures are photographed in transposed positions on the LEICA double frame negatives, thus
giving two single frame pictures of the same subject. No special printer or enlarging apparatus
is required for finishing the positives. WRITE FOR NEW BOOKLET No. 1194, Stereoscopic pho-
tography with the LEICA Camera.

The complete story of the LEICA Cameras and accessories is told in our new LEICA CATA-
LOG No. 1190 which will be mailed upon request.

A special LEICA Camera exhibition and demonstration will be held August
17, 18, and 19th in the "Old Lecture Hall" Marine Biological Laboratory. The
new LEICA stereoscopic attachment, a new focusing copy attachment, LEICA
film and glass slide projector, and the complete LEICA equipment will be on dis-
play. Willard D. Morgan, Manager Photo-Optical Dept. E. Leitz, Inc. New York,
will personally direct the demonstration work during these three days A special
lecture will also be given.

•i.t
it
j.{
it
i,t
it

E. LEITi

Dept. CN 60 E. 10th St.

Inc,

New York, N. Y.

224

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VI. No 48

"It saved us the cost of 5 microscopes'' ?r:^:nZr2T^:u,ir^T ^"^'^^

"PKOMI" MICKOSCOPIC DRAWING and
PROJECTION APPARATUS

Takes the place of numerous microscopes
and gives the instructor the opportunity of
teaching with greatest efficiency and least
confusion.

Projects microscopic slides and living or-
ganisms and insects on table or wall for
drawing and demonstration. Also used as
a microscope and a micro-photographic ap-
paratus.

The Promi, recently perfected by a prom-
inent German microscope works, is an in-
genious yet simple apparatus which fills a
long felt want in scientific instruction and
lesearch in Bacteriology, Botany, Zoology,
Pathology, Anatomy, Embryology, Histol-
ogy, Chemistry, etc.

It has been endorsed by many leading
scientists and instructors.

AS A PROJECTION APPARATUS: It is used for projectinp in actual colors on wall or
screen, microscopic preparations, living organisms and insects for lecture room denionstration auJ
instruction. Makes it possible for a group of students to examine a single specimen simultane-
ously. Invaluable for instructors in focusing students' attention on inriKirtant features, which can-
nnt be dcninnstratcil with equal facility and time saving under a microscope. Eliminates the eye
strains of niicroscnpe examination.

AS A DRAWING LAMP: The illustration shows how a microscopic specimen slide is pro-
jected in actiud ci.l.irs . m drawing paper enabling student or teacher to draw the image in precise de-
tail in black or colors. Living insects or microscopic living organisms can also be projected. Ad-
justment of the size of the image is simply a matter of varying the distance to which the image is
prnjcctcd. Higher magnification may be obtained by using tube and ocular aiid our high ]in\ver oh-
jecti\cs. t'harls can rcadilv be made for class mom instruction.

AS A MICROSCOPE: ' By removing the bulb and attaching the reflecting mirror and in\crting
the apparatus a compound microscope is achieved. Higher magnification is possible by the use of
standard microscopic high power objecti\'es and ocidars.

AS A MlCROPHOfOGRAPHIC APPARATUS: Microscopic preparations of slides, living or-
ganisms and insects can be jiln ■!' ■i;ra|ilu(l with'iul the use of a camera.

PRICE: I-'. C). B. Xcw Ycirk $103.09 ciimplete apparatus in polished wood carrying case. In-
cludes bulb, rheostat for 110 and 2211 vults with co-ds, plugs and switch for both DC and .\C cur-
rent, llx objective, tube with .^x ocular, reflecting mirror and micro-cuvette. Extra equipment prices
on request. Prospectus gladly sent on request

THE "PROMAR" MICROSCOPIC DRAW-
ING and PROJECTION APPARATUS

.\ new instrument which has been brought
out in response to a demand for a simple
apiiaratus like the Promi for more advanced
work which requires more powerful illumi-
nation and higher magnification. The Pro-
mar operates in the same maimer as the
Promi but is more heavily constructed and
has the followin.g additional features as
standard equipment:

More brilliant li.ghting, making higher magnification possible.
Triple nose |>iecc, facilitating use of three objectives.
I'ine and coarse adjustment for focusing.
Screw, rack and pinion adjustment for light and condenser.
Screw centering adjustment for light. kevoKing stage.
Demonstrations will gladly be made by Mr. Robert Rugh, Room 217,
Main Bldg., M. B. L., Woods Hole.

Prospectus Gladly Sent on Request. Write to

m

117-119 East 24th Street

(S(o)k^:[pArit

NEW YORK, N. Y.

Vol. VI, No.

SATURDAY. AUGUST 22, 1931

Annual Subscription, $2.00
Single Copies. 25 Cts.

.sui)stances, in ;id-
liy the corpus lu-

PHYSIOLOGY OF THE CORPUS LUTEUa^

AWD ITS INTERGLANDULAR

RELATIONSHIPS

Dr. h\ L. His.\w
Professor o] Zooloi^y. Uiiii'ersifv of Jl'iscniishi

Tliree physiologically active
ilition to oesti^in, are secreted
teum of the sow. One. rc-
laxin, produces relaxation of
the ])elvic ligaments of the
guinea pig chai"acteristic of
the normal condition which
exists during pregnancy. A
second sulistance, a mucifying;
factor, niodilies the vaginal
mucosa of certain rodents, e.
g. rats and mice, into a mucus
seci'eting type. The third
hormone, cor])orin or proges-
tin, has a specific acfion on the
uterus, causing .such' titerine
responses as the development
of decidiial'' tissue, formation
of the [iseudopi-egnant' con-
dition in the uterus of ralihits
rnid the development of a
l)remensti-ua-l- endometi'ium in
ihc uterus of monkeys.. Other
jjhysiological effects/ .such -as
tlic inhihition of the oe.strous cycle and the in-
hil)it'on of ute 'ine (Continued on Page 2,TO)

X\\. B. IE. (!Lalfn^al■

TUESD.-VY, AUG. 25, 8:00 P. M.

(1) Dr. Paul S. Henshaw: "Re-
covery from X-ray Effects as
Observed in Arbacia Eggs." (10
minutes)

(2) Mr. Ware Cattell; "The Re-
action of the Fundulus Ovum to
the Direct Electric Current.'
Motion Pictures ( 15 minutes )

(31 Dr. E. A. Wolf and Dr. H. H.
Collins: "The Effect of Ultra-
violet Radiation upon the Color
Pattern of Triturus. (12 minutes)

(4) Dr. G. H. Parker: "The Dis-
charge of Nematocysts." (15
minutes)

FRIDAY, AUG. 28, 8:00 P. M.

Professor J. H. McGregor: Motion
Pictures taken in the Belgian
Congo and the Cameroon by the
African Expedition (1929-30)

■J.

THE PACIFIC BIOLOGICAL STATION
IN NANAIMO. B. C.

Dr. W. a. Clemens
Director of the Station
The Pacific Biological Station is located on De-
parture Bay, Vancouver Island, four miles fi-orn
the city of Nanaimo, B. C. It is one of four
stations operated under the
auspices of the Biological
Board of Canada, which in
tiu'n is luider the conti'ol of
the Alinister of Fishei'ies of
the Dominion.

The Biological Board came
into heing in the \ear 1898 fol-
lowing representations made
to the Government hy promi-
nent Piritish and Canadian hi-
ologists on hehalf of the Brit-
ish Association for the Ad-
vancement of Science and the
Royal .Society of Canada.
The first Station was es-
taljlished on the Atlantic coast
in 1899 and the Pacific Sta-
tion in 1908. The Biological
Board as at present constitut-
ed consists of representatives
from iiracticallv all of the uni-
versities of Canada, three representatives from
the Department of Fisheries and two i-epresenta-

TABLE OF

Physiology of the Corpus Luteum and its

Tiicri-ip.ndn'ar Relationships,

Dr. F. Ij. Hisaw 225

The Pacific Biological Station in Nanaimo,

D:- W. A. Clemens 225

T}-o Tnrt"oras Laboratory,

W. H. Lang'ev 227

The Murmansk Marine Biological Station.

Dr. Dmitry N. Boiodin 229

Oscillographic Study of the Cardiac Gang-
'cn of i.imu)u.s Po'.ythemus,

Dr P'crre Rijlant 231

CONTENTS

Surface Temperature and the Radiation of

Heat from the Human Body,

Dr. Eugene F. DuEois 233

The Action of the Common Cations on the

Protoplasmic Viscosity of Amoeba,

Dr. L. V. Heilbrunn 23 1

The Mechanism of Bacteriotropin Action,

Dr. Balduin Lucke 235

Living Nerve Sprouts,

Dr. Carl Caskey Speidel 236

Editorial Page .244

Table of Contents Continued. 244

226

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 49

fW%

' ¥s

BII^H^^^V^IIH^^hI

^-. . ■ »-■ '■^~. SHP 1

^^m^i^im^m

- ■? '

■""■ >>,? ^ ■■■

>iP^

THE LABORATORY BUILDINGS,

WHICH ARE EQUIPPED WITH RUNNING FRE.^iH AND

SALT WATER AS WELL AS WITH GAS

AND ELECTRICITY

lives from the fishing- industry. Few organiza-
tions, if any. have had a greater influence in the
development of research in Canada than has the
liiological Board. It has drawn to its prohlems
most of the l)est trained l)iologists of Canada and
in recent years, leading chemists and ])hysiologists.
It has interested the universities in marine proli-
lems and has given them a field for study and re-
search, and undoubtedly this has contributed to
the breadth and high ((uality of the instruction
given in them. It has provided an opportunity
for young men and women to become acquainted
with marine biological problems, to .gain exiieri-
ence in research and. at the same time, to obtairi
a practical, as well as philosoijhical. outlook.

Perhaps the primary function of the Pacific
Biological .Station may be said to be the su])ply-
ing of information which shall make possible the
intelligent conservation of the aquatic resources
of the Canadian Pacific coast. This is a wide
field in that any information concerning the ocean
or the fresh waters and their contained life is of
some value. However, there are certain problems
which can be attacked in such a way as to yield
results of more or less immediate api)lication and
our program gives special attention to these, but
at the same time provides for investigations of a
fundamental character. Naturally, chief atten-
tion is given to fishery problems.

The work of the Station is entirelx' investiga-
tive, no instruction being given. The investiga-
tions are carried out by two sets of worke'"s.
namely, by a resident staff and by members of
the staiifs and post-graduate students of universi-
ties working during the summer months and com
])leting investigations and reports after return to
universitv duties and studies. The ])ermanent
staff as at ])resent constituted consists of eight
men in addition to the l)irector, Tlie numlier of

voluntary investigators and temporary assistants
ranges in a season from twenty to thirty, located
at the Station and in the field. The lalioratory
accommodation consists of three buildings, two
given over to biology, administrative offices,
library and museum, and the third to chemistry.
The laboratories are equipped with gas, elec-
tricity, fresh and .salt water and general apjiaratus
and supplies for biological, chemical, physiological
and oceanographical investigations. A si.xty-foot
motor boat, equijip'ed with a winch, dredges, nets,
water bottles, etc. provides for field work. In
addition, there are two smaller motor boats and
row boats. Living accommodation is provided in
a large residence building. While the Station
serves as headquarters and a great deal of the re-
search work is carried out there, much of the
work is actually done in the field with centers
of activity scattered along the whole coast line
and even in the interior of the Province of I'ritisli
Columbia.

Some of the major problems occupying our at-
tention at the present time are as follows :

Pacific Salmon. At Cultus Lake, a sub-station,
known as the Pacific Salmon Research Station,
has b.een established where, under the direction
of Dr. R. E. Forester, a comprehensive study of
the projjagation of sockeye salmon is being carried
out. Here relative efficiencies of artificial propa-
gation with fry planting and egg planting are hi-
ing determined in comparison with natural propa-
gation. The value of retention of fry in ponds
for various jjeriods is being studied. Carefully
controlled e.xperiments to determine the possi-
bilities of transplantation from one area to an-
other are being carried out. Various hatchery
practices are being investigated. Special studies
of the causes of mortality during e°:g and fry
stages have been instituted.

On the Queen Charlotte Islands a study is be-
ing made of the life-histories and propagation of

EXPERIMENTAL FISH PONDS

AT \ SUB-ST.\TIO.\ KNOWN .\S THE I'.VCIFIC

SALMON RESEARCH STATION

August 22, 1931 J

THE COLLECTING NET

227

]iink and chum salmon by Dr. A. L. Pritchard.
The investigation involves the enumeration of
spawning adults and seaward migrating fry.

During the past five years a comprehensive sal-
mon tagging j)rogram has been carried out for
the ]>urpose of determining the migration routes
of the various species. The results from the
tagging of spring salmon liave lieen particularly
successful and illuminating, revealing an exten-
sive movement southeastward all along the coast
even to the Sacramento river in California.

Pilchard-Hcrriiuj. The pro1)lems in connection
with these fishes are lieing attacked chiefly liy sta-
tistical studies of catches and samplings of
catches, supjjlemented by certain biological re-
searches. The work is under the direction of
Dr. J. L. Hart, with Messrs. R. W. Whittaker
and A. L. Tester as assistants.

SheUfisIi. Various Ijiological investigations are
being carried out on cralis, prawns, clams, anrl
ovsters. Special attention is being given to the
jiropagation of oysters, of which three species
now occur in our waters, namely, the native, the
introduced eastern and the introduced Japanese.
The work in this field is in charge of Mr. C. Iv.
Elsey.

Trout. The trout constitute a very valuable re-
source in the Province of British Columbia. The
investigation has been initiated by a thorough
taxonomic study and has been followed by studies
of general life-histories, natural and artificial
]iropagation and the productivity of various lakes.
Mr. C. McC. Mottk'v is in charge of the investi-
gations.

Occiuography. A detailed study of the oceano-
graphical conditions existing in the Strait of
Georgia is being carried out under the general
supervision of Dr. A. H. Hutchinson, of the L'ni-
versity of British Columbia. The physico-chem-
ical iihases are now being determined by Dr. N.
M. Carter, of the stafl^ of this Station. The
Strait presents a ver\' complex set of conditions
Ijecause of the extensive tidal movements and the
inflow of very large fiuantities of fresh water,
liarticularly from the Eraser river. It hrs been

;found that the water from the Eraser river forms
an extensive stable surface layer which takes up
heat and as a result the waters of the Strait have
a relatively high summer temperature as com^
pared with the outside waters. High phosphate,
nitrate and silicate values have been found. Cer-
tain areas are exceedingly productive of plankton,
and the productivity of this body of water in re-
lation to the peculiar physico-chemical factors
forms a very intricate and interesting" study.

General. The region in the vicinity of the
Station is exceedingly rich in plant and animal
life and offers an excellent field for investigators
in general biology, ecology, experimental zoology,
taxonomy, morphology, general physiology, bio-
chemistry, etc. While investigators coming to
the Station are expected to undertake studies of
more or less economic significance, they have not
been entirely limited in this respect, for it is real-
ized that any advance in the knowledge of the
ocean and its life is of value in the consideration
of the genera! economy. The following partial
list of researches now lieing carried out or re-
cently conducted will indicate something of the
range of activity.

Diatoms in the food of oysters; The signifi-
cance of diatoins in the food of Copepods and
Schizopods ; Life-histories of Copepods; The
early stages in the life-histories of crabs; The
reactions of fishes to loud noises ; The Protozoa
of British Columl-ia waters; The life-historv of
the ling cod ; The development and growth of
scales in steelhead and cutthroat trout ; A study
of quantitative methods for the collection of
plankton; The productivity of lakes; Svmbiosis
among marine organisms ; Systematic studies of
Polychaetes ; The relation of seafowl to fishes;
Cestode parasites of Pacific fish; Creatin and
creatinine content of fish muscle and body fluids;
Nitrogenous metabolism in the dogfish ; Physio-
logical and |)harmacological studies of fish gut.

Each piece of research carefully and thorough-
ly carried out is a welcome contribution in a
field at once extensive and complex, and so in-
timately associated with the welfare of mankind.

It was by authorit)' of the Carnegie Institution
of Washington, which has since maintained it
continuously, that the Tortugas Laboratory was
established'by Dr. Alfred Gillayor in 1904. It
stands on the westernmost of the Florida Keys,
far out in the Gulf of Mexico, seventy miles
west of Key West, itself one hundred and forty
ni.les distant from the Florida mainland.

THE TORTUGAS LABORATORY

W. H. L.\NGi.Kv ■ '

E.vcciiti-i'e Officer of the Laboratory

This choice location was determined by several
factors. Among these, the richness of the local
marine fauna, wdiich attracted the attention of
Alexander Agassiz as early as 1878, should proli-
abl\- l)e given first place. Its influence is powerful-
ly sui-iported, however, by the purity of the ocean
water liathing the shores of its islands, and bythcir
freedom from all endemic tropical diseases.

228

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. \'L No. 4'J

In 1904 the fact that, in the interest of the
garrison then stationed at Fort Jefiferson on
C.arden Key — four miles from Loggerhead Key,
the site of the Lahoratory — government lioats
maintained frequent communication with Ke\-
W est, seemed an additional advantage, but when
the garrison was withdrawn, it proved an eas\
matter to adjust the life of the station to the
changed condition. Enforced isolation proved a
benefit in disguise. It permits and encourages
concentration upon research uneml)arrassed by
tlie restrictions of convention or the interrup-
tions of casual social activity.

The station is open at present each summer for
twelve weeks, Ijeginning its season about the first
of June. Twelve to fourteen men mav he com-
fortably accommodated at once in its two labora-
tories, one of which is 20 by 50 feet in length

with a wing, 20 by 30

feet, housing aquari.i
supjjlied with running
sea-water reaching
them through a lead
distril)Ution system.
Tlie other is 20'by 58
feet with a sleeping
jiorcli 14 feet wide
surroui'.ding it on
tlu'ee sides. One of
these l)uildings in-
cludes a photographic
dark room and a larg-
er light proof room
for experimentation.
The services of eight
skilled workmen, the
resources of a rather
well -equipped machine
sliop, and a fleet of
lioats meet tlie re-
(|nircments of inves-
tigators.

The .liitdii Polini,
seventy feet long, em-
inently seawortlu', with two fifty-horsepower
engines, and capalile of nine knots per hour, m.ain-
tains communication with Key West at fort-
rightly intervals. She is also provided with
equipment for dredging to the depth of three
liundred fathoms. The launches I'elclla and Dar-
win, respectively capal)le of making eight and
twelve knots per hour, provide adeciuate trans-
])ortation or for collecting expedit'ons within the
group vand for shallow water dredging. Smaller
lioats are available as needed.

A Delco lighting plant permits night work, ex-
press tanks with a capacity of twelve thousand
y/dlons store fresh water in quantities sufficien;
for every reasonable need. Th.ere is an ;idei|uate

yALE AT MOUNT LAKE BIOLOGICAL STATION

IN VIRGINIA
J. M. Valentine; L. L. Woodruff; Mrs. Valentine;
Mrs. Woodruff; Mrs. G. E, Hutchins; Mrs. Burns;
A Petrunkevitch; Robert Burns, and his two
children.

cold storage system for fresh meats, perishable
vegetaliles, etc. The table is in charge of an
nnusually competent steward. By courtesy of
Hie .Superintendent of Liglithouses, Seventh Dis-
trict, communication with the outside world by
telephone and telegraph is possible.

Admission to the laboratory is by invitation. In
general, place may be found only for investigators
of some experience whose problems may l)e
studied at Tortugas with especial advantage. A
place as assistant is sometimes open to a younger
man of unusual promise. The e'|uivalent of
transi>ortation from New York to Key West and
return, when the necessai'v costs of travel are so
great, is made available to each investigator. The
institution bears the usually moderate cost of
sjiecial apparatus for research. There are no
charges of any sort for maintenance, service or
the use of the labora-
tory's facilities.

( )ne advantage the
station ])ossesses in
greater degree than
most others is a di-
rect result of its geo-
graphical location. It
is possible to work all
dav long, if necessary,
in the warm water
about it, and to use a
diving hood for hours
without discomfort in
the stud\ of marine
animals, undisturlied
in their natural sur-
roundings. The nioal
about Fort Jefferson
and a tern rookerv
within the Tortugas
group increase thv
range of ])ossible
studies. ISut, for bi-
ologv as a whole,
these advantages are
all slight in compari.son with the opportunity the
laboratory gives to northern workers to see a
niarine flora and fauna very different from that
tlie\' know be.st. Even superficial contact with
the species of a strange reg"i<in enomiou'-K e;i-
hances the value of the home laun,-i :ind llora as
materials for study.

During the current season the following in-
vestigators have worked or will work at the lali-
i.ratory : P. Hartsch, U. S. National Museum : E.\-
jieriments with Cerious ; W. E. l-iullington, Ran-
dolph-Macon College: Movements of filiate I^ro-
tozoa : L. k. Cary. Princeton Cniversity : The
Cultivation of Invertebrate Tissues in \'itro; lohn
Colnian, Cambridge I'niversitv. b.ngland ; Ecu-

August 22, 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

229

logical Studies in Marine Zoology and Investiga-
tion of Coral Reef Structure ; C. Hartman, Car-
negie Institution: The Hypophysis in Fishes; \V.
N. Hess, Hamilton College : Photoreceptors and
Reactions to Light in Bahnogossus, etc ; D. L
Hopkins, Duke University: The Life Histories
and Physiology of Mai-ine Amebae : B. W.
Kunkel, Lafayette College: Differential Mortality
in Hermit Crabs Exposed to Unfavorable Con-
ditions; W. H. Langley, Goucher College: Ob-
servation in Fishes ; H. W. Manter, LTniversitv of
Neliraska: S\stematic Studv of Tortugas Trema-

todes : H. S. Pearse : Migration of Organisms
from Sea to Land ; W. L. Schmitt, U. S. National
Museum : Systematic Study of Decapods and Sub-
marine Motion Photography; R. G. Stone, Uni-
versity of Missouri : Influence of Radium on Re-
generation in Annelids ; G. Tandy, British Mu-
seum Natural History: Ecological Studies upon
Marine Algae, and Studies of Coral Reef Struc-
ture ; J. P. Visscher, Western Reserve University :
The Barnacles of Tortugas with Special Refer-
ence to their Larvae; S. Yamanouchi, L'^niversity
of Chicago: Life Histories of Marine Algae.

THE MURMANSK MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION

Dr Dmitry N. Borodin
I iidct'cndciit / iivcstigator, Yonkcrs. N. V.

Murmansk Marine Biological Station is located
near Ekaterininska\a harbor, Alexandrovsk, a
town on the northern shore of the Kola peninsula,
near Norway, Russia. The geographical position
of this marine biological station is unique. Being
located at 69°15' N.'latitude and 32''30' E. longi-
tude Greenwich, it is the northernmost scientific
institution in the world and the only station lo-
cnted a1:out one degree aliove tiie polar circle. Tlie
ocean near the Station never freezes and the har-
lior is free from floating ice, like the entire Mur-
mansk cnast all the year around as far as Cape
.Sviatoy Noss in the East. This is one of the
numerous Russian paradoxes ; other harl)ors
which I'lre located farther south, like Arkhangelsk
on the White Sea, Leningrad on the Baltic, As-
trakan on the Caspian, Vladivostok on the Pacific,
as well as ( )dessa on the Black Sea, are frozen
and closed for different lengths of time in the
winter. Pjcfore t"he war it was possijjle to reach
the Murmansk liiological Station only by a
steamer from Arkhangelsk ; Imt at present a rail-
way delivers one to Murmansk, a large port and
a vivacious town in the Kola fjord, and from
there a steamer takes one to Ale.x,androvsk.

I'rom May to July there are no nights at Alex-
androvsk, and the work at the lal^oratory can be
continued for twenty-four hours without arti-
iiciil light. To those "white nights" one must
1 ecome accustomed, for to keep a record of the
calendar dates and week days is entirely useless.
The economy in electricity which is thus efTected
in these polar regions is only temi)orarily appar-
ent, for the "l)lack days" of fall and winter, when
there is no sun and no daylight at all, but only
monn and an aurora Iiorealis succeed the "white
n-gbts".

The Station has four liuildings. One of them
h-s laboratories, a lilirarv with a complete set of
"Repcrts on the Scientific Results of the Ex-
liloring Voyage H. M. S. Challeger 1873-73". a
dining room, and aquaria in the basement. A sec-

ond building serves as dormitory and abode for
the stafT; the third building is an electrical station,
and the fourth a dry dock and workshop.

The Station has for its use a good two-mast-
ed, gasoline motor yacht, "Alexander Kovalev-
sky" and many other boats of Norwegian "jolas"
type, as well as Russian "shniakas", which re-
semlile the ancient ships of Norsemen and Vik-
ings.

From May or June, when the steamer brings
the first group of students and professors, until
the end of the season, the Station is full of ac-
tivity. Russian universities of the North are us-
ually well represented.

The ocean in the vicinity of Murmansk Station
has an exceedingly rich fauna of invertebrates
and vertebrates, whales being included in the
latter phylum. Among the Polychatea the fol-
lowing are common : Lepodonotus sqitammatus,
I'hvllodocc macnlata. Lumbrincreis fragilis, Ner-
eis pelaffica. Ammotrypane aiilogaster, Areiiieola
nwriiia. Spirorbis borealis. and many Saliellidae ;
and among the Chloraemidae are Brada granidosa
/?. (iraiiuhita. Trophoiiia pliiiiiosa and FlabcUigcra
affiiiis. Nemertines are well represented and some
of them attain a large size. Very common are
Linens gesserensis, Ainphiponis lacfiflores, and
Ccpludofria. Ecluitrus pallasi and Priapalus caii-
daliis are always ready for student use.

Molluscs are easy to obtain, and they include Lit-
toriualitorciu L.nidis. L. pallida. L.obtiisata,Mya
Iritiieata, Mytilus ediilis and Peeten islandicus.

An enormous quantity of sea-urchins is usually
consumed by investigators ; they belong to a local
species, viz., Stroni^yloeentrotus droebaehiensis,
Asterias rubcns. Opkiura sarsi and Ophiopliolis
aculeata are other local echinoderms.

Balaiioglossiis mcesehkoivskii. that classical oli-
iect of study, is also present.

The oceanic flora of algae consists of large Lam-
iiiuria scieliariiia and other species which may be
found in the deep fjords. When the water re-

230

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 49

cedes at low tide the algae Lithothumnion glaciale,
L. ungeri, L. soriferum, and L. nodosum form a
pretty pink and magenta border to the shore.
Other species of algae are Porphyra lacininta,
Phyllophora clongata. Hildebrantia prototypus,
Rhodomcla lycopoidcs, CoralUna officinalis, As-
cophvlluin nodosum, Lithodcrma, Nemolion lubri-
cum and Ficus serratus, F. vesculosus, F. filifor-
mis ana, F. inflatus, and manv others.

The author remembers as his co-workers of
the summer of 1909 Professors V. A. Dosjiel.

Protozoa, A. A. Zawarzin, morphology of the
nervous system of insects, K. M. Derjugin, fauna
and ecology, K. K. Kluge, director of the Sta-
tion, and a group of students from two universi-
ties. During that summer the author collected
material for comparative histology of polychaete
worms and also carried on experiments on their
])hysiologv. Part of the written, unpublished re-
ports disappeared during the Russian troubles,
but some of it was saved by his culleagues and
recently discovered in Vladivostok.

PHYSIOLOGY OF THE CORPUS LUTEUM AND ITS INTER-
GLANDULAR RELATIONSHIPS

(Continued from Page 225)

contractions which are known to be due to the
corpus luteum can be demonstrated by the use
of e.xtracts, but the specific hormone response is
not known.

Relaxin. This hormone, in addition to being
present in the corpus luteum, may also be ex-
tracted from the blood of several species of mam-
mals during pregnancy. It is also present in am-
niotic li(|uor and tlie placenta. \ single subcu-
taneous injection of relaxin into a virgin guinea
])ig during full oestrus produces relaxation of the
])elvic ligaments within eight to twelve hours.
Usually the amount of hormone obtained from
one gram of corpus luteum tissue of the sow is
sufficient to produce a positive result. This hor-
mone can affect changes in the pelvis only when
the animal is under the influence of oestrin. The
pelvic ligaments of a castrate female do not re-
spond to relaxin unless the animal is first put in
the proper physiological condition by the admin-
istration of oestrin. The symphysis pubis of a
normal male guinea pig cannot be rela.xed due
to the fact that it differs anatomically from that
of the female. This condition can, however, be
changed to the female type through feminization
by oestrin or ovarian grafts, after which relaxa-
tion can be produced under the same conditions
as described for the female.

Relaxation is the result of a combined action of
oestrin and relaxin. It is a "one-two'" reaction
in which oestrin must act first, followed by re-
laxin. The relationship between oestrin and re-
laxin is a qualitative one, that is. large doses of
oestrin do not seem to inhiliit or intensify the
action of relaxin.

The mucifying hormone. The vaginal mucosa
of rats and mice is changed during pregnancx' to
a mucus secreting type which apparently serves
to lubricate the liirth canal at parturition. This
development can be produced in castrate animals
by corpus hUeum extracts and is due to a si>e-
cific hormone which, as far as known, takes pari

in no other reaction. Though the complete dis-
tribution of this substance is not fully known, it
has, however, lieen extracted from other tissues
such as foetal membranes and also from urine.
The mucifying hormone acts in conjunction with
oestrin in producing its effect. The vaginal mu-
cosa must first be built up by oestrin before the
mucifying substance can act. This is then also
a "one-two" reaction in which oestrin must pre-
cede the mucifying factor, but the relationship
between the two hormones is a c|uantitative one
in that oestrin in sufficient doses to produce
oestrum prevents the action of the mucifier.

Corporiii. A third hormone of the corpus lu-
teum, corporin or progestin, promotes such re-
actions of the uterus as development of decidual
tissue, formation of the pseudopregnant con-
dition in the uterus of rabbits, preservation of
young in the uterus after castration, and the for-
mation of a premenstrual endometrium in the
uterus of castrate monkeys. The physiological
factors governing these uterine reactions seem to
be the same, and so they can be illustrated by one
or two examples.

( I ) The pseudopregnant or progestational con-
dition in the uterus of rabl)its depends on a quan-
titative lialance between oestrin and corporin.
The reaction may be thrown in either direction b\'
dosage, that is, a large dose of oestrin will mask
the action of a small dose of corporin, while the
reverse is also true. (2) A subthreshold dnse
of oestrin aids the action of a threshold dose of
corporin when the treatment is contiiUied for a
long' period. (3) A given dosage of oestrin may
mask the action of a given dosage of corporin, but
if the dosage of corporin is increased the same
amount of oestrin does not inhibit corporin but
enables corporin to preserve the progestational
jiicture longer than it otherwise could if given
alone.

(1) Neither corporin or oestrin when given
alone can produce a typical ])remenstru:il eiido-

August 22, 1931 ]

THE COLLFXTING NET

231

nietrium in the uterus of castrate monkeys. (2)
The folHcular hormone ( oestrin ) must first pro-
mote growth of the endometrium and the corpus
kiteum hormone (corporin) modifies this struc-
ture into the premenstrual condition. (3) It is a
"one-two" reaction in which the two hormones
must have a quantitative relationship to each
other. (4) Oestrin inhibits menstruation, while
corporin does not. (5)Oestrin may be injected
in large doses (100 rat units or more dailv) for
long periods ( over 30 days ) without producing
menstruation, but bleeding is precipitated if the
do.sage is lowered materially or discontinued. This

bleeding, however, is not from a typical premen-
strual endometrium but is due to necrosis of an
endometrium of a follicular hormone type. (6)
Oestrin stimulates mitotic activity in the uterine
glands while corporin does not. (7) Corporin
produces swelling of the cells of the uterine
glands, contributing, we think, to their coiling.

The three hormones which have been extracted
from the corpora lutea of the sow produce spe-
cific physiological reactions which can be used
as end points for their quantititive standardiza-
tion, and as they are chemicallv different it is
jiossible to isolate them b\' chemical procedures.

OSCILLOGRAPHIC STUDY OF THE CARDIAC GANGLION OF
LIMULUS POLYTHEMUS

Dr. Pierre Rijlant
Professor of Physiology, Sotvay Institute for Physiology. University of Prusscls

Indirect evidence as to the neurogenic origin
of the heart Ijeat in Limuhis polyphemits has
been brought out by Carlson (1904). Studying
the electrocardiogram of Limulus oljtained with a
string galvanometer, Hoffman ( 1911) showed the
oscillatory character and supposed that this was
due to an oscillatory discharge of the ganglion,
tctanizing the heart muscle. Carrey (1912) veri-
fied the findings of Hoffman and studied the mod-
ification of the normal oscillatory activity under
the influence of changes in temperature and of
drugs ; he does not. however, consider the con-
traction of the heart of Limulus to be of tetanic
character. But Nukada (1918), working on the
heart of Limulus lougispina could not find, in
normal condition, an oscillatory discharge and
described an electrical activity similar to that of
the heart of vertelirates. Hoshin (1925) and Du-
buisson (1930) agreed with this conception and
more recently Monnier and Dubuisson, using a
cathode ray oscillograph similar to the one of
Erlanger and Casser. They also admitted that
the origin of the heart lieat was not in the car-
diac ganglion but in the muscle itself and that,
under normal conditions, no conduction could be
detected, the heart contracting simultaneouslv in
all its parts.

The disagreement between physiologists as
to the neurogenic or myogenic origin of the
heart beat in Limulus is due to the fact
that no direct evidence whatever has been
brought as to the sjiontaneous activity of
the cardiac ganglion. There is even disagree-
ment as to the nature of the electrical wave in the
heart muscle. This is due to the low value of
the action potentials in Limulus. No string gal-
vanometer can record the potentials accurately,
and the cathode ray oscillographs used were not
adapted to work on a spontaneous reacting tissue.

For these reasons 1 made a cathode ra\- oscil-

lograph outfit (autumn, 1930) giving continuous
records at constant speeds which can be adapted
between one and five hundred centimeters per
second, and having a sensitivity up to one micro-
volt for two millimeters' deflection. For the actual
experiments a sensitivity of five microvolts per
millimeter is used with a balanced amplifier, re-
sistance coupled, amplifying 560,000 times. The
exi^eriments on Limulus were performed either in
the Solvay Institute for Physiology in Brussels,
on Limulus sent over in the Spring of 1930 from
the Woods Hole latoratory, or in the Marine
Biological Laboratory this summer.

The records obtained show the oscillatory char-
acter of the electrocardiogram of Limulus ; us-
ually a very important initial wave followed by
ten to thirty small waves are obtained, the whole
length of the complex being 1.2 seconds. When
the vessels are tied off or the heart is distended by
!)lood or air, this activity is superimposed on a
very slow single wave analagous to the well-
known "deformation potential" in any living sys-
tem irregularly distended. This corresponds, cor-
rections of their records being made, to the find-
ings of Hoffman and Carrey. Lack of sensitivity
in their methods prevented Nukada and Dubuis-
son from finding oscillatory oscillograms.

In some experiments on intact animals it is
possible to show an electrical activity independent
of the heart activity but of the same average
rhvthm. This is probably due to the activity of
the auricle commonly called pericardium in Lim-
ulus,

To study the pace-maker in the heart two cath-
ode ra\' oscillogra])hs are needed, the deflections
being registered- simultaneously on the same film.
Two pairs of independent electrodes are con-
nected to the tissue in experiment, the poten-
tials amplified through amplifiers and sent into
two cathode ray oscillographs. When one oscil-

232

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VI. No. 49

lograph registers the activity of the cardiac
ganglion and the second one the activity of the
muscle, under all conditions the nervous activity
starts before the muscular activity. Nowhere is
it possible to find a muscular region active before
the corresponding part of the ganglion becomes
active.

Hoffman, Nukada, and Carrey made unsuc-
cessful attempts to register the activity of the
ganglion. A few months ago, Heimbecker des-
cribed an action potential in the cardiac ganglion
of Limulus as ".scattered volleys of low potential
which increase in frequency, number and ampli-
tude." That description does not correspond in
;mv of its points to the action potential of the
cardiac ganglion of Limulus polyphemus and is
due to the fact that the method used by that au-
thor does not give objective information about
complex waves starting spontaneously.

When the cardiac ganglion is completely iso-
lated from the body and connected to the oscil-
lograph, periodic changes in potential lasting 1.2
seconds and separated by periods of quiescence of
2 seconds are observed. Each of these potential
changes is composed of a series of waves. Three
different types of activity are obtained: 100 to
200 fast WiTves ; 10 to 30 slow waves ; or s-niul-
taneou.sly fast and slow waves. The maximum
action potential obtained is 150 to 200 microvolts
while the normal value is 100 microvolts.

Under normal conditions the activity starts in
tlie region corresponding to the fifth segment and
is conducted up and down the ganglion at an
average speed of 75 centimeters per second. This
agrees with the measurements of Carlson, Ed-
wards and Pond. Roth rapid and slow waves
are conducted throughout the whole ganglion.
These experiments show that the ganglion activity
is not due to a reflex stimulation by distention of
the muscular part of the heart, as there is no
muscle present in these experiments, Init to a
local nervous automatism.

In a further series of experiments I have
studied the neuro muscular junction; the gang-
lion is completely dissected out with the first mus-
cular segment remaining attached, the other seg-
ments being destroyed. Electrodes are put on the
muscle and on the nerve in the second segme-it
and connected to two oscillographs. The records
show that the action potential appears in the nerve
50 .s- * before it stTrts in the muscle. Corrections
being made for the conduction time in the nerve
between the leading off electrodes and the neuro-
muscular junction, the delay at that junction is
about 30 .v under normal conditions but can in-
crease to 200 .f before complete block occurs,
r'urare (\'/<) does not affect the junction, but
strychnine and ephedrin produce block. A rise
* ^- This symbol indicates "sigma".

in temperature decreases the delay at the junction.

Stimulation of the isolated ganglion by single
induction shocks produces either single waves or
oscillatory waves. Small stimuli produce single
waves ; two types are observed : either of short
duration | * 10 i' or of long, up to 80 j. The os-
cillatory waves are made by .slow or fast waves
or by both. When threshold break shocks pro-
duce an oscillatory wave, the corresponding make
shocks produce either a single wave or a very
si'.ort oscillatory crmplex. 1 be length of the os-
cillatory complex increases with tlie strength of
stimulus to a limit equal to the length of a normal
sixjntaneous complex, but decreases when the
interval between stimulus and the preceding beat
decreases. The absolute refractory phase for the
production of an oscillatory discharge is about
half the normal length of a discharge, the relative
refractory phase, as regards the length of the
complex lasts about two seconds. The height oi
the oscillatory wave does not change when the
strength of stimulus is modified ; the height of a
single wave is proportional to the stimulus up to
a limit. The refractory phase for single waves
;s verv short and less than five s. .A.t frequencies
of stimulation of 100 D. V. per second signs of
fatigue appear and the height of the single waves,
either fast or slow, diminishes.

Single waves can be obtained without disturb-
ing the normal spontaneous rhythm of the gang-
lion. C)scillatory waves delay the following spon-
taneous beat. Similar results can lie olitained
when the efferent electrodes are put on the muscle
and the stimulus applied to the ganglion. These
experiments show that the ganglion has two dif-
ferent types of nerve fibers, one giving fast
waves, the other slow waves. It shows, also,
that when certain ganglionic cells are stimulated
the waves liecome oscillatory. This seems to in-
dicate that besides the .slow and fast motor nerve
fibers the ganglion contains "cells of association"
resjionsible for the oscillatory discharge.

When conduction is impaired so that gangli-
onic cells become isolated from the centril
]>art of the g'anglion, a new automatism arises.
The rhythm is very regular. Single waves
".])pear at a constant speed varying in dift'erent
experiments from 50 to 900 per minute. The
smaller the group of cells, the higher is
the speed obtained. When conduction changes,
these isolated be.Tts can be gradually mixed
ui) with the normal slow complex. It is
possible to show progressive passage from the
normal oscillatorv wave to the rapid single wave.
A single wave can determine in a group of gang-
lionic cells the start of a new impulse which will
travel in a direction opposite to the initial wave.
These reflected waves can occur either at isolated
'' This symbol indicates "plus or minus."

August 22, 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

233

"i^roups of cells in the anterior segments I or II,
or in the central segments. Any of these waves
can be conducted to the muscle and determine a
corresponding action potential in it. Slow waves
produce slow potential in the muscle, fast waves
fast potential changes in muscle. This indicates
that there are probably two distinct muscular sys-
tems in the heart of Limulus, one slow and one
fast. Nukada has described the microscopic
structure of two muscular systems in the heart of
Limulus.

In a last series of experiments I have tried to
investigate why the ganglionic activity is oscilla-
tory. When electrodes are put on the isolated
nerve in segment V (pace-maker) and in segm^nt
II, the two waves obtained are similar. If be-
tween the two pairs of electrodes the nerve is
modified either by compression or by drugs, the
activity of segment V is not modified, but the
waves obtained in segment II are progressively
modified. If the initial complex showed 100 fast
waves and 15 slow waves, the fast waves pro-
gressively diminish in number, the slow waves
diminish in amplitude. Conduction can be mod-
ified so that only one fast wave, the first one. is
conducted. At that moment the nerve cells in
segment I start beating spontaneou.sly at their
own fast rhythm. This shows that the whole
normal complex arises in the center of the gang-

lion and is conducted to the peripliery. It also
shows that the normal complex inhibits the fast
automatism of isolated ganglionic cells.

In one single ganglion two or more oscillatory
waves of normal shape and length can exist sim-
ultaneously without modifying one another, and
be conducted to some extent. When conduction
is slightly modified in the ganglion, dififerent cen-
ters of automatism, elaborating a comjilete normal
complex, can exist simultaneously. The intricate
form of the oscillogram of the cardiac ganglion
of Limulus is not due to the ganglion as a whole
but to some of its ganglionic groups. I assume
that in the ganglion there are dififerent systems of
association cells, each of these being able to elab-
orate a normal complex and to inhibit the funda-
mental fast automatism of the isolated ganglion
cells. By the action of drugs it is possible to iso-
late in each of these complexes the slow and fast
waves, which indicates that either the fast or slow
motor components can be inhibited without mod-
ifying the characteristics of rhythm and duration
of the association complex and corroborates our
working hyix)thesis. In the cardiac ganglion of
Limulus, frequency and length of the spontaneous
activity are regulated by a system of association
cells independent of the activity of the slow and
fast motor cells.

SURFACE TEMPERATURE AND THE RADIATION OF HEAT FROM

THE HUMAN BODY

Dr. Eugene F. DuBols
Professor of Medicine, Cornell University Medical College, Medical Director. Russell Sac/c

Institute of Pathology.

It is generally stated in the literature that the
white human skin acts almost like a perfect black-
Ijody radiator and that the amount of heat radiat-
ed from the surface can be used as a measure of
the surface temperature. Some work on malarial
chills performed in association with D. P. Barr
in K)!/ led us to doubt both of these assumptions.
Last year Drs. W. S. McClellan, H. M. Halcro
Wardlaw and the writer investigated this subject
using the respiration calorimeter of the Russell
Sage Institute of Pathology. The calorimeter de-
termines the heat lost by vaporization by col-
lecting the water vapor in a sulphuric acid bottle.
The heat lost by radiation, convection and conduc-
tion is all collected by a .stream of cool water flow-
ing through pipes in the top of the calorimeter.
Rubner has estimated that a man loses about 44
per cent, of his heat through radiation and 31
per cent, through convection. Conduction plays
a minor role. It is difficult to separate these
channels of heat loss.

According to Newton's law of cooling the heat
loss by radiation and convection bv one bodv to
another surrounding it is proportional to the tem-

perature difference between the two. This is
cjuite accurate for small temperature diflferences
and we need not concern ourselves with the more
complicated formulas when we are dealing with
human subjects. Our experiments were per-
formed on two normal men who lay naked in
the calorimeter at a temperature of 25° C. The
rectal temperature was measured by means of an
electrical resistance thermometer and the skin
temperatures were read in 17 spots using a resis-
tance thermometer devised by Mr. G. F. Soder-
strom.

In the first experiment the subject "D" had an
average skin temperature of aliout 33° C. at the
start. During the first hour he was quiet. He
felt cool but did not shiver and he lost about 70
calories that hour by radiation and convection.
During the next short interval we measured the
surface temperature and found that it had dropped
about one degree. He then started the second
experimental period and tried to exercise just
enough to keep the surface temperature constant.
It so happened that he was successful and main-
tained the average skin temperature almost ex-

234

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 49

actly at 32° . His mild exercise had of course
increased his heat production and the heat loss
l)y radiation and conduction rose from 70 to 81
calories per hour. In other words the skin av-
eraged half a degree colder the second hour and
yet it eliminated 16 per cent, more heat.

The second e.xperimental subject "\V" did not
show as much drop in skin temperature and his
mild exercise in the second period warmed him
so much that the average skin temperatures weie
almost exactly the same for the two hours. In
the lirst period he lost ahout 60 calories 1>\' radia-
tion and convection and in the second period with
ilie same temjierature he lost ahout 78 calories.

These two experiments show that under special

conditions heat loss is not proportional to surface
temperature. A review of the large number of
calorimeter experiments that have been performed
on patients with fever supports this statement. It
is true that the calorimeter measures radiation
and convection together but there is no reason to
assume that convection is independent of surface
temperature. In the case of radiation it is quite
l)r()t)able that the skin does not act as a perfect
black-body radiator but possesses the power of
changing its permealiility for radiation. It is
(|uite possible that the true physiological surface
lies in the deeper layers of the skin or in the
sulicutaneous tissue and that the outer layers of
the skin resemlile a suit of clothes.

THE ACTION OF THE COMMON CATIONS ON THE PROTOPLASMIC
VISCOSITY OF AMOEBA

Dr. L. V. Heilbrunn
Associate Professor of Zoology, V nhtersity of Pennsylvania

Four cations are common to living substance.
They are found in most types of living cells, and
biologists are agreed that their presence in these
cells is of great importance to the vital machin-
erv. These ions are sodium, potassium, calcium,
and magnesium. There is a hu'.;e literature con-
cerning the effect of the individual ions on vari-
ous tvpes of living systems. Muscle physiologists,
l)lant physiologists, students of medicine and of
agriculture, all have contributed important ex-
])crimental observations. We know that a given
cation may show pronounced antagonistic effects
toward another or other cations. It is also known
that two of the cations, magnesium and potassi-
um, may have a pronounced anaesthetic action.

For the general physiologist, it is obviously im-
portant to know what physico-chemical effect or
effects the various cations may have on the jjroto-
plasm. In 1923 I was able to show that sodium
and potassium ions increased the viscosity of tiie
protoplasm of sea-urchin eggs and of Stentor,
whereas calcium and magnesium ions had the op-
posite effect. Similar results were obtained for
plant cells by Cliolodn\' and by AVeber and these
observations found an easy interpretation on tlie
basis of colloid chemical theory, if one assumed
that the protoplasmic micellae were positively
charged. However, in 1926. Chamliers and Rez-
nikotf, in studying the effect of the common ca-
tions on the protoplasm of Amoeba dnhia. con-
cluded that sodium and potTSs'um made the
protoiilasm mrire fluid, i. e. less viscous, and that
calcium and magnesium had the opposite effect.
These opinions were based partlv on evidence
gained from micro-dissection, but apparentlv m ire
on the fact that in sodium and ootassium sulu-
tions the granules or crystals of the amoeba were
observed to fall through the protoplasm.

It is of course possible that the micellae of am-
oeba protoplasm are charged differently from
those of the other types of protoplasm mentioned
previously and that .sodium and potassium do ac-
tually produce a liquefaction in Amoeba dubia. In
order to test this point, a series of centrifuge
tests was planned on specimens of Amoeba dubia
immersed in solutions of sodium, potassium, mag-
nesium, land calcium chloride. These tests were
performed by Miss Kathryn Daugherty. She
made a long series of experiments in each case,
and her results show conclusively that sodium and
])otassium solutions increase the protoplasmic vis-
cosit_\-, and that calcium and magnesium decrease
it. On the average there is a 41% increase in the
sodium chloride solution, a 21% increase in the
potassium chloride, and decreases of 35 and 32%
in calcium and magnesium chloride solutions re-
spectively. These findings are in accord with the
older work on other types of protoplasm, and
they likewise favor the view that the protoplas-
mic micellae of amoeba protoplasm liear a pos-
itive charge. During the past winter, Mr. Kat-
suma Dan has done some cataphoresis experi-
ments with amoeba which also favor this view.

The fall of crystals which Chambers and Re7.-
nikoff observed in potassium chloride solutions !s
due to stoppage of movement rather than to any
change in the viscosity of the protoplasm. The
crystals of Amoeba dubia are large and thev fall
readily whenever the amoeba stops moving. In
sodium chloride solutions at room temperatures,
we have never observed an\' fall of crvstals.
However, at 30°, amceboid movement ceases in
.sodium chloride solutions and the crvstals fall.

The discussion so far has concerned Amoeba
dubia. When this ramoeba is centrifuged at slow
speeds, practically all of the crystals move through

August 22, 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

235

the cell. On the other hand, when Amoeba pro-
tons is centrifuged at slow speeds, only the crys-
tals in the interior of the amoeba move, and those
in the outer cortex or plasmagel remain as they
were. Hut tlie crystals in the plasmagel can also lie
moved if the amoeba be centrifuged for longer
times at considerably greater centrifugal speeds.
The length of time required for the crystals of
the plasmagel to move into half the cell when the
amoel)a is subjected to a given centrifugal force
is called the "centrifugal value". For reasons
which cannot be gone into here, this value is
not an exact measure of the viscosity of the
plasmagel, but it can at least be stated that high-
er centrifuge values indicate higher viscosities,
and lower centrifuge values lower viscosities.

When Amoeba proteus is immersed in dilute
solutions of potassium salts the centrifuge value
becomes markedly diminished, so that it is only
a small fraction of the normal. In these dilute
solutions of potassium salts, the amoeba is com-
pletely anaestlietized. It seems fair to conchule
that the anaesthetic action of the potassium ion is
in some way associated with this pronounced
liquefying action. The magnesium ion causes an
almost complete stoppage of movement of
Amoeba proteus; it is only bv oliserving
the amoeba for minutes at a time that
any movement can be detected. In dilute so-
lutions of magnesium chloride the centrifuge val-
ue of the plasmagel is reduced to 687o of its nor-
mal value. Pioth magnesium and potassium .an-
aesthetize and both liquefy the plasmagel. These
observations are in excellent agreement with cur-
rent theories of amoeboid movement. They also
give support to the theory that anaesthesia is as-
sociated with a -liquefaction of the protoplasm, a
theory which I proposed some years ago.

The sodium ion has but little efifect on the cen-
trifuge value of the plasmagel. Its only action is
to cause a slight decrease in the value. As might

be expected, amoebae immersed in sodium chlo-
ride .solutions continue to move. The only one
of the common cations which causes an increase
in the centrifuge value is calcium, and the efifect
of this ion is pronounced. The work of Pantin
and of Pollock has indicated that calcium is the
one cation which is essential for amoeboid move-
ment and its specific action in stififening the plas-
magel is particularly interesting in this connection.

Numerous e.xperments have been performed on
the efTect of combinations of cations on the plas-
magel of A>noeba proteus.. Indeed every pos.sible
combination has been tried. It will not be pos-
sil)le to consider all these experiments, but it
should be pointed out that the liquefying action
of jjotassium and magnesium is antagonized bv
calcium, and that a trace of this element may
exert a very powerful efifect.

Our experiments have shown certain effects
of individual cations on the interior protoplasm
of Amoeba dubia. and very different effects of
the same ions on the outer protoplasm or plasma-
gel of Amoieba proteus. It is not practicable to
study the plasmagel of Amoeba dubia, nor is it
])racticable to study the viscosity of the interior
protoplasm of Amoeba proteus. It seems a fair
assumption, however, that the two amoebae are
essentially similar in their behavior toward the
common cations. It is fortunate that we have the
two forms, one of which can be used for a study
of the interior, the other for a study of the cor-
tex. Our study of the interior indicates that this
protoplasm behaves toward the common cations
like a positively charged suspension. The cor-
te.x is very different. Calcium tends to solidify or
stiffen it, magnesium and especially potassium
have the opposite effect. The anaesthetic action
of magnesium and potassium ions has always been
a great mystery ; their behavior fitted in with no
one of the theories of anaesthesiva. Perhaps our ex-
periments may throw some light on this mystery.

THE MECHANISM OF BACTERIOTROPIN ACTION

Dr. Balduin Lucke

Laboratory of Pathology. Uiiirer.Hty of Pennsylvania

The experiments here reported were made in
collaboration with Drs. Mudd, McCutcheon,
.Strumia, who are equallv responsiljle for the re-
sults.

Leucocytes ordinarily take up living bacteria
only to a slight degree. When, however, bacteria
are treated with specific immune serum they are
readily phagocytized. The substance or substanc-
es in serum which promote phagocytosis are
termed liacteriotropins.

We have studied the relation between phago-
cytosis and certain properties of the liacterial sur-
face, namely, cohesiveness, electric charge and

wettability. The bacteria used were various sjic-
cies of living tubercle bacilli ; the phagocytic cells
were exudative rabliits' leucocytes; the immune
sera were prepared by injecting rabbits with the
micro-organisms studied. In the experiments bac-
teria were treated with serial dilutions of immune
sera and rotated in a Robertson agitator with
leucocytes ; the degree of phagocytosis was de-
termined from the number of leucocytes which
hid engulfed bacteria in a given time. Mean-
while, the effect of immune sera on cohesiveness
of bacteria was studied bv the agglutination and

resuspension reactions ; the effect

rface

236

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 49

charge was calculated from the cataphoretic ve-
locity. The effect on the wetting properties was
determined by suspending bacteria in an oil-water
interface ; before interaction with serum the
micro-organisms used readily pass into the oil ;
after interaction they resist passing into the oil.

The results of this first series of experiments
may be summarized as follows : Sera reacting
with bacteria have increased phagocytosis, caused
agglutination and increased cohesion of bacteria,
decreased the bacterial surface charge, and altered
tiie surface from one readily wet by oil to one
wet by water. The changes in these surface
])roperties and in phagocytosis are, in general, of
corresponding degree. Alternatively stated, sera
which have reacted with liacteria so as to cause
increased cohesion, decreased surface charge, and
change in wettal)ibty. have effected a correspond-
ing increase in phagocytosis.

In the next group of experiments we studied
the alterations of surface properties of bacteria
and of phagocytosis during the course of active
immunization. Tests have been conducted peri-
odically with the sera of rabbits under active im-
munization and with different strains of tuliercle
l)acilli. Again a close correspondence between in-
tensities of surface reactions and of phagocvtosis
was apparent. From these experiments the con-
clusion may be drawn that both surface reactions
and tropin effects are due to the deposit of a cer-
tain sui)stance or substances contained in im-
mune serum on the bacterial surface.

In the next group of experiments immune sera
were fractionated into their glol)ulin and allmmin
fractions. It was found that solutions of the
gloliulin fractions possess essentially the same

properties as bacteriotropic sera. The properties
of the globulin fractions were now further in-
vestigated by studying the iso-electric point of
bacteria sensitized with increasing concentrations
of serum or of its globulin fractions. It was found
that the iso-electric point of the bacteria so treat-
ed is shifted progressively toward a zone lying
l)etween pH 5.5-5.8. This is somewhat above the
iso-electric point of normal serum globulin.

In the next experiments various proteins (egg-
albumin, edestin, etc.) were adsorbed on small
collodion [^articles, and the effect of immune sera
and their protein fractions on phagocytosis and
on surface properties of these particles, was
studied. Essentially the .same results were ob-
tained as in bacteria.

In the experiments summarized aliove poly-
morphonuclear leucocN tes were used as the phago-
cytic cells. In the higher vertebrates there e.xist
two main kinds of mobile phagocytic cells, the
leucocyte and the large monocyte (macrophage).
The relative tropin effect ujion these two kinds of
cells was investigated. No essential differences
were observed in phagocvtic properties toward the
i)acteria or particles used.

The general conclusion is drawn that the vari-
ous surface changes and increased phagocytosis
effected by immune sera are all consequences of
one underlying phenomenon, namely, the depos-
ition on the surface of, and the specific chemical
comliination with, the antigen of an antibody pro-
tein contained in the glol)ulin fraction of immune
sera. This glolmlin appears to possess ph\sico-
chemical differences from the normal serum
globulin.

LIVING NERVE SPROUTS

Dr. Carl C.\skey Speidf.l
Professor of Anatomy. I'liiirrsitv of I'irgiiiiu Meciieal Seliool

Although nerve cells and sheath cells have been
cultivated in vitro by various investigators and
the growth of nerve fillers observed, the forma-
tion of the myelin sheath has never l)een obtained
in artificial media. Preliminary observations on
frog tadpoles couA'inced me that it might be pos-
sible to watch the process of myelination liv direct
observation of the trans])arent fin of living ani-
mals. Accordingly, individual nerve sprouts and
sheath cells were kept under dailv observation for
long periods (a few days to several months), and
their activities correlated with the development
and growth of the myelin sheath.

After early development of the frog tadpole the
nerves of the tail fin are partly of the unmyelinat-
ed type and partly of the mixed tviie, including
bi.ith mvelinatcd and nnmvelinatcd fibers. A few

may be entirel) of the myelinated type for a part
of their course. In the unmyelinated type, and
in the unmyelinated portion of the mixed type,
tliere may Ije distinguished under favorable con-
ditions "myelin-emergent" fibers and "non-myelin-
emergent" fibers.

A myelin-emergent nerve sprout differs from-
a non-myelin-emergent fiber in its greater bias
toward mxelin formation. The former in combi-
nation with a primitive sheath cell leads to the
formation of a new myelin segment, the latter
ordinarily does not. An exception to this is the
formation of the initial myelin segment on each
nenrone.

The transfer of a primitive sheath cell to u
myelin-emergent fiber may be effected in a variety
of wnys, such as : ( a ) from the unmyelinated por-

August 22, 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

237

tion of a mixed nerve to the accompanying mye-
lin-emergeiit si>rout ; (b) from a nearby, but
separate, unmyeHnated nerve, following a tem-
porary anastomosis where the two nerves cross ;
(c) from one nerve to the unmvelinnted portion
of an adjacent nerve by way of an anasromosis,
followed by transference to the myelin-emerge.it
fiber accompanying the second nerve. In each of
these varieties, sheath cell migration mav b.e in u
distal (5r ])roximal direction, and multiplicatif>:i
liy mitosis may take ])lace. Transfer from a
crani'd nerve branch (dorsal branch of ramus
lateralis vagi) to a spinal nerve lias also bee i
seen. Myelin segment formrtion has been
watched following ench of the migration varieties
listed above. The transfer of a primitive sheath
cell in the reverse direction, i. e , from a myelin-
emergent fiber to a non-myelin-emergent fiber, is
quite rare. Transfer from one myelin-emergent
sprout to another, however, takes place.

Myelin formation proceeds from proximal to
distal, each new unit being added at the end of
the myelin line, but occasionally gaps are left be-
tween two segments. Such intersegmental lengths
of nerve fiber may become myelinated by the
])rocess of intercalation of additional mvelin seg-
ments. A fiber about to be myelinated presents
a characteristic thickening and becomes somewhat
more prominent optically. The earliest myelin
is formed in the vicinity of the sheath cell nu-
cleus. It grows from this center by continuous
extension in l»th directions ( "nucleo-fugally").
One adult internodal segment genetically corre-
sponds to the zone influenced by one primitive
sheath cell.

Early unmyelinated nerves serve to direct in a
general way advancing mvelin-emergent nerve
sprouts, ar.d to furnish them with i)rimitive sheath
cells as a preliminary stej) to myelination. The
ac(|uisition of primitive sheath cells by the sprouts
is greatly expedited by their movements in ex-
tension, retraction, branching, .and the formation
of temjiorary anastomoses with adjacent fibers.
The early unmyelinated nerves which act as di-
rectives for the developing myelin line may he
compared to the preterminal plexuses (of Har-

HISTOLOGIC EFFECT OF LIGATION OF THE VASA OF THE
SPLEEN OF THE ALBINO RAT

Dr. J. E. Kindred
Associate Professor of Histology and Embryoloi^y. School of Medicine,
University of Virginia
The object of this investigation was to deter-
mine the fate of small lymphocytes entrapped in
the vasa and hmphatics of granulation tissue.
Maximow ('07) describes the transformation of
small Ivmphocvtes into large lympliocytes and
thence into ervthr(jl)Iasts in the invading

rison) which are the forerunners of the final end
arborizations.

Young myelin segments grow both in diameter
and in length. Complete elimination of side
sprouts occasionally occurs as the myelin segment
iiecomes longer. Overproduction of myelin is
also frequently to be seen at the region of the
node of Ranvier. Long myelin segments may be
formed Ijy end-to-end anatomosis of shorter seg-
ments accompanied by complete obliteration of
the intervening node of Ranvier. This is partly
responsible for the wide variation in length of
myelin segments. It also accounts for the pres-
ence of two sheath cells on .a single myelin seg-
ment. Occasionally, a portion of one segment
fuses with the .segment next to it, and a new node
then develops. The formation of perpendicular
myelin units, either at a node of Ranvier or at a
nerve terminus, is essentially like that of the for-
mation of parallel myelin units.

The process of regeneration of a single myelin
segment following trauniatic degeneration has
been observed in detail. Regeneration may occur
without preliminary sheath cell multiplication or
migration. Sprouts from myelinated fibers grow
into newly regenerated re.gions much less rapidlv
than do sprouts from unmyelinated fibers.

Primitive sheath cells appear to aid nerve
sprouts in surmounting slight obstacles in the way
of free growth. Growth and extension of nerve
s])routs seem also to be stimulated by sheath cell
mitosis near the nerve terminus. Other observa-
tions include detailed movements of primitive
sheath cells in mitosis, extremes of v>ariability in
])rimitive sheath cell migration, and the shifts in
jjosition of mature sheath cells on myelin seg-
ments.

Many years ago in tissue cultures Harrison
saw nerve fibers grow out from nerve cells. Each
active outgrowing fiber was provided with a ter-
minal ameboid growth cone. I have Ijeen able to
find active growth cones in living tadpoles and,
under favorable conditions, to watch them for
long periods of time. A number of interesting
observations have already been made which liear
directly on certain problems of neurogenesis and
nerve regeneration.

vasa of the ligated kidney of the rab-
bit The erythroblasts sul)sequentiy mature
into normol)lasts which usually do not
undergo further change. Jordan ( '26 ) has
described changes of small lymphocytes into
erythroblasts in certain lymph nodes of the rabbit

238

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 49

and dog. According to Jordan the specific stimu-
li for the modification of the lymphocytes are
slow circulation in the medullary blood vessels,
and disjunction of the efferent lymphatics witli
consequent relatively high concentration of car-
bon dioxide. This condition parallels those sug-
gested by Latta ('21) for the modifications of
lymphocytes into erythroblasts in Peyer's patches
of the rabbit. Latta emphasizes as necessary for
the changes: closeness of association of the lym-
phocvtes to the iilood stream, slowness of the
current in the blood vessels, and thinness of the
vascular walls. Normal erythrocytopoiesis in the
bone marrow is thought by Mieschler ('93) and
Dalhvig et al. ('15 ) to be dependent upon a defi-
nite concentration of CO2 in this region. If the
C( ):; is increased the production of red blood cor-
puscles is speeded up.

Histologic conditions following ligation of the
kidney (Jordan, Kindred and Paine, '31) of the
rat were almost identical with those suggested by
these investigators. These conditions did not ob-
tani immediately, but only after the autolytic and
hetenilytic ])rocesses characteristic of ligated or-
gans ill z-iio iiad occurred. The newly formed vasa
were thin-walled, having only an endothelial wall.
The lym])hocytes were present in the vicinity of
the vessels and from what is known of the chem-
istry of autolysis and heterolysis it is probal)le
that the;e was a higher concentration of COo in
this region than is normal. Nevertheless, the lym-
phocytes difl^erentiated only into plasma cells
(Marschalko type) or grew in size into large cells
resemliling the hemocytoblasts of bone marrow.
These changes were e.xtravascular. No intra-
vascular evidences of erythrocytopo'esis such
as Maximow described for ligated kidney of the
rabbit were obtained. Since it is conceivable that
the products from autolysis and heterolysis of the
kidne\- may have contained some suljstances which
inhibited the action of the erythrocytogenic po-
tentiality of the 1\ mphocyte I undertook the study
of ligated spleens.

The normal jjarenchyma of the spleen of the
rat has the histologic structure and cellular con-
tent characteristic of the mammalian spleen with
the addition of megakaryocytes and foci of eryth-
rocytopoiesis. The cellular elements are support-
ed by a stroma of reticulum fibers. The capsule
is a thin filiro-elastic layer in which smooth mus-
cle cells are present in addition to lymphatics and
fibrolilasts. After twenty-four hours' ligation thv
only vialile (histologic) jiart of the spleen is the
capsule and a narrow su1)jacent layer of macro-
phages and small lymphocytes evidently kept alive
1)V their closeness to jieritoneal fluid. Occas'onal-
Iv bacteria accumulate in vast numbers in the sub-
capsular region. These liacteria resemlile morpho-
logicallv the germ of infectious anemia (Barlnii,

cUa inuris) in rats. A devastating anemic efifect
liy this species of bacteria follows splenectomy.

yVfter three days of ligation a layer of neutro-
philic granulocytes is present on the surface of the
capsule and during the ne.xt few days these gran-
ulocytes penetrate the capsule and .spread over
the periphery of the central necrotic parenchyma.
E.xactl\" similar histologic conditions are present
in ligated kidneys after the same lapse of time.

At the end of one week the capsule is much
thicker than before and is usually adherent to
some neighboring organ such as the kidney, pan-
creas or stomach. Many filiroblasts are in mitosis
and the growing tips of blood and lymphatic
capillaries are present. They are entering the
capsule at right angles to its surface. The lym-
phatics are filled with small lymphocytes and the
blood capillaries with small lym])hocytes, red
blood corpuscles and neutrophilic granulocytes.
Many monocytes and macrophages are present Ije-
tween the capsule and the neutrophds. The pro-
ducts of heterolysis of the neutrophils are ap-
parently stimulating the fibroblasts and endotheli-
um just as they do in tissue cultures according'
to Carrel ( '22 ) .

The criticpl time of the experiment is reached
during the fifth week after ligation. At this time
tiie capsule is verv thick. Filirobla.sts, collagenous
fil)ers, blood capillaries and lymphatics are very-
numerous. Not only are the Ivmphatics filled
with small lymphocytes Imt lymphocytes of all
sizes are present external to the capillaries and
lymphatics. In addition to the lymphocytes, there
are ])resent many so-called plasma cells of Mars-
chalko and all stages between them and small
!ym[ihocytes. From the study of .sections of
spleens ligated for two to four weeks it is con-
cluded that there is a continuous emigration of
small lymphocytes from the Ivmphatics into the
surrounding extravascular area. Here under the
environmental conditions present these small 1;, m-
]ihocytes are stimulated to change into large Ivm-
piiocytes and so-called ])lasma cells. No such
changes of small Ivmphocvtes have been ob-
served in the capillaries or in the lym-
])hatics The'e observed cytologic clianges
are identical in time and place with those
in ligated kidneys The so-called plasma cells are
characterized by a polarity of the nucleus. The
ch'-omatin is arranged in radiating blocks. The
cUoplasm is relatively great in amount rs com-
|iared with the nucleus and has a homogenous bas-
ophilic tinctorial reaction. No vacuoles are pres-
ent in these cells. The margin is smooth and
ve-v sliarp in contour. Immediatelv on the side
of the nucleus toward the greatest amount of
cytoplasm there is a small area which is distincth'
eo in' philic hi rerction. This arei passes with-
out sharp dcmarc.ntion into the surrounding in-

August 22, 1931

THE COLLECTING NET

239

tensely basophilic cytoplasm. Many of these cells
show changes which grade into the Russell body
cells. The cells of this transitional series are
characterized by the essent'al characteristics of
the so-called plasma cells, but contain withiti the
cyto])l;;sm one or more discrete glolniles which
have an intense eosinophilic reaction. When these
bodies are few and small they are usually spheri-
cal, but as they get larger they assume all sorts
of l)i/,arre shapes. When the cells are full of
these bodies the nucleus is compressed and dis-
torted, but it still retains its characteristic chro-
matin pattern. None of these cells has been ob-
served in mitosis. From these facts it is con-
cluded that the Russell body cells are the end
results of the degenerative changes in small Ivm-

phocNtes. The changes described above are only
intensified during the next five weeks so that by
the end of the tenth week there results an adeno-
fibrous mass enclosing a very small remnant of
the originally e.xtensive necrotic parenchyma.

From these facts the conclusion is drawn that
the sequence of histologic change in the spleen
!follovving ligation of its vasa are the same as in
the kidney under similar experimental con-
ditions. In both spleen and kidney the
ditferentation of the small lymphocytes i^
limited to the formation, extravascularly, of large
lymijhocytcs, possible abortive hemocytoblasts and
plasma cells of the Marschalko type. There is
no evidence of change of the small lymphocvtes,
intravascularlv, into erythroblasts.

AQUATIC MAMMALS A DESCRIPTION OF A SPECIAL CELL TYPE

IN THE CEREBELLUM

Dr. William H. F. Addison
Professor of Noriiia! Hisfolooy mid Enibryology. University of Penusylvauia

In a histologic study of the cerebellar cortex in
a series of animals, I have noticed in certain
aquatic mammals conspicuous large cells. These
mammals include the harbor porpoise {Phocaena
eoiiuiiunis ). bottle-nosed porpoise (Tiirsiops
irttiicatits }, sea lion {Eumetopias stelleri) . mana-
tee (Maiuitiis ainericiDiiis). common seal (Plioea
vitidiua) and whale { Bolaciioftcra sulfurca).
Three Phocaena brains were obtained in Woods
Hole through the courtesy of the Marine Bio-
logical Laboratory and the United States l-lsh
Commission laboratory.

These cells usually occur singly in the granu-
lar layer or in the medullary layer, or in both.
( )ften two or three are seen in a folium. Their
shape is varied, but in general they are of two
forms: (1) narrow elongated, and (2) stellate
multipolar. The former often lie near the boun-
dary !)etween the g'ranular and medullary lavers.
The latter lie more freciuently in the middle of

the granular layer. In size they are often larger
than the Purkinje cells. Similar large cells were
reported by Obersteiner ("13) in the elephant
and whale.

The position of these cells is shared bv several
other types of cells: — Golgi cells, type II : synar-
motic cells of Landau ('29) ancl Kesaunaite
( '30) ; and the Golgi cells with long axones, des-
cribed by Ramon y Cajal. But none of these
cells attain the conspicuous size of the large cells
here flescribed.

These aquatic mammals all have modified limbs
and specialized caudal and trunk musculature
adapted for swimming. The vestibular apparatus
is apparently large and well developed. The
weight of the cerebellum has a high ratio to the
entire brain weight. These animals are thus
characterized !)y great cereliellar development, and
in them there is seen a cell type which seems to be
an addition to the usual cerebellar mechanism.

SCIENTIFIC BOOK REVIEWS

H. C. Sherman and S. L. Smith.
1931. Chemical Catalog Coni-

Tlie J'ilaniiiis.
Second Edition,
pany.

The theory of the function of vitamins in nu-
trition has larely a score of years behind it, but
what a rich and fascinating storv it makes ! One
is hardly justified in speaking of the discovery of
vitamins, which may be traced to the early nine-
teenth or even the eighteenth century, but the
realization of the existence of vitamins as dis-
tinct entities and of their paramount significance
in the life of the animal organism is a gift of the

biochemical science of the past few years only.
Fresh as the scientific knowledge of these elusive
vitamins is, the havoc wrought by their absence is
hoarv with tradition. Especially, the mariner of
the era before the motor-propelled vessels felt se-
verely the scourge of the vitamin lack. In the
days of the picturesque clipper ships and in-
terminalily long 'voyages, it was scurvy, as much
as the fury of the ocean, which was the cause of
untold suffering and added tragedy to the heavy
lot of sea- faring men. On those long voyages
fresh food was, of course, out of the question and

240

THE COLLECTING NET

Vol.. M. No. 49

the supplies furtheniiore were, of necessity, of the
Isind which would neither spoil nor take up too
much space. The result was that scurvy flour-
ished, occasionally decimating the ship's crew be-
fore it could reach its destination. No wonder
that this dreaded disease of the mariner caused
much concern; and even as far back as 1720, the
value of green vegetables, and especially the juices
of citrous fruits, was discovered in preventing
the occurrence of scurvy or in curing its victims.
Scurvy, however, was not merely the dread of the
ancient mariner. Even as recently as the W'orM
War, at least one garrison capitulated l.iecause tlie
men defending the fortress were laid low liy
scurvy, and the disease was quite prevalent in
prisons, asylums and similar institutions. If one
cannot be certain of the original benefactor of hu-
manity who discovered vitamins, or rather vita-
min rich foods, we are well familiar with those
who have been instrumental in establishing the
vitamin theory of nutrition. Foremost among
tliem is Prof. H. G. Hopkins who. in 1906. clear-
Iv formulated the view that the animal body re-
(|uires a great variety of substances other than
protein, carbohvdrate, fats and salts in order to
live. It must also be acknowledged that C. Funk,
who, in 1911, coined the name for these es-
sential dietary substances, recognized that their
absence may be responsilile for a variety of dis-
eases. The e.xtent of the growth of the subject
of vitamins to which Fimk has given such a tre-
mendous impetus can he judged not only by exces-
sive popularity, which it unfortunately acquirerl,
but l)y the unusual volume of work it had in-
spired in laboratories all over the world. In the
valuable monograph of Sherman and Smith, the
second and revised edition of which we gladlv
welcome, the bibliography alone occupies 17.^
printed pages, which is half the space occupied
bv the text of the monograph (350 pages.) The
bibliography contains approximately 3500 titles
and. assuming that this list is exhaustive of the
studies on vitamins which have been published
for the last quarter of a century, this represents
an output of a new paper perhaps every two or
three days over that entire period. LTndoubtedlv,
the quality of the work produced at such a pro-
lific rate did not keep pace with the quantity;
nevertheless, it signifies both an intense interest
in as well as a deep importance of the subject of
vitamins. Sherman and Smith trace the growth
of the subject in all its details and ramification';.
From an original number of three, our knowl-
edge has expanded within a ver\' few vears to a
definite recognition of six different vitamins .\nd
if one reads the signs correctly, the "vitamin 1')"
which has only recently been split into two sep-
arate entities may, in the near future, undergo
still further fractionation. In the case of a sub-

ject as young and interesting and vigorously
growing as that of the vitamins, a monograph, no
matter how comprehensive, soon becomes out of
date, and one can only be glad to see the second
edition of the splendid book by Sherman and
Smith in which the authors have conscieiitiouslv
revised the text to conform with the latest de-
velopment of this branch of biochemistry. No
student of nutrition, nay, one is tempted to say
no student of biology, can be without the aid of
this valuai le monograph. — S. Morgulis.

A Synopsis of the United States Pharm-.icopocia
and National Formulary Preparations. H. J. Ful-
ler. P. Blakiston's Son & Co., Inc. Philadelphia.

Th's little \dlume is one of unusual interest
and value to all students and practitioners of
medicine. In his preface, the author states : 'Tt
is not intended to take the place of the Pharmaco-
poeia, National Formulary, or any of the we'l-
known recognized works on pharmacv, but is
rather intended to precede or supplement th^s'?
works, as well as the instruction given by the
teacher of pharmacy."

As a matter of fact, this book gives to the bus,'
practitioner or medical student the salient fact*--
reg.irding the sources, (jreparations and dosage
of all the best known drugs. Its stvle is clear and
its tables and index are innisually complete and
practical.

It is invaluable for ready and relialile reference,
and should be on the desk of everv up-to-d^te
practitioner. — W. G. Sch.\uffli-.r. ^1/. D.

Genetics and Eugenics. A Text-Book for Stu-
dents of Biology and a Reference Book for Ani-
mal and Plant Breeders. W. E. Castle. -|th
edition, iilus 474 pp. 14 figs. 21 plates. 36 tallies.
Harvard University Press. 1930.

This foin'tb edition of Castle's ]iresentation of
the problems and results of genetics is the latest
revised form of his book, first published in iQifi.
There are four parts: (i) The biological basis
of genetics, which gives the data fundamental to
the d'scussion that follows; (2) The historical
development, showing the order in whicli ideas
have developed from the earliest recognition of
the prol)lem of genetics; (3) The es.sential facts
and a presentation of selected and illustrative re-
sults so far obtained on both plants and animals;
and (4) Eugenics — the relation of these results
to the question of genetics in man and race better-
ment.

Ch;n>ters on binmetrv and on calculating of
Mcndelian exjiectations are introduced, the in-
heritance of acouired characters and the by]iothesis
of mnlti]ile factors co"s'dered, anrl a lii))li-
ogra]ihv of sixty jiages is added. The book ac-
com])lishes its purpose. — H. H. Donaldson.

August 22, 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

241

H<ind-book of Anatom\. ]. K. Young-. Revised
hy G. W. Miller. 7th revised edition. 1930. F. A.
Davis Company.

This volume presents human anatomy in syn-
optic form suitable for ready reference and re-
view. It contains a numlier of well-chosen illus-
trations. Perliaps the most valuable features are
the comprehensive diagrams of nerves and ar-
teries, and various tables. Siu'gical anatomy 'and
dental anatomy are treated briefly.

— C. C. Speidel.

Tx^'iiis : Heredity and Ein'ironnicnt. D. M.
Hirsch. 1.=;^) i)]). 1930. Harvard University Press.
$2.00.

This author, a psychologist and student of
Professor Wilham McDougall, has collected data
on 58 pairs of dissimilar twins of the same sex
and 38 pairs of similar twins living in the same
homes and on 12 pairs of similar twins living in
dissimilar environments.

The sini'lar or identical twins were selected fa)
on the basis of similarity of a])pearance, voice,
gait, expression, etc.: and (b) on the basis of
similar school work and general intelligence as
judged by the teachers of the twins. The d's-
similar twins were selected on a similar two-fold
basis.

The author concludes that heredity is almut five
times as important as environment in contributing
to the intelligence of the individual; about four
times as important in contributing to head length
and height; about twice as important in contrib-
uting to weight ; and probably from two to four
times as important in contributing to impulsive
and emotional processes.

To the revievver Dr. Hirsch's essa\' seems not
to be a very profound or convincing discussion.
The most valual)le jxirtions of tlie little iiook are
perhaps quotations from Newman, Muller, and
others. — \\'illi.'\m L. Dolley, Jr.

Outlines of Zooloi^x. ]. Arthur Thomson, 8th
edition. 28 + 972 pj). '528 figs. Oxford Uni-
versity Press. 1929.

This admirable survey of the animal kingdom
from Amoeba to man is remarkable for the
wealth of information systematically arranged in
a volume of handy size. It contains essentially
the information that the beginning zoologist
should have, and the skillful use of three points
of type gives a sense of perspective that is im-
portant, especially in a work of this kind. In th?
present edition the author Ins had the help of
his son. Dr. D. L. Thomson, in addhig more
pliNsiological material, and of Mr. R. M. Neill on
the structure and development of the mud-tishes.
The first six chajiters deal in a general way w'th
])hysiology, nioqjhologv, ]inlaeontologv, the doc-
trine of descent, etc. Then follows an account

of each of the principal phyla, including general
characters, followed by descriptions of typical
forms of special interest, then classification, struc-
ture, life-history, ecology, and other topics, such
as parasitism and relation to disease. The illus-
trations are clear and significant, and for the most
part are original. The final chapters deal with
geographical distribution and the factors in or-
ganic evolution ; then follow test questions, an ex-
cell:nt list of books of reference, and an index.

— R. P. BiGELOW.

Protoccau Purasitisni of the Alimentary Tract:
Patholoyv. Diagnosis and Treatment. By Kenneth
M. Lynch, pp. xvii + 256. $3.75. 1930. The
Macmillan Company.

Doctor Lynch has written a handy book for
medical students, practitioners, and others con-
nected with medicine in special ways that make
them responsible parties in the diagnosis, treat-
ment, and prevention of protozoan infections.
The author's aim to write an eminently practical
treatise has led him to omit, insofar as possible,
all technical details land controversial questions
that might serve to confuse the medical man who
has had little or no training in Protozoology. Pos-
sil)lv he has gone a liit too far in this regard, es-
pecially in the introductory chapters. However,
nmple references to the standard treatises as well
as to special papers are given, and to some of
these the reader undoubtedly will wish to refer
when he has finished Doctor Lynch's outline. The
book should prove, for the audience to which it
is addressed, not only thoroughly useful but also
thought-]irovoking. — L. L. Woodruff.

Elements of Water Bacteriology. By S. C. Pres-
cott and C. E. A. Winslow. Fifth edition. 1931.
pp. viii + 219. $2.50 John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

For more than a quarter of a century Prescott
:ind Winslow's "Elements of Water Bacteriology"
lias been a standard text in the field of sanitary
vyater analysis, and the present revised fifth
'•dition insures for the work further years of use-
fullness. The authors conservatively retain the
details of the older methods of water examination,
but also introduce a precise account of the newer
procedures. However, it is their hope that a
somewhat radical evaluation and simplification of
the laboratory processes involved may be found
jxissible in the near future. — L. L. Woodruff.

The Soil and the Microbe. By Professors Sel-
mnn A. Waksman and Robert L. Starkev, pp xi
-f 260. $3 50. 1931. John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

When one recalls that our knowledge of the
role of microorganisms in soil processes and plant
growth has developed chiefly in the past hnlf
century, it is remarkable how large a body of in-
formation has already been accumulated. And
much of the most significant of this Dr. Waksman

242

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. \'I. Xo. 49

and Dr. Starkey marshall binefly in ian inter-
esting and instructive manner in "The Soil and
the Microscope", so that the reader obtains a
vivid picture not only of soil organisms and their
multitudinous physiological reactions, but also of
the relation of these processes to the origin and
development of soils, to the cycle of the elements
in nature, and to plant nutrition. The present
volume affords an excellent introduction to the
somewhat encyclcpriedic "Principles of Soil
Microbiography" liy the senior author, a world
••■.nthoritx- in the field. — L. L. Woodruff.

Textbook of General Biology. Review of
Textbook of General Biologv. Waldo Shum-
way, viii + 361 pp. $3.00, John Wiley & Sons.

Professor Shumway has written a very inte; -
esting and attractive textbook which ought to ap-
peal strongly to the beginning student. As he
.savs in the preface the "book has been written be-
cause of a feeling that there is a place for a
fresh survey of modern biology especially de-
signed for those who do not plan to specialize in
liotanv or zoologv. Biology, as the term is used
in tills l)ook, refers to those phenomena of lif'j
which are common to both plants and animals.
No attempt is made to cover the field of Botany
and zoology even in outline form, but rather to
select from the wealth of illustrative material
offered bv each, such facts and theories as iiave

.", general significance."

The book begins with an account of the struc-
ture and activit'es of the frog. This is followed
immediately by a similar .account of the wheat
plant. The next chapters may be said to deal
largely with the principles of biology. Three
c'laiJters on the cell discuss its metabolism, be-
havior and reproduction. Then follow chapters
on "ideredity and the Clene," "Ecology and the
Community," "The Evolution of Species." The
plant and animal kingdom are then taken up sys-
tematically. The book concludes with a chajiter
•n "Applied Biology." Throughout the te.xt the
phvsiological point of view is emphasized, ex-
planations are given of structures, and processes
are viewed from a physical-chemical point of
view. The book is printed in clear type, excel-
lently illustrated, and generally presents an in-
viting appearance — no smiall factor in an ele-
mentary text. A glossary includes "all technical
terms used in the text."

The author states that it is his ''a'm to write
for these to whom laVioratory facilities are not
■"vailable. Accordingly, illustrations have bee;i
u-^^ed freely to take the place of demonstrative
material. These art carefully labelled, and the
use of abbreviations has been avoided." It ought
to lie jiossible, nevertheless, to use the book in
courses where laboratory facilities are aviailable
and laijoratory work required. — J. W. M.'ivOR.

REPORT OF COMMITTEES APPOINTED TO STUDY THE MATTER
OF NOMINATIONS OF OFFICERS AND TRUSTEES

To the Corporation and the Trustees of the Ma-
rine Biological Laboratory:

Your committees appointed to study the matter
of Nominations of Officers and Trustees submit
the following report and recommendations for
action by Trustees and Corporations :

(1.) After considering various methods by
which those engaged in instruction might be rep-
resented upon the Board of Trustees, it is be-
lieved that the following action by the Corpora-
tion will be the best means of insuring such rep-
resentation: "The Corporation affirms its po-
sition that instruction is a fundamental part of
the work at the Latoratory and hence this work
should be adequately represented upon the Board
of Trustees."

(2.) "That the Committee of the Corporation
for nomination of Trustees consist of five mem-
bers, of whom not less than two shall be non-
Trustee members of the Coqxiration, and not
less than two shall be Trustee-members of the
Corporation."

(3.) "That on or about July first of each vear,
the Clerk shall send a circular letter to each mem-
l)er of the Corporation giving the names of the

Nominating Committee and stating that this com-
mittee desires suggestions regarding nomina-
tions."

( 4. ) "That the Nominating Comm'ttee shail
])ost the list of nominations at least one week in
advance of the annual meeting iif the Corpora-
tion."

( 5. ) "That no trustee shall be eligible for re-
election imtil one year after the expiration of the
term for which he was elected."

(6.) The following changes in the Bv-laws
should be adopted to make the foregoing reconi-
mendatiiins effective.

Insert in Section I of the By-laws, as printed on
page 3 of the Report of the Laboratory for 1930,
after the sentence ending "eight Trustees to serve
four years," a sentence as follows:

"No trustee shall be eligible for re-election until
one year after the e.xpiration of the term for which
he was elected."

Insert in Section I of the By-laws, as printed on
page 4 of the Report of the Laboratory for 1930,
after the sentence ending "as Trustee Emeritus for
life", a sentence as follows:

"Any individual, who has served as a Trustee and
who has reached the age of seventy, may likewise
be elected a Trustee Emeritus."

August 22, 1931 ]

The entire Section I, as amended, will then read:

"The annual meeting of the members shall be held
on the second Tuesday in August, at the Laboratory,
in Woods Hole, Mass., at 12 o'clock noon, in each
year, and at such meeting the members shall choose
by ballot a Treasurer and a Clerk to serve one year,
and eight Trustees to serve four years. No trustee
shall be eligible for re-election until one year after
the expiration of the term for which he wa.s elected.
There shall be thirty-two Trustees thus chosen di-
vided into four classes, each to serve four years, and
in addition there shall be two groups of Trustees as
follows: (a) Trustees ex officio, who shall be the
President of the Corporation, the Director of the
Laboratory, the Associate Director, the Treasurer
r.nd the cierk; (b) Trustees Emeritus, who shall be
elected from the Trustees by the Corporation. Any
regular Trustee who has attained the age of seventy
years shall continue to serve as Trustee until the '
next annual meeting of the Corporation, whereupon
his office as regular Trustee shall become vacant
rnd be filled by election by the Corporation and he
shall become eligible for election as Trustee Emer-
itus for life. Any individual, who has served as a

THE COLLECTING, NET

243

Trustee and who has reached the age of seventy,
may likewise be elected a Trustee Emeritus. The
Trustees ex officio and Emeritus shall each have the
same right to vote as the regular Trustees.

"The Trustees and officers shall hold tneir re-
spective offices until their successors are chosen and
have qualified in their stead."

Altlioiigh this matter is not strictly within the
province of the committees' report, it is thought
desirahle to call the attention of memhers of the
Corporation to the fact that all should avail them-
selves of the opportunity, which has always ex-
isted hut which heretofore has been little used, of
Ijringing to the attention of the Executive Com-
mittee at any time matters which they consider of
importance to the Laboratory.

Signed W. C. Curtis, Chairman.
Committee of the Trustees:

Ivey Lewis, W. C. Curtis.
Committee of the Corporation:

Ivey Lewis, H. H. Plough, H. B. Goodrich, W

C. Curtis.

ANNOUNCEMENT FOR THE COURSE IN PHYSIOLOGY

Dr. Laurkncf, Irving
Associate Professor of Physiology, University of Toronto

The course in physiology has been directed by
Dr. Amberson for two years. During that period
he has assembled a staff wliose members are quite
in agreement as to the general plan of operation.
They look forward to a continuation of the wori<
together, Imt they realize that it may not always
lie possiljle that one man can spare the time for
detailed plans and executive work for a number
of years. At the present time Dr. Amberson has
asked to be relieved from direction of the course
for next \ear in order to continue research work
in (jermany.

Since the meml)ers of the teaching staff wish
to work together on the course in the future, they
have proposed that the direction might appropri-
ately rotate among them, allowing each member
to take a turn for a year. In this way the prol)-
lem of organization and planning will he fresli
each year to the appointed chief and will allow
for the introduction of such new methods as he
may devise for development of the common juir-
jiose.

An arrangement of this sort assumes in the staiT
membershi]) an expectation of continuity. For
next summer the five present members will re-
turn. Dr. \V. R. Amberson, Dr. Philip Rard,
Dr. R. VV. Gerard, Dr. Laurence Irving and Dr.
Margaret Suniwalt, with Dr. Irving as director
of the covu'se.

It is too early to indicate the detailed program
for 10^2, but the general plan will resemble that
used this summer. The following subjects will
lie handled during the first four weeks of lab-
oratory work. (l) Electrical phenomena in liv-
ing and non-living systems (Dr. Amberson). (2)

The central nervous system of invertebrates and
fishes (Dr. Bard). (3) Tissue and cell respira-
tion (Dr. Gerard). (4) The acid-base equililirium
in sea-water and tissues (Dr. Irving). (5) Per-
meability studies (Dr. Sumwalt). The subse-
quent period allows for two weeks further work
in any of the subjects which have become es-
pecially interesting to the student. If any student
develops a particular interest and aptitude in the
work and wishes to continue beyond the six
weeks formal allotment of time, he may go on
with any further investigation which is compatilile
with the facilities available. The material and
ec|uipnient is quite adequate for qualified and
interested students to start with serious research,
and the members of the staff are glad to advise
and give assistance.

The first lectures will, as before, be given by
the staflf in physiology to cover the subjects of
the laboratory offerings. After these lectures
special lecturers will be invited to present im-
])ortant physiological subjects into which their
research has given them special insight.

In making this announcement of the future
program it is important to mention our indebted-
ness to the lecturers who have given their time
and interest. We feel that it is an unusual privi-
lege to hear each physiological subject presented
v.ith the vitality and penetration that character-
ize men dealing with their favorite subject. We
hnve also to acknowledge the constant support and
good advice of the director of the laboratory. It
seems that these .acknowledgements properly be-
long in the announcement because we regard the
previotis experience as a promise for the future.

k

244

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VI. No. 49

The Collecting Net

A weekly publication devoted to the scientific wcrk

at Woods Hole.

WOODS HOLE, MASS.

Ware Cattell Editor

Assistant Editors

Margaret S. GrifHn Mary Eleanor Brown

Annaleida S. Cattell

BIOLOGICAL ABSTRACTS

Printed matter concerning Biological Abstracts
has l)een distributed to the workers at Woods
Hole during the past two weeks and is still flvail-
alile. This inckuLs the comprehensive report of
the co:iference held in Washington, March 7,
1931, a review liy Professor Frank R. Lillie, and
other literature. The Union of American Bio-
logical Societes, which is principal sponsor for
tlie Abstracts, is directing a program designed
to inform the biologists of America and other
countries regar<Hng them. More suliscriptions
are of prime impo:tance at the prese:it
time in order that abstracts already accumulated
may be printed more promptly, and in order that
the interest of biologists may lie evident to those
who must be asked to provide the subsidy neces-
siary for editorial work. Under the present
scheme, the subsidy pays edito-ial costs, the sub-
scriptions pay for printing, and the Union of
American Biological Societies pays for current
advertising and similar overhead. At a cost of
$9.00 la year to the individual and $15.00 to the
institution, no one need be without access to this
comprehensive key to biological Hteratu'e. ^\'hilc
older investigators mn\ find most of the litera-
ture of their special fields coming to them as re-
prints, there remain many papers in correlated
fields, and other subject matter that must be cur-
rentl\" examined. Younger investigators have no
such advantage. For them the literature of even
a special field must seem overwhelming. It was
to meet these situations and to provide an instru-
ment for. biological science comparable with
Cliciiiical Abstracts that this great co-operative
undertaking was initiated. Only a little more
sup|>ort is needed to realize the completeness and
promptness that are the goal in such an enter-
])rise. If that which is ahno.st within our grasp
can be attained, American biologists will have
created an "institution" that will be second only
to the Marine Biological Laboratory ras an aifl to
research. — W. C. C.

INDEX TO CONTENTS

(Continued)

Histologic Effect of Ligation of the Vasa
of the Spleen of the Albino Rat,
Dr. J. E. Kindred 237

Aquatic Mammals — (A Description of a
Special Cell Type in the Cerebellum),
Dr. William H. F. Addison 239

Scientific Book Reviews 239

Report of Committees on the Matter of
Nominations of Officers and Trustees. . .242

Announcement for the Course in Physiology,
Dr. Laurence Irving 243

Items of Interest 245

The Woods Hole Log 252

TO THE TRUSTEES OF NON.4MESSET AND
NAUSHON

Tho' in our ranks the lyric muse is scarce.

We must confess, it
Seems that someone ought to pen an ode

To Nonamesset.
Gay exiles once again to native heath

In joy returning
With whoops of gastronomic glee we start

Old i)each fires burning!

No snnd than thine in sandwiches

Nor smoke in eye, is sweeter.
No sheep so bhthe^ no ticks so tame.

No shoreline ever neater.
From Barnstable to nor'ard, way

Down east to Poponesset
We've vainly sought a substitute

For ancient Nonamesset.
Steaks did not t"ste as steaks were wont

So sad was our condition
For in Elizabethan ground we'd

I-'ounded our tradition.
So thTuks for lifted l)ans and

Prohibitions well rescinded !
\\'c'll watch ou.- fires well and keep

The l)rushwood to the wind'ard.
(Signed) Tlic Society of Serious Steak Ealcis.

DIRECTORY CORRECTION

Whedon, A. D. prof. zool. North Dakota State. CM
39. Br 201.

CURRENTS IN THE HOLE

Date

A. M. P. M.

Aug. 22

12:10

Aug. 23

1:05 1:16

Aug. 24

2:05 2:09

Aug. 25

3:01 3:07

Aug. 26

3:45 ?,:S3

Aug. 27

4:24 4:32

Aug 28

5n<^ 5:19

Aug. 29

5:41 5:56

Aug. 30

6:26 6:.37

Aug. 31

6:55 7:14

August 22, 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

245

ITEMS OF INTEREST

SCRIPPS INSTITUTION OF OCEANOGRAPHY

Recently Vice President Monroe E. Deutsch of
the University of California at Berkeley visited
the Institution. He was accompanied by Mrs.
Deutsch, Mrs. Koshland of San Francisco and
Assistant Dean of Undergraduates L. O'Brien of
tiie University of California at Berkeley.

Last week Prof. W. E. Allen made a trip to
Los Angeles on Institution business.

Last week Prof. G. E. F. Sherwood of the
Department of English in the LIniversity of Cal-
ifornia at Los Angeles arrived with his family
to spend a month at the Institution.

Dr. E. E. Thomas of the Citrus Experiment
Station and his family at Riverside have arrived
for a two weeks stay at the Institution.

Last week Dr. Merle Smith. Pastor of the
First M. E. Church of Pasadena, arrived with
his family to spend a month at the Institution.

■ Prof. Daniel Freeman of Albany College, Al-
liany, Oregon, visited the Institution last week.
1 le is a special student of flat worms and he col-
lected a numl)er of specimens in this locality.

Mr. and Mrs. N. Turner of Mexico, Missouri,
parents of Mrs. Shoup, have been visiting Prof,
and Mrs. C. S. Shoup for a few diys.

A numlier of summer residents left the Insti-
tution at the end of last week, including Dr. D.
M. Greenberg and family of the Disivion of Bio-
chemistry and Dr. and Mrs. H. F. Blum of the
Division of Physiology of the University of Cal-
ifornia at Rerkfeley, and Dr. R. S. Stone and
family of the L'niversity of California Hospital in
San Francisco.

The pulilic lecture in the Institution was given
on August 10, l)y Dr. W. T. Swingle of the U. S.
Experimental Date Farm in Idaho, Calif. This
lecture dealt with problems and conditions of
date culture.

At 4 p. m. on Friday, August 7, Dr. A. II.
Gee gave a .semi-public lecture on "Lime Deposi-
tion at the Florida Keys".

On August 14, Director T. Wayland Vaughan
gave a lecture entitled "Notes on Recent and
Current f\-eanographic Activities".

The position of Dr. G. W. Martin who con-
tributed the article on the Iowa Lakeside Labora-
tory was incorrectly recorded in the Julv 25 num-
ber of Thk Cor.i.i'XTiNG Net. Dr. Martin is
professor of liotany ,at the State LTniversity of
Towa.

»IT. DESERT ISLAND BIOLOGICAL
LABORATORY

Dr. James Murphy and Dr. E. M. East con-
ducted the seminar on August 5th at the J.ackson
Memorial Laboratory.

Dr. Warren H. Lewis delivered the fourth
lecture in the M. D. I. B. L. Popular Lecture
Course on Thursday afternoon, August 6th. His
subiect was "Cancer Problems" and was illustrat-
ed by motion pictures.

On August 7th the members of the Laboratory
were entertained at the Marine Biological Lab-
oratory at Lamoine, Me. An exhibition of speci-
mens was given by the students. The visitors
were invited to inspect the buildings and grounds.
Tea was served at the dormitory.

Dr. and Mrs. W. H. Lewis entertained the Lab-
oratory at a picnic on August 8th.

The Monday evening seminar on August 10th
was in charge of Dr. William Wherry who sjxike
on "Biological Control of Bubonic Plague" and
Professor Ulric Dahlgren whose subject was
"Disease Among Invertebrates".

— Louise R. M.vst.

The Rev. Dr. A. M. Keefe arrived on August
8. He has just spent several days on a collect-
ing trip in the Pine Barrens of New Jersey with
Dr. C. J. Niewlands, C. S. C. of Notre Dame
University and former editor of "The Midland
Naturalist." They visited several little known
s])0ts in the central part of the state and secured
a number of rare floral specimens.

Dr. William R. Amberson, professor of phys-
!ology. and Director of the course in physiology
it the lal)oratorv sailed for Germany last week,
where he will carrv on at the laboratorv of Pro-
fessor Rudolf Hoeber in Kiel during the coming
semester.

The Gilbert and Sullivan opera "lolanthe,"
which was scheduled for August 16, will be given
on Sunday, August 23. The postponment of this
concert without advance notice was caused by
the temperamental behavior of the victrola, and
was sincerely regretted by the officers of the Club.

On Thursday, August 27. the program will in-
clude the following selections of the Wagnerian
music: "Prize Song" from Die Meistersinger,
"Seigfried's Funeral March" and the "'Closing
Scene" of the Gotterdammerung. The "Svm-
phonv in D Minor" of Cesar Franck will conclude
the program.

The concert scheduled for Sunday, August 30,.
will include Russian .songs and selections from'
Russian operas arranged by Dr. Borodin. The
comi)lete program will be announced later.

246

THE C'OLLECTIXG NET

[ Vol.. \ I. Xo. 49

The

Turtox
Biological Red Book

Dissection and Demonstration Specimens
for Zoology, Embryology, Entomology
and Comparative Anatomy.

Tlie 19.^1 Red Book Supplement lists reduced prices on manv
commonly used preserved specimens and new forms, previous-
ly not available.

w»i'

i)W

vW\4^^H

i

^«feb.

TURTOXmOlBUCTS

// you Iiavc not received your copy
please asL' for it at once.

General Biological Supply House

The Sign of the Turtox
PIt'tlgt's Absolute Satisfaction

IncoTporated
7C1-763 E.4ST SIXTY-NINTH PL.\CE
CHICAGO

<i — . — . — ^ 1.. ■ .. infill iiiiia»

\

Spulteholz

Transparent

Preparations

Human

and

Zoological

Model of Human Heart

Skeleton of Fish in Case

Models, Specimens,
Charts

for physiology, zoology, botany,
anatomy, embryology, eitc. Cata-
logs will gladly be sent on reque.st.
Please mention name of school
and subjects taught, to enable
us to send the appropriate
catalog.

Visit our New and Greatly En-
larged Display Rooms and Museum

117-119 EAST 24th STREET

1

w

mastsim

(P.

r

Life History
of (hick

NEW YORK

August 22, 1931 ]

•HE COLLECTING NET

247

MONOBJECTIVE
BINOCULAR MICROSCOPE

With readily interchangeable binocular and
monocular tubes

MICROSCOPE DSA-1
S^tand DSA with simplifled Mechanical
Stagje and Quadruple Nosepiece; Con-
denser n.a. 1.2 with Iris Diaphragm Ach-
romatic Objectives: 3, 8 n.a. 0.20. 40 n.a.
0.65, 90 n.a. 1.25 (Oil Immersion). Paired
Huygens Oculars: 10.v and 15x. Mag-
nifications: 30.Y to 135Cx.

Price, $235 f. o. b. N. Y.

MICROSCOPE DSA-2
Same stand as DSA-I, but with, apla-
natic condenser n.a. 1.4 and Apochro-
niatic Objectives: 10 n.a. 0.30, 20 n.a.
0.65, 40 n.a. 0.95 and 90 n.a. 1.3 (Oil
Immersion). Paired Compensating Oc-
ulars: 7.\, lOx and lox. Magnifications:
70x tfl 1350X.

Price $400.00 f. o. b. N. Y.

A satchel type of carrying case can be

supplied instead of the standard cabinet,

at an additional cost of $4.00

CARL ZEISS, Inc.

4.S5 FIFTH AVENUE, NEW YORK

Pacific Coast Branch:
"28 South Hill Street, Los Angeles, Calif.

Cambridge

A TEXTBOOK OF

EXPERIMENTAL CYTOLOGY

By JAMES GRAY
.liillior of "Ciliary Mavement"

An account of recent e.xperimental
research, and a correlation of tlie phys-
ical structure of the cell with its hio-
logical properties.
516 pp. $1.50

THE PRINCIPLES OF

PLANT BIOCHEMISTRY

By MURIEL WHELDALE ONSLOW

Tlie l)iochemistry of the sugars and
the nitrogen comjiounds.
328 pp. $4.75

CHEMICAL EMBRYOLOGY

By JOSEPH NEEDHAM

An exhaustive treatise dealing with
tlie pliysico-chemical events at all
stages -of emliryonic life.
Three volumes. In the press. $35.00

BIOLOGY AND MANKIND

By S. A. McDOWALL

The ap|)lication of the theories of
evolution and heredity to the prohlems
I if democracy.
Preparing About $2.50

Cambridge University
Press

American Agents :
THE MACMILLAN COMPANY

248

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 49

€VEN

This oven which was demonstrated,
can now he loaned for lal)orator\'
use.

A])ply to Dr. Pond at the apparatus
room. 216.

STANDARD SCIENTIFIC SUPPLY CORP.

Biological, Bacteriological and Chemical A pparatus. Naturalists' Supplies, Specimens,

Skeletons, Anatomical Models, Wall Charts, Glass Jars, Microscopes

and Accessories.

10-14 WEST 25th STREET

NEW YORK CITY

The Wistar Institute Slide Tray

The ideal tray for displaying or storing slides.
It carries forty-eight 1-inch, thirty-two l^i-
inch, or twenty-four 2-inch slides, and every
slide is visible at a glance. Owing to the
nesting feature, the trays may be stacked so
that each one forms a dust-proof cover for
the one beneath it, while the center ridges as-
sure protection to high mounts. Made en-
tirely of metal, they are unbreakable and
easily kept clean. They form compact stor-
age units. Twelve hundred 1-inch slides may
be filed in a space fourteen inches square by
eight inches high. PRICE, $1.00 E.\CH

Orders may be sent to

THE WISTAR INSTITUTE

Tliirty-sixth Street and Woodland .\venu?,
Philadelphia. Pa.

Marine Biological

Laboratory

Supply Department

FOR THE BEST

BIOLOGICAL MATERIAL

CLASSROOM MATERIAL

MICROSCOPIC SLIDES

LIVE MATERIAL

Catalogues and information furnished by

applying at Supply Department Office

Woods Hole, Mass.

August 22. 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

249

LEITZ

Originated The INCLINED BINOCULAR

TUBE

In constructing- the Inclined Hinoculiar Tube, the Leitu
Works were sjui^lecl by the desire to lend even

more comfort and coivenieiice to
continued microscope observation

thnn was offered witli previous niicroseope models.

The Binocular Body with its inclined oculai
lubes pLrmits fi.e observer to sit at the micro-
scope in a natural upright position. The micro-
scope docs not need to be inclin.ed and conse-
quently the stage retains its horizontal position
'vhich is of porticjilar advantage zvhen using oil
immersion objectives, when observing material in
solution, in darkficld zvork, zvhen using the micro-
nuinipulator, etc.

The Inclined Binocular Tube is available for
any Leitz Binocular Microscope and can be
used with every one of the three series of
Leitz jNIicro-Objectives (achromatic, fluorite
and a))ochroniatic) as well as with the Huy-
fjhenian and Periplanatic Oculars. This body
tube is readily interchangeable with every
other tube offered for use with Leitz Binocular
Combination Microscopes.

No. 22850. Inclined Binocular Tube, - - $75.00

When ordering any Leitz Binocular
Microscope with the

Inclined Blnccular Tube

in place of the regular
vertical binocular body —
udd to list price of such

microscopes $25.00

WRITE FOR PAMPHLET No. 1187 (CN)

Con
for

vcnience and Comfort
Continued Observations

IT MAY BE IN ORDER TO MENTION THAT

///.• I.eitz Works are credited with originatinij the majority of

important developments in micro-constructions.

Those developments as relate to. research microsct)pes alone are:.

Handle Arm Staind - Dustproof Nosepiec^ - Binscular Body Tube

Interchangeiible Feature of Tubes - Bail-Bearing Fine Adjustment

CombinatLoin Condenssr for Bright and Darkfield, etc.

LEITZ WILL CONTINUE TO CREATE AND ORIGINATE AND THUS CONTRIBUTE

THE DEVELOPMENT OF SCIENCE

TO

E. LEITZ, Inc.

60 EAST 10th STREET

NEW YORK, N. Y.

250

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 49

FOLLOW THE CROWD TO

DANIEL'S

HOME-MADE ICE CKEAM,
DELICIOUS SANDWICHES

COFFEE PICNIC LUNCHES

THE QUALITY SHOP

Dry Goods, Toilet Articles, Shoas and
Souvenirs

Ask for things you do not see.
Main Street Woods Hole

FITZGERALD, INC.
A Man's Store

MEN'S WEAR

Colonial Buiding Tel. 935 Main Street

Falmouth

LADIES' and GENTS' TAILORING

Cleaning, Dyeing and Repairing

Coats Relined and Altered. Prices Reasonable

M. DOLINSKY'S

Main St. Woods Hole, Mass. Call 752

DONNELLY'S BEAUTY SHOPPE

Telephone 211 for Appointment

Opp. Elizabeth Theatre

Falmouth, Mass.

FALMOUTH PLUMBING AND
HARDWARE CO.

Agency for

LYNN OIL RANGE BURNER

Falmouth, opp. the Public Library Tel. 260

The MRS. G. L. NOYES LAUNDRY

Collections Daily
Two Collections Daily in the Dormitorie."*

Woods Hole Tel. 777

Service that Satisfies

Visit
Malchman's

THE

LARGEST DEPARTMENT STORE

ON CAPE COD

Falmouth

Phone 116

SAMUEL CAHOON

Wholesale and Retail Dealer in
FISH .\ND LOBSTERS

Tel. Falmouth 660-661
Woods Hole and Falmouth

MUNSON & ORDWAY
THE BRAE BURN SHOP

Fresh Killed Poultry — Fruit & Vegetables

Butter, Eggs cS; Groceries

Home Cooked Food and Delicatessen

Falmouth opp. Pos,t Office Tel. 354-W

'i Deliveries Daily in >\'ooil8 Hole

THE TWIN DOOR

RESTAURANT AND BAKERY

G. M. GRANT, Prop.

Chicken and Lobster Dinners

Waffles

Main Street Woods Hole. Mass.

IDEAL RESTAURANT

Main

street

Woods

Hole

Tel.

1243

N. E. TSIKNAS

FRUITS AND VEGETABLES

Falmouth and Wcods Hole

CURRENT :\rAGAZINI'.S

;in(l I'.OOKS ON CAPE COD arc

for sai.e .\t

Ttie Collecting Net Office

August 22, 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

251

'TrT::;5t3KEE*E-?,^3sa^aa^ jr.: ;~.:jsRrw- -^ rf g -.gvjas ' jiA.'j ■ ;*j] ii '^

Cine-Photomicrography

'■- The key to New Fields of Research

CINE-PHOTOMICROGRAPHY has for some time been recognized as
an extremely valuable and fascinating factor in the fields of research
in medicine, bacteriology, biology, chemistry and all of the natural
sciences. Exploration into these fields by this method has been much
hampered because equipment has been botlh expensive and difficult
to manage.

B & L has designed a Cine-Photomicrographic apparatus which is low
in price and simple in adjustment, yet it is as efficient as a much more
complicated and bulky set-up.

B & L has designed a Cine-Photomicrographic apparatus which is low
The outfit is so constructed that you can focus the microscope and ob-
serve the specimen at any time without Shifting the camera or interfering
with thic phctog^aphic pro-cess in any way. It can be used with any
standard microscope.

Send fcr catalcg E-<25 explaining many other advantages and giving
full details.

BAUSCH & LOME OPTICAL CO.

671 St. Paul Street - - - Rochester, N. Y.

BAUSCH & LOMB

252

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 49

THE WOODS HOLE LOG

THE EIGHTIETH ANNIVERSARY OF
MR. LUSCOMBE

Mr. Walter O. L. LuscomLie, a resident of
Woods Hole for fifty-four years, was host at a
celebration marking his eightieth anniversary last
Wednesday. His home was flooded with visitors
and congratulatory messages from the people of
Woods Hole and from his Cape and Boston
friends. Mr. Luscomhe has heen responsible in
l:irt;e measure for the Woods Hole Public
TJbrary and the new Post Office building, and has
in many other ways acted as sort of a God-
father to the residents of this section of Fal-
mouth.

In 1899 Mr. Luscomhe was elected Senator for
the State of Massachusetts and during his term
of office he was chairman of the Committee on
Towns and Railroads. He was an active member
of la great many other committees, some of which
were : Committee on Constitutional Amendments,
Committee on Harbors and Public Lands, land the
Ways and Means Committee. He is now presi-
dent of the Cape Cod Chamber of Commerce, a
position which he has held for five ye3rs, and he
has for awenty-five years been one of the Direc-
tors of the Falmouth National Bank.

We learn from The Falmouth Enterprise that
Mr. Luscomhe served as deputy Collector of Cus-
toms in the days when Woods Hole w.as an im-
portant port along the Atlantic seaboard. He
-served in this capacity until 1888 and later en-
gaged in the grocery, grain, coal and real estate
ijusiness. His Inisiness is now confined primarily
to real estate and insurance.

Since 1896 Mr. Luscomhe has attended almost
nil of the National Conventions of the Republican
Party. He is now director of the National Rivers
and Harbors Committee which is a Congressional
ap]iointment. Mr. Luscombe's many friends were
haiipy to find him in such good health and so
actively engaged in carrying out his varied duties
for the National, State and local org'anizations of
which he is a part, and in his own business.

The sum of seven hundred dollars was extrac-
ted last week from the merchants of Falmouth by
an attractive young woman who was supposed to
lie collecting it for the West Falmouth Public
Library. The library knew nothing of the "cam-
jiaign" and the enterprising visitor has disnis-
])oared. It does not seem as though it should he
so difficult to raise $.^00.00 for The Coi.lfxting
Nkt .Scholarship Fund in Falmouth.

The public schools in Falmouth will open on
September 8.

The construction of a highway connecting
Providence with Buzzards Bay, designed to short-
en the driving distance between the Cape towns
and points to the West, is under construction.
Tlie New Bedford Chamber of Commerce will
present a protest against this proposed highway
v/lien recommendations are presented to the
I5oard of County Commissioners.

i\Irs. C. E. L. Gifford has been elected presi-
dent of the Woods Hole Community Association
which assumes responsiliility for the Community
Hall. The other officers which were elected at
the meeting are : William Chambers, treasurer :
Mrs. George M. Gray, secretary. The Board of
Trustees is made up of the following individuals :
Mrs. Thomas E. Larkin, William Chambers, Mrs.
Alfred Norris and Mrs. George M. Gray. T!ie
Community Hall is over fifty years old and it
was first known ias Liberty Hall.

During the summer months Iniilding permits
to the extent of over $95,000 have been granted by
ihe Town of Falmouth. The corresponding sum
of last summer was nearly half, which is an indi-
cation that residents and visitors are taking ad-
vantage of the exceptional economic conditions.

The Coast Guard patrol Ijoat CG 285 was busy
last week aiding boats grounded in the recent
thick fogs. The schooner yacht Alamyth, owned
by W. P. Latham, was hauled off a sandbar two
miles northeast of Menemsha Bight last Satur-
day night. The 92-foot schooner, Miclwdo, was
tovved off the Shovelful Shoals near Monomoy
Island. A fishing boat went ashore in Woods
Hole Harbor, but it was pulled off undamaged.
The patrol boat located the lost schooner, W'areUa
the next day. The boat was owned by Judge
Poland who was sailing from Boston to Nan-
tucket ; he was lost in the fog and they towed it
to its destination.

Two local men have been discharged from their
work of laving bricks for the new gramma'"
school in Falmouth owing to the fact that they
•rre non-union men. The choice was put up to
one of these men of joining the Lhiion or of los-
ing his job. He wanted to become a member c f
the Un'on. but was unable to raise the necessarv
sum of $73.00. The man in question, Samuel
Pierce, has not had a permanent position for six
months, and he finds it difficult to support his
famih-. It is unfortunate that the New Be<lford
Bricklayer's Union should have sufficient jniwer
t(i pi-event res'dents of Falmouth from building
their own schools.

August 22, lO.Sl

THE COLLECTING NET

25o

Church of the Messiah

(Episcopal)
Tin- Rev. James Bancroft. Rector

I Inly Ciimniunidn 8:00 a. ni.

.Moniiny Prayer 11 :00 a. ni.

Evening Prayer 7^30 p. m.

TEXACO PRODUCTS

NORGE REFRIGERATORS

WOODS HOLE GARAGE

COMPANY

Opposite Station

The UNIVERSITY PLAYERS, Inc.
I'rcsciit "THE SILENT HOUSE"

Aug. 24 — Aug. 29

George G. Brandon and George Pickett

Old Silver Beach West Falmoulh

I'or Reservations Call Falmouth 1250

DRESSES — LINENS — LACES

Fine Toilet Articles
Elizabeth Arden, Coty

Yardley
Choice Bits from Pekin

MRS. WEEKS SHOPS

FALMOUTH

PARK TAILORING AND
CLEANSING SHOP

Weeks' BuildiiiK, Falmouth

Phone n07-M Free Delivery

We Press While You Wait

(Special Rutes to Laboratory Members)

WALTER O. LUSCOMBE

REAL ESTATE AND
INSURANCE

Woods Hole

Phon? 632

eCLE)^^^ SEAL

Non-Corroslve ^j^^^^ Non-C«rro8ive
MICROSCOPIC

SLIDES 'COVER GLASSES

Do Ntit Fog:
\i your dealer's, or write (giving dealer's name) to

117-119 East 34th Street

Mi

NEW YORK

15IOLO(iK AL, PHYSIOLOGICAL, MEDICAL
AND OTHER SCIENTIFIC MAGAZINES

IN COMPLETE SETS

Volumes and Back Date Copies For Sale

B. LOGIN & SON, Inc.

EST. 1887

29 EAST 21st STREET NEW YORK

B. WESTERMANN CO., INC

13 West 46th Street,
New York City

All Scientific Books in Foreign IjanguagPS

KELVINATOR REFRIGERATION

EASTMAN'S HARDWARE

5 AND 10c DEPARTMENT

Cape Cod Distributors for

Draper Maynard Sporting Goods

SPECIAL PRICES TO CLUBS
Falmouth Tel. 407

HF.ADnuARTERS FOR

.STEEL EI LING CABINETS, SAFES
AND OFFICE FURNITURE

LOO.';!-: LK.\F BOOKS .\ND FIGURING BOOKS
FOR ANY KIND OF BUSINESS

Callanan & Archer Co., Inc.

WIIOLES.XLE STATIONERS

10-14 So. Second St. New Bedford, Mass.

254

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vni,. VL No. 49

Just Published

The revised, up-to-date
SECOND EDITION of

HEREDITY

By A. l-'UANKLIN SlU'LL.

Professor of 'Zoology in the Univcrsit\-
of Michigan

McGKAW HILL PtIBLICATIONS

in the

ZOOLOGICAL SCIENCES

^HIS is a sound and thorough treat-
nient of the principlt-s of biohjiji-
cal inlieritance. The purpose of tliu
book primarily is to cover those phases
of the subject of especial interest to
mankind. Beside this chief emphasis
on human heredity, however, the book
also covers enough of the phenomena
of iieredity in plants and animals to
serve as necessary foundation study.

In this edition all of the many recent
advances in the field are covered that
are valuable in connection with the aiu'.
of the book.

Important among the dhanges are:
— Tlie discussion of immigration lias been
altered to fit the present laws and ad-
ministrative procedure.
— the analysis of the population problem
has been revised to accord with the new
census and other recent statistical results
— the chapters on heredity in man have
been greatly enlarged owing to the in-
crease of readily accessible material
— in the more fundamental parts of the
book new phenomena, such as multiple
allelomorphism and lethal homozygotes,
have been introduced because of the cer-
tainty or increased probability that they
are exhibited in man
— important new experimental results bear-
ing en the evolution question are included
— the history of knowledge cf heredity has

been entirely rewritten
— problems for drill are introduced into
the fundamental divisions of the work.

345 pages, 6 .r 9,
143 illustrations. $3.00

Send for a copy on approval

LOUCKS
TUBING INSERTER

Prevents injuries to hand, alsn breakage of
tubes, thermometers, etc.

Inserter consists of two parts; The Head
and The Carrier with handle.

Write for Hiillelin Xo. 4(iS ^^'liich
};iz'es full infonnatioii.

EIMER & AMEND

Established 1851 Incorporated 1897

Headquarters for Laboratory Apparatus and
Cheniioal Reagents

Third Avenue, i.Sth to iQth Street
New York, N. Y.

McGRAW HILL BOOK CO., Inc.

370 SEVENTH AVENUE

NEW YOK5i

ECOLOGY
All Forms of Life in Relation to Environment

Establislied l''2a Ouarlerly. OtVicial Publication of the
Ecological Society of America. Subscription, $4 a year
fur cuinplete volumes (Jan. to Dec.) Parts of volumes
at the single number rate. Back volumes, as avail-
able, $5 each. Single numbers, $1.25 post free. Foreign
in->slage; 20 cents.

GENETICS
A Periodical Record of Investigations bearing on
Heredity and Variation
Established 1916. liinu.nlhly.

Subscription, $6 a year ftjr complete volumes (Jan. to
Dec.) Parts of volumes at the single number rate.
Single numbers, $1.25 post free. Back volumes, as avail-
able, $7.00 each. Foreign postage: SO cents.

AMERICAN JOURNAL OF BOTANY
Devoted to All Branches of Botanical Science

Establislietl VH-i. M..iuh!y, except August and Sep-
tember. Ufticial Publication of the Botanical Society of
America. Subscri[)tion, $7 a year for complete volumes
(Jan. to Dec.) Parts of volumes at the single number
rate. Volumes 1-lS comiilete, as available, $146. Single
numbers, $1.00 each, [)nst free. Prices of odd volumes
un reiiuest. Foreign jiostage: 40 cents.

BROOKLYN BOTANIC GARDEN MEMOIRS

Voliinie i : 33 contributions by varmus authors on
genetics, pathology, mycology, physiology, ecology, plant
geugraphy, and systematic botany. Price, $3.50 plus
postage.

Volume 11: The vegetation of Long Island. Part L
Tlie vegetation of Montauk, etc. By Norman Taylor.
Pub. P)23. lOS pp. Price. $1.00.

Vol. Ill: The vegetation of Mt. Desert Island, Maine,
and its environment. By Barrington Moore and Nur-
man Tavlor. 151 pp., 27 text- figs., vegetation map in
colors. June 10, l<^27. Price, $1.60.

Orders should be placed with

The Secretary, Brooklyn Botanic Garden,

1000 Washington Ave. Brooklyn, N. Y., U. S. A.

August 22. 19.S1 1

THE COLLECTING NET

255

Forging to New Heights of Leadership

in

MICROTOME
CONSTRUCTION

iium Sliding MICROTOME No. 850

A new Microtome — Spencer quality — to meet the need of a moderate priced hiRh
grade sliding microtome, built low and compact for comfortable operation.

In this microtome is incorporated the great features which have accounted for the unusual success
of all Spencer Sliding Microtomes: i.e., the sturdy main frame, the inflexibility of the knife and
knife block, and the accuracy and rigidity of the feed mechanism.

The main body of the instrument is 14I2" long. 5%" high, and TU" wide at the base. As on all
sliding microtomes the knife block, which is 5^^" long, 3" wide and ITj" high, rides on a horizontal
surface at the top of tha main casting. The chesion of nearly 12 square inches (three times as
much as on any ordinary microtome) of oil contact on the accurately scraped surfaces holds the
block very firmly to the main frame. An additional fortification against any possible jumping of the
knife block is provided by opposing bearings.

This combination, which is on all Spencer microtomes cnly, insures accuracy in the movement of the
knife block, which can be attained in no other way. The smooth even draw is a delight to the touch.
A rigid and free moving object block accurately fitted and carefully scraped surfaces insures feeding
and holding the object, however hard it may be, definitely to the knife edge for accurate cutting of
thin sections. The feed screw is U" in diameter. The notched wheel of this feed mechanism provides
for cutting sections in steps of 2 microns up to 40 microns. The feed is operated by hand or auto-
matically. There is no back lash or spring. The specimen must move up the distance for which the
section thickness is set. The total upward excursion is much greater than on other makes of micro-
tomes which are priced higher. On No. 850 this distance is 33 millimeters.

It is provided with the standard Spencer ball and flange object clamp which has been- so popular. It is
easily criented by means of three screws. One reason for the accuracy of these microtomes is the
fact t'.'at no split nut is involved. The nut is heavy and thick enough to cover twenty threads. When
the upper limit is reached the object clamp is quickly lowered by means of a crank at the back of the
microtome. This crank also provides a quick means for bringing the object into the desired relation
to the knife edge before cutting.

No. 850 Microtome complete with knife, knife clamp, handle and back for
sharpening — now ready tor shipment — $200.00

256

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 49

''It saved us the cost of 5 microscopes' SS'nt'^Xlu/hrr' ^°"^^^-

"PROIMI" MK'HOSCOPIC DKAVVING and
PKOJECTION APPARATUS

Takes the place of numerous microscopes
and gives the instructor the opportunity of
teaching with greatest efficiency and least
confusion.

Projects microscopic slides and living or-
ganisms and insects on table or wall for
drawing' and demonstration. Also used as
a microscope and a micro-photographic ap-
paratus.

The Promi, recently perfected by a prom-
inent German microscope works, is an in-
genious yet simple apparatus which Alls a
long felt want in scientific instruction and
research in Bacteriology, Botany, Zoology,
Pathology, Anatomy, Embryology, Histol-
ogy, Chemistry, etc.

It has been endorsed by many leading
scientists and instructors.

AS A PROJECTION APPARATUS: ll is used for iirojccting in actual colors on wall or
screen, microscopic preparations, living organisms and insects for lecture room demonstration and
instiuition. Makes it possible for a g: oup of students to examine a single specimen simultane-
ously. Invaluable for instructors in focusing students' attention on iniptr.-tant features, which can-
iiiit be demonstrated with equal facility ami time saving under a microscope. Eliminates the eye
strains of micrnsco]ie examii\alion.

AS A DRAWING LAMP: The illustration shows how a microscopic specimen slide is pro-
jected ill actual ci'lnrs on drawing paper enabling student or teacher to draw the image in precise de-
tail in black or colors. Living insects or microscopic living organisms can also be projected. Ad-
justment of the size of the image is simply a matter of varying the distance to which the image is
l)rojcctcd. Higher magnification may be obtained by using lube and ocular and dur Ingli power ob-
jeclixcs. Charts can icadily be made for class room instruction.

AS A MICROSCOPE: By removing the bulb and attaching the reflecting mirror auil inverting
the ap])aratus a compound microscope is achieved. Higher magnification is possible by the use of
stanilard microscopic hi.gh power objectives and oculars.

AS A MICROPHOTOGRAPHIC APPARATUS: Microscopic preparations of slides, living or-
ganisms and insects can lie |ilii n, i-raplud without the use of a camera.

PRICE: 1''. O. 1). New S'ork $100.03 complete apparatus in ]iolished wood carrying case. In-
cludes bulb, rheostat for 110 and 220 volts with cords, plugs and switch for both DC and AC cur-
rent, llx objective, tube with Sx ocular, reflecting mirror and micro-cu\ ctte. Extra equipment prices
1111 rctpiest. Prospectus gladly sent on request

THE "PROMAR " MICROSCOPIC DRAW-
ING and PROJECTION APPARATUS

.\ new instrument \\liicli has been brought
out in response to a demand for a simple
apparatus like the Promi for more advanced
work which requires more powerful illumi-
nation and higher magnification. The Pro-
mar operates in the same manner as the
Promi but is more hea\'ily constructed and
has the following additional features as
standard equipment :

More brilliant lighting, making higher magnification i
Triple nose piece, facilitating use of three objectives.
Fine and coarse adjustment for focusing.
Screw, rack and pinion adjustment for light and condenser.
Screw centering adjustment for light. Kcvohing stage.
Demonstrations will glcdly be made by Mr. Robert Rugh. Room 217,
IVIain Bldg., M. B. L., Woods Hole.
Prospectus Gladly Sent on Request. Write to

117-119 EaGt 24th St:eoi

NEW YORK N. Y.

1^

Vol. VI. No. 10.

SATURDAY, AUGUST 29, 1931

Annual Subscription, $2.00
Single Copies, 25 Cts.

AN EXPERIMENTAL DOG FARM FOR
THE STUDY OF FORM AND TYPE

Dr. C. R. Stock.\rd
Professor of Anatomy. Cornell Medical Cotlet/e
A general survey was attempted emimeratin;.;'
the (lifticulties and problems of maintainin;,'-
a large colony of dogs. The experience of
any one who has kept one or two dogs actually

gives no idea of the difficulties ,

arising when the number is
increased to a hundred or
more animals. One or two
flogs may ]>e allowed to run
moi-e or less at large without
seriously contaminiatin,g the
area ; while among a great
number of dogs there are cer-
tain to be infected individuals,
and these contaminate tlu-
others under any limited con-
finement. Dogs.are commonly
infested with intestinal para-
sites, and when many arc
brought together in a small
region the entire ground lie-
comes infected with the eggs
of these pai'asites and every
memlier of the colony is very
soon also infected. On re-
moving these pai'asites with
ordinary treatment, the dog is onh' temporarily
relieved, since it {Continued on Pai^e 262)

M. 1. 1C. (£;c^lcll^c^r

TUESD.VY, SEPT. 1, 8:00 P. M.

Dr. Albert Tyler: "Artificial Par-
thenogenesis in the Eggs of the
Pacific Coast Echiuroid, Urechis
caupo."

Dr. Paul Galtsoff: "Specificity of
Sexual Reactions in the Genus
Ostrea."

Dr. K. B. Coldwater: "The Effect
of Sulphydryl Compounds upon
Regenerative Growth."

Dr. N. A. Cobb: "The Use of Live
Neraas in Zoological Courses in
Schools and Colleges."

THURSDAY, SEPTEMBER 3

Final Scientific meeting beginning
at 9:00 A. M.

FRIDAY, SEPT. 4, 8:00 P.M.
Professor Bradley M. Patten, West-
ern Reserve University. "Micro-
Moving Pictures Applied to the
Study of the Living Embryo."

THE U. S. FISHERIES BIOLOGICAL STA-
TION AT BEAUFORT

Dr. Herbert F. Prytherch

Director of the Stat'ion

As early as 1860 Beaufort was recognized liy

zoologists as an excellent location for studies of

the marine fauna and floi'a of the South Atlantic

region. The natural advantages offered here for

the investigation of biological

problems led to the estalilish-

ment of a marine biological

station by the U. S. Bureau

of Fisheries in 1899. The

present laboratory which was

built in 1902 is ideally situated

on a small island in Beaufort

Harbor and separated from

the mainland and town by a

channel about 150 yards wide.

This provides very desirable

but not inconvenient isolation

and assures quiet and pleasant

surroundings for reseaixh

work.

The investigators enjoy a
little community of their own
on the island, as accommoda-
tions in the sleeping quarters
are fiu'nished free in most
cases and meals are provided
at cost in the attractive mess hall nearby.

Immediately to the north of the 'tation is the

TABLE OF

An Experimental Dog Farm 257

The Biological Station at Beaufort 257

The Allegany School of Natural History 260

Microscopic Studies of Cells and Tissues in

the Living Mammals 264

Local and Correlative Gene Effects in Mo-
saics of Habrobracon 268

Genetic Studies on Selective Segregation of

Chromosomes in Sciara 269

Phospho-Creatin in Relation to Nerve Activity 270
The Effect of Sulphydryl Compounds upon
F;egenerative Growth i;71

CONTENTS

Recovery from X-Ray Effects in the Arbacia

Egg 272

Artificial Parthenogenesis in the Eggs of the

Echiuroid, Urechis Caupo 273

Biological Spectrum and M-Rays 274

The Use of Live Nemas in Zoological Courses 27G
Specificity of Sekual Reactions in the Genus

Ostrea 277

Arterio- Anastomoses 279

Scientific Book Reviews 280

The Voyage of the Atlantis 285

Exhibit of Invertebrate Animals 287

258

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 50

Tilt: v. s. BuriKAU uF i-'isiiiLiaKs statiux at beaufomt

Established by the Federal Government in 1899. It is located on a small island in Beaufort Harbor
which is separated from the main land by a channel 150 yards wide.

large estuar\-. knuwn as N'ewport River, headed
liv a .sluyi^ish fresh-water stream of fair size.
Westward lies Uogue Sound ; eastward are an-
other large estuary, the North river, and Core
Sound ; the latter connects v/ith the great Famlicd
Sound. Adjacent to the sounds and estuaries are
large stretches of marshes, and sand and mud flats.
I'lU'thermore. the numerous good roads of the
vicinitv make it possihle to reach easily by private
auTonioliile or the station's service car various
fi"esh-water creeks, ditches, di'ainage canals,
swamps, ponds, and small lakes.

It is evident, therefnre. that the station is Sii
situated that th;' ocean with its shore lines, highfs
and tishing hanks, the sounds and estuaries with
their streams, the ponds, the marshes, and the
sand and mud flats are all within easv reach from
the lal]or.atf>ry. This makes it possiltle to olitain
Cdiivenienth' for studv a very large varietv of
a(|uatic animals and plants, ranging from those
that live in the ocean in strictly salt water, to
those occupying the sounds, estuaries, and streams
with brackish and fresh water. Here mav he had
fish, oysters, clams, scallops, crahs, shrimp, tev-
raoins, ])orpoises, water birds, seaweeds, and a
host of li\ing things that have no names other
than tlie ones gi\en them liv naturalists.

An idea of the wealth of the local fauna and
Hora m,a\- be foimed from the fact that 29i

species of fish. 153 species of decaiiod crusta-
ceans — that is. crabs, craxhsii. shrimp, etc. — 21i')
species of mollusks, and 132 forms of marine al-
gae or seaweeds, are found in almost the immedi-
ate vicinity of the laboratory, b'urthermore, the
conditions for the study of the aquatic life in its
natural environment are exceiient, as industrial
deveio[)ment and the concentration of iiopulation
are not great enough seriouslv to disturb nature,
r;nd the plants and animals, as already indicated,
mav be studied over a very wide range of natural
ccniditions.

The biological station consists of the main lab-
oratorv liuildin.g, the mess house and kitchen, di-
rector's residence, pump house, l>:*athouse, car-
penter shop, and a terrapin-rearing house. The
latter is a building 60 feet long liy 25 feet wide
and is designed to house conveniently 30,000
yomig terrapins. .Mong the shores are several
concrete ponds used in terrapin culture.

The labonatory building is a two-story frame
structure 70 feet long and 42 feet wide, with two-
stor\- wings, each aliout 52 feet long and 18 feet
wide, sm-roimded by porches. In each wing are
six bedrooms for the accommodation of the scien-
tific staff and the investigators from colleges, uni-
versities and other institutions of learning, to
whom the facilities of the lalioratory are open at
all seasons, ivich bedroom is ])rovided with lH)th

August 29, 1931

THE COLLECTIiNG NET

259

hot and cold running water and the necessary fur-
niture ;and bedding. The central portion of the
l)nil(ling is devoted to investigation, instruction,
and a<hninistration. The laboratorv occupies the
entire second story, removed from the distractions
and noises ins«paral)le from those parts of the
l)nildings and grounds open to the general public.
Along the north and south walls are alcoves for
investi.gators, separated by half-height partitions
designed to interfere as little as jjossibk with the
free iMssage of light and air. Each alcove is
provided with a table and shelving, and whatever
aquaria, dishes, apparatus, and reagents may be
required for the particular work in progress ; one
or two high windows furnish light and ventila-
tion. At each end of the lal)orator\- are two large
tank tables with aquaria, which afford facilities
for keeping and ob-
serving" live plants and
animals brought in
from local waters.
Sinks, a fume cliamber.
and a photogr-ipliic
dark room are situated
along the end walls of
the room.

The first floor of the
laboratory building is
occupied in part b\' a
museum which is .o])en
to the ])ublic. It con-
tains many marine ani-
mals and plants repre-
sentative of Beaufort.

On the first floor, in
addition to the museum.

are a chemical laboratory, two small research lab-
oratories, the director's office, a store room, and
the librarv, which contains about 2.000 volumes.
.Although small, the library has been selected with
s])ecial reference to the needs of the investigators,
who also may obtain books from the excellent
main library of the Bureau in Washington and
from the other unusually fine public libraries of
that cit\-.

The chief purpose of this article is to acquaint
biologists with the fact that the laboratory at
Beaufort is thoroughly modern and up to date as
"i result of recent extensive improvements and
alterations. The buildings have been thoroughly
renovated and additional equipment installed. The
salt-water and fresh-water supplies have been
modernized, the electrical svstem renewed and hot
and cold running water provided for the dormi-
torv rooms, which occupy the wings of the build-
ing. Compressed air and artificial g.as are now
supplied to the lalioratories. An equally impor-
tant improvement has been the installation of a
central steam-heating ])lant. which makes the

THE MAIN LABORATORY ROOM

whole laboratory building comfortable for occu-
pancv throughout the entire year.

The floating equipment of the laboratory has
also l;een brought to a high standard of efficiency.
A comfortable, sea-going motor cruiser and a
smaller speed boat have been placed in commis-
sion, and two other launches attached to the sta-
tion have lieen rebuilt. The larger vessel is
equipped with a lal)orator\-, hoisting gear, nets,
dredges and the usual oceanographic apparatus.
Ai)cut a dozen rowboats are provided for the use
of the investigators.

The primary purpose of the Beaufort labora-
tory is to render service to the fisheries through
the knowledge gained by studies in pure and ap-
plied science. The ever increasing importance of
seafoods as a source of the essential elements in
our diet emphasizes the
need of research in a
variety of fields dealing
with the si>ecies of
commercial importance.
There are innumerable
problems pertaining to
the cytology, physiol-
ogy, morphology and
ecology of these organ-
isms in which l)iologi.sts
may find excellent ma-
terial for studies of
fundamental scientific
value. The Bureau is
anxious to interest in-
vestigators from other
institutions in such
phases of these prob-
lems as pertain to their respective fields, but at
tlip same time offers them entire freedom in the
selection of such biological studies as they de-
sire to make. Every year outside workers, de-
sirous of continuing their investigation of some
s))ecial problem, visit the laboratory. It is hoped
that the number who do so may be increased and
everv courte.sy and all available facilities will be
given them.

The chief investigations conducted at present
by the 15ureau of Fisheries at Beaufort deal with
the biology and cultivation of the ovster, the
d?^-elopment and distribution of the shrimp, and
the propagation of the diamond-back terrapin.
The research work that is lieing carried on at the
laboratory during the present season In- Federal
investigators and those from other institutions is
as follows :

Dr. H, V. Wilson and Joseph Hyde Pratt.
Jr.. Cellular Behavior in Hydroids ; Dr. Bernard
Steinberg. Effect of Bacterial Toxins on
Various Marine Forms ; Miss Rebecca Ward,
Behavior of .Amoebacytes in Annelids; Dr. Ver.i

260

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 50

Koehring, Narcosis of Marine MoUusks ; Profes-
s<if Ezda Devinev, Regeneration in Ascidians ;
Mr. Paul ( ). Klint,'ensmitli, Chemical Studies of
Sea Water; Dr. fames S. (iutsell. Development
and Distribution of Shrimp; INIr. Pdount Rddman,
Terrapin Culture : Dr. Bert Cunningham. EtTect
of Temperature on Development of Terrapin
Eggs ; Dr. Herbert F. Prytherch, Relation of
Copper Content of the Water to Oyster Growth
.-,nd Reproduction ; Chemical Warfare Service,
War Dei)artment. Value of Certain Wood Pre-
.servatives for Submerged Structures.

In conclusion I wish to add to this brief des-
cription of the station and its work the comments
of an investigator who has carried on research
work here since its inauguration. Dr. Henrv Van
Peters Wilson, veteran zoologist of North Caro-
lina and a regular visitor at the Beaufort station,
describes the laboratory as follows :

"The station has at its door the open ocean and
fine sea beaches. Within what mav be called the

harbor, which is large and beautiful, passing east

and west into sounds, are sand shoals, mud flats,
and salt marshes. The tide brings in an excel-
lent plankton. The whole fauna is varied and
abundant, and, what is of the first importance,
easily accessible to the individual collector. More-
over, throixgh the work of biologists during the
past fifty years it is sufficiently known to be usable
for many sorts of investigations. The associa-
tion of Beaufort with the general growth of
American biology, as may be seen from the long
list of published investigations carried on here,
is interesting and stimulating. The laboratory is
unusually comfortable and convenient the

summer climate is healthy and pleasant and the
temperature and purity of the harbor water make
collecting a pleasure. Beaufort is now easily
reached by rail and hard-surfaced highway."

Applications for accommodations should be ad-
dressed to the station or to the U. S. Bureau of
Fisheries at Washington, D. C.

THE ALLEGANY SCHOOL OF NATURAL HISTORY

Dr. R. I''. CoKF.R
Director of tlic School

It is a far cry fnim the salt-washed beaches
of Woods Jlole, Cold S])ring Harbor, and Bar
Harbor to the thick forests and swift streams of
the .'\lleglieny Mountains; but the field for bio-
logical and geological studies is not limited by
the wash of the tides. There are inland lakes
anfl streams, mountain sides and meadows that
abound in various forms of plant and animal life.
There are Crustacea, ga,stropods, and pelecypods
that never knew the sea and a whole class of ver-
tebrate animals marked by the most profound
distaste for mineral salts in concentrations proper
to an ocean. Tliere is also a class of invertebrate
animals more numerous in species than all others
combined, whose members scarcely touch the sea.

It is true that JuUanar said to king Shah-
yeman ; ".\nd know, moreover, that all that is on
the land in comparison with what is in the sea is
a very small matter" ; but JuUanar had more im-
agination than Iiiological information, for, if the
textbooks are to be believed, there are many more
kinds of animals without the sea than within it.
•And plants? — but the botanist must say. Ob-
viously there is a place for the lake and desert
laboratories, the river and the forest stations, as
well as for the marine centers of research and
study. The Allegany School of Natural History
in the forest appreciates the welcome from its
more venerable and distinguished sister at Woods
Hole which comes in the form of an invitation to
give some account of itself.

The Allegan>- School, it must be said at the lie-
ginning, is not jirimarily a biological station in
the usual sense, although it offers facilities and
abundant opportunities for zoological, botanical
and geological research. Its primary function is
that of a school for field studies in the three
general provinces of botany, zoology and geology.
Its clientele comprises teachers, college students,
both undergraduate ,and advanced, musemn
workers , and others. It is yet young, just enter-
ing upon its fifth season.

To begin with the birth of the instituti(jn :
.Some si.x years ago Mr, Chaimcey J. Hamlin of
Buff'alo, President of the Buffalo Society of Nat-
ural Sciences and member of the Allegany State
Park Commission, conceived the idea of making
the State Park ]3erform an educational service
greater than could be incidental to the use of the
Park as a place for recreation and the passive
enjoyment of nature. There was also the interest
of Dr. Charles C. Adams, Director of the New
York State Museum and a member of the State
Council of Parks, who. with Mr. Hamlin and
others, had been one of the ])rime movers for the
estal)lishment of a great park in the Allegheny
region of New York. The original idea found
expression in a joint undertaking for wliich the
Allegany State Park Commission furnished ample
ifrounds, buildings, ^and fixed equipment, as well
as current transportation for classes, the Buffalo
,Society of Natural Sciences furnished the mov-

Au(U-sT 29, 1931 ]

THE COLLECTIXG NET

261

THE STONE TABLETS ON THE SCIENCE BUILDING AT THE PENNSYLVANIA

COLLEGE FOR WOMEN

A new science building, Buhl Hall, has recently
been completed at the Pennsylvania College for
A\'onien in Pittsburgh. The idea of placing names
of outstanding -living American scientists on two
stone tablets on the building came to Dr. E. K.
Wallace, head of the Chemistry Department. He,
assisted by Dr. Anna R. Whiting, head of the
Department of Biolog'y, and the students of the
Science Seminar group, sent questionnaires ask-
ing for suggestions to C)o6 scientists starred in
American Men of Science and representing fields
(jrdinarily taught in a Liberal Arts College. The
number chosen in each group was determined by
the proportion of starred men in that group.
About (joo replies were received. The names have
been engraved and it is hoped to hang in the

main hall of the liuilding a photograph, auto-
graphed if iiossible, of each of the men on the
list. The names inscribed are :

Biologists, Drs. L. H. Bailey, E. G. Conklin,

C. B. Daveniiort, R. G. Harrison, H. S. Jennings,

D. S. Jordan. F. R. Lillie, C. E. McClung, T.
H. Morgan. H. F. Osborn, G. H. Parker. W. M.
Wheeler, and E. B. Wilson.

Ph\sicists, Drs. P. W. Bridgman, A. H. Comp-
ton, K. T. Compton, A. A.' Michelson, R. .\.
Millikan, R. ^^^ Wood.

Chemists, W. D. Bancroft, E. C. Franklin. M.
Gomberg, I. Langmuir, G. N. Lewis, A. A.
Noyes, W. R. Whitney.

A.stronomers, W. W. Campbell, G. E. Hale.

able equipment, operative management and a
member of the teaching staff, and the State Mu-
seimi furnished the educational direction, several
instructors /uid an important linkage with the
well-establislied research program of the Museum.
Shortly afterwards, the interest of the L^iiversily
of P)uffalo being incited, the School was affiliated
with the University, ^\'e should not fail, too, to
mention the State Library which, although not

ostensibly one of the cooperating agencies, yet,
.somewhat as a silent partner, contributes in an
indispensable way to the efficiency of the School
through generous loans each summer of the bociks
and pajiers necessary to its work.

The .Allegany School is located on the slopes
of a small mountain just aliove Quaker Run. one
of the most beautiful trout streams of the south-
western part of the state. Ju.st at the School a

262

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 50

rlam huilt across the run liy the State Park pro-
vides an artificial lake several acres in extent, and
twenty feet in deptli at the dam. Here, in th:
heart of an extensive forest, in a state reserva-
tion comprisin.ij nearly ten square miles, there
were constructed a number of very sulistantial
f.nlnns with a campus of some thirty acres.

The School buildings pni|)er consist of a large
cabin, 48 x 96 feet, providing !alK)ratories for
geology, botany and advanced work or research,
n. librarv, and an assembly room, another cabin,
22 x 62 feet, housing the office and zoological lal)-
oratory, and two additional single-room cabins.
Another large cal)in includes the kitclien and in-
cidental storage and working space, and a dining
rhom capable of seating eighty or more persons.
There are also a shop with a dark room, an ice
house, recreation room, deep well and tank,
shower cabins, a number of cabins where stafif
memliers and help may live, and twenty-five
three-room cabins for students, each designed for
the use of two students. At the entrance to the
grounds and overlooking the lake, there is an
oi)en-air museum which the School conveniently
maintains both for its cwn use and for the inter-
est of the general public. Electric lights in all
t\\c buildings and on the grounds, and running-
water in the laboratories and at points convenient
to all cabins, provide some of the conveniences
necessarv for the most efficient work.

Class work is adajited both to those coming
with little preparation in the special fields and to
those entering after a good deal of college train-
ing and teaching experience. The classes are
small, permitting individual attention, and empha-
sis is placed upon problem work or report topics
"dapted to the abilities and interest of the students.
Eich class pjriod ( e.xcept on Saturdays) lasts a
full (lav of eight hours, so that there is little limit
to the length of the field tr'p (with Inis transpor-
tation) or to the iriter-adiustment 1i\' the instruc-
tor of field, lal)oratory and lecture work. In each
department the greater part of the study is, of
(■ourso, dene outside of the diss, which meets Imt

one day a week in addition to the Saturday con-
ference hour.

The .schedule and arrangement of work is i^er-
haiis a distinctive feature of this school, and,
after an e.x|:)erience of five years, durin.g which
the plan has imdergone only minor modifications,
we are, as a whole, enthusiastic as to its value for
student and instructor. Lender this plan, which
virtually eliminates all necessity for watching the
clock and obviates the waste of time involved in
repeatedly yjutting away papers and equipment
r-nd in passing from room to room, the ma.ximum
of personal contact between student and in.struc-
tor goes along with a maximum of continuous m-
dependent work by the student. Undergraduat:;
study assumes somewhat the aspect of graduate
study with most of its best features in the aqui-
sition of method and the development of a capac-
ity to "carry on" after the .student leaves the
School. The instructor enjoys the advantage of
comparative freedom for research and can the
more readily concede the occasional hours for
suijplemental individual conferences when they he-
come desirable.

As indicated in the beginning, the primary
finiction of the institution is tiiat of a school for
field studies. No special attemjit has been ma(L'
.''s yet to attract independent investigators, al-
though the school welcomes those whose interests
lead them to this environment. To such it ofifers
comfortable living conditions, and a congenial
social and intellectual environment, as well as lab-
oratory tables and equipment for collecting and
keeiiing animals, plants, or geolo.gical specimens.

The present staff of the School includes: A. A.
.Saunders (Yale), of Bridgeport, Conn. Schools,
for Ornithology; W. P. Alexander (Cornell and
Leiijzig), of the Buffalo Museum, for Nature
Study; L. E. Hicks (Ohio State University), of
' )liio State University, for Botany ; Charles'
P>rewer, Jr. (Harvard and Pittsburgh), of the
Universitv of Kansas, for Geology; and, R. E.
Coker ( University of North Carolina and Joims
Hopkins), of the University of North Carolina,
for Zoology.

AN EXPERIMENTAL DOG FARM FOR THE STUDY OF FORM AND TYPE

(Continued from Page 257)

almost immediately becomes reinfected from the
contaminated groimd. This has made it neces
sary to pave all of the kennel runs with
concrete. It is much the sime sanitary

proposition which a human community faces
in growing from a sparsely settled villag"
condition into a thickly ]Kjpulated town. It is
neces.sary that the streets and pathways be ]iaved
and kept clean. The small numlier of dogs owned
by an individual are usually of one selected l)reed.
The person conies to understaml the general haiiits

and behavior of this breed and has little trouble in
hantlling his pets. Imt when one luidertakes to
ktep a great number of pure line breeds and then
makes comliinations of these, he soon has an enor-
mous number of actuall\' different animals inso-
far as their food habits, breedint;' habits, and gen-
eral behavior go. All these ditTerences must ijc
understood, and many of the more delicate breeds
must be carefully and individually provided for.
In addition to the internal parasites mentioned
above, dogs are also frequently infested with e.\-

August 29, 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

263

ternal parasites, such as fleas and lice, as well
as the very annoying mange mites. In order to
have favorahle conditions for reproduction and
growth all these plagues must be consistently elim-
inated. Pups and dehcate types of dogs are high-
ly susceptilile to these infestations, while adult,
vigorous animals in the same run may i)e entirely
free. There is in a way a certain type of re-
sistance or immunity to parasites on the part of
the aduh dog. All infections and irritations tend
to produce more marked nervous symptoms in
dogs than in almost any other mammal. Things
that irritate a hum^n being to only a mild de-
gree will often produce a state of extreme nervous
agitation in a dog or actually cause fits or spasms.

In maintaining a large colony of dogs one of the
most important problems is that of proper feeding
.and the careful adjustment of their complete diet.
With our animals kept in wire-fenced enclosures
on concrete pavement there is no opportunity to
(Jjtain any other foods or stuffs than those that
lire actu:'lly provided by the kennel ration. We
were son ewhat surprised to find that none of the
commercial and sporting kennels had a properly
developed d'et. Al! of the patent and commercial
dog foods are considerably deficient in many ways,
although they frequently claim to contain all
necessary vitamins and salts as well as a perfectly
balanced nutritive ration. On these accounts we
have found it necessary to use as a base a broken
up ke mel food, to which we add a freshly-made
soup of vegetables and meat. Chopped lean meat
scalded by the soup is also used, and then cheap
avnilable substances containing the separate vita-
mins ave added, as well ss bone ash and the other
necessary blood salts. Unless this diet is care-
fully and properly complete, the animals develop
vari(.us nervous symptoms and fail to grow in the
t pical fashion. The absence of vitamin B over
any length of time very soon brings about so-
called "running fits" and other nervous conditions.
When this deficiency is adjusted the fits after a
few days disappear. Certain other deficiencies in
the diet disturb the whelping react'ons of the
mother and also comj)letelv upset her normal l)e-
havior towaids the pups in regard to nursing as
well as properly cleaning and caring for them.
Improperly Ir.lanced food causes failure in con-
ceptions and frequent abortions in the breedin'z
animals. Several years work was necessary in
order to determine and control the^e difficulties.

The handling of dogs on a large scale is a
very delicate performance, and the kennel men
and keepers must be carefully selected pc-sons.
We have constantly avoided the employment of
any experienced or professional kenrel men. Such
persons invariablv know so much that is wrong
about the handling of dogs that it is imoossible
to teach them anv logical method. Thev also

strongly believe many absurd superstitions which
are handicaps in handling animals for scientific
purposes. We have found that ordinary farm
boys who have an interest and knack with animals
can be trained to make the most useful kennel
men, and all of our crew of kennel attendants are
such i)ersons. The keepers sleep in living quar-
ters which are built immediately over the kennel
houses, so as to be on hand at any time.

The kennel houses have been built in various
ways, and in winter they are heated with either
steam or hot water. We have found, however,
that simple outdoor kennel ho.xes or small indi-
v'dual dog houses are far better than well liuilt
and heated houses. The small short-haired house
dogs actually stand the winter very well complete-
ly out of doors in these kennel boxes. Lender
such conditions there is much less trouble with
parasitic infections. It is necessary, in maintain-
ing a colony of this size, that the place be ade-
quately supplied with running water, electricitv,
and a refrigeration plant. These requirements
are not always easy to obtain in isolated positions
such as a dog farm must necessarily occupy on ac-
count of the barking and noise of the animals.

This dog colony is intended as material for a
study of the general problem of the relation of
modified internal secretions to structural develop-
ment and bodily and mental behavior. Dogs better
than any other mammals almost exactly paral-
lel the various modified and distorted growth
concl'tions which are exhibited by human beings
and which are generally interpreted as being due
to modifications in their glands of internal se-
cretion. It has seemed to us most desirable to
try and analyze the genesis of such conditions.
This, of course, is impossible to do in man. Many
so-o'dled glandular diseases such as achondroplasia
and acromegaly are very probably complex in
both their origin and development. They are not
simply the result of an unusual function in some
one gland, but more likely a number of glands or
possibly all of the bodily organs are somewhat
modified. Such a cond'tion can only be under-
st'^od by a study of the inheritance and develop-
ment of the conditions. In this wav one might
find whether there is some one initial peculiaritv
which secondarily brings about modifications in
the other secretions and organs involved. It has
recurred to us that by properly crossing different
types of dogs which showed conditions compar-
able to the human glandular diseases we might
break up certain complexities into their more or
less elementary parts. With this in view some-
thing mere thati a dozen different pure line breeds
have been crossed in various ways. By taking
nnimals with a given condition and crossing them
with others entirely lacking this condition, we
have followed out the genetic behavior of several

264

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. \'L No. 50

peculiar structural forms. A numUer of illustra-
tions of such crosses through the first and second
generations were shown during tlie lecture.

Sujjplementing these genetic studies cnreful his-
tological and cytological examinations of all the
glands of internal secretion from the pure line
parent stocks and the Fi and Fu hyhrid descend-
ants are invarial)ly made. Through these studies
it is hoped to determine whether the peculiar his-
tology of a certain .glmd is definitely and con
stantly correlated with a given hodily structu e
or form in the adult individual. For example, if
the short achondropLisic legs of the Basset hound
are associated witii a given histological peculiait,-
of the pituitary pamthvroid ap])aratus, on cross-
ing this hound with the normal long-legged Ger-
man shejiherd dog, the F, pu])S liaving short lejs

should also show glandular histology compar,ahle
to the Basset, and further, the Fo pups, some of
which are short-le.gged and some long-legged,
should have .associated with their leg conditions
the parental glandular structures. The instincts,
reactions and nervous behavior of diflferent parent
stocks and hybrids are being studied in association
with these bodily and structural differences.

This extensive investigation presumes that
proliably the most promising prospect in an
understanding of nvmnmalian growth is an analy-
sis and regulation of the internal secretions. Such
knowledge may actually aid in the control of re-
sistance to infectious disease, as well as regulate
physical and mental development and behavior.
At the present time, however, we have onlv the
slightest beginnings of this knowledge.

MICROSCOPIC STUDIES OF CELLS AND TISSUES IN THE LIVING MAMMAL

Dr. Eliot R. Clark
Professor of Anatomy, School of Medicine. I'uivcrsity of Pennsylvania

In the latter part of the 17th century Leeuwen-
hoek first studied, with a simple form of micro-
sco])e, the vessels in the transparent tails of tad-
poles. Passing over sporadic studies on this ar.d
otlier trans])arent regions throughout the ISlh
century, which reached considerable proportions
(luring the first half of the 19th century, we find,
witii the rise of modern microscopic anatomy or
histology, usually dated from the time of Schwann
( 1830-1840), a very considerable use of natural
transparent regions in living animals for the
study of the finer make-up of the tissues. Among
the successors to Schwann mav be mentioned
Koliiker (1846), Kemak (1857), and Strieker
(1860-70), all of whom, among other objects,
made use of tiie transparent fin expansions of the
tadpole's tail for their microscopic investigations.
Such studies reached a climax in the period from
1870-1880 when Arnold, Rouget and others made
their oljservations on the blood vessels in the tail
ol the tad])ole. while the pathologists, Cohnheim,
Thoma, Metchnikoff and numerous others, were
using transparent living olijects such as the frog's
web, the mesentery, and the tadpole's tail for
their classical study of inflammation. Perhaps this
first period of the intensive study of cells and
tissues in the living animal miay be considered to
have come to an end with the studies of S. !\Ia\er
on the tadpole's tail in 1884.

b^ollowing this time, and coincident with tlie
discovery of the anilin dyes, the attention of his-
tologists and pathologists was largely confined to
the study of fixed tissues sectioned with the
microtome and stained. This was, of course, both

natural and desirable, since such methods made
possilile tlie acquiring of a world of information
in regard to tissues and organs which were inac-
cessilile to direct observation.

It seems to the author that the late Franklin P.
Mall may l)e considered to have liridged the gap
— at least in this country — between the earlier
period of microscopic studies of the living and the
modern one. Dr. Mall informed the author that
he had begun studies on the blood vessels in the
tadpole's tail with a view to making photographic
records of the same vessels over long periods of
ol)servation, with correlated studies of the circu-
lation. He had temporarily al)andoned this study
because of lack of a suitalile antiesthetic for keep-
ing the tadpoles immobilized. It was in Dr.
Mall's laboratory in 1907 tiiat Dr. Harrison de-
veloped the "tissue culture" method for studying
growing nerves fiutside the 1>odv. It is interesting
to note that l)ef(n-e growing nerves in plasma. Dr.
flarrison first m/'.de oliservations on living nerves
in the tadpole's tail. In 1908, the author began
his studies, also in Dr. Mall's laboratory, on living
blood vessels in the tadpole's tail. By the use of
chloretone anaesthesia and a specially designed
micro-aquarium for keeping the tadpole in a nor-
mal ])osition, it proved feasible to carry out long
continued studies of the same cells and tissues ff)r
liours. class, weeks, and months in this beautifully
transparent region in a living animal. It was
at Dr. Mall's suggestion that the author began
the study of the growth of lymphatic capillaries,
at that time a subject of heated controversy.
Since 1908 the author Ins carried out a number

August 29, 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

265

of studies on the cells and tissues in the living
animal using the method of direct ohservation on
the tadpole's tail. Since 1916 Mrs. Clark has
oollaliorated in niiany of these studies. Observa-
tions have been made on the growth and retrac-
ion of Ijlood capillaries and on the transformation
of capillaries into Larger vessels, linking the
morpliulogy with the physical factors of the cir-
culatiiOn. Studies were also carried out on the
formation of adventitial cells and their relation
to contractility of blood vessels. E.xtensive ob-
servati(jns on the manner of growth of lymphatic
capillaries were also made. In addition the de-
velopment, morphological characteristics and lie-
liavior of a numlier of tissues have been studied
under both normal and experimental conditions.
L'or example, olsservations have been made on the
behavior of blood and lymphatic vascular endo-
thelium, connective tissue cells, and various types
of leucocytes toward minute quantities of in-
jected substances such as paraffin oil, dilute cnitu i
o:l, vital dyes, carmin and carl)on granules, lipoid
.'.ubstances, protein, starch and allied substances,
and toward killed liacteria. The develojjment of
tissue macrophages, and their morphological char-
acteristics and behavior, have been studied in
tensively, and the undoubted transformation of
monocytes from the lilood stream into tissue
macrcjihages observed. The e.xtra and intra-vas-
cular phagocytosis of erythrocytes have bee;i
WiTtclied. The regeneration of lymphatics anrl
their iiehavior in edema have been studied, and
•a numl;er of other oliservations on the growth of
nerves, muscles, and upon various blood cells,
chromatophfjres, and subcutaneous canalicular
cells b.ave lieen made. The general result oi these
studies on the living transparent tails of amjibib
ian hrvae has Iieen a more intimate knowledge of
the life liistory of a group of cells and tissues a^
seen in the living animal, and a growing I)od\ of
knowledge suppf)rting the specificity of cells of
tliis group derived from the mesoderm.

L'sing the same method and the same type of
animal, Dr. S. Culver Williams, working under
Harrison, has recently carried out studies on th •
regeneration of nerves, while Dr. Speidel, at t'.ie
UnivL'rsity of Virginia, is engag'ed in studies o-i
the growth of nerve sheaths in the tad])ole's tail.

During this period, also, similar microsc:)|)ic
studies on tissues in living .animals were carried
out liy Stockard on the early development of
l)lood vessels and lilood cells in the transiwrent
emliryos of Fundulus, and by F. R. Sabin. W. II.
and M. R. Lewis, and othe's u])on early stages of
the area vascu'.osa of the chick, removed from
the egg to 1 hanging drop by the method of Mc-
W'horter and \Vhi|)ple. ( )f course, you are all fa-
m'liar witli the multitude of valuable studies on
living cells made bv investigators using the tis-

sue culture method and the method of micro-dis-
section, although in the case of these last two
methods such oliservations were not made on tis-
sues and cells in the living animal.

During all this period, the author had a persis-
tent desire to extend this mode of study to the
mammal. It was realized that the results ob-
tained with regard to the growth and behavior of
tissues of tlie lower vertebrates would not neces-
saril\- lie identical with the growth and behavior
of the same cells in mammals, although the diver-
gence could scarcely be expected to he as marked
as was suggested l)y one investigator, -iVlio, at tht
h.eigbt of the "lymphatic controversy," after ad-
mitting that the growth by sprouting of lymphatic
vessels had been proven for the tadpole's tail,
stated tiiat the problem then was to discover wh\'
the t,':di;ole's tail (Hfifered, in this regard, from all
other regions in all other animals !

That a similar desire has lieen felt by other
workers is evidenced by the use of oblique or
vertical illumination for studies such as those on
th; blood vessels of the nail lied and otiier semi-
opaque olijects. The name of Vonwiller of Zu-
rich siiould be mentioned in connection with im-
provements in the use of this method. The mes-
e.itery and omentum, objects used for much ex-
perimental work in the living animal, are adapted
to short-time observation only, while the bat's
wing is too thick to he satisfactory for liigh jxiwer
cytolog'ical observations.

Since there was no natural transparent region
in the mammal available for such long continued,
liigh 1 1 iwer microscopic studies in the living ani-
mal, under normal conditions, it seemed tlesiral)le
to create one.

It mav l)e of interest to record the steps wliich
led up to the develoiiment of the method for in-
serting transparent chamliers into rabljits' ears.
The idea of using an artificial transparent cham-
l:er c-'me from the results obtained by Ziegler and
Maximow in inserting artificial chamliers under
the skin, and leaving them for varynig lengths of
time. In 1875 Ziegler made studies on tlie new
vessels and tissues whicii had grown into a sjiace
between two coversli]is inserted under th; skin of
mammals, ard in 1902 Maximow gave a Ijeauti-
ful description of the new tissues present in
celloidin chambers which were inserted and re-
moved at (b'fferent intervals, and then fixed and
stained. Although liotli of these investigators
made their studies on fixed material their results
showed conchisivel.N- that new tissue inchidin'j
blood vessels, will invade the thin artificial spaces
m-^ntioned above In 1910 somewhat nelmlous
plans were formulated for ])lacing such chamliers
in a mammal so that a thin transparent space
could l)e watched continuousl\' in tlie living animal.
A1;out 1912, when Mrs. Clark was making some
m'cro-iniections the fine tip of a glass cannula
was accidentallv broken oft', and remained in her

266

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. 50

finger. Several clays later, when slight irritation
was noticed, the spot was examined under the
binocular microscope and the small glass tuhe re-
moved. It was noticed that capillaries had grown
into the lumen of the minute piece of glass tuljing.
Ik'ing unable at the time to think of an arrange-
ment by which a laboratory mammal could be
l<ept stiil for a sufficient length of time to jiermit
the tvpe of observation desired. I toyed with tlie
idea of attemiHing the installation of such a cham
l)er in the human finger. 1 Lowever, this exi>erime.it
was not attempted, and it occurred to me that it
would be more desirable in every way to try tlie
operation first on the rabbit's ear. This plan was
again postponed because of the lack of a satis-
factory scheme for holding the ear still dur'n^
long observation periods. About 1920, while
speculating upon the feasibility of such studies,
the suggestion was made by my brother, who had
had some experience in agricultural matters, that
the rablsit's head might be put in a "stock," as is
done with cattle. With this practical suggestion
the method of inserting transparent chambers in
rabbits' ear was ready for development, and the
prol)lem was suggested in 1924 to Dr. J. C. Sandi-
son, then a medical student at the Uuivers'ty of
Georgia.

Sandison carried on ,a number of experiments,
both at the L'niversity of Georgia and at the Uni-
versitv of Pennsylvania, until finally, in 192S,
chamljers were olitained with a sufficiently thin
S|jace to permit of careful long-time observation
with high magnifications. Sandison was al)le to
make a number of observations on blood vessels
and l)lood cells, some of which have been pub-
lished, and he was also able to obtain new grow-
ing bone in a thin portion of such chambers fol-
lowing a transplant of endosteum at the time of
the original operation. Dr. Sandison then de-
cided, m spite of efiforts to retain him, to carry
out his original intention to complete his surgical
training, and unfortunately left us.

Since 1928, a number of workers in the depart-
ment have been carrying on studies on living cells
and tissues using different varieties of transpar-
ent chambers inserted in rabbits' ears. It was
soon discovered that a great deal of work would
lie necessarv before satisfactory chambers, adapt-
ed to different types of problems, which would
remain in the ear and in which a uniform space
could l)e retained, could be olrtained with any-
thing like uniform success. The original chaml>ers
were none of them permanent ( four and one-half
months lieing the longest time during whicli
Sandison's chambers remained in the ear). They
were also very easily infected and susceptil)le to
drving due to the iiermeal)ility of the thin koda-
loid covers, while neither the extent nor the depth
of the thin areas of grnwtli could be controlled.
A number of workers enthusiasticallv took hold

of the various problems involved, and many m ,d-
ifications were tried out and improvements de-
veloped. In 1929. a five year grant from the
Rockefeller Foundation for Medical Research was
olitained (largely through the interest of the late
Dr. Richard M. Pierce), and still more rapid pro-
gress was assured.

It would take too long to recount, at this time,
all the subsequent steps in the development of the
method, all the various modifications which have
been tried out and adopted or abandoned. Each
worker contributed one or more suggestions, and
all successful ones were immediately adopted by
the whole group. By the winter of 1930, four suc-
cessful types of chambers had been developed and
tried out in a sufficient number of animals to dem-
onstrate that they satisfactorily met the require-
ments for difTerent types of research. These four
chamljers — the "bay" chamber, the "round table"
chamlier, the "preformed tissue" chamlier and the
"combination" chamber — have been described
(Clark, Kirl)y-Smith, Rex and Williams '30). Oi
these four types, the "preformed tissue" chamljer
and the "round table" chamber (the latter de-
signed for the study of new-growing vessels and
tissues) have been standardized as to construc-
tion and dimensions and over si.xty of each va-
riety have been successfully inserted in rabbits'
ears and studied. Eight of the "round table"
chambers, which were inserted from twelve to
sixteen months ago, are still in the ears and are
still good for microscopic observations.

In addition to the types of chambers described,
a new chamber, which might be called the "moat"
chamlier ( as you notice, all of these cliambers
have names ) has recently lieen developed. The
first ones of this kind were tried out liy Dr. Hou,
of Peiping University, working in our laboratory,
and the construction has recently been developed
and improved by Mr. Ricliard .\l)ell. This cham-
ber is adapted to the circulation of fluids of
known chemical constitution.

Again, a numl)er of workers in the d'.'i>artment
have been experimenting with dift'ercnt methods
of gaining access to "round tal)le" chambers for
the pjurpose of injecting minute quantities of solid
and semi-solid foreign substances, iur the trans-
plantation of l)its of organs and tissues from
other parts of the body into vascularized cham-
l]ers where their cytoloj^ical characteristics could
he studied in the living condition, and also for the
micro-dissection of the new cells and tissues pres-
ent in the ol>servation areas. Dr. Kirl)v-Smith,
Dr. J. Howard Smith, and Mr. W. J. Hitschler
have carried out successful experiments of this
kind, having on a number of occasions unsealed
the access hole in the bottom of the chamber, in-
jected or implanteil small quantities of various
substances, and resealed it without causing hem-
orriiage or other visible injury to the tissue.

ArcusT 29, 1931

THE COLLECTING NET

267

The latest improvement has been the use of de-
tached protective celluloid collars, which are quite
separate from the chamber proper and which
serve as effective splints, protecting;- the thin area
of new growth from undue strain, pressure or
tension. About twenty chamliers with this im-
provement have been introduced into ears and
followed for several months, and we are con-
vinced that the growth of new vessels and other
tissues in such chambers is much more uniform
and stable.

Studies on the growth of blood vessels have
])een made in over sixty standard chamljers o f
the "round table" variety. In this group the
growing capillaries started to invade the central
table area five to nine days after the operation ;
in over one-half of the chaml)ers they appeared
on the seventh d.ay. The new vessels, which were
continuous with circulating vessels in the pre-
formed tissue, steadily invaded the central area
from the perijjbery until they met and anasto-
mosed across the center. Vascularization of the
table area was complete one to three weeks after
the first appearance of the new vessels. The rats
of invasion averaged .23 mm. per diem. In the
series of daily photographic records shown in the
lantern slides, the chamber was inserted on May
27 of this }ear; new growing cajjillaries appeared
on the central table on June 2 (6 days), and vas-
cularization was complete on June 16 (14 days).
The central table area measured 6.5 mm. in di-
ameter and its radius was 3.35 mm. The average
rate of advance of the new tissue was .232 mm.
]ier diem. In a series of standard chambers, all
laving the same dimensions, there were varia-
tions in the rate of growth of new blood vessels
ranging from A to .6 mm. per diem. Various
factors which were found to influence the rate of
extension were, temperature, slight injuries which
cau:ed small hemorrhages and accumulations of
macrophages, the position of the central table in
relation to the surrounding cartilage of the ear,
and individual variations in the circulation of
different raljbits.

During the period in which the new vessels and
other tissues are invading the central space a wide
varietx' of oliservations can be made. Among the
studies which have been carried out or are still un-
der investigation, I niav mention the following:
studies on fibrin, on fibrolilasts, on erythrocytes
and leucocytes ( lioth inside and outside the ves-
sels ) , on- macrophages and giant cells ; studies on
the new formation of blood capillaries, on the
formation of adventitial and smooth muscle cells
on the walls of newly formed vessels, and o;i the
relation between the morphology of blocd ves-
sels and haemodynamics ; studies on the growth
of lymphatic vessels and on the growth of nerves.
After th.e table has been comiiletely vascularized

a tremendous variety of problems in morphology,
physiology, pharmacology, bacteriology, pathology
and parasitology can be studied. Only a small be-
ginning has lieen made in such investigations.

As the cbamljers remain longer in the ear and
the newly formed vessels and other tissues be-
come older, it has been possible to follow the
shiftings in the circulation of the area and the
associated changes in the pattern of the vascular
network, including such phenomena as the rise
and fall of veins, the development of large ar-
teries and the formation of companion veins, the
formation of arterial anastomoses and of arterio-
venous anastomoses, and to study vascular con-
traction in relation to the regeneration of nerves.
We have also been able to study changes in the
lymphatic vessels.

Again, the problems which can be studied by
the method of transplantation of organs from
other more inaccessiljle parts of the body into
vascularized chamljers also cover an immense
range. Already microscopic studies have been
made upon the growth of bone and of epidern-iis
in the chamliers, and preliminary experiments up-
on the transplantation of liver and kidnev tissue
and of bone marrow have been undertaken.

Although many of the studies opened up to in-
vestigation in the living animal by these methods
have l)arely been started, while still more of them
have nierely been planned, it has Iseen possible
to carry out a few which are fairly complete. For
e.xam])le, in addition to general studies on the
growth of lilood vessels already referred to, care-
ful oliservations, many of them with the oil-im-
mersion lens, with daily photographic and camera
lucida records, have lieen n-iade upon the growth
of blood vessels and lymphatic capillaries, fol-
lowing the same regions for several months. It
has been possible to see with great distinctness,
in the living mammal, the n^ode of growth and the
cytological characteristics of both of these types
of capillaries and to observe with certainty that,
in Ixith cases, the new vessels grow by sprouting
of endothelium from that already present, in the
same manner as that described for the vessels of
living amphibian larvae. In addition many inter-
esting differences in the morphology and in the
physiological hehavior of mammalian vessels as
compared with those of amphibians were ob-
served.

( Lantern slides of photographic records, taken
with both low and high magnifications, of the
living cells and tissues present in the transparent
chambers in.serted in rabbits' ears were shown ;
a reel of motion pictures showing the different
types of circulation in arteries, veins and capil-
laries, the back and forth movement of cells inside
lymphatic capillaries, and the shapes, positions,
and movement of the various t\pes of cells in the

268

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. YL No. 50

lilood stream was also shown.)

In conclusion, I wish to explain that, in giving
this report of studies on the rabbit's ear cham-
liers, I am acting as spokesman for a devoted
group of collabor.itors, each of whom has made
important contrilnitions to the development of
the method, and whose names are: Dr. J. C.
Sandison. Mrs. E. R. Clark, Dr. H. T. Kirhv-
Smith, Dr. R. O. Rex, Dr. R. G. Williams, Dr.

E. A. Swenson (responsible for the motion pic-
tures), Mr. W. J. Hitschler, Mr. R. O. Abell,
Dr. J. Howard Smith, Mrs. D. W. Wilson, Dr.
L. P. Schenck, Mr. and Mrs. B. Varian (who
have taken the microphotographs). Miss Legallais
(who constructs the chambers and has charge of
the operating room), and Mrs. L. Bentz whose
devoted work in raising and caring for the rabbits
is an invaluable part of the program.

LOCAL AND CORRELATIVE GENE EFFECTS IN MOSAICS OF HABROBRACON

Dr. p. W. Wiuting
.-Issociiitc Professor of Zooloc/y. i'liiiTrsitx of Pittsburi;h

Extensive studies of gvnandromorphs and
other mosaics in Drosophila have been carried
out in the past by Morgan, i\Irs. Morgan, Bridges,
Dobzhansky, etc. The theory of chromosome
elimination in early flevelopment seems to fit most
of these cases. To explain gynandromorphism in
Hymenoptera various ideas have been advanced
by Morgan, Boveri, and others. These include
the theories of polyspermy and different hypo-
theses in regard to egg binuclearity. In 1927,
Goldschmidt postulated egg binuclearity in the silk
worm, Bombyx. Cytological evidence was later
found indicating fertilization of two nuclei in one
egg. Previously I had advanced a somewhat sim-
ilar theory to explain mosaicism in Habrobracon.

A female heterozygous for a certain trait, e. g.
recessive orange eye color, isolated as a virgin,
ordinarily jjrcKluces eggs which develop partheno-
genetically into males of the two ex])ected classes.
Occasionally there are found males which are
mosaics of the two traits carried by the mother.
I assume that in such a case we have post-reduc-
tion with reference to these allelomorphic factors.
The second polar body remains in the egg along
with the egg nucleus and each takes part in par-
thenogenetic cleavage. If one of these nuclei is
fertilized, a gynandromorph results, the fusion
nucleus giving rise to female parts, the unfertil-
ized to male. Female parts are therefore bipar-
ental, male parts maternal.

Morgan and Bridges in the early work on gynan-
dromorphs of Drosophila noted the striking fact
that the male and female parts and their sex-
linked characters are strictly self-determining, "no
matter how large or how small a region may be, it
is not interfered with by the aspirations of its
neighbors, nor is it overruled by the action of the
gonads."

The majority of mosaics tliat have been ob-
tained in Habrobracon are very clear cut and rep-
resent combinations of a great variety of traits.
Many of the male mosaics show mutant characters
that have been obtained in the course of X-radia-

tion experiments. I would like to take this oppor-
tunit\' to acknowledge support from the Com-
mittee on Effects of Radiation on Living Organ-
isms of the National Research Council which has
aided materially in the course of this work.

Despite the fact that in regard to most traits
the genetically different regions of the mosaics ap-
pear quite distinct and self -determining, a number
of instances have arisen in which the characters
tend to intergrade, in which there is apparently
modification of one part by another.

This has long been noted in eye color. Eyes
which are genetically mosaic for black (wild type)
and the mutant form ivory do not show clear cut
difference between the two regions but .grade
from black through red or orange. Usually the
ivory does not appear as such but the lighter arej
of the eye is suffused with red color resembling
the allelomorphic trait, orange. In several cases
the mosaicism is shown onlv by breeding tests ;
the insect breeds as black and the eyes, although
genetically ivory, are entirely orange in apjiear-
ance.

Other cases of correlative gene effects may be
.seen in mosaics for stumpy. This factor from an
X-ray mutation reduces the tarsi to mere vestiges
but in mosaic males from heterozygous mothers
the stumpy legs are somatically intermediate,
"semi-stumpy".

Another instance is that of fused. This muta-
tion has occurred independently at least three
times but in no case from X-raying. The tarsal
segments and the antennal segments are fused to-
gether, lacking joints entirely. Mosaic males
have fused regions "semi-fused", so that seg-
mentation appears to a greater or less extent.

Exceptions to the rule of self-determination
have appeared in Drosophila, vermilion eye color
( Sturtevant ), liar eye (Bonnier), ebony body
color (Stern) and recently, in gynandromorphs
of DrosopliHa siintilciiis. Dolizhanskv has found
modifications of form and color in gonads and
genital ducts.

Al-gust 29, 1931 ]

THE COLLECTING NET

269

GENETIC STUDIES ON SELECTIVE SEGR

Dr. Helen B
Research Assistant to Dr. C. W. Mets

The genus Sciara belongs to the group of so-
called fungus gnats. These flies are small and
relatively inconspicuous because of their dark
color. About a dozen species have been studied
in the laboratory of Dr. C. W. Metz, and certain
features have proved especially interesting from
the standpoint of chromosome behavior.

Before presenting the results of recent genetic
■Studies, I should like to review briefly certain
feitures of the early work which have direct
Ijearing on the subject I wish to discuss this
evening. One of the peculiarities first observed
is the presence of an apparently monocentric
mitosis which occurs as a normal process at the
first spermatocyte division in all the species of
Sciara studied thus far. Although the mitotic
figure is unipolar, there is a jirecise segregation
of chromosomes. Some go regularly toward the
pole, while others go in the opposite direction,
ultimately coming together at a point opposite
the pole, after being deflected in their course by
the periphery of the cell. This latter group is
cast off in a bud and takes no further part in
development.

The two largest chromo.somes go regularly to-
ward the ])ole ; these are termed "hmited" chromo-
somes and wijl be considered presently. The
other chromosomes are present in pairs, though
not united in synapsis. These segregate in such
a way that one member of each pair goes toward
the i)ole and the other away from it, thus ac-
comiilishing an accurate segregation. All of the
chromosomes, regardless of their direction of
movement, have spindle fibers extending toward
the visible pole.

A genetic study of Sciara capraphila was
undertaken with a view to following the liehavior
of all of the chromosomes of one species. This
could be done if enough mutant characters were
secured so that each pair of chromosomes could
lie identified liy at least one gene.

Tlie typical chromosome group comprises ten
chromosomes, of which two .are very large and
easily recognized. Formerly these were thou9;ht
to occur in males only, but more recently they
have been found to be present in the germ line
of both sexes, although absent frfim the soma.
Since these "limited" chromosomes are not pres-
ent in the soma, they cannot be identified by
means of somatic mutant characters ; consequent-
ly I shall leave them out of the present account.
Earlier work indicates that they contain relative-
ly few genes and that they are not true sex

EGATION OF CHROMOSOMES IN SCIARA

ERENiCE Smith
Carnegie Institution of Washington

chromosomes. Disregarding this pair, we are
left with the problem of determining the mode
of segregation of the remaining four pairs.

The first indication of the type of segregation
occurring came from a study of the recessive
character truncate wings by Dr. Metz. This
character was inherited in such a way as to indi-
cate that during the first spermatocyte division
the paternal member of that jiarticular chromo-
some pair was regularly eliminated, while the ma-
ternal member went toward the pole and was
transmitted. In other words, the male trans-
mitted only the chromosomes derived from his
-mother. This suggested that as regards the auto-
somes the difference in behavior of homologous
chromosomes in this monocentric figiu'e might be
due in some way to influences impressed on the
chromosomes by the se.x of the parents. The sub-
sequent studies along this line have been designed
to test this hypothesis.

A second chromosome pair was identified when
two cinracters were found which showed sex-
linked inheritance. This indicated that the sex
chromosome complex of the female was XX, and
of the male was XY. However, recently the
male soma was found to contain only seven chro-
mosomes, suggesting that possibly the male has
no V chromosome but has a somatic constitution
of XO and a germ cell constitution of XX. If
this is the case, then segregation of the sex chro-
mosome follows the same course as the auto-
somes. If, on the other hand, the male proves
to be XY, then random segregation would have
to be assumed for this pair. Since this question
has been discussed recently in two papers (Metz
Biol. Centr.; Metz and Schmuk, Proc. Nat. Acad.
Sci.) I will not attempt to discuss it here, except
to say that at present the question must be left
open.

In each of two other species of Sciara, a char-
acter was found which was inherited in the same
way as truncate wings, suggesting that perhaps
this type of segregation was characteristic. The
task of demonstrating this, however, was very
laborious because of the difficulty in securing
satisfactory mutations. This is due in part to the
structural characteristics of the fly (which are
such as to conceal all except the most obvious
changes) and in part to the type of inheritance
in this species; recessive characters tend to lie
concealed because the progenies are essentially
unisexual (which makes sib matings rare) and
because selective segregation occurs in the male.

270

THE COLLECTING NET

[ Vol. VL No. SO

which prevents transmission of paternal charac-
teristics.

At the time when the experiments I am re-
porting were undertaken, two pairs of autosomes
liad not yet lieen studied. X-rays were used in an
effort to secure more characters ; several new
mutants arose, all of which were wing peculiari-
ties. In analyzing each new mutation, tests were
made to determine the following' points : whether
the character was dominant or recessive ; sex-
linked or autosomal; and whether the male trans-
mitted maternal and paternal characteristics
equally. Three mutants were studied, viz., curlv,
delta, and blister. All were dominant, autosomal
characters, and without exception the males trins-
mitted only the characters received from their
mothers, showing clearly a selective type of seg-
regation.

Since liackcrosses of heterozygous mnles can-
not be made as in Drosophila, the tests for link-
age were altered accordingly. In testing the re-
cessive character truncate with a dominant such
as curly, truncate females were crossed to curly
males (sons of curly mothers"). Then the heter-
ozygous daughters were mated to truncate males
from pure stock, and the progeny were counted.

In testing two dominants together, such as curly
and delta, curly females were mated to delta
males (sons of delta mothers), and the heterozv-
gous daughters were outcrossed to normal males.
The reciprocal crosses were made in lioth t\ pes
of tests.

Curly, delta, and blister were each tested with
truncate, and in every case, four definite classes
of progeny arose in such numbers as to indicate
that the characters proliably were not linked to
truncate. Tests were made of curly and delta
with similar results, making it seem probable
that curl\- and delta were not linked. It sucli is

actually the case, then we have located genes in
three ditferent pairs of autosomes, which are rep-
resented by the three characters truncate, curly,
and delta.

Blister was found to segregate independently
when tested with curly, but when tested with delta
only two types of progeny arose. The offspring
were of two classes, either normal and blister, or
normal and delta. The two characters have a
similar effect on the fly ; their difference seems
to be one of degree only. Since no progenies
arose consisting entirely of mutant flies, it is ap-
parently impossible to get the two characters to-
gether in one fly. It may be that blister and
delta are in the same chromosome pair.

The possil)ility remains that truncate, curly, and
delta ma}- be lind<ed, but that they show such a
high rate of crossing-over as to oliscure this fact.
Further tests with more characters are needed to
settle this question. But at least we know that all
four of the characters studied show the same ty]:)e
of inheritance, the same selective segregation in
the male.

An additional recessive character (round) re-
cently found has not yet been tested for linkage,
but it shows the same type of inheritance as the
other autosomal cliaracters. Likewise two other
characters in two other species behave in the same
manner. This seems particularly significant in
view of the fact that if any chromosomes exhibit-
ed random segregation they should be more readi-
ly detected by means of mutant characters. These
facts taken together indicate thit all the auto-
somes segregate in the same selective fashion,
thus supporting the hypothesis that the sex of the
parent influences the behavior of homologous
chromosomes at the monocentric division. It is
possible that the same may prove true of the sex
chromosomes and of "limited" chromosomes also.

PHOSPHO-CREATIN IN RELATION TO NERVE ACTIVITY

Dr. K. W. Gr.RARD
Associate Professor of Physiology, U.niirrsity of Chicago

W'iien an isolated vertebrate nerve is tetanized,
it consumes an extra amount of oxygen and
liberates extra heat. The actual values agree
ulien calculated for the oxidation of an ordinary
food substance, so it is established that all the
energy for nerve conduction ultinwtely derives
from oxidations. The extra heat and respira-
tion, however, outlast the actual pericd of con-
duction by many minutes, so that some mechan-
ism for relating the delayed energy lilieration to
tlie actual conduction is required. Furthc, for
a few thousandths of a second after activity, a
nerve is rapidly changing from a non-excitable to
.a fully functional state, during the refractorv per-
iod. A schematic equation series was suggested

some years ago to correlate these three phases
of activity and recovery, as follows:
( 1 ) CA -^ A -I- X conduction

(2) C + A + E^CA refractorv period

(3) X -f Oo ^ COo -f E delayed recovery
Here an explosive lireakdown of CA is asso-
ciated with conduction. The substance is rebuilt
during the refmctory jie'lod with the aid of
energv made available by the oxidation of an in-
termediate decomposit'on product of CA during
the late recovery sta,ge. It was believed at this
time that CA might represent a hexose phosphate,
which led to studies on nerve iJJiosphates. I"ur-
ther work demonstrated, however, that carbo-
li\-drate does not enter into the active metabolism

Alt,ust 29, 1931 ]

THE COLLFX'TING NET

271

of nerve, and the phosphate studies showed the
presence of a fraction behaving like phospho-crea-
fin. Miss Tupikow and I, therefore, undertook
to study creatin in nerve to obtain the most direct
evidence [wssible as to changes in phospho-
creatin.

Nerves were extracted with iced trichloracetic
i"cid. alcohol was added to the extract, and phos-
;iho-creatin precipitated as a barium salt, leaving
the free creitinin solution. The two fractions
were separately determined after conversion to
creatinin l)y the picric acid method. The distribu-
tion of creatin in the free and l^ound fractions
■.vas then determined under a variety of con-
ditions. Further, it appeared that a small amomt
of creatin remained as a residual fraction in the
tissue bulk. The residual fraction is prohibly
br und to some higher molecule, since it has
jiroved refractory to extraction by any method
':hort of prolonged acid hydrolysis.

Tn the fresh nerve, about one-fifth of the total
creatin is residual, two-fifths are free, rand two-
fifths bound. The total amount obtained by di-
!"ect analvsis without fractionation, or as the sum
of the fractions, averages about 160 milligrams
per cent in the frog's sciatic, though very mirked
sea.sonal variations occur. During rest in oxygen,
the bound fraction, if anything, slightly increase ;.
L'nder nnaeroliic conditions the bound fraction 's
decreased and free creitin lilierated. In twenty-
four hours ,over half the 1)ound creatin disajipears,
and most of this change occurs within an hour or
two. Even in the presence of oxygen, when resi^i-
ratorv inhibitors are present a similar breakdown
f.rcur's. Thus, HCN, H.S and CO all lend to a
breakdown of hound creatin similar to that of
anoxia, usually -reaching a maximum loss in half
rn hour or less. The breakdown produced
l)v HoS is irreversible. That due to the
others, is easilv reversed by removing the
substance and replacing oxygen. The C( )
breakdown mav also be reversed bv bright light

even though 98 per cent CO, 2 per cent oxygen
remains present. COo, which has been shown to
interfere with metabolic reactions in nerve, also
leads to a breakdown of bound creatin.

Finally, even in an adequate oxygen supply
tetanization of the nerve also leads to a definite
breakdown of the bound fraction with restora-
tion during rest in oxygen. The changes in bound
creatin during activity or anoxia agree well witii
the previously determined changes in phosphate
when both are calculated as due to changes in
l)hosi)ho-creatin, so that it may be concluded that
this substance is, in fact, involved.

Mu.scle phospho-creatin responds to all the
above conditions as does nerve, though more
readily. Methylene blue, however, markedly
breaks down the phospho-creatin of muscle, while
not aft